伺服参数 PDF

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR @* series
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR #* series

FANUC LINEAR MOTOR L*S series
FANUC SY NCHRONOUS
BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR D*S series
PARAMETER MANUAL
B-65270EN/07
No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.

All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice.
The products in this manual are controlled based on Japans Foreign Exchange and
Foreign Trade Law. The export from Japan may be subject to an export license by the
government of Japan.
Further, re-export to another country may be subject to the license of the government of
the country from where the product is re-exported. Furthermore, the product may also be
controlled by re-export regulations of the United States government.
Should you wish to export or re-export these products, please contact FANUC for advice.
In this manual we have tried as much as possible to describe all the various matters.
However, we cannot describe all the matters which must not be done, or which cannot be
done, because there are so many possibilities.
Therefore, matters which are not especially described as possible in this manual should be
regarded as impossible.
This manual contains the program names or device names of other companies, some of
which are registered trademarks of respective owners. However, these names are not
followed by or in the main body.
General Safety Precautions

When an abnormality such as an alarm or a hardware failure occurs, the operations
described in the specifications are not guaranteed unless otherwise specifically noted.
When action corresponding to the abnormality is specifically described, take the action.
When no action is described, please contact FANUC.
The signals and functions described in the specifications cannot be used separately for
safety functions unless otherwise described as being usable for the safety functions.
Their specifications are not assumed to be used as the safety functions in this case, an
unexpected danger may be caused. For information about the safety functions, please
contact FANUC.
Generally, the safety functions represent functions that protect the operators from
machine danger.
A wrong device connection or setting can lead to unpredictable operation. When starting
to operate the machine for the first time after assembling the machine, replacing
components, or modifying parameter settings, exercise the greater care by, for
example, reducing the torque limit value, error detection level, or operating speed or by
operating the machine in such a way that an emergency stop can be made quickly.
B-65270EN/07
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and
preventing damage to the machine. Precautions are classified into
Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety. Also,
supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning,
Caution, and Note thoroughly before attempting to use the machine.
WARNING
Applied when there is a danger of the user being
injured or when there is a damage of both the user
being injured and the equipment being damaged if
the approved procedure is not observed.
CAUTION
Applied when there is a danger of the equipment
being damaged, if the approved procedure is not
observed.
NOTE
The Note is used to indicate supplementary
information other than Warning and Caution.
- Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.
s-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B-65270EN/07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE .................................s-1
1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................. 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
SERVO SOFTWARE AND SERVO CARDS SUPPORTED BY EACH NC

MODEL.......................................................................................................... 2
ABBREVIATIONS OF THE NC MODELS COVERED BY THIS MANUAL .... 5
RELATED MANUALS.................................................................................... 6
SETTING iS/iF/iS SERIES SERVO PARAMETERS....................... 8

2.1
INITIALIZING SERVO PARAMETERS.......................................................... 9

2.1.1
Before Servo Parameter Initialization ......................................................................9
2.1.2
Parameter Initialization Flow .................................................................................10
2.1.3
Servo Parameter Initialization Procedure ...............................................................11
2.1.4
Setting Servo Parameters when a Separate Detector for the Serial Interface is
Used........................................................................................................................33
2.1.5
Setting Servo Parameters when an Analog Input Separate Detector Interface

Unit is Used ............................................................................................................44
2.1.6
Setting Parameters when an iCZ Sensor is Used .................................................46
2.1.7
Setting Parameters When an Acceleration Sensor or Temperature Detection

Circuit Is Used........................................................................................................52
2.1.8
Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms ..............................................61
2.1.9
Notes on Using the Control Axis Detach Function ................................................77
iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT............................ 78

3.1
3.2
3.3
SERVO TUNING SCREEN AND DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .................. 79

3.1.1
Servo Tuning Screen ..............................................................................................79
3.1.2
Diagnosis Information List.....................................................................................82
3.1.3
Actual Current Peak Hold Display .........................................................................85
3.1.4
Acceleration Monitor Function ..............................................................................86
ACTIONS FOR ALARMS ............................................................................ 87

ADJUSTING PARAMETERS FOR HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH-PRECISION
MACHINING ................................................................................................ 96
3.3.1
Servo HRV Control Adjustment Procedure ...........................................................96
3.3.2
High-speed Positioning Adjustment Procedure....................................................119
3.3.3
Rapid Traverse Positioning Adjustment Procedure..............................................122
3.3.4
Vibration in the Stop State ...................................................................................127
3.3.5
Vibration during Travel........................................................................................129

c-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B-65270EN/07
3.3.6
Stick Slip ..............................................................................................................131
3.3.7
Overshoot .............................................................................................................132
SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS ............................................................ 133

4.1
SERVO HRV CONTROL ........................................................................... 134

4.1.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Servo HRV2 Control ............................................................................................137
HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT CONTROL ............................................... 138

4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
High-Speed HRV Current Control .......................................................................149
CUTTING/RAPID SWITCHING FUNCTION .............................................. 150

VIBRATION SUPPRESSION IN THE STOP STATE................................. 156
4.4.1
Velocity Loop High Cycle Management Function ..............................................156
4.4.2
Acceleration Feedback Function ..........................................................................158
4.4.3
Variable Proportional Gain Function in the Stop State ........................................160
4.4.4
N Pulses Suppression Function ............................................................................164
4.4.5
Current Loop 1/2 PI Control Function .................................................................166
MACHINE RESONANCE ELIMINATION FUNCTION ............................... 168

4.5.1
Selecting a Resonance Elimination Function .......................................................168
4.5.2
Torque Command Filter (Middle-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ......169
4.5.3
Resonance Elimination Filter Function

(High-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) .................................................171
4.5.4
Disturbance Elimination Filter Function

(Low-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ..................................................176
4.5.5
Resonance Elimination Filter L

(Low-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ..................................................180
4.6
4.5.6
Observer Function ................................................................................................183
4.5.7
Vibration Damping Control Function ..................................................................187
4.5.8
Dual Position Feedback Function (Optional Function)........................................189
4.5.9
Machine Speed Feedback Function......................................................................196
4.5.10
Machining Point Control ......................................................................................199
CONTOUR ERROR SUPPRESSION FUNCTION .................................... 202

4.6.1
Feed-forward Function .........................................................................................202
4.6.2
Advanced Preview Feed-forward Function..........................................................206
4.6.3
RISC Feed-forward Function ...............................................................................209
4.6.4
Cutting/Rapid Feed-forward Switching Function ................................................211
4.6.5
Feed-forward Timing Adjustment Function.........................................................213
4.6.6
Backlash Acceleration Function...........................................................................216

c-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B-65270EN/07
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.6.7
Two-stage Backlash Acceleration Function .........................................................223
4.6.8
Static Friction Compensation Function ................................................................238
4.6.9
Torsion Preview Control Function .......................................................................241
OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION FUNCTION .......................................... 251

HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING FUNCTION ................................................ 257
4.8.1
Position Gain Switching Function........................................................................257
4.8.2
Low-speed Integral Function................................................................................261
4.8.3
Fine Acceleration/Deceleration (FAD) Function .................................................263
SERIAL FEEDBACK DUMMY FUNCTIONS ............................................. 272

4.9.1
Serial Feedback Dummy Functions......................................................................272
4.9.2
How to Use the Dummy Feedback Functions for a Multiaxis Servo Amplifiers
when an Axis is not in Use...................................................................................275
4.10
4.11
BRAKE CONTROL FUNCTION................................................................. 276

QUICK STOP FUNCTION ......................................................................... 280
4.11.1
Quick Stop Type 1 at Emergency Stop ................................................................280
4.11.2
Quick Stop Type 2 at Emergency Stop ................................................................282
4.11.3
Lifting Function Against Gravity at Emergency Stop..........................................283

4.11.3.1 Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop ......................................... 283
4.11.3.2 Function based on the DI signal for switching the distance to lift................... 287
4.11.3.3 Method of setting a distance to lift in m........................................................ 290
4.12
4.11.4
Quick Stop Function for Hardware Disconnection of Separate Detector.............291
4.11.5
Quick Stop Function for Separate Serial Detector Alarms...................................293
4.11.6
Quick Stop Function at OVL and OVC Alarm ....................................................294
4.11.7
Overall Use of the Quick Stop Functions.............................................................295
UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE DETECTION

FUNCTIONDISTURBANCE TORQUE DETECTION................................. 296
4.12.1
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Function ..........................................296
4.12.2
Cutting/Rapid Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Switching Function..307
4.12.3
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Switching Function Depending on

Acc. ......................................................................................................................309
4.13
4.14
FUNCTION FOR OBTAINING CURRENT OFFSETS AT EMERGENCY

STOP......................................................................................................... 311
LINEAR MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING................................................ 312
4.14.1
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of Linear Motors ............................312
4.14.2
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software when a Linear Motor and

a Synchronous Built-in Servo Motor are Used.....................................................337
4.14.3
Smoothing Compensation for Linear Motor ........................................................341

c-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.15
B-65270EN/07
SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING ... 346

4.15.1
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of Synchronous Built-in Servo

Motors ..................................................................................................................346
4.15.2
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software when a Synchronous

Built-in Servo Motor are Used .............................................................................382
4.15.3
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
Smoothing Compensation for Synchronous Built-in Servo Motor ......................383
SETTING PARAMETERS FOR LARGE SERVO MOTORS...................... 388

4.16.1
Motor Models and System Configurations...........................................................388
4.16.2
Setting Parameters in the Torque Tandem Configuration ....................................389
4.16.3
Setting Parameters in the PWM Distribution Module Configuration ..................391
4.16.4
Data Measurement and Diagnosis with a PWM Distribution Module (PDM).....394
INTERACTIVE FORCE COMPENSATION FUNCTION ............................ 398

TORQUE CONTROL FUNCTION ............................................................. 415
TANDEM DISTURBANCE ELIMINATION CONTROL
(POSITION TANDEM) (Optional Function)................................................ 418
SYNCHRONOUS AXES AUTOMATIC COMPENSATION ........................ 426
TORQUE TANDEM CONTROL FUNCTION (Optional Function) .............. 430
4.21.1
Preload Function ..................................................................................................436
4.21.2
Damping Compensation Function........................................................................439
4.21.3
Velocity Feedback Average Function ..................................................................441
4.21.4
Servo Alarm 2-axis Simultaneous Monitor Function...........................................442
4.21.5
Motor Feedback Sharing Function .......................................................................444
4.21.6
Full-closed Feedback Sharing Function ...............................................................445
4.21.7
Adjustment ...........................................................................................................446
4.21.8
Cautions for Controlling One Axis with Two Motors..........................................450
4.21.9
Velocity loop integrator copy function ................................................................451
4.21.10 Tandem Speed Difference Alarm Function..........................................................452

4.21.11 Block Diagrams....................................................................................................454
4.22
SERVO TUNING TOOL SERVO GUIDE................................................... 455

4.22.1
SERVO GUIDE ...................................................................................................455
DETAILS OF PARAMETERS ............................................................. 473

5.1
DETAILS OF THE SERVO PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 15i,
16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, 20i, Power Mate i (SERIES 90D0, 90E0, 90B0, 90B1,
90B6, 90B5, AND 9096) ............................................................................ 474
c-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETER LIST ............................................................................. 505

6.1
6.2
6.3
PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL .................................................... 506

PARAMETERS FOR HRV2 CONTROL .................................................... 516
PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL (FOR Series 0i-A) ....................... 531
APPENDIX
A
ANALOG SERVO INTERFACE SETTING PROCEDURE.................. 537
PARAMETERS SET WITH VALUES IN DETECTION UNITS ............ 544

B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
PARAMETERS FOR Series 15i ................................................................ 545

PARAMETERS FOR Series 16i, 18i, 21i, AND 0i ..................................... 547
PARAMETERS FOR Power Mate i ........................................................... 549
PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i, 31i, AND 32i .......................................... 551
FUNCTION-SPECIFIC SERVO PARAMETERS ................................. 553
PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH

PRECISION OPERATIONS ................................................................ 563
D.1
D.2
MODEL-SPECIFIC INFORMATION .......................................................... 564

D.1.1
Series 15i-MB.......................................................................................................564
D.1.2
Series 16i/18i/21i/0i/0i Mate-MB, 0i/0i Mate-MC/20i-FB ..................................567
D.1.3
Series 30i/31i/32i-A, 31i-A5 ................................................................................577
SERVO PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH

PRECISION OPERATIONS....................................................................... 580
VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN SERVO SOFTWARE ......................... 587
SERVO FUNCTIONS .......................................................................... 593
PARAMETERS FOR AND OTHER SERIES ................................... 597

G.1
G.2
G.3
G.4
G.5
G.6
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS...................................... 598

MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS ...................................... 600
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF CONVENTIONAL LINEAR MOTORS ............ 601
PARAMETERS FOR SERVO HRV2 CONTROL ....................................... 602
HRV1 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR SERIES, SERIES, AND
CONVENTIONAL LINEAR MOTORS........................................................ 603
HRV2 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR M SERIES MOTORS................ 612
DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH-PRECISION

ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................... 614
c-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVO CHECK BOARD OPERATING PROCEDURE ...................... 637

I.1
I.2
I.3
I.4
I.5
B-65270EN/07
METHOD OF USING THE SERVO CHECK BOARD ................................ 638

ADJUSTING UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE DETECTION
WITH THE CHECK BOARD ...................................................................... 651
ADJUSTING LINEAR MOTOR AMR OFFSET WITH THE CHECK
BOARD (INCREMENTAL TYPE)............................................................... 652
ADJUSTING SMOOTHING COMPENSATION FOR A LINEAR MOTOR
WITH THE CHECK BOARD ...................................................................... 655
MEASURING FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS WITH THE CHECK
BOARD...................................................................................................... 661
USING THE SERVO CHECK INTERFACE UNIT ............................... 665
c-6
1.OVERVIEW
B-65270EN/07
OVERVIEW
This manual describes the servo parameters of the CNC models using
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR iS, iF, and iS series. The
descriptions include the servo parameter start-up and adjustment
procedures. The meaning of each parameter is also explained.
Chapter 1, "OVERVIEW", consists of the following sections:
1.1 SERVO SOFTWARE AND SERVO CARDS SUPPORTED
BY EACH NC MODEL................................................................2
1.2 ABBREVIATIONS OF THE NC MODELS COVERED BY
THIS MANUAL ...........................................................................2
1.3 RELATED MANUALS................................................................2
-1-
1.OVERVIEW
1.1
B-65270EN/07
SERVO SOFTWARE AND SERVO CARDS SUPPORTED

BY EACH NC MODEL
NC product name
Series 21i-MODEL B
Series 0i-MODEL B
Series and edition of applicable servo software

(Note1) Series 9096/A(01) and subsequent editions
(Note1) Supporting i series CNC and SERVO HRV1 control)
Servo card
320C52
(Note2) servo card
Series 0i Mate-MODEL B (Note1)

Power Mate i-MODEL D (Note1)
Power Mate i-MODEL H (Note1) Series 90B0/H(08) and subsequent editions
Series 90B6/A(01) and subsequent editions
(Supporting i series CNC and SERVO HRV1, 2, and 3 control) 320C5410
(Note3) servo card
Series 15i-MODEL B
(Note4)
Series 16i-MODEL B
Series 18i-MODEL B
Series 0i-MODEL C
Series 0iMate-MODEL C
Series 20i-MODEL B
Series 30i-MODEL A
Series 31i-MODEL A
Series 32i-MODEL A

(Supporting i series CNC and SERVO HRV1, 2, and 3 control)
320C5410
(Note5)
servo card
Series 90B8/I(09) and subsequent editions
(Note6)
Series 90D0/A(01) and subsequent editions

Servo card for FS30i
(Supporting i series CNC and SERVO HRV4 control)
servo HRV4 control
(Note7, Note8)
Series 90E0/A(01) and subsequent editions
Servo card for FS30i
(Supporting i series CNC and SERVO HRV2 and 3 control)
servo HRV2 and 3
(Note8)
control
NOTE
1 The servo software series of the Series
21i-MODEL B, 0i-MODEL B, 0i Mate MODEL B,
or Power Mate i-MODEL D/H depends on the
incorporated servo card, as shown below:
Servo software
Servo card
Series 9096
Series 90B0 or Series 90B6
320C52 card
320C5410 card
2 The servo software Series 9096 is compatible with

the conventional servo software Series 9090
except for the following function:
- Electric gear box (EGB) function can not be
used.
3 The servo software Series 90B0 is upwardly
compatible with the conventional servo software
Series 90A0. Series 90B6 is a successor of Series
-2-
1.OVERVIEW
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
90B0.
4 Series 90B1 is a special series compatible with
Series 90B0 and is required when following
functions are used.
- PWM distribution module
- Pulse input DSA
- Magnetic pole detection
- Analog SDU
5 Servo software Series 90B5, which is a successor
of Series 90B0 and supports the same functions as
Series 90B6, is used in the Series 0i-MODEL C, 0i
Mate-MODEL C, and 20i-MODEL B.
6 Servo software Series 90B8, which is a successor
of Series 90B0 and supports the same functions as
Series 90B1, is used in the Series 0i-MODEL C
and 0i Mate-MODEL C.
7 When using servo HRV4 control with Series
30i-MODEL A and 31i-MODEL A, use Series
90D0.
8 Servo software Series 90D0 and 90E0 is upwardly
compatible with conventional servo software Series
90B0 except the following functions:
- Fine Acc./Dec. (FAD) function can not be used.
- HRV1 control can not be used.
-3-
1.OVERVIEW
B-65270EN/07
Servo software series map

HRV1 supported, i not supported
9090
HRV1 supported, i supported
9096
HRV2 supported, i not supported
90A0
90A6
HRV3 supported, i supported
90B0
Support for pole detection, analog SDU, etc.
For Series 16i ,
and so on
90B6
For Series 0i-C

and 20i-B
90B5
For Series 30i ,

and so on
HRV4 supported
90E0
90D0
-4-
For Series 16i ,

and so on
90B1
For Series 0i-C
90B8
1.OVERVIEW
B-65270EN/07
1.2
ABBREVIATIONS OF THE NC MODELS COVERED BY

THIS MANUAL
In this manual, the NC product names are abbreviated as follows.
NC product name
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL A
Series 30i-A
Series 31i-A
Series 32i-A
Abbreviations
Series 30i
Series 30i
Series 31i
FS30i
Series 32i
FANUC Series 15i-MODEL B
Series 15i-B
Series 15i

Series 16i-B
Series 18i-B
Series 16i
Series 18i
Series 20i-B
Series 20i
FS20i
Series 21i-B
Series 21i
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL C
Series 0i-C
FANUC Series 0i Mate-MODEL C
Series 0i Mate-C
Series 0i
Series 0i-B
FS0i
FANUC Series 0i Mate-MODEL B
Series 0i Mate-B
FANUC Power Mate i-MODEL D

FANUC Power Mate i-MODEL H
Power Mate i-D

PMi-D
Power Mate i-H
PMi-H
Series 15i
FS15i
Series 16i and so on

Series 16i etc.
FS16i and so on
FS16i etc.
Power Mate i
Power Mate i-D/H
(Note 1)
NOTE
1 In this manual, Power Mate i refers to the Power
Mate i-D, and Power Mate i-H.
-5-
1.OVERVIEW
1.3
B-65270EN/07
RELATED MANUALS
The following manuals are available for FANUC AC SERVO
MOTOR iS, iF or iS series.
In the table, this manual is marked with an asterisk (*).
Table 1.3 Related manuals of SERVO MOTOR iS/iF/iS series
Document name
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR i series

DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
FANUC LINEAR MOTOR LiS series
DESCRIPTIONS
FANUC SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO
MOTOR DiS series
DESCRIPTIONS
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER iSV series
DESCRIPTIONS
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER iSV series
DESCRIPTIONS
Document
number
Major usage
B-65262EN
B-65302EN
B-65222EN
Specification
Characteristics
External dimensions
Connections
Selection of motor
Connection of motor
Specifications and functions

Installation
External dimensions and
maintenance area
Connections
Selection of amplifier
Connection of
amplifier
Start up procedure
Troubleshooting
Maintenance of motor
Start up the system

(Hardware)
Troubleshooting
Maintenance of
motor
Initial setting
Setting parameters
Description of parameters
Start up the system

(Software)
Turning the system
(Parameters)
B-65332EN
B-65282EN
B-65322EN

FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR i series
B-65285EN
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER i series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B-65325EN
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER i series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FANUC LINEAR MOTOR LiS series
B-65270EN
FANUC SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO
MOTOR DiS series
PARAMETER MANUAL
FANUC BUILT-IN SPINDLE MOTOR
Bi series
PARAMETER MANUAL
Major contents
B-65280EN
-6-
1.OVERVIEW
B-65270EN/07
Other manufactures products referred to in this manual

* IBM is registered trademark of International Business Machines
Corporation.
* MS-DOS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
All other product names identified throughout this manual are
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
In this manual, the servo parameters are explained using the following
notation:
(Example)
Series 15i
No.1875(FS15i)
No.2021(FS30i, 16i)
Servo parameter function name

Load inertia ratio
Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, Power Mate i
The following i/i Pulsecoders are available.

Pulsecoder name
Resolution
Type
iA1000
1,000,000 pulse/rev
iI1000
1,000,000 pulse/rev
Incremental
iA16000
16,000,000 pulse/rev
Absolute
iA128
131,072 pulse/rev
Absolute
iA64
65,536 pulse/rev
Absolute
Absolute
When parameters are set, these pulse coders are all assumed to have a
resolution of 1,000,000 pulses per motor revolution.
NOTE
The effect of iA16000 can be increased when
used together with AI nano contour control.
-7-
2. SETTING iS/iF/iS SERIES SERVO PARAMETERS
B-65270EN/07
SETTING iS/iF/iS SERIES SERVO

PARAMETERS
Chapter
2,
"SETTING
iS/iF/iS
SERIES
PARAMETERS", consists of the following sections:
SERVO
2.1 INITIALIZING SERVO PARAMETERS....................................9

2.1.1 Before Servo Parameter Initialization.................................9
2.1.2 Parameter Initialization Flow............................................10
2.1.3 Servo Parameter Initialization Procedure .........................11
2.1.4 Setting Servo Parameters when a Separate Detector for
the Serial Interface is Used ...............................................33
2.1.5 Setting Servo Parameters when an Analog Input
Separate Detector Interface Unit is Used ..........................44
2.1.6 Setting Parameters when an iCZ Sensor is Used ...........46
2.1.7 Setting Parameters when the PWM Distribution Module
is Used...............................................................................52
2.1.8 Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms.........61
2.1.9 Notes on Using the Control Axis Detach Function ..........77
-8-
B-65270EN/07
2.1
INITIALIZING SERVO PARAMETERS
2.1.1
Before Servo Parameter Initialization

Before starting servo parameter initialization, confirm the following:
<1> NC model
(ex.: Series 16i-B)
<2> Servo motor model
(ex.: iF8/3000)
<3> Pulsecoder built in a motor
(ex.: iA1000)
<4> Is the separate position detector used?
(ex.: Not used)
<5> Distance the machine tool moves per revolution of the motor
(ex.:10 mm per one revolution)
<6> Machine detection unit
(ex.:0.001 mm)
<7> NC command unit
(ex.:0.001 mm)
-9-
2.1.2
B-65270EN/07
Parameter Initialization Flow

Use the procedure below to initialize the servo parameters.
For details of each setting item, see Subsection 2.1.3.
Preparation
- Turn on the power in the emergency stop state.
- Enable parameter writing.
- Display the servo setting screen.
See 2.1.3 (1).
Servo parameter setting

Description of setting
Reference item
Initialization bit
Motor ID No. setting
AMR setting
CMR setting
Flexible feed gear setting
Motor rotation direction setting
Setting of the number of velocity pulses and the number
of position pulses
Reference counter setting
Full-closed system setting
Servo loop gain setting
2.1.3 (2)
2.1.3 (3)
2.1.3 (4)
2.1.3 (5)
2.1.3 (6)
2.1.3 (7)
2.1.3 (8)
2.1.3 (9)
2.1.3 (10)
2.1.3 (11)
CNC restart
2.1.3 (12)
Absolute position detector setting
2.1.3 (13)
Completion of servo parameter initialization
- 10 -
B-65270EN/07
2.1.3
Servo Parameter Initialization Procedure
(1) Preparation
Switch on the NC in an emergency stop state.
Enable parameter writing (PWE = 1).
Initialize servo parameters on the servo setting screen.
For a Power Mate i with no CRT, specify a value for an item number
on the servo setting screen. See Fig. 2.1.3.
To display the servo setting screen, follow the procedure below, using
the key on the NC.
- Series 15i
Press the
SYSTEM
function key several times, and the servo setting
screen will appear.
- Series 0i-C
Press the
function key several times until the PARAMETER
SETTING SUPPORT screen appears.

Press soft key [(OPRT)], move the cursor to the SERVO SETTING
item, and press [SELECT] to display the PARAMETER SETTING
SUPPORT screen.
Fig. 2.1.3(a) PARAMETER SETTING SUPPORT screen
With 0i-C, two types of servo setting screens are available: the
standard screen and the conventional compatible screen. Initialization
can be performed by using either of the screens. This manual
describes the method of setting using the conventional compatible
screen.
For the standard screen, refer to "FANUC Series 0i-MODEL C/0i
Mate- MODEL C START-UP MANUAL (B-64114EN-1)".
- 11 -

(Standard screen)
B-65270EN/07
(Conventional compatible screen)
Fig. 2.1.3(b) 0i-C Servo tuning screen
When the servo setting screen (standard screen) is displayed, the servo
setting screen (conventional compatible screen) can be displayed by
operating the soft keys as follows:
] [CHANGE]
[(OPRT)] [
- Series30i,31i,32i,16i,18i,21i,20i,0i-B
[SYSTEM] [
] [SV-PRM]
If no servo screen appears, set the following parameter as shown, and

switch the NC off and on again.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
3111
SVS (#0)
#1
#0
SVS
1: Displays the servo screen.

When the following screen appears, move the cursor to the item you
want to specify, and enter the value directly.
Power Mate
Servo set
INITIAL SET BITS
Motor ID No.
AMR
CMR
Feed gear
N
(N/M)
M
Direction Set
Velocity Pulse No.
Position Pulse No.
Ref. counter
X axis
00001010
16
00000000
2
1
100
111
8192
12500
10000
01000 N0000
Z axis
00001010
16
00000000
2
1
100
111
8192
12500
10000
Fig. 2.1.3(c) Servo setting screen
- 12 -
No.2000
No.2020
No.2001
No.1820
No.2084
No.2085
No.2022
No.2023
No.2024
No.1821
Correspondence of Power Mate i
B-65270EN/07
(2) Initialization
Start initialization.
Do not power off the NC until step (12).
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
INITIAL SET BIT
#2
PRMC
#1
#0
DGPR
PLC0
Note)
Reset initialization bit 1 to 0.

DGPR(#1)=0
After initialization is completed, DGPR (#1) is set to 1.
NOTE
Once initialization has been completed, bit 3
(PRMC) for initialization is automatically set to 1.
(Except Series 30i, 31i and 32i)
(3) Motor ID No. setting

Specify the motor ID number.
Select the motor ID number of a motor to be used according to the
motor model and motor specification (the middle four digits in
A06B-****-B***) listed in the following tables.
When using servo HRV3 or HRV4 control, please use the motor ID
number for servo HRV2 control. It is available with the series and
editions listed in the table and later editions.
The mark "x" indicates a value that varies depending on the used
options.
The mark "-" indicates that automatic loading of standard parameters
is not supported as of August, 2007.
NOTE
Series 30i, 31i and 32i
Specify the motor ID number for servo HRV2 control.
Other than the Series 30i, 31i and 32i
When a pair of the values set in parameter No. 1023 (servo axis number) are
consecutive odd and even numbers, set motor ID numbers for servo HRV control of
the same type.
(Correct examples)
Servo axes when parameter No.1023= 1,2: Motor ID number for servo HRV2 control
(Wrong examples)
Servo axes when parameter No.1023= 1: Motor ID number for servo HRV2 control
With servo software Series 9096, only servo HRV1 control can be used. Be sure to
specify a motor ID number for servo HRV1 control.
- 13 -
B-65270EN/07
iS series servo motor

Motor model
Motor
specification
iS2/5000
0212
iS2/6000
iS4/5000
Motor ID No.
HRV1 HRV2
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
162
262
0218
284
0215
165
265
iS8/4000
0235
185
285
iS8/6000
0232
290
iS12/4000
0238
188
288
iS22/4000
0265
215
315
iS30/4000
0268
218
318
iS40/4000
0272
222
322
iS50/3000
0275-Bx0x
224
324
iS50/3000 FAN
0275-Bx1x
225
325
iS100/2500
0285
235
335
iS100/2500 FAN
0285
230
330
iS200/2500
0288
238
338
iS200/2500 FAN
0288
234
334
iS300/2000
0292
115
342
iS500/2000
0295
245
345
Motor model
Motor
specification
iF1/5000
0202
152
iF2/5000
0205
iF4/4000
0223
iF series servo motor

90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
252
155
255
173
273
Motor ID No.
HRV1 HRV2
iF8/3000
0227
177
277
iF12/3000
0243
193
293
iF22/3000
0247
197
297
iF30/3000
0253
203
303
iF40/3000
0257-Bx0x
207
307
iF40/3000 FAN
0257-Bx1x
208
308
- 14 -
B-65270EN/07
iS series servo motor (for 400-V driving)

Motor model
Motor
specification
iS2/5000HV
0213
iS2/6000HV
iS4/5000HV
Motor ID No.
HRV1 HRV2
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
163
263
0219
287
0216
166
266
iS8/4000HV
0236
186
286
iS8/6000HV
0233
292
iS12/4000HV
0239
189
289
iS22/4000HV
0266
216
316
iS30/4000HV
0269
219
319
iS40/4000HV
0273
223
323
iS50/3000HV FAN
0276-Bx1x
226
326
iS50/3000HV
0276-Bx0x
227
327
236
336
iS100/2500HV
0286
iS100/2500HV FAN
0286
231
331
iS200/2500HV
0289
239
339
iS200/2500HV FAN
0289
237
337
iS300/2000HV
0293
243
343
iS500/2000HV
0296
246
346
iS1000/2000HV
0298
248
348
0091
340
iS2000/2000HV
(Note 1)
NOTE
1 The model needs manual setting. (See Subsection 4.16.3, "Setting
Parameters in the PWM Distribution Module Configuration".)
When using the torque control function, contact FANUC.
iF series servo motor (for 400-V driving)
Motor model
Motor
specification
iF4/4000HV
0225
175
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
275
Motor ID No.
HRV1 HRV2
iF8/3000HV
0229
179
279
iF12/3000HV
0245
195
295
iF22/3000HV
0249
199
299
- 15 -
B-65270EN/07
Ci series servo motor

Motor model
Motor
specification
C4/3000i
C8/2000i
C12/2000i
C22/2000i
C30/1500i
0221
0226
0241
0246
0251
Motor ID No.
HRV1 HRV2
171
176
191
196
201
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
A
A
A
A
A
H
H
H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
271
276
291
296
301
iS series servo motor

Motor model
iS0.2/5000
iS0.3/5000
Motor
Amplifier Motor ID No.
specification driving HRV1 HRV2
0111
(Note 1)
4A
260
4A
261
20A
280
20A
181
281
20A
20A
40A
20A
40A
20A
40A
20A
40A
182
153
154
156
157
158
159
169
168
282
253
254
256
257
258
259
269
268
G
B
B
B
B
B
B
K
P
V
V
V
V
V
V
-
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
-
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
-
F
F
F
F
F
F
-
0112
(Note 1)
iS0.4/5000
0114
(Note 1)
iS0.5/6000
0115
iS1/6000
0116
iS2/4000
0061
(Note 2)
iS4/4000
0063
(Note 2)
iS8/3000
0075
(Note 2)
iS12/2000
0077
(Note 2)
iS12/3000
0078
40A
172
272
iS22/2000
0085
40A
174
274
NOTE
1 HRV1 control cannot be used with these motors. So, these motors
cannot be used with Series 9096.
2 For a motor specification suffixed with -Bxx6, be sure to use
parameters dedicated to FS0i.
- 16 -
B-65270EN/07
iS series servo motor (for 400-V driving)

Motor model
Motor
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
iS2/4000HV
0062
10A
151
251
iS4/4000HV
0064
10A
164
264
iS8/3000HV
0076
10A
167
267
iS12/3000HV
0079
20A
170
270
iS22/2000HV
0086
20A
178
278
iS series servo motor (dedicated to FS0i)

Motor model
Motor
90B5
90B8
20A
40A
20A
40A
20A
40A
20A
40A
20A
40A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
iS 2/4000
0061-Bxx6
iS 4/4000
0063-Bxx6
iS 8/3000
0075-Bxx6
iS 12/2000
0077-Bxx6
iS 22/1500
0084-Bxx6
206
210
211
212
183
194
198
200
202
205
306
310
311
312
283
294
298
300
302
305
The motor models above can be driven only with Series 90B5 and
90B8.
- 17 -
B-65270EN/07
Linear motor
Linear motor parameters for servo HRV2 control
Note: The following linear motors are driven by 200V.
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
LiS 300A1/4
0441-B200
351
LiS 600A1/4
0442-B200
353
LiS 900A1/4
0443-B200
355
LiS 1500B1/4
0444-B210
357
LiS 3000B2/2
0445-B110
360
LiS 3000B2/4
0445-B210
362
LiS 4500B2/2
0446-B110
364
LiS 6000B2/2
0447-B110
368
LiS 6000B2/4
0447-B210
370
LiS 7500B2/2
0448-B110
372
LiS 7500B2/4
0448-B210
374
Motor model
9096
LiS 9000B2/2
0449-B110
376
LiS 9000B2/4
0449-B210
378
380
LiS 9000C2/2
0451-B110
0454-B110
384
LiS 11000C2/2
0455-B110
388
LiS 15000C2/2
0456-B110
392
LiS 15000C2/3
0456-B210
394
LiS 10000C3/2
0457-B110
396
LiS 17000C3/2
0459-B110
400
LiS 3300C1/2
Note: The following linear motors are driven by 400V.

Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
9096
LiS 1500B1/4
0444-B210
358
LiS 3000B2/2
0445-B110
361
LiS 4500B2/2HV
0446-B010
363
LiS 4500B2/2
0446-B110
365
LiS 6000B2/2HV
0447-B010
367
LiS 6000B2/2
0447-B110
369
LiS 7500B2/2HV
0448-B010
371
LiS 7500B2/2
0448-B110
373
LiS 9000B2/2
Motor model
0449-B110
377
LiS 3300C1/2
0451-B110
381
LiS 9000C2/2
0454-B110
385
LiS 11000C2/2HV
0455-B010
387
LiS 11000C2/2
0455-B110
389
LiS 10000C3/2
0456-B010
0457-B110
391
397
LiS 17000C3/2
0459-B110
401
LiS 15000C2/3HV
- 18 -
B-65270EN/07
Linear motor parameters for servo HRV1 control

Motor model
LiS 1500B1/4
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
9096
0444-B210
90
LiS 3000B2/2
0445-B110
91
LiS 6000B2/2
0447-B110
92
LiS 9000B2/2
0449-B110
93
LiS 1500C2/2
0456-B110
94
LiS 3000B2/4
0445-B210
120
LiS 6000B2/4
0447-B210
121
LiS 9000B2/4
0449-B210
122
LiS 15000C2/3
0456-B210
123
LiS 300A1/4
0441-B200
124
LiS 600A1/4
0442-B200
125
LiS 900A1/4
0443-B200
126
127
(160-A driving)
128
(160-A driving)
129
(360-A driving)
130
(360-A driving)
LiS 6000B2/4
0412-B811
LiS 9000B2/2
0413
LiS 9000B2/4
0413-B811
LiS 15000C2/2
0414
(Reference)
The parameter table presented in Chapter 6 has two motor ID Nos. for
the same linear motor. One of the two is for driving the series servo
amplifiers (130A and 240A). Be careful not to use the wrong ID No.
servo amplifier driving
Amplifier
maximum
current [A]
LiS 6000B2/4
LiS 9000B2/2
i servo amplifier driving
Motor ID No.
Amplifier
maximum
current [A]
Motor ID No.
240
121
160
127
130
93
160
128
LiS 9000B2/4
240
122
360
129
LiS 15000C2/2
240
94
360
130
Motor model
- 19 -
B-65270EN/07
Synchronous built-in servo motor

Synchronous built-in servo motor for servo HRV2 control
NOTE: The following synchronous built-in servo motors are
driven by 200V.
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
DiS 22/600
0482-B10x
421
DiS 85/400
0483-B20x
423
DiS 85/1000
0483-B22x
443
DiS 110/300
0484-B10x
425
DiS 110/1000
0484-B12x
445
DiS 260/300
0484-B30x
427
DiS 260/600
0484-B31x
429
DiS 260/1000
0484-B32x
447
DiS 370/300
0484-B40x
431
DiS 1200/250
0485-B50x
435
DiS 1500/200
0486-B30x
437
DiS 2100/150
0487-B30x
439
DiS 3000/150
0487-B40x
441
NOTE: The following synchronous built-in servo motors are

driven by 400V.
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90D0
90E0
90B0
90B5
90B6
90B1
90B8
9096
DiS 22/600
0482-B10x
422
DiS 85/400
0483-B20x
424
DiS 110/300
0484-B10x
426
DiS 260/300
0484-B30x
428
DiS 260/600
0484-B31x
430
DiS 370/300
0484-B40x
432
DiS 1200/250
0485-B50x
436
DiS 1500/200
0486-B30x
438
DiS 2100/150
0487-B30x
440
DiS 3000/150
0487-B40x
442
Motor model
- 20 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) AMR setting

Set, as AMR, a setting value of following table.
Motor type
AMR setting
iS/iF/iS motor
(other than iS2000HV and iS3000HV)
00000000
iS2000HV,iS3000HV
00001000
Linear motor
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
NOTE
1 When using a linear motor, set AMR according to
the description in Section 4.14, "LINEAR MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING".
2 When using a synchronous built-in servo motor, set
AMR according to the description in Section 4.15,
"SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING".
(5) CMR setting

Set, as CMR, a specified magnification for the amount of movement
from the NC to the servo system.
CMR = Command unit / Detection unit
CMR 1/2 to 48
Setting value = CMR 2
Usually, set CMR with 2, because command unit = detection unit

(CMR = 1).
(6) Flexible feed gear setting

Specify the flexible feed gear (FFG). This function makes it easy to
specify a detection unit for the leads and gear reduction ratios of
various ball screws by changing the number of position feedback
pulses from the Pulsecoder or separate detector. It converts the
incoming number of pulses from the position detector so that it
matches the commanded number of pulses. When using a linear motor,
set FFG according to the description in Section 4.14, "LINEAR
MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING". When using a synchronous
built-in servo motor, set FFG according to the description in Section
4.15,
"SYNCHRONOUS
BUILT-IN
SERVO
MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING".
(a) Semi-closed feedback loop

Setting for the i Pulsecoder
(Note 1)
FFG numerator ( 32767)
FFG denominator ( 32767)
Necessary position feedback pulses

per motor revolution
1,000,000 (Note 2)
- 21 -
(as irreducible fraction)
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 For both FFG numerator and denominator, the maximum setting
value (after reduced) is 32767.
2 i Pulsecoders assume one million pulses per motor revolution,
irrespective of resolution, for the flexible feed gear setting.
3 If the calculation of the number of pulses required per motor
revolution involves , such as when a rack and pinion are used,
assume to be approximately 355/113.
Example of setting
If the ball screw used in direct coupling has a lead of 5 mm/rev and
the detection unit is 1 m
The number of pulses generated per motor turn (5 mm) is:
5/0.001 = 5000 (pulses)
Because the i Pulsecoder feeds back 1000000 pulses per motor turn:
FFG = 5000 / 1000000 = 1 / 200
Other FFG (numerator/denominator) setting examples, where the gear
reduction ratio is assumed to be 1:1
Detection
unit
6mm
8mm
1m
0.5m
0.1m
6 / 1000
12 / 1000
60 / 1000
8 / 1000
16 / 1000
80 / 1000
Ball screw lead

10mm
12mm
10 / 1000
20 / 1000
100 / 1000
12 / 1000
24 / 1000
120 / 1000
16mm
20mm
16 / 1000
32 / 1000
160 / 1000
20 / 1000
40 / 1000
200 / 1000
Example of setting
If the gear reduction ratio between the rotary axis motor and table is
10:1 and the detection unit is 1/1000 degrees
The table rotates through 360/10 degrees when the motor makes one
turn.
The number of position pulses necessary for the motor to make one
turn is:
360/10 (1/1000) = 36,000 pulses
FFG numerator
36,000
36
=
=
FFG denominator
1,000,000
1,000
If the gear reduction ratio between the rotary axis motor and table is
300:1 and the detection unit is 1/10000 degrees
The table rotates through 360/300 degrees when the motor makes one
turn.
turn is:
360/300 (1/10000) = 12,000 pulses
FFG numerator
FFG denominator
- 22 -
12,000
1,000,000
12
1,000
B-65270EN/07
(b) Full-closed feedback loop

Setting for use of a separate detector (full-closed)
FFG numerator ( 32767)
FFG denominator ( 32767)
Number of position pulses corresponding

to a predetermined amount of travel
Number of position pulses corresponding
to a predetermined amount of travel from
a separate detector
(as irreducible fraction)
Example of setting
To detect a distance of 1-m using a 0.5-m scale, set the following:
(L represents a constant distance.)
Numerator of FFG
Denominator of FFG
L/1
L/0.5
Other FFG (numerator/denominator) setting examples

Scale resolution
Detection unit
1 m
1/1
-
1m
0.5m
0.1m
0.5 m
1/2
1/1
-
0.1 m
1 / 10
1/5
1/1
0.05 m
1 / 20
1 / 10
1/2
NOTE
The maximum rotation speed allowable with servo
software depends on the detection unit. (See
Appendix E, "VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN SERVO
SOFTWARE".) Select a detection unit that enables a
requested maximum rotation speed to be realized.
When a speed of up to 6000 revolutions is used as a
live tool in the direct motor connection mode, in
particular, use a detection unit of 2/1000 deg (IS-B
setting, CMR=1/2, flexible feed gear=18/100).
(7) Motor rotation direction setting

Set the direction in which the motor is to turn when a positive value is
specified as a move command. For linear motors, set the parameter
according to the description in Section 4.14, "LINEAR MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING". For synchronous built-in servo motors, set
the parameter according to the description in Section 4.15,
"SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR PARAMETER
SETTING".
111
111
Clockwise as viewed from the Pulsecoder

Counterclockwise as viewed from the Pulsecoder
Counterclockwise as
viewed from the
Pulsecoder
Set -111.
- 23 -
FANUC
Clockwise as viewed from

the Pulsecoder
Set 111.
B-65270EN/07
(8) Specify the number of velocity pulses and the number of position pulses.
Set the number of velocity pulses and the number of position pulses
according to the connected detector. For linear motors, set these
parameters according to the description in Section 4.14, "LINEAR
MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING". For synchronous built-in servo
motors, set these parameters according to the description in Section
4.15,
"SYNCHRONOUS
BUILT-IN
SERVO
MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING".
(a) Number of velocity pulses

Set the number of velocity pulses to 8192.
8192
iS/iF/iS motor
(b) Number of position pulses

(b)-1 Number of position pulses for semi-closed feedback loop
Set the number of position pulses to 12500.
Number of position pulses
12500
(iS/iF/iS motor, semi-closed feedback loop)
(b)-2 Number of position pulses for full-closed feedback loop

(See Subsections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5)
Set the number of position pulses to the number of pulses fed back
from the separate detector when the motor makes one turn. (The
flexible feed gear has nothing to do with the calculation of the number
of position pulses).
(full-closed feedback loop)
Number of pulses fed back from the separate

detector when the motor makes one turn
When using a serial rotary scale with a resolution of 1,000,000 pulses

per revolution, set a value assuming that 12500 is equivalent to
1,000,000 pulses.
(full-closed feedback loop)
(*) 1,000,000 pulses / rev
12,500 (motor-table gear reduction ratio)
Example 1:
Parallel type, serial linear scale
If the ball screw used in direct coupling has a lead of 10 mm and
the separate detector used has a resolution of 0.5 m per pulse
Number of position pulses = 10 / 0.0005 = 20,000
Example 2:
Serial rotary scale
If the motor-table gear reduction ratio is 10:1,
Number of position pulses = 12,500 (1/10) = 1250
- 24 -
B-65270EN/07
(b)-3 If the setting for the number of position pulses is larger than 32767
If the number of position pulses exceeds 32767, set the following
parameter:
2628 (FS15i)
Conversion coefficient for the number of position feedback pulses
2185 (FS30i,16i)
Series 90E0, Series 90D0, Series 90B0, Series 90B5, Series 90B6,
Series 90B1 :
Set the number of position pulses with a product of two
parameters, using the conversion coefficient for the number of
position feedback pulses.
Position pulse setting =
Number of pulses from separate

detector per motor revolution
Position pulse conversion coefficient
The number of velocity pulses need not be changed.
Series 9096 :
No conversion coefficient for the number of position feedback
pulses can be used. As usual, set the initialization bit 0 to 1, and
set the number of velocity pulses and the number of position
pulses to 1/10 the respective values stated earlier.
Position pulse setting =
Velocity pulse setting =

=
Number of pulses from separate

detector per motor revolution
10
Number of velocity pulses to be set
originally
10
819 (In the case of iS/iF/iS motor)
See Supplementary 3 of Subsection 2.1.8.
- 25 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
By setting initialization bit 0 (of No. 2000 (FS30i, 16i,
etc.)/No. 1804 (FS15i)) to 1, the number of velocity pulses
and the number of position pulses can be internally
increased by a factor of 10. Usually, however, set bit 0 of
No. 2000 to 0. If the number of position pulses is beyond
the setting range, use a position pulse conversion
coefficient. Only in the situations indicated below, set bit 0
of No. 2000 to 1, set the number of velocity pulses to
one-tenth of the value to be originally set, and also set the
number of position pulses to one-tenth of the value to be
originally set.
- When the number of velocity pulses exceeds 32767
because a high-resolution detector is used with a linear
motor or synchronous built-in servo motor
- When the parameter for specifying a position pulse
conversion coefficient is unusable because servo
software Series 9096 is used
- 26 -
B-65270EN/07
(9) Reference counter setting

Specify the reference counter.
The reference counter is used in making a return to the reference
position by a grid method.
(a) Semi-closed loop

(Linear axis)
Count on the reference
counter
Number of position pulses corresponding to a

= single motor revolution or the same number
divided by an integer value
(Rotary axis)
Number of position pulses corresponding to a
= single motor revolution/M, or the same
number divided by an integer value
* When the motor-table gear reduction ratio is M/N (M and N are integers,
and M/N is a fraction that is reduced to lowest terms.)
Count on the reference

counter
NOTE
1 If the calculation above results in a fraction, a
setting can be made with a fraction.
See (a)-1.
2 If the rotation ratio between the motor and table on
the rotary axis is not an integer, the reference
counter capacity needs to be set so that the point
(grid point) where the reference counter equals 0
appears at the same position relative to the table.
So, with the rotary axis, the number of position
pulses per motor revolution needs to be multiplied
by 1/M.
Example of setting
i Pulsecoder and semi-closed loop (1-m detection)
Ball screw lead
(mm/revolution)
Necessary number of
position pulses
(pulse/revolution)
Reference
counter
Grid width
(mm)
10
20
30
10000
20000
30000
10000
20000
30000
10
20
30
When the number of position pulses corresponding to a single motor

revolution does not agree with the reference counter setting, the
position of the zero point depends on the start point.
In such a case, set the reference counter capacity with a fraction to
change the detection unit and eliminate the error in the reference
counter. (Except Series 9096)
Example of setting
System using a detection unit of 1 m, a ball screw lead of 20
mm/revolution, and a gear reduction ratio of 1/17
To eliminate the error of the reference counter, two methods of setting
are available:
- 27 -
B-65270EN/07
(a)-1 Method that sets a reference counter capacity with a fraction

(a)-2 Method that changes the detection unit
An example of each setting method is explained below.
(a)-1 Method of specifying the reference counter capacity with a fraction (except
Series 9096)
turn is: 20000/17
Set the following parameter as stated below.
1896 (FS15i)
Reference counter capacity (numerator)
1821 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
2622 (FS15i)
0 to 99999999
Set the numerator of a fraction for the reference counter capacity.
Reference counter capacity (denominator)
2179 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 100
A value up to around 100 is assumed to be set as the denominator of
the reference counter capacity. Note that if a larger value is set, the
grid width becomes too small, which makes it difficult to perform
reference position return by grid method.
The denominator parameter is not indicated in the servo setting screen,
so it must be set in the parameter screen.
In this example, set the numerator and denominator, respectively, to
20000 and 17.
NOTE
Even if a setting is made with a fraction, set the
number of position pulses per motor revolution/M for
a semi-closed loop rotary axis when the reduction
ratio is M/N.
Reference counter =
Number of position pulses per motor revolution/M, or
The same number divided by an integer
- 28 -
B-65270EN/07
(a)-2 Method of changing the detection unit

turn is: 20000/17
In this case, increase all the following parameter values by a factor of
17, and set the detection unit to 1/17 m.
Parameter modification
FFG
CMR
Reference counter
Effective area
Position error limit in traveling
Position error limit in the stop state
Backlash
Series 30i,15i,16i,0i, Power Mate i,

and so on
Servo screen
Servo screen
Servo screen
Nos. 1826, 1827
No. 1828
No. 1829
Nos. 1851, 1852
Changing the detection unit from 1 m to 1/17 m requires

multiplying each of the parameter settings made for the detection unit
by 17.
CAUTION
In addition to the above parameters, there are
some parameters that are to be set in detection
units. For details, see Appendix B.
Making these modifications eliminates the difference between the
number of position pulses corresponding to a single motor revolution
and the reference counter setting.
Number of position pulses corresponding to a single motor revolution
= 20000
Reference counter setting = 20000
(b) Full-closed loop (See Subsections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5)

Reference
counter setting
Z-phase (reference-position) interval divided by the

= detection unit, or this value sub-divided by an integer
value
NOTE
If the separate detector-table rotation ratio for the
rotary axis is not an integer, it is necessary to set
the reference counter capacity in such a way that
points where reference counter = 0 (grid points)
appear always at the same position for the table.
Example of setting
Example 1) When the Z-phase interval is 50 mm and the detection
unit is 1 m:
Reference counter setting = 50,000/1 = 50,000
Example 2) When a rotary axis is used and the detection unit is
0.001 degrees:
Reference counter setting = 360/0.001 = 360,000
Example 3) When a linear scale is used and a single Z phase exists:
Set the reference counter to 10000, 50000, or another
round number.
- 29 -
B-65270EN/07
If the calculated value of the reference counter capacity is not an

integer, the reference counter capacity can be set as a fraction as in the
case of a semi-closed loop. For details of parameters, see (a)-1.
NOTE
The following value can be set as a reference
counter capacity:
(For linear axis)
Number of position pulses corresponding to the
Z-phase interval of a separate detector (or the
same number divided by an integer)
(For rotary axis)
Number of position pulses per revolution of a
separate detector/M (or the same number divided
by an integer)
(*) When the rotation ratio between the table and
separate detector is M/N (M and N are
integers, and M/N is a fraction that is reduced
to lowest terms.)
(10) Full-closed system setting (go to (11) if a semi-closed system is in use)

For a full-closed system, it is necessary to set the following function
bit.
(a) Setting required with all CNC Series

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1815 (FS15i)
#1
#0
OPTX
To be specified for
1815 (FS30i, 16i, etc)
every NC.
OPTX(#1)
The separate position detector is:

0: Not to be used
1: To be used
(b) Setting required with only the Series 15i

When the Series 15i is used, the following function bit (PFSE) needs
to be set to 1 in addition to OPTX.
#7
#6
#5
#4
1807 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
PFSE
To be specified only for the Series 15i
PFSE(#3)
The separate position detector is:

0: Not to be used
1: To be used
- 30 -
B-65270EN/07
(11) Servo loop gain setting

Set a value other than 0 as a servo loop gain. Usually, set an initial
value of 3000. (This initial value is adjusted later as needed.)
Servo loop gain
3000 (guideline)
NOTE
1 When a servo loop gain of 0 is set, an illegal
servo parameter setting alarm is issued.
2 If there is a problem such as vibration occurring at
the time of motor rotation after the NC is started,
perform servo tuning according to Chapter 3.
(12) NC restart
Switch the NC off and on again.
This completes servo parameter initialization.
If an illegal servo parameter setting alarm occurs, go to Subsec. 2.1.8.
If a servo alarm related to Pulsecoders occurs for an axis for which a
servo motor or amplifier is not connected, specify the following
parameter.
#7
#6
#5
1953 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DMY
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
DMY (#0)
The serial feedback dummy function is: (See Section 4.9, SERIAL
FEEDBACK DUMMY FUNCTIONS for function detail)
0 : Not used
1 : Used
- 31 -
B-65270EN/07
(13) Absolute position detector setting

When you are going to use an i/i Pulsecoder as an absolute
Pulsecoder, use the following procedure.
Procedure
1. Specify the following parameter, then switch the NC off.
#7
1815 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
APCx
1815 (FS30i, 16i)
APCx (#5)
The absolute position detector is:

0: Not used
1: Used
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
After making sure that the battery for the Pulsecoder is connected,
turn off the CNC.
A request to return to the reference position is
These steps
displayed.
were added
Cause the servo motor to make one turn by jogging. for the i/i
Turn off and on the CNC.
Pulsecoder.
A request to return to the reference position is
displayed.
Do the reference position return.
- 32 -
B-65270EN/07
2.1.4
Setting Servo Parameters when a Separate Detector for the

Serial Interface is Used
(1) Overview
This subsection describes the setting of servo parameters for using a
separate detector of serial output type. Perform parameter setting as
described below according to the classification (model and
configuration) of the serial detector used.
(2) Series and editions of applicable servo software

(Series 30i,31i,32i)
(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,0i Mate-B,Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C,0i Mate-C,20i-B)
(3) Classification of serial detectors and usable detector examples

Usable separate detectors for the serial interface are classified into
four major types as shown below. Note that parameter settings vary
with these types.
(a) Serial output type linear encoder

Minimum resolution
0.05
0.05/0.1
0.05/0.1
Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.

HEIDENHAIN
Model
Backup
AT353, AT553
LC191F
LC491F
Not required
Not required
Not required
(b) Analog output type linear encoder + FANUC high-resolution serial output
circuit
Signal pitch
20
20
20
Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.

HEIDENHAIN
Sony Precision Technology Inc.
Model
Backup
AT402
LS486, LS186
SH12
Required
Required
Required
(c) Serial output type rotary encoder

FANUC
Minimum resolution (Note 1)
Model
Backup
220 pulse/rev
A1000S
Required
- 33 -
B-65270EN/07
(d) RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, and RCN727 manufactured by HEIDENHAIN

Minimum resolution (Note 1)
20
HEIDENHAIN
2 pulse/rev
223 pulse/rev
227 pulse/rev
Model
Backup
RCN220
RCN223, 723
RCN727
Not required
Not required
Not required
NOTE
1 The minimum resolution of a rotary encoder is the resolution of the
encoder itself. For the FANUC systems, however, please set
parameters with regarding the number of pulses/rev as follows:
One million pulses/rev for a minimum resolution of 220 pulses/rev
Eight million pulses/rev for a minimum resolution of 223 pulses/rev
Eight million pulses/rev for a minimum resolution of 227 pulses/rev
(4) Setting parameters

Set the following parameters according to the type of the detector
(described in the previous item).
(a) Parameter setting for a linear encoder of a serial output type

(Parameter setting method)
In addition to the conventional settings for a separate detector (bit 1 of
parameter No. 1815 (Series30i,15i,16i,18i,21i,20i,0i, and Power Mate
i), bit 3 of parameter No. 1807 (Series 15i), and if needed, FSSB),
note the following parameters:
[Flexible feed gear]
Parameter Nos. 1977 and 1978 (Series 15i) or Nos. 2084 and 2085
(Series 30i, 16i and so on)
Flexible feed gear (N/M) =
Minimum resolution of detector [m] / controller detection unit [m]
[Number of position pulses]
Parameter No. 1891 (Series 15i) or No. 2024 (Series 30i, 16i and so
on)
Number of position pulses =
Amount of movement per motor revolution [mm] /
detection unit of the sensor [mm]
*
If the result of the above calculation does not fall in the setting
range (0 to 32767) for the number of position pulses, use
position feedback pulse conversion coefficient to specify the
number of position pulses according to the following procedure.
Number of position pulses to be set = A B
Select B so that A is within 32767. Then, set the following:
A: Position pulses parameter (32767 or less)
No.1891 (Series15i), No.2024 (Series 30i, 16i and so on)
B: Position pulses conversion coefficient parameter
- 34 -
B-65270EN/07
(Example of parameter setting)

[System configuration]
The Series 16i is used.
A linear scale with a minimum resolution of 0.1 m is used.
The least input increment of the controller is 1 m.
The amount of movement per motor revolution is 16 mm.

[Parameter setting]
To enable a separate detector, set bit 1 of parameter No. 1815 to

1.
Calculate the parameters for the flexible feed gear.

Because flexible feed gear (N/M) = 0.1 m/1 m = 1/10:
No. 2084 = 1 and No. 2085 = 10
Calculate the number of position pulses.

Number of position pulses = 16 mm/0.0001mm = 160000
Because this result does not fall in the setting range (0 to 32767),
set A and B, respectively, with the "number of position pulses"
and "position pulses conversion coefficient" by assuming:
160,000 = 10,000 16 A = 10,000 and B = 16
No.2024 = 10,000, No.2185 = 16
(b) Parameter setting for analog output type linear encoder +

FANUC high-resolution serial output circuit
In addition to the conventional separate detector settings (bit 1 of
parameter No. 1815 (Series15i,30i,16i,18i,21i,20i,0i, and Power Mate
i), bit 3 of parameter No. 1807 (Series 15i), and, if necessary, FSSB
setting), pay attention to the following parameter settings.
First check the type of the FANUC high-resolution output circuit to be
coupled to the linear encoder, and then determine the settings of the
following function bits.
[Function bit]
Circuit
High-resolution serial output circuit
High-resolution serial output circuit H
High-resolution serial output circuit C
- 35 -
Specification
Interpolation
magnification
A860-0333-T501
A860-0333-T701
A860-0333-T801
512
2048
2048

#7
#6
#5
2687 (FS15i)
#4
B-65270EN/07
#3
#2
#1
#0
HP2048
2274 (FS30i, 16i)
HP2048(#0)
The 2048-magnification interpolation circuit (high-resolution serial

output circuit H or C) is:
0: Not to be used
1: To be used
NOTE
1 When high-resolution serial output circuit H is used,
set the setting pin SW3 inside the circuit to "Setting
B" usually.
2 This function bit can be used with the following
series and editions:
(Series 30i, 31i, 32i)
(Series 15i-B, 16i-B, 18i-B, 21i-B, 0i-B, 0i Mate-B,
Power Mate i)
Series 90B0/Q(17) and subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C, 0i Mate-C, 20i-B)
If this bit is specified, the minimum resolution
setting of the detector is assumed to be:
Encoder signal pitch/512 [m]
If the minimum resolution (signal pitch/2048 [m])
is necessary as the detection unit, specify:
Flexible feed gear = 4/1
3 When high-resolution serial output circuit H is used,
and the input frequency 750 kHz needs to be
supported, set the following:
- Set the setting pin SW3 to "Setting A".
- Set HP2048=1.
- Set the minimum resolution of the detector as:
Encoder signal pitch/128 [m]
(Related report: TMS03/16E)
- 36 -
B-65270EN/07

[Minimum resolution of the detector]
In the following calculation of a flexible feed gear and the number of
position pulses, the minimum detector resolution to be used is:
(Linear encoder signal pitch/512 [m])
(Specifying the above function bit appropriately makes it unnecessary
to take the difference in the interpolation magnification among the
high-resolution serial output circuits into account. So always use 512
for calculations.)
Parameters Nos. 1977 and 1978 (Series 15i) or Nos. 2084 and 2085
(Series 30i, 16i, and so on)
Flexible feed gear (N/M)
= minimum resolution of the detector [m] /
detection unit of controller [m]
Parameter No. 1891 (Series 15i) or No. 2024 (Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)
= Amount of movement per motor revolution [mm] /
minimum resolution of the detector [mm]
*
No.1891 (Series15i), No.2024 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)

A linear encoder with a signal pitch of 20 m is used.
The linear encoder is coupled with high-resolution serial output

circuit H.

[Parameter setting]

1.
To use high-resolution serial output circuit H, set bit 0 of

parameter No. 2274 to 1.
Minimum resolution of the detector = 20 m/512
= 0.0390625 m
- 37 -
B-65270EN/07

Because flexible feed gear (N/M)=(20/512m)/1m=5/128
No.2084=5, No.2085=128
Number of position pulses = 16 mm/(20/512m) = 409,600
409,600 = 25,600 16 A = 25,600, B = 16
No.2024 = 25,600, No.2185 = 16
(c) Parameter setting for the serial output type rotary encoder
*
For explanations about the rotary encoders RCN220, RCN223,

RCN723, and RCN727 made by HEIDENHAIN, see "Parameter
setting for the rotary encoders RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, and
RCN727 made by HEIDENHAIN."

In addition to the conventional settings for a separate detector (bit 1 of
parameter No. 1815 (Series15i, 30i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 20i, 0i, and Power
Mate i), bit 3 of parameter No. 1807 (Series 15i), and if needed,
FSSB), note the following parameters:
(Series 30i, 16i and so on)
(Amount of table movement [deg] per detector revolution) /
(detection unit [deg]) / 1,000,000
Parameter No. 1891 (Series 15i) or No. 2024 (Series 30i, 16i and so
on)
Number of position pulses = 12500(motor-to-table reduction ratio)
*
- 38 -
B-65270EN/07

The least input increment of the controller is 1/1000 degrees.
The amount of movement per motor revolution is 180 degrees

(reduction ratio: 1/2)
Table-to-separate-encoder reduction ratio = 1/1

[Parameter setting]

1.

Because flexible feed gear (N/M)
=360 degrees /0.001 degrees /1,000,000 =36/100
No.2084=36, No.2085=100

Because number of position pulses = 12500 (1/2)=6250
No.2024=6250
- 39 -
B-65270EN/07
(d) Parameter setting for the rotary encoders RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, and
RCN727 made by HEIDENHAIN
(Series and editions of applicable servo software)
To use the high-resolution rotary encoders RCN220, RCN223,
RCN723, and RCN727 manufactured by HEIDENHAIN as separate
detectors, the following servo software is required:
[RCN220,223,723]
Series 90B0/T(19) and subsequent editions
[RCN727]
Series 90D0/J(10) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/J(10) and subsequent editions
Series 90B1/B(02) and subsequent editions

To specify parameters for the high-resolution rotary encoders
RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, and RCN727 (supporting FANUC serial
interface) made by HEIDENHAIN, use the following procedure.
In addition to the conventional separate detector settings (bit 1 of
parameter No. 1815 (Series 30i, 15i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, and Power Mate
i), bit 3 of parameter No. 1807 (Series 15i), and, if necessary, FSSB
setting), pay attention to the following parameter settings.
[Function bit]
To use the RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727, set the
following function bit to 1.
#7
#6
#5
2688 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
RCNCLR 800PLS
2275 (FS30i, 16i)
800PLS (#0)
A rotary encoder with eight million pulses per revolution is:

0: Not to be used. (To use the RCN220, leave this bit set to 0.)
1: To be used. (To use the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727, set the
bit to 1.)
- 40 -
B-65270EN/07
RCNCLR (#1)
The number of revolution is:

0: Not to be cleared.
1: To be cleared. (To use the RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, or
RCN727, set the bit to 1.)
This function bit is to be set in combination with the number of data
mask digits, described below.
2807 (FS15i)
Number of data mask digits
2394 (FS30i, 16i)
[Settings]
8. (To use the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727)

5. (To use the RCN220)
The value to be set in this parameter depends on the detector. At
present, only the above detectors require clearing the speed data.
This parameter is to be set in combination with RCNCLR, described
above.
NOTE
The speed data of the RCN220, RCN223,
RCN723, or RCN727 is maintained while the power
to the separate detector interface unit is on. The
data, however, is cleared when the unit is turned
off. Since the speed data becomes undetermined
depending on where the power is turned off, it is
necessary to make a setting to clear the speed
data. In addition, for this reason, the RCN220,
RCN223, RCN723, and RCN727 cannot be used
with a linear axis.
When using the RCN220, set the parameters for the flexible feed gear
and the number of position pulses according to the setting method
described in the previous item, "Parameter setting for the serial output
type rotary encoder".
The following explains how to calculate the parameter values when
the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727 is used.
(Amount of table movement [deg] per detector revolution) /
(detection unit [deg]) / 8,000,000
For the RCN223, RCN723, and RCN727, the number of pulses per
detector turn is assumed to be eight million for calculation.
For the RCN727, when the detection unit is set to 1/8,000,000
revolution or less, the flexible feed gear may be set to up to 8/1. (If the
flexible feed gear is set to 8/1, the detection unit is 64,000,000 pulses
per revolution.)
- 41 -
B-65270EN/07

on)
Number of position pulses = 100,000(motor-to-table reduction ratio)
*
[Reference counter capacity]

on)
Specify the number of feedback pulses per table turn (detection unit).
*
If bit 0 of parameter No. 2688 (Series 15i) or parameter No. 2275
(Series 30i, 16i, and so on) is 0, specify the number of pulses per
table turn divided by 8 as the reference counter capacity. In this
case, eight grid points occur per table turn.

The rotary encoder RCN223 made by HEIDENHAIN is used.
The least input increment of the controller is 1/10,000 degrees.
The amount of movement per motor revolution is 180 degrees

(reduction ratio: 1/2)
Table-to-separate-encoder reduction ratio = 1/1

[Parameter setting]

1.
To use the detector RCN223, set bit 0 of parameter No. 2275 to 1,
bit 1 of this parameter to 1, and parameter No. 2394 to 8.

Because flexible feed gear (N/M) =
(360 degrees /0.0001 degrees)/8,000,000=9/20
No.2084=9, No.2085=20

Number of position pulses = 100,000 (1/2) = 50,000
50,000 = 12,500 4 A = 12,500, B = 4
No.2024 = 12,500, No.2185 = 4
- 42 -
B-65270EN/07
Calculate the reference counter capacity.

Reference counter capacity = 360 degrees/0.0001 degrees =
3,600,000
(About speed limit)

When the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727 is used as a separate
detector, the maximum permissible speed that can be controlled may
be 937 min-1. (*) (See Item (2) in the Appendix E.)
(*) The above maximum speed does not include hardware
limitations. For the maximum permissible speed of the detector
itself, refer to the specifications of the detector.
Setting the signal direction of the separate detector

When connecting the separate detector signal in the reverse direction,
use the following parameter:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1960 (FS15i)
#0
RVRSE
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
RVRSE (#0)
The signal direction of the separate detector is:

0: Not reversed.
1: Reversed.
(5) Reference position return when a serial type separate detector is used as
an absolute-position detector
When a serial type separate detector is used as an absolute-position
detector, the phase-Z position must be passed once before a reference
position return is performed. Then, turn the CNC off then back on to
allow reference position return.
(This description does not apply if a detector that does not require
battery backup is in use.)
When reference position return is performed, adjust the deceleration
dog so that the grid-shifted reference position is not too near the
deceleration dog.
Encoder position
Position data from

the encoder
Reference position data

of the detector = 0
Direction of reference
Reference position not grid-shifted
position return
Grid-shifted reference
Start position of reference
position
position return
Reference counter
Reference counter capacity
Grid shift amount
Machine position
Deceleration dog
To be adjusted so that the grid-shifted reference
position is not too near the deceleration dog
- 43 -
2.1.5
B-65270EN/07
Setting Servo Parameters when an Analog Input Separate

Detector Interface Unit is Used
(1) Overview
An analog input separate detector interface unit (analog SDU) can be
connected directly to an encoder having an analog output signal of 1
Vp-p. This subsection explains parameter settings to be made when
this unit is connected to a separate detector. After performing the
initialization procedure (full-closed loop) described in Subsection
2.1.3, change the setting described below according to the signal pitch
of the detector.
Configuration where analog SDU is used
Separate detector
X 000.000
Y 000.000
Z 000.000
1Vp-p
FSSB
Analog SDU

Series 90B1/C(03) and subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C,0i Mate-C)

After performing the initialization (full-closed loop) described in
Subsection 2.1.3, change the following setting according to the signal
pitch of the detector:
[Setting the flexible feed gear]
1977 (FS15i)
Numerator of flexible feed gear
2084 (FS30i,16i)
1978 (FS15i)
Denominator of flexible feed gear
2085 (FS30i,16i)
Set the flexible feed gear according to the following equation.

(Equation for parameter calculation)
- 44 -
Detector signal pitch [m]/512

Detection unit of controller [m]
B-65270EN/07
[Setting the number of position pulses]

1891 (FS15i)
Number of position pulses (PPLS)
2024 (FS30i,16i)
Set the number of position pulses according to the following equation:

Number of position pulses =
Amount of movement per motor revolution [mm]

Detector signal pitch [mm]/512
If the calculation result is greater than 32767, use the following

position pulse conversion coefficient (PSMPYL) to obtain the
parameter setting (PPLS).
2628 (FS15i)
Position pulse conversion coefficient (PSMPYL)
2185 (FS30i,16ii)
This parameter is used when the calculation result of the number of

position pulses is greater than 32767.
Set this parameter so that the following equation is satisfied:
Number of position pulses = PPLS PSMPYL
( See Supplementary 3 in Subsection 2.1.8.)

A linear scale with a signal pitch of 20 m is used.

[Parameter setting]

1.

Because flexible feed gear (N/M)=(20/512m)/1m=5/128
No.2084=5, No.2085=128

Number of position pulses = 16 mm/(0.02 mm/512)= 409,600
409,600 = 25,600 16 A = 25,600, B = 16
No.2024 = 25,600, No.2185 = 16
- 45 -
2.1.6
B-65270EN/07
Setting Parameters when an iCZ Sensor is Used
(1) Overview
The iCZ sensors are classified into two major groups according to
their application as follows:
<1> Used as a built-in detector for a synchronous built-in servo motor
(iCZ ***A)
<2> Used as a separate detector (iCZ ***AS)
When the differences in resolution are considered, six types of sensors
are available as indicated below.
For built-in
detector
(A860-2162-Txxx)
For separate
detector
(A860-2164-Txxx)
Signal
interval
Number of pulses at
setting
iCZ 512A
iCZ 512AS
512/rev
500,000pulse/rev
iCZ 768A
iCZ 768AS
768/rev
750,000pulse/rev
iCZ 1024A
iCZ 1024AS
1024/rev
1,000,000pulse/rev
NOTE
When iCZ 768A/AS is used as a built-in detector
with a synchronous built-in servo motor, the sensor
can be used only for the purpose of finite rotation
(within 1 revolution).

When the iCZ sensor is used as a built-in detector with a
synchronous built-in servo motor ((3)-(a)), the servo software
indicated bellow is needed.
iCZ 512A, iCZ 1024A ((3)-(a) For use as a detector built into
a DiS motor)

iCZ 768A ((3)-(a) For use as a detector built into a DiS motor)
- 46 -
B-65270EN/07
iCZ 512AS, iCZ 768AS, iCZ 1024AS ((3)-(b) For use as a

separate detector)


(a) Used as the detector for a synchronous built-in servo motor)
[Setting AMR]
1806 (FS15i)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
AMR6
AMR5
AMR4
AMR3
AMR2
AMR1
AMR0
2001 (FS30i,16i)
Set the value listed below according to the detector.

Detector
AMR
iCZ 512A
Set the number of poles of the synchronous built-in servo

motor in binary.
Set 0.
Set a value obtained by dividing the number of poles of the
synchronous built-in servo motor by 2 in binary.
iCZ 768A
iCZ 1024A
Setting example:
When an 88-pole synchronous built-in servo motor and the iCZ
1024A are used:
Number of poles/2 = 88/2 = 44
The binary representation of the above value is 00101100.
This value is set in AMR.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
2608 (FS15i)
#1
#0
DECAMR
2220 (FS30i,16i)
Set one of the following values according to the detector.

Detector
DECAMR
iCZ 512A
Set 0.
iCZ 768A
Set 1.
iCZ 1024A
Set 0.
- 47 -

1705 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
AMR conversion coefficient 1
2112 (FS30i,16i)
1761 (FS15i)
2138 (FS30i,16i)

AMR conversion
coefficient 1
Detector
iCZ 512A
Set 0.
Set 0.
iCZ 768A
Set 768.
Set half the number of poles.
iCZ 1024A
Set 0.
Set 0.
[Setting flexible feed gear]

1977 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear (numerator)
2084 (FS30i,16i)
1978 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear (denominator)
2085 (FS30i,16i)
Set the flexible feed gear according to the equation below.

The number of pulses per detector rotation is as follows:
Detector
Flexible feed gear

Amount of movement per motor revolution [deg]/
detection unit [deg]
500,000
750,000
1,000,000
iCZ 512A
iCZ 768A
iCZ 1024A


Number of pulses per detector rotation
[Setting number of velocity pulses]

1876 (FS15i)
Number of velocity pulses (PULCO)
2023 (FS30i,16i)
Set a value listed in the following table according to the detector used.
Detector
Number of velocity pulses
iCZ 512A
4096
iCZ 768A
6144
iCZ 1024A
8192
- 48 -
B-65270EN/07
[Setting number of position pulses]

1891 (FS15i)
2024 (FS30i,16i)
Detector
iCZ 512A
6250
iCZ 768A
9375
iCZ 1024A
12500
[Setting reference counter capacity]

1896 (FS15i)
1821 (FS30i,16i)

Detector
iCZ 512A
iCZ 768A
iCZ 1024A
Set the number of pulses per motor revolution (detection

unit) or a value obtained by dividing that number by an
integer.
Set the number of pulses per 120-degree motor revolution
(one-third revolution) (detection unit) or a value obtained
by dividing that number by an integer.
Set the number of pulses per motor revolution (detection
unit) or a value obtained by dividing that number by an
integer.

An 88-pole/rev, synchronous built-in servo motor is used.
The detector used is the iCZ512A.
The least input increment of the controller is 1/1000 deg.
Gear ratio 1:1

[Parameter setting]
AMR=01011000 (88 in decimal representation)
Flexible feed gear (N/M) = 360,000/500,000 = 18/25, so parameter No.
2084 = 18, and parameter No. 2085 = 25
Number of velocity pulses = 4096
Number of position pulses = 6250
Reference counter capacity = 360,000
- 49 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Used as a separate detector

After performing the initialization procedure (full-closed loop)
described in Subsection 2.1.3, change the settings described below
according to the signal pitch of the detector.
[Setting flexible feed gear]
1977 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear (numerator) (N)
2084 (FS30i,16i)
1978 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear (denominator) (M)
2085 (FS30i,16i)
Detector
Flexible feed gear

500,000
750,000
1,000,000
iCZ 512AS
iCZ 768AS
iCZ 1024AS
[Setting number of velocity pulses]

1876 (FS15i)
2023 (FS30i,16i)
Set the number of velocity pulses to 8192.

[Setting number of position pulses]
1891 (FS15i)
2024 (FS30i,16i)
Detector
iCZ 512AS
6250 (gear reduction ratio from the motor to table)
iCZ 768AS
iCZ 1024AS
If the calculation result is greater than 32767, use the following

position pulse conversion coefficient (PSMPYL) to obtain the
parameter value (PPLS).
2628 (FS15i)
Conversion coefficient for the number of position feedback pulses (PSMPYL)
2185 (FS30i,16i)
This parameter is used when the calculated number of position pulses

is greater than 32767.
Set this parameter so that the following equation is satisfied:
Number of position pulses = PPLS PSMPYL
( See Supplementary 3 in Subsection 2.1.8.)
- 50 -
B-65270EN/07
[Setting reference counter capacity]

1896 (FS15i)
1821 (FS30i,16i)

Detector
iCZ 512AS
iCZ 768AS
iCZ 1024AS
Set the number of pulses per revolution of the detector

installed separately (detection unit) or a value obtained by
dividing that number by an integer.
Set the number of pulses per 120-degree revolution
(one-third revolution) of the detector installed separately
(detection unit) or a value obtained by dividing that
number by an integer.
Set the number of pulses per revolution of the detector
installed separately (detection unit) or a value obtained by
dividing that number by an integer.

The detector used is the iCZ1024AS
The least input increment of the controller is 1/1000 deg.
Gear ratio 1:1

[Parameter setting]
Flexible feed gear (N/M) = 360,000/1,000,0009/25,
so parameter No. 2084 = 9, and parameter No. 2085 = 25
Number of position pulses = 12500
Reference counter capacity = 360,000
- 51 -
2.1.7
B-65270EN/07
Setting Parameters When an Acceleration Sensor or

Temperature Detection Circuit Is Used
(1) Overview
The flow indicated below is used to make a connection and setting for
using an acceleration sensor (iGS0.1-3D) or temperature detection
circuit.
Connect acceleration sensor or temperature
detection circuit by using separate detector
interface unit
See (3)-(a), "Connection of an acceleration

sensor or temperature detection circuit".
Set parameters for using acceleration

sensor or temperature detection circuit
See (3)-(b),"Setting for enabling an

acceleration sensor or temperature detection
circuit".
Check whether acceleration sensor or

temperature detection circuit is set correctly
See (3)-(c), "Checking the connection of an

acceleration sensor or temperature
detection circuit".
Acceleration sensor
Series 90D0/P(16) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/P(16) and subsequent editions
(Series 16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,0i Mate-B,Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C, 0i Mate-C)
Temperature detection circuit

Series 90B1/K(11) and subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C, 0i Mate-C)
- 52 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Setting method

(a) Connection of an acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit
An acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit is connected to
a separate detector interface unit. From one separate detector interface
unit, only one data item can be read per axis. So, when an additional
acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit is to be used in a
full-closed system, one more separate detector interface unit is
required in addition to the separate detector interface unit used for a
separate position detector.
When an acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit is to
be added to an axis of a semi-closed system
Add a separate detector interface unit for an acceleration sensor
or temperature detection circuit.
Semi-closed
To be newly added
FSSB
CNC
FSSB
Separate detector
interface unit
Servo amplifier
Acceleration sensor
Temperature
detection circuit
When an acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit is to

be added to an axis of a full-closed system
Add a separate detector interface unit for an acceleration sensor
or temperature detection circuit
To be newly added
Full-closed
Separate detector
interface unit
FSSB
CNC
FSSB
FSSB
Separate detector
interface unit
Servo amplifier
Separate position detector
Acceleration sensor
Temperature detection
circuit
NOTE
1 When an acceleration sensor or temperature
detection circuit is added to an axis of a full-closed
system, the acceleration sensor may not be
connected to a free connector of the separate
detector interface unit to which a separate position
detector is connected.
2 For the FSSB setting, refer to the parameter
manual of the CNC.
- 53 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Setting for enabling an acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit

<1> Setting for enabling an acceleration sensor
The setting for enabling an acceleration sensor is described below.
An acceleration sensor can detect acceleration in one of three
directions.
Select and set one of the three function bits below according to the
direction of acceleration to be used.
#7
2277 (FS30i,16i)
ACC1ON(#7)
ACC2ON(#6)
ACC3ON(#5)
ACC1ON
#6
#5
ACC2ON
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ACC3ON
Specify whether acceleration feedback in the first direction is used or

not. (Power-off parameter)
0: Not used
1: Used
Specify whether acceleration feedback in the second direction is used
or not. (Power-off parameter)
0: Not used
1: Used
Specify whether acceleration feedback in the third direction is used or
not. (Power-off parameter)
0: Not used
1: Used
3rd direction (+)
2nd direction (+)
1st direction (+)
* When the machine is accelerated in the arrow direction, positive

acceleration is detected.
* The output direction of acceleration data can be inverted. (This
function is described later.)
NOTE
Acceleration feedback in one direction can be used
per axis. Do not set two directions or more per axis.
Set the function bit below according to the ordinal number, counted
from the CNC, of the separate detector interface unit to which an
acceleration sensor is connected.
- 54 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
2278 (FS30i,16i)
PM2ACC(#4)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PM2ACC
(Power-off parameter)
0: Acceleration sensor data is read from the first or third separate
detector interface unit counted from the CNC, or no acceleration
sensor is used.
1: Acceleration sensor data is read from the second or fourth
separate detector interface unit counted from the CNC.
NOTE
1 Both of the first and third separate detector
interface units cannot be used with one axis.
Similarly, both of the second and fourth separate
detector interface units cannot be used with one
axis.
2 The third and fourth separate detector interface
units can be used only when two FSSB paths are
used with the Series 30i/31i/32i.
Set a detection unit in units of 1 nm.
2263 (FS30i,16i)
[Setting unit]
Detection unit setting
In units of 1 nm
Detection unit
Setting
10m
10000
1m
1000
0.1m
100
0.01m 0.001m 0.05m

10
1
50
To adjust the sign of acceleration feedback, observe position feedback

(POSF) and acceleration feedback (ACC) with SERVO GUIDE at
rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time.
Set the sign bit ACCNEG for acceleration feedback below so that the
sign of the second-order differential of position feedback (POSF
indicated by Diff2(AT) operation) equals the sign of acceleration
feedback (ACC).
NOTE
The observation of ACC is supported by SERVO
GUIDE version 3.20 or later.
- 55 -

#7
#6
#5
2277 (FS30i,16i)
#4
B-65270EN/07
#3
#2
#1
#0
ACCNEG
ACCNEG(#4)
The sign of acceleration feedback is:

0 : Not inverted
1 : Inverted
2nd-order
differential of
position feedback
Acceleration
feedback

Velocity
Unit: m/s
<2> Setting for enabling a temperature detection circuit

The setting for enabling a temperature detection circuit is described
below.
Set the function bits below according to the ordinal number, counted
from the CNC, of the separate detector interface unit to which a
temperature detection circuit is connected.
#7
#6
#5
2691 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PM2TP
PM1TP
2278 (FS30i,16i)
PM1TP(#0)
PM2TP(#1)
With the first or third separate detector interface unit, a temperature

detection circuit is:
0 : Not used
1 : Used
With the second or fourth separate detector interface unit, a
temperature detection circuit is:
0 : Not used
1 : Used
NOTE
axis.
- 56 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Checking the connection of an acceleration sensor or temperature detection

circuit
On diagnosis screen No. 350#2/#1 or No. 351#2/#1, check whether an
acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit is connected
correctly.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
Diagnosis 350
PM1ACC(#1)
PM1TMP(#2)
#2
#1
#0
PM1TMP PM1ACC
With the first or third separate detector interface unit, an acceleration

sensor is:
1 : Connected
0 : Not connected
1 : Connected
0 : Not connected
NOTE
axis.
#7
#6
#5
Diagnosis 351
PM2ACC(#1)
PM2TMP(#2)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PM2TMP PM2ACC
With the second or fourth separate detector interface unit, an

acceleration sensor is:
1 : Connected
0 : Not connected
1 : Connected
0 : Not connected
NOTE
axis.
- 57 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Example of setting an acceleration sensor or temperature detection circuit

An example of adding an acceleration sensor (X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis)
and temperature detection circuit (X-axis) to a system with a
semi-closed axis (X-axis) and two full-closed axes (Y-axis, Z-axis) is
described below.
<Connection>
CNCX-axis amplifierY-axis amplifierZ-axis amplifier
Separate detector interface unit
(Separate detector interface units for the Y-axis and Z-axis
are connected to the first and second connectors.
A temperature detection circuit for the X-axis is connected
to the third connector.)
(An acceleration sensor is connected to the first connector.)
CNC
Servo amplifier
(X-/Y-/Z-axis)
Position detector (for Y-axis)
1st separate detector

interface unit
Position detector (for Z-axis)
FSSB
(for X-axis)
Acceleration sensor (for X-/Y-/Z-axis)

2nd separate detector
interface unit
<Setting>
Parameter No.
Bit 1 of No. 1815
Bits 7, 6, 5 of No. 2277
Bit 4 of No. 2278
Bits 1, 2 of No. 2278
Description
Enables a separate position detector.(*1)
Enables an acceleration sensor (including the setting of
direction).
Sets the ordinal number of the separate detector interface
unit to which an acceleration sensor is connected.(*2)
Sets the ordinal number of the separate detector interface
unit to which a temperature detection circuit is connected.(*3)
*1
*2
*3
Setting
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
100
010
001
01
00
00
Bit 1 of No. 1815 =

1: Full-closed
0: Semi-closed
Bit 4 of No. 2278 =
1: An acceleration sensor is used with the second or
fourth separate etector interface unit.
0: An acceleration sensor is used with the first or third
separate detector interface unit.
Bits 1, 0 of No. 2278 =
0,0: A temperature detection circuit is unused.
0,1: A temperature detection circuit is used with the first
or third separate detector interface unit.
1,0: A temperature detection circuit is used with the
second or fourth separate detector interface unit.
- 58 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
axis.
(5) Alarms
Alarms related to an acceleration sensor
When an error is detected with an acceleration sensor, the following
alarm is issued and the axis with which the alarm is issued is brought
to a feed-hold stop:
DS651: Acceleration sensor error
When the CNC software does not support the display of the alarm
above, the following alarm is issued and a dynamic brake stop occurs:
SV385: Serial data error (separate) or
SV447: Hardware disconnection alarm (separate)
If a separate detector and acceleration sensor are used at the same time,
diagnosis screen No. 350#5 can be used to identify with which
detector the alarm has been issued.
#7
Diagnosis 350
ALMACC(#5)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ALMACC
0 : An alarm is issued with a separate detector.

1 : An alarm is issued with an acceleration sensor.
Alarms related to a temperature detection circuit

When an error is detected with a temperature detection circuit, the
following alarm is issued and a dynamic brake stop occurs:
SV652: Temperature sensor error
When the CNC software does not support the display of the alarm
above, the following alarm is issued and a dynamic brake stop occurs:
SV385: Serial data error (separate) or
SV447: Hardware disconnection alarm (separate)
If a separate detector and acceleration sensor are used at the same
time, diagnosis screen No. 350#6 can be used to identify with which
detector the alarm has been issued.
- 59 -

#7
Diagnosis 350
ALMTMP(#6)
#6
#5
#4
B-65270EN/07
#3
#2
#1
#0
ALMTMP
0 : An alarm is issued with a separate detector.

1 : An alarm is issued with a temperature detection circuit.
NOTE
The series and editions of CNC software that support the display of acceleration
sensor and temperature sensor alarms are indicated below (as of August 2007).
FS30i-A
: G002,G012,G022,G032/32.0 and subsequent editions
FS31i-A5
: G121,G131/32.0 and subsequent editions
FS31i-A
FS32i-A
: G201/32.0 and subsequent editions
FS16i/18i/21i-MB : B0K1,BDK1,DDK1/10 and subsequent editions
FS16i/18i/21i-TB : B1K1,BEK1,DEK1/10 and subsequent editions
FS18i-MB5
: BDK5/10 and subsequent editions
- 60 -
B-65270EN/07
2.1.8
Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms
(1) Overview
When a setting value is beyond an allowable range, or when an
overflow occurs during internal calculation, an invalid parameter
setting alarm is issued.
This section explains the procedure to output information to identify
the location and the cause of an illegal servo parameter setting alarm.

Series90D0/A(01) and subsequent editions
Series90E0/A(01) and subsequent editions
Series9096/A(01) and subsequent editions
Series90B0/A(01) and subsequent editions
(3) Illegal servo parameter setting alarms that can be displayed in parameter
error detail display
Illegal servo parameter setting alarms detected by the servo software
can be displayed. Alarms detected by the system software cannot be
displayed here.
To check whether the servo software detects an alarm, check the
following:
#7
#6
#5
Alarm 4 on the servo screen
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PRM
0:
1:
Alarm detected by the system software (With Series including

16i, identification is possible using diagnosis No.280.)
Alarm detected by the servo software (See the descriptions of
detailed display provided later.)
- 61 -

#7
Diagnosis 280
MOT(#0)
#6
#5
AXS
1:
B-65270EN/07
#4
#3
#2
DIR
PLS
PLC
#1
#0
MOT
As the motor number in parameter No. 2020, a value not within

the specifiable range is set.
The table given below lists the valid motor ID numbers for each
series.
If a number beyond the indicated range is set, an illegal servo
parameter setting alarm is issued.
(In this case, keep PRM = 0.)
Servo software series/edition
Series 9096/A(01) and subsequent editions

Series 90B0/H(08) and subsequent editions
Series 90B5,90B6/B(02) and subsequent editions
Series 90D0,90E0/B(02) and subsequent editions
Motor ID No.
1 to 250
1 to 350
1 to 550
1 to 550
1 to 550
PLC(#2)
1:
As the number of velocity feedback pulses per motor revolution

in parameter No. 2023, an invalid value such as a number equal
to or less than 0 is set.
PLS(#3)
1:
As the number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution

in parameter No. 2024, an invalid value such as a number equal
to or less than 0 is set.
DIR(#4)
1:
As the motor rotation direction in parameter No. 2022, a correct

value (111 or -111) is not set.
AXS(#6)
1:
Parameter No. 1023 (servo axis number) is set incorrectly. A

duplicate servo axis number is set, or a value exceeding the
number of controlled axes of the axis control card is set.
- 62 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Method
When an illegal servo parameter setting alarm detected by the servo
software is issued, analyze the cause of the alarm by following the
procedure explained below.
* When more than one alarm is issued, one of the causes of these
alarms is displayed. Analyze the alarms one by one.
Procedure for displaying detail information about an illegal servo parameter setting
alarm
(For the Series 15i)
On the servo alarm screen, an item indicating parameter error
details is located in the lower left side. Check the number
indicated here.
(For the Series 30i, 16i and so on)
On the diagnosis screen, search for No. 352. Check the number
written in No. 352.
Analyzing illegal servo parameter setting alarms in detail

The detail alarm data basically consists of three to five digits as
shown:
0
Location where an
alarm was caused
4
Cause of the alarm
Upper four digits:

Indicate the location where an alarm was caused.
Table 2.1.8 lists the displayed numbers and corresponding
parameter numbers.
*1 Basically, the low-order three digits of the 4-digit
parameter number of the Series 16i indicate the
location where an alarm was caused. (When an alarm
is due to more than one parameter, these digits and
parameter numbers do not sometimes match.)
*2 When the digits are displayed on the servo alarm
screen (Series 15i) or diagnosis screen (Series 30i, 16i,
and so on), 0s in high-order digits are not displayed.
Lowest digit:
Indicates the cause of an alarm.
The displayed numbers and their meanings are explained
below:
2: The set parameter is invalid. The corresponding
function does not operate.
3: The parameter value is beyond the setting range.
Alternatively, the parameter is not set.
4 to 9: An overflow occurred during internal calculation.
- 63 -
B-65270EN/07
Table 2.1.8 Detail analysis of illegal servo parameter setting alarms

Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
83
2008
233
1876
2023
Cause
Parameter settings related to
learning control are illegal
See Supplementary 1.
When initialization bit 0 is set to 1,
the number of velocity pulses
exceeds 13100.
When a DD motor is used, a value
smaller than 512 is set as the
number of velocity pulses.
Action
Change the parameter settings so
that they fall in the applicable
range.
Correct the number of velocity
pulses so that it is within 13100.
Set 512 or a greater number as the
number of velocity pulses, or
disable the DD motor.
No.2300#0=0 (Series 30i, 16i, and
so on)
No.2713#0=0 (Series15i)
Correct the number of position
pulses so that it is within 13100.
Decrease the value of the velocity
loop integral gain parameter.
Use the function for changing the
internal format of the velocity loop
proportional gain.
Alternatively, decrease the
parameter setting.
Correct the setting to
(1) (desired value)/10.
Decrease the setting to the extent
that the illegal servo parameter
setting alarm is not caused.
Decrease the setting to the extent
that the illegal servo parameter
setting alarm is not caused.
Use the position gain expansion
function.
234
1876
2023
243
1891
2024
434
435
1855
2043
443
444
445
1856
2044
474
475
1859
2047
534
535
1865
2053
544
545
1866
2054
1961
2068
The internal value of the

feed-forward coefficient overflowed.
1962
2069
The internal value of the velocity

feed-forward coefficient overflowed.
Decrease the velocity feed-forward

coefficient.
1968
2075
1969
2076
The setting for this parameter has

overflowed.
The setting for this parameter has
overflowed.
This parameter is not used at

present. Set 0.
This parameter is not used at
present. Set 0.
Set a positive value as the flexible
feed gear numerator.
Alternatively, correct the parameter
so that the numerator of the feed
gear is less than or equal to the
denominator. (For other than
parallel type separate detectors)
Set a positive value as the flexible
feed gear denominator.
686
687
688
694
695
696
699
754
755
764
765
When initialization bit 0 is set to 1,

the number of position pulses
exceeds 13100.
loop integral gain overflowed.

loop proportional gain overflowed.
The internal value of the observer

parameter (POA1) overflowed.
The internal value of a parameter
related to dead zone compensation
overflowed.
The internal value of a parameter
related to dead zone compensation
overflowed.
843
1977
2084
A positive value is not set as the

flexible feed gear numerator.
Alternatively, the numerator of the
feed gear is greater than the
denominator.
853
1978
2085
A positive value is not set as the

flexible feed gear denominator.
- 64 -
B-65270EN/07
Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
883
1981
2088
884
885
886
1981
2088
926
927
928
1985
2092
953
1988
1763
2808
2095
2140
2395
994
995
996
1992
2099
1033
1996
2103
1123
1705
2112
1182
1729
1971
1972
2118
2078
2079
1284
1285
1736
2128
1294
1295
1752
2129
Cause
Action
For an axis with a serial type

separate detector, the upper limit
of the machine velocity feedback
coefficient is 100. Correct the
coefficient so that it does not
exceed 100.
Decrease the machine velocity
feedback coefficient.
The internal value of the machine
Alternatively, use the
velocity feedback coefficient
vibration-damping control function
overflowed.
that has an equivalent effect.
Use the "position gain precision
The internal value of the look-ahead optimization function" or the
feed-forward coefficient overflowed. "position gain increment function".
If nano interpolation is not used,
this alarm can be avoided by the
The internally set value of the
following setting:
feed-forward timing adjustment
No.2224#5=1 (Series 30i, 16i, and
coefficient is 12800 or over.
so on)
No.2612#4=1 (Series15i)
Disable the N pulse suppression
function.
No.2003#4=0 (Series 30i, 16i, and
so on)
The internal value for N pulse
No.1808#4=0 (Series15i )
suppression overflowed.
Alternatively, decrease the
parameter setting so that no
overflow will occur.
There is a difference in retract
distance under unexpected
Set the same value for position
disturbance torque between position
tandem synchronous axes.
tandem synchronous axes (if the
same-axis retract function is in use).
Although a linear motor is used, the
Set the AMR conversion
AMR conversion coefficient
coefficient.
parameter is not input.
The dual position feedback
Specify the dual position feedback
conversion coefficient has not been
conversion coefficient.
specified.
When a small value is set as the
Decrease the value in this
number of velocity pulses, the
parameter to the extent that the
internal value of a parameter related
alarm is not caused.
to current control overflows.
When the value set in this
When a large value is set as the
parameter is resolved to the form a
number of velocity pulses, the
internal value of a parameter related 256 + b, set a smaller value in a
again.
to current control overflows.
For an axis with a serial type
separate detector, a value
exceeding 100 is set as the machine
velocity feedback coefficient.
- 65 -

Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
Cause
1762
2139
The AMR offset value of a linear

motor exceeds 45.
1767
2144
Feed-forward coefficient for cutting

overflowed.
1768
2145
Velocity feed-forward coefficient for

cutting overflowed.
1493
1772
2149
1503
1773
2150
1786
2621
2178
1793
2622
2179
1853
2628
2185
2203
2608#0
2220#0
1393
1446
1447
1448
1454
1455
1456
1459
B-65270EN/07
Action
Keep the setting of this parameter
within 45. Alternatively, set bit 0
of parameter No. 2683 (for the
Series 15i) or bit 0 of parameter
No. 2270 (for the Series 30i, 16i,
and so on) to 1 to increase the
setting range of the AMR offset,
and then specify the parameter
anywhere within 60.
Use the position gain expansion
function.
Decrease the velocity feed-forward
coefficient.
Only 6 or less can be specified in

A value greater than 6 is specified in
this parameter. Change the setting
this parameter.
to 6 or below 6.
A value equal to or greater than 10 is
Set a value less than 10.
set.
Bit 6 of No. 2212 or bit 6 of No. 2213 Set bit 6 of No. 2212 or bit 6 of No.
2213 to 0. (Series 30i, 16i, and so
is set to 1, and No. 2621=0 is set.
on)
Bit 6 of No. 2600 or bit 6 of No. 2601 Set bit 6 of No. 2600 or bit 6 of No.
2601 to 0. (Series15i)
is set to 1, and No. 2178=0 is set.
(Series15i )
A negative value or a value greater
Set a positive value less than the
than the setting of parameter No.
setting of parameter No. 1821
1821 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on) or
(Series 30i, 16i, and so on) or
parameter No. 1896 (Series 15i) is
parameter No. 1896 (Series 15i).
set.
A negative value or a value greater
Set a positive value less than the
than the setting of parameter No.
setting of parameter No. 2023
2023 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on) or
(Series 30i, 16i, and so on) or
parameter No. 1876 (Series 15i) is
parameter No. 1876 (Series 15i).
set.
If pole detection is enabled (bit 7 of
No. 2213=1 (Series 30i, 16i, etc.)/bit
7 of No. 2601=1 (Series 15i)) and a
non-binary detector is enabled (bit 0
of No. 2220=1 (Series 30i, 16i,
etc.)/bit 0 of No. 2608=1 (Series
15i)), an illegal servo parameter
Set the AMR conversion
setting alarm is issued when any of coefficients correctly.
the following is set:
- AMR conversion coefficient 1 0
- AMR conversion coefficient 2 0
- AMR conversion coefficient 2 > 512
(The settable range is 1 (2 poles) to
512 (1024 poles).)
- 66 -
B-65270EN/07
Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
2243
2632
2612#5
2224#5
2263
Cause
This alarm is issued when a setting is
made to neglect the invalid setting of
the parameter for the feed-forward
timing adjustment function (bit 5 of
No. 2612=1 (Series 15i)/bit 5 of No.
2224=1 (Series 30i, 16i, etc.)) and a
command for nano interpolation is
issued.
When the lifting function against
gravity is enabled (bit 7 of No.
2298=1) or the post-servo-off travel
distance monitor function is enabled
(bit 5 of No. 2278=1), the function for
enabling the CNC software to post
the detection unit to the servo
software is not supported and the
setting of the detection unit (No.
2263) is disabled.
(Series 30i only)
2712
1707#0
2013#0
PDM is used but HRV3 is not set.

Alternatively, the hardware
connected to the CNC does not
support HRV3.
2713
1707#0
2013#0
The PDM is used, but the HRV3

function bit is off.
2780
1905#6
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,2,4
2781
1905#7
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,3,4
2782
1905#6
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,4
When the first SDU unit is not used

(bit 6 of No. 1905=0), a setting is
made to connect a detector
(acceleration sensor, temperature
detection circuit, or analog check
interface unit) to the first SDU unit.
When the second SDU unit is not
used (bit 7 of No. 1905=0), a setting
is made to connect a detector
(acceleration sensor, temperature
detection circuit, or analog check
interface unit) to the second SDU
unit.
Any of the following settings is made:
For use with the first SDU unit,
both of an acceleration sensor and
temperature detection circuit are
enabled.
Settings are made to use the first
SDU unit (bit 6 of No. 1905=1),
disable an acceleration sensor (bits
5, 6, 7 of No. 2277=0,0,0), and read
acceleration data from the second
unit (bit 1 of No. 2278=1).
- 67 -
Action
Use either one.
Take one of the following actions:

1) Set a value in parameter No.
2263.
2) Disable the lifting function
against gravity and the
post-servo-off travel distance
monitor function.
3) Use CNC software that
supports the function for
enabling the detection unit to be
posted to the servo software.
Set HRV3. Alternatively, replace
the hardware (servo amplifier/SDU)
connected via an FSSB cable to
PDM with hardware that supports
HRV3.
Set the following parameter to 0:
No.2271#0 (Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)
No.2684#0 (Series15i)
Check the FSSB setting (bit 6 of
No. 1905) or the detector setting
(bits 0, 2, and 4 of No. 2278).
Check the FSSB setting (bit 7 of

No. 1905) or the detector setting
(bits 1, 3, and 4 of No. 2278).
Check the settings of the

acceleration sensor and
temperature detection circuit.

Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
2783
1905#7
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,4
2784
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,1,4
2785
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,4
2786
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,4
2787
2278#0,#1
2788
1815#1
1905#6,7
2277#5,6,7
2278#4
2278#0,1
3002
2713#3,#7
2300#3,#7
Cause
Any of the following settings is made:
- For use with the second SDU unit,
both of an acceleration sensor and
temperature detection circuit are
enabled.
- Settings are made to use the
second SDU unit (bit 7 of No.
1905=1), disable an acceleration
sensor (bits 5, 6, 7 of No.
2277=0,0,0), and read acceleration
data from the second unit (bit 1 of
No. 2278=1).
At the time of full-closed system
setting, a detector other than a
separate position detector is
connected (with the first/second SDU
unit).
connected (with the first SDU unit).
connected (with the second SDU
unit).
B-65270EN/07
Action
Check the settings of the

acceleration sensor and
Modify the setting of the detector.
Only one temperature detection

circuit can be connected. Modify
A setting is made to connect two
the setting so that data is read from
temperature detection circuits.
one of the first and second SDU
units.
Only one temperature detection
circuit can be connected. Modify
A setting is made to connect two
the setting so that data is read from
temperature detection circuits.
one of the first and second SDU
units.
Replace the iCZ detection circuit
and linear motor position detection
circuit with those circuits that
The iCZ detection circuit and
support overheat signal connection.
linear motor position detection circuit Alternatively, modify the setting so
that the overheat signal is read
do not support overheat signal
from a DI signal.
connection.
Bit 3 of No. 2300=0 (Series 30i,
16i, etc.)
Bit 3 of No. 2713=0 (Series 15i)
- 68 -
B-65270EN/07
Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
3012
2714#2,#7
2301#2,#7
Cause
When bit 2 of No. 2301=1
Hardware (PS, SV) that does not
support DC link voltage
information output is connected,
but bit 2 of No. 2301 is set to 1.
The CNC software does not
support the torque control setting
range extension function.
The value 4 or a smaller number is
set.
3553
3603
2768
2355
3603
1706
2773
2776
2779
2113
2360
2363
2366
The value 95 or smaller number is

set.
3603
3663
2779
2366
The value 4 or a smaller number is

set.
4553
2455
A negative value is set.
4563
2456
8213
1896
1821
A value not within 0 to 12 is set.

A positive value is not set in the
reference counter capacity
parameter.
Action
Set bit 2 of No. 2301 to 0.

Use CNC software that supports
the function. ( See
Supplementary 6.)
Set the value 5 or a greater
number.
number. Alternatively, if no
resonance elimination filter is used,
set all of the center frequency,
band width, and dumping value to
0.
number.
number.
Set a value within 0 to 12.
Set a positive value in this
parameter.
8254
8255
8256
1825
1825
A position gain of 0 is set, or the

internal position gain value has
overflowed.
Set a value other than 0 (when

setting = 0).
Use the function for automatic
format change for position gain
or the function for expanding the
position gain setting range
(when setting 0).
9053
1815#1
1905#7,#6

setting, no separate detector
interface unit is set.
Set a separate detector interface

unit.
10010
10016
10019
1740#0
2200#0
The internal value of the parameter

related to feedback mismatch
detection has overflowed.
10024
10025
An overflow occurred in internal

calculation on the separate detector
serial feedback extrapolation level.
10033
Illegal control cycle setting

This error occurs if automatic
modification is carried out for the
control cycle.
1809
2004
- 69 -
Disable feedback mismatch

detection.
No.2200#0=1 (Series 30i, 16i, and
so on)
No.1740#0=1 (Series15i)
When servo software Series 90B0
is used, change the software
edition to edition D(04) or a later
edition. (For series other than
90B0, the software edition need not
be changed.)
Correct this parameter related to
interrupt cycle setting.

Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
Cause
10053
1960#0
2018#0
When a linear motor is used, the

scale reverse connection bit is set.
10062
1749#4
2209#4
The amplifier used does not support

the HC alarm prevention function.
10072
1951#6
2007#6
The customer's board function and

FAD were specified at the same time.
This alarm is issued when an invalid
control cycle is set.
Different control cycles are set within
one servo CPU.
10092
10093
1809
1707#0
1708#0
2004
2013#0
2014#0
When HRV4 is enabled, a detector

that does not support HRV4 is used.
(Series 30i only)
When HRV4 is enabled, a servo
amplifier that does not support HRV4
is connected. (Series 30i only)
10103
1809
1707#0
2004
2013#0
10103
1809
1707#0
2004
2013#0
10113
1707#0
2013#0
HRV1 is set. (Series 30i only)
B-65270EN/07
Action
When the linear motor is used, the
scale reverse connection bit
cannot be used.
When you use the current amplifier
continuously, set the function bit
shown to the left to 0.
When using the HC alarm
prevention function, use an
appropriate amplifier that supports
the function.
The customer's board function and
the FAD function cannot be used
together. Turn off one of them.
Change the control cycle setting to
HRV1, HRV2, HRV3 or HRV4.
Set the same control cycle for axes
controlled by one servo CPU.
Replace the detector with a
detector supporting HRV4.
Alternatively, disable HRV4.
Replace the servo amplifier with a
servo amplifier supporting HRV4.
Alternatively, disable HRV4.
The Series 30i does not allow
HRV1 setting. Set HRV2, HRV3 or
HRV4.
Alarm for setting the current control

cycle 250s.
Set the control cycle correctly.
If a current control cycle of 250 s is
set, this alarm is issued when HRV3
is specified.
An axis for which HRV3 is specified
Current cycle mismatch alarm.
exists on the same optical cable.
This alarm is issued if the specified
Review the placement of the
current cycle does not match the
amplifier, or disable HRV3.
actual setting.
- 70 -
B-65270EN/07
Parameter No.
Alarm Parameter No.
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
detail No.
and so on
10123
1707#0
2013#0
10133
1707#0
1708#0
2013#0
2014#0
10133
1707#0
1708#0
2013#0
2014#0
10202
2690#5,6,7
2691#0,2,4
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,2,4
10212
2690#5,6,7
2691#1,3,4
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,3,4
Cause
Action
Alarm for indicating the disability of

HRV3 setting.
This alarm is issued when the axis
supports HRV3 but the other axis of
the pair does not support HRV3.
When HRV4 is set, this alarm is
issued if any of the following
conditions is met. (Series 30i only)
- Servo software not supporting
HRV4 is used.
- The same FSSB system includes
axes with HRV4 setting and axes
with HRV2 or HRV3 setting.
- The limitation in the number of axes
is not observed.
(In HRV4 control, one axis/DSP is
set.)
Eliminate the cause of the disability

in setting the other axis.
Alternatively, cancel the HRV3
setting.
Eliminate the causes listed on the

left. Alternatively, cancel the HRV4
setting.
HRV3 or HRV4 is unusable for the

axis on which the alarm was
issued.
The ID of the detector connected to Check the detector-related
parameter or the state of detector
the first SDU unit differs from the
connection.
parameter setting.
The ID of the detector connected to Check the detector-related
the second SDU unit differs from the parameter or the state of detector
connection.
parameter setting.
This alarm is issued when HRV3 or
HRV4 is set, but the amplifier does
not support these control types.
The alarms indicated by "(Series 30i only)" may be issued only

when servo software Series 90D0 or 90E0 is used. When other
servo software series are used, these alarms are not issued.
- 71 -
B-65270EN/07
Supplementary 1: Details of illegal settings of learning control parameters

For the Series 16i and so on, reset parameter No. 2115 to 0, and set
For the Series 30i and so on, reset parameter No. 2115 to 0, and set
Then change the value of diagnosis information (DGN) No. 353 to
binary form. If a resulting binary bit is 1, its bit position indicates the
detail cause. (For the Series 15i, no learning control is available.)
When using the Series 30i and so forth, see the alarm details on the
dedicated screen for part machining learning control and rigid tapping
learning control.
Bit position
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
Cause
The band stop filter setting (No. 2244) is out of the valid
range. No. 2512 is used with the Series 30i and so forth.
The profile number setting (No. 2233) is out of the valid
range. No. 2511 is used with the Series 30i and so forth.
The command data cycle setting (Nos. 2243, 2236, 2238,
2240, and 2266) is out of the valid range.
Nos. 2517, 2519, 2521, 2523, and 2525 are used with the
Series 30i and so forth.
The total of the profiles (No. 2264) is out of the valid range.
No. 2510 is used with the Series 30i and so forth.
G05 was started during memory clear processing.
The profile number (No. 2233 (No. 2510 for the Series 30i
and so forth)) was 0 when the total of profiles (No. 2264
(No. 2511 for the Series 30i and so forth)) is nonzero.
An automatically set value for thinning-out shift was out of
the valid range because of a long command data cycle.
- 72 -
B-65270EN/07
Supplementary 2: Control cycle setting

There are four different types of control cycle setting (HRV1, HRV2,
HRV3 and HRV4). Their settings are explained below.
For Series 15i
HRV1: No1809=0X000110
HRV2: No1809=0X000011, No1707#0=0
HRV3: No1809=0X000011, No1707#0=1
For Series 16i and so on
HRV1: No2004=0X000110
HRV2: No2004=0X000011, No2013#0=0
HRV3: No2004=0X000011, No2013#0=1
For Series 30i and so on
HRV2: No2004=0X000011, No2013#0=0, No2014#0=0
HRV3: No2004=0X000011, No2013#0=1, No2014#0=0
HRV4: No2004=0X000011, No2013#0=0, No2014#0=1
When an invalid value is set in control cycle related parameters, the
following alarm messages are indicated on the CNC:
Alarm detail No.
Alarm number
10092
10093
10103
10113
10123
10133
Message
456
Invalid current control cycle setting
457
458
459
Invalid High-speed HRV setting

Invalid current control cycle setting
High-speed HRV setting not allowed
High-speed HRV setting not allowed
(amplifier)
468
Supplementary 3: Setting the number of position pulses

If the resolution of the separate detector is high and the number of
position feedback pulses becomes greater than 32767, take the
following measure.
(a) For other than servo software Series 9096

Use "position feedback pulse conversion coefficient" to make settings.
Number of position feedback pulses = A B
Select B so that A is within 32767.
A: Number of position feedback pulses set in the parameter (less
than or equal to 32767)
B: Conversion coefficient for the number of position feedback
pulses
1891 (FS15i)
Number of position feedback pulses
2024 (FS30i, 16i)
- 73 -

2628 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Conversion coefficient for the number of position feedback pulses
2185 (FS30i, 16i)
(Example of setting)
If the linear scale used has a minimum resolution of 0.1 m and the
distance to move per motor turn is 16 mm
Set A and B, respectively, to 10000 and 16, because:
Ns = distance to move per motor turn (mm)/detector minimum
resolution (mm) = 16 mm/0.0001 mm = 160000(>32767) = 1000016
NOTE
If the detector on the motor is an i Pulsecoder
(number of velocity pulses = 8192), select a value
raised to the second power (2, 4, 8, ...) as the
conversion coefficient as much as possible (so the
position gain used within the software becomes
more accurate).
If the setting of the number of position pulses becomes very large, a
subtle difference in response may occur between two axes submitted
to interpolation, because of position gain canceling. To avoid this
problem, make the following setting.
#7
#6
1749 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PGAT
2209 (FS30i, 16i)
PGAT(#6)
The position gain precision optimization function is:

0: Disabled (conventional method)
1: Enabled
NOTE
1 Specify this function for all the simultaneous
contouring axes.
2 In servo software Series 90D0 and 90E0,
automatic format change for position gain is
enabled by default regardless of the PGAT setting.
So, PGAT need not be set.
(b) For servo software Series 9096
Because the "position feedback pulse conversion coefficient" is
unusable, change the parameters as stated below.
(i)
If the number of position pulses is in a range from 32,768 to

131,000
Change the parameters according to the following table.
Parameter number
Series 15i Series 30i, 16i, and so on
1804#0
1876
1891
2000#0
2023
2024
- 74 -
Method for changing parameters

1
(Setting target)/10
(Setting target)/10
B-65270EN/07
(ii) If the number of position pulses is larger than 131,000

Change the parameters according to the following table.
In this table, letter E satisfies:
Number of position feedback pulses/10/E < 13100
Parameter number
Series 15i Series 30i, 16i, and so on
1804#0
1876
1891
1855
1856
1859
1865
1866
1871
1969
1736
2000#0
2023
2024
2043
2044
2047
2053
2054
2059
2076
2128
1752
2129
Method for changing parameters

1
(Setting target)/10/E
(Setting target)/10/E
(Setting target)/E
(Setting target)/E
(Setting target)E
(Setting target)E
(Setting target)/E
(Setting target)E
(Setting target)/E
(Setting target)/E
(Quotient of setting target/256) E256
+(remainder of setting target/256)
NOTE
When a setting is made using this method, the
actual speed multiplied by E is displayed on the
servo screen.
Supplementary 4: Function for changing the internal format of the velocity loop
proportional gain
An overflow may occur in the velocity loop proportional gain during
internal calculation by the servo software. This can be avoided by
setting the parameter shown below.
#7
1740 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
P2EX
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
P2EX (#6)
0:
1:
Uses the standard internal format for the velocity loop

proportional gain.
Changes the internal format of the velocity loop proportional
gain to prevent an overflow.
Supplementary 5: Preventing an overflow in the position gain or the feed-forward

coefficient
If the position gain or feed-forward coefficient overflows, take one of
the following measures depending on the servo software series in use.
- 75 -
B-65270EN/07
(a) For other than servo software Series 9096

#7
1749 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PGAT
2209 (FS16i)
PGAT(#6)
The position gain precision optimization function is:

0: To be disabled (conventional method)
1: To be enabled
NOTE
1 Specify this function for all the simultaneous
contouring axes.
2 When servo software Series 90D0 or 90E0 is used,
the function for automatic format change for
position gain is enabled by default, regardless of
the setting of PGAT. The parameter need not be
set.
(b) For servo software Series 9096
#7
#6
#5
1804 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PGEX
2000 (FS16i)
PGEX (#4)
0: Disables the position gain setting range expansion function.

1: Enables the position gain setting range expansion function.
The setting of the number of position pulses need not be changed.
If an overflow in the position gain cannot be prevented by this
function, change the CMR.
If the CMR is multiplied by N (integer), multiply also the flexible feed
gear by N. This means that the detection unit is refined to 1/N. So, the
settings of all parameters that need to be set in the detection unit need
to be increased by N.
See Appendix B for a list of the parameters set in the detection unit.
Supplementary 6: Support for the torque control setting range extension function
To use the torque control setting range extension function (bit 7 of No.
2301), CNC software that supports the function is required. The
following series and edition of CNC software support the function (as
of September 2007):
Series 16i-MB
B0K1 06 and subsequent editions
Series 16i -TB
B1K1 05 and subsequent editions
Series 18i -MB
BDK1 06 and subsequent editions
Series 18i -TB
BEK1 05 and subsequent editions
Series 18i -MB5 BDK5 06 and subsequent editions
Series 21i -MB
DDK1 06 and subsequent editions
Series 21i -TB
DEK1 05 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-D 88E1 06, 88E3 04and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-H 88F2 13, 88F3 04and subsequent editions
- 76 -
B-65270EN/07
2.1.9
Notes on Using the Control Axis Detach Function
(1) Overview
Servo software automatically identifies the type of detector connected
to an axis, when the power to the CNC is turned on. When the control
axis detach function is used, however, servo software cannot identify
the type of detector in a case where the power to the CNC is turned on
with the detector detached from the controlled axis. (An alarm such as
a communication alarm is issued.)
Such an alarm can be avoided by setting the parameter indicated
below.

Series 90D0/M(13) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/M(13) and subsequent editions
Series 90B0/(23) and subsequent editions
Series 90B5/A(01)and subsequent editions
Series 90B8/A(01)and subsequent editions

Set the following parameter for such an axis where the detector on the
semi-closed side may be disconnected from the servo amplifier:
#7
#6
#5
1959 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
COMSRC
2017 (FS30i,16i)
COMSRC(#3)
The detector on the semi-closed side is:

0: Automatically identified.
1: i/i pulse coder at all times.
NOTE
1 When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.
2 This parameter does not support an application
where a separate detector is disconnected.
- 77 -
3. iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT
B-65270EN/07
iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER

ADJUSTMENT
This chapter describes parameter tuning for the FANUC AC SERVO
MOTOR iS, iF, and iS series. A servo tuning tool, SERVO
GUIDE, is available which lets you perform parameter tuning
smoothly. See Section 4.22 for the summary of SERVO GUIDE.
Chapter 3, "iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT",
consists of the following sections:
3.1 SERVO TUNING SCREEN .......................................................79
3.2 ACTIONS FOR ALARMS .........................................................87
3.3 ADJUSTING PARAMETERS FOR HIGH-SPEED AND
HIGH-PRECISION MACHINING.............................................96
- 78 -
B-65270EN/07
3.1
SERVO TUNING SCREEN AND DIAGNOSIS

INFORMATION
3.1.1
Servo Tuning Screen

Display the servo tuning screen, and check the position error, actual
current, and actual speed on the screen.
Using the keys on the CNC, enter values according to the procedure
explained below. (The Power Mate i DPL/MDI does not provide the
servo tuning function.)
- Series 15i
Press the
SYSTEM
key several times to display the servo setting screen.

key to display the servo tuning screen.
Then press the
- Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 20i, 0i, and Power Mate i
[SYSTEM] [
] [SV-PRM] [SV-TUN]
If the servo setting/tuning screen does not appear, set the following
parameter, then switch the CNC off and on again.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
3111
SVS (#0)
#1
#0
SVS
1:
Displays the servo setting/tuning screen.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
<18>
Fig. 3.1.1(a) Servo tuning screen
- 79 -
<9>
<20>
<10>
<21>
B-65270EN/07
<11>
<12>
<13>
Fig. 3.1.1(b) Diagnosis screen
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
<18>
<2>
<5>
<6>
<8>
<7>
Fig. 3.1.1(c) Series 15i servo tuning screen
<9>
<19>
<10>
<20>
<11>
<21>
<12>
<22>
<13>
Fig. 3.1.1(d) Series 15i servo diagnosis screen
The items on the servo tuning screen correspond to the following

parameter numbers:
- 80 -
B-65270EN/07
Table 3.1 Correspondence between the servo tuning screen and diagnosis screen, and parameters
Series 15i
Series 30i, 16i, and so on
<1> Function bit
<2> Loop gain
<3> Tuning start bit
<4> Setting period
<5> Velocity loop integral gain
<6> Velocity loop proportional gain
<7> TCMD filter
<8> Velocity loop gain
<9> Alarm 1 diagnosis
<10> Alarm 2
<11> Alarm 3
<12> Alarm 4
<13> Alarm 5
<19> Alarm 6
<20> Alarm 7
<21> Alarm 8
<22> Alarm 9
<14> Loop gain or actual loop gain
<15> Position error diagnosis
<16> Actual current [%]
<17> Actual current [Ap]
<18> Actual speed [min-1] or [mm/min]
No. 1808
No. 1825
No. 2003
No. 1825
Not used at present
Not used at present
No. 2043
No. 1855
No. 2044
No. 1856
No. 2067
No. 1857
Related to No. 1875
Related to No. 2021
The relationship with the load inertia ratio (LDINT=No.1875,No.2021) is as
follows:
Velocity gain = (1 + LDINT/256) 100 [%]
Diagnosis No. 200
Diagnosis Nos. 3014 + 20(X - 1)
Diagnosis No. 201
Diagnosis No. 202
Diagnosis No. 203
Diagnosis No. 204
__________
__________
__________
Diagnosis No. 205
__________
Diagnosis No. 206
__________
__________
__________
The actual servo loop gain is displayed.
Diagnosis No. 3000
Diagnosis No. 300
Position error =
(feedrate) [mm/min] / (least input increment 60 loop gain 0.01) [mm]
Indicates the percentage [%] of the current value to the continuous rated
current.
Indicates the current value (peak value).
Indicates the actual speed or feedrate.
- 81 -
3.1.2
B-65270EN/07
Diagnosis Information List

The table below provides a list of servo-related data items displayed
on the diagnosis screen.
Table 3.1.2(a) Diagnosis number list
Diagnosis No. (DGN)

Series30i
Series16i
Series15i
Unit of data
Data description
Remarks
200
200
3014+20(x-1)
Alarm 1
See Section 3.2
201
202
203
204
205
206
201
202
203
204
205
206
3015+20(x-1)
3016+20(x-1)
3017+20(x-1)
-
Alarm 2
Alarm 3
Alarm 4
Alarm 5
Alarm 7
Alarm 8
280
280
Invalid parameter details (CNC)
300
308
309
350
351
300
308
309
350
351
3000
3520
3521
-
Detection unit
352
352
Invalid parameter details (SV)
353
353
354
354
355
355
Number of
times
356
356
357
357
358
358
359
Number of
times
360
Detection unit
361
Detection unit
362
Detection unit
363
Detection unit
550
550
Detection unit
551
551
Detection unit
552
552
Detection unit
553
553
Detection unit
Adjustment data #1
Adjustment data #2
Acceleration data
Separately installed in serial
Communication alarm neglect
counter
Built-in pulse coder
Feedback extrapolation counter
Separately installed in serial
Feedback extrapolation counter
V-READY OFF information
Built-in pulse coder
Communication alarm neglect
counter
Command pulse accumulation
(NC)
Compensation pulse (NC)
Command pulse accumulation
(SV)
Feedback accumulation (SV)
Dual position Error on the
full-closed side
semi-closed side
semi-/full-closed side
Dual position Compensation
value
Number of
times
Number of
times
-
Positional deviation
Servo motor temperature
Pulse coder temperature
Servo state flag 1
Servo state flag 2
- 82 -
See Section 3.2

See Section 3.2
See Section 3.2
See Section 3.2
See Section 3.2
See Section 3.2
See Subsection
2.1.8
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
See Subsection
2.1.8
See Subsection
3.1.4
B-65270EN/07
Diagnosis no. (DGN)
Unit of data
Data description
Series30i
Series16i
Series15i
700
700
3022
750
3540
752
Vrms
760
Imax[Ap]/6554
R phase current value
761
Imax[Ap]/8027
Effective current value
762
360[deg]/256
Excitation phase data
Remarks
Servo state flag 3
(Note 4)
OVC data
Alarm with 100%
Voltage information
(Note 5)
Imax=Maximum
amplifier current
Imax=Maximum
amplifier current
Note 1: When a linear motor or synchronous built-in servo motor is

used and temperature information (thermistor signal) is
connected to a temperature detection circuit, iCZ detection
circuit, or linear motor detection circuit, the temperature of
the motor can be displayed on diagnosis No. 308.
See the following subsections:
2.1.7 Setting Parameters When an Acceleration Sensor or
Temperature Detection Circuit Is Used
4.14.2 Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software
when a Linear Motor and a Synchronous Built-in
Servo Motor are Used
Note 2: Diagnosis No. 350 displays the following state signals:
#7
-
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ALMTMP ALMACC A_PHAL PM0CHK PM0TMP PM0ACC PM0POS
Diagnosis 350 (FS30i,16i)
PM0POS(#0)
PM0ACC(#1)
PM0TMP(#2)
PM0CHK(#3)
1:
1:
1:
1:
A_PHAL(#4)
1: An error has occurred in the EEPROM of the i pulse coder.

(This is not an alarm.)
1: An alarm is issued from an acceleration sensor.
1: An alarm is issued from a temperature detection circuit.
ALMACC(#5)
ALMTMP(#6)
A position detector is connected to the first SDU unit.

An acceleration sensor is connected to the first SDU unit.
A temperature detection circuit is connected to the first SDU unit.
A servo check interface unit is connected to the first SDU unit.

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PM1CHK PM1TMP PM1ACC PM1POS
PM1POS(#0)
PM1ACC(#1)
PM1TMP(#2)
PM1CHK(#3)
1: A position detector is connected to the second SDU unit.

1: An acceleration sensor is connected to the second SDU unit.
1: A temperature detection circuit is connected to the second SDU
unit.
1: A servo check interface unit is connected to the second SDU unit.
- 83 -
B-65270EN/07

Diagnosis 3022 (FS15i)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
L2048
O2048
1VPP
FSFMB
PSFMB
#2
#1
#0
DCLNK HRV3OK HRV3ON
HRV3ON(#0)
HRV3OK(#1)
DCLNK(#2)
PSFMB(#3)
FSFMB(#4)
1VPP(#5)
O2048(#6)
L2048(#7)
1: The high-speed HRV current control mode is ON (HRV3, HRV4).

1: The configured hardware enables high-speed HRV current control
and PDM to be used.
1: DC link voltage information can be used.
1: On the semi-closed side, a high resolution rotary scale (such as
RCN727) is connected.
1: On the full-closed side, a high resolution rotary scale (such as
RCN727) is connected.
1: A detector is connected via an analog SDU unit.
1: The detector on the full-closed side enables 2048-magnification
interpolation setting.
1: The detector on the semi-closed side enables 2048-magnification
interpolation circuitry. (Linear motor)
Note 5: To use diagnosis data about voltage information, the
following software and hardware are required:
CNC software
Series 30i-A : Series G002, G012, G022 / 23.2 and
subsequent editions
: Series G003, G013, G023 / 06.2 and
subsequent editions
Series 31i -A : Series G101, G111 / 23.2 and subsequent
editions
: Series G103, G113 / 06.2 and subsequent
editions
Series 31i -A5 : Series G121, G131 / 23.2 and subsequent
editions
: Series G123, G133 / 06.2 and subsequent
editions
Series 32i -A : Series G201 / 23.2 and subsequent editions
: Series G203 / 06.2 and subsequent editions
Servo software : Series 90E0 / O(15) and subsequent
editions
: Series 90D0 / O(15) and subsequent
editions
: A06B-6140-Hxxx
i PS (Power Supply)
i SV (Servo Amplifier) : A06B-6117-Hxxx
(servo amplifier for 30i)
- 84 -
B-65270EN/07
3.1.3
Actual Current Peak Hold Display
(1) Overview
The servo tuning screen displays an actual current value (Ap) and a
ratio (%) to the rated current value. However, if current abruptly
changes during acceleration, for example, its value cannot be checked.
By setting the parameter indicated below, a peak current value is
displayed for about 3 seconds, so that a maximum current value
during acceleration can be read.


#7
1741(FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
CPEEKH
2201(FS30i,16i)
PK2VDN (#6)
0: A current value is displayed as usually done.

1: The display of a peak current value is held.
NOTE
When reading an actual current by using an
application that uses SERVO GUIDE or the FOCAS
library or an application that uses the PMC window,
note that this function displays a waveform different
from an actual momentary current waveform.
Actual momentary current: Dashed line
Observed current: Solid line
3 seconds
3 seconds
3 seconds
- 85 -
3.1.4
B-65270EN/07
Acceleration Monitor Function
(1) Overview
Width the acceleration monitor function, acceleration feedback can be
observed on diagnosis screen No. 354.

Series 90B1/I(09) and subsequent editions (*1)
Series 90B8/I(09) and subsequent editions (*1)
(*1) Series 90B1 and 90B8 do not support the function (bit 2 of No.
2290) for output of remaining acceleration data.

By setting bit 0 of No. 2290 to 1 after setting an acceleration sensor
(Subsection 2.1.7), acceleration feedback can be displayed on
diagnosis screen No. 354.
By setting bit 1 of No. 2290 to 1, a peak acceleration rate can be held
(for 1 second). By setting bit 2 of No. 2290 to 1, the remaining
acceleration data after a stop can be observed.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ACCMON ACCHLD ACCOUT
2290(FS30i,16i)
ACCOUT(#0)
ACCHLD(#1)
ACCMON(#2)
To the diagnosis screen (No. 354), acceleration data output is:

0: Not performed.
1: Performed.
A peak acceleration rate is:
0: Not held.
1: Held (for 1 second).
0: Acceleration data is output at all times.
1: The remaining acceleration data after a stop is output. (The
acceleration data is cleared to 0 during movement and for 16 ms
after a stop.)
Acceleration feedback
[Display unit]
mm/s2
- 86 -
B-65270EN/07
3.2
ACTIONS FOR ALARMS

If a servo alarm is issued, detail alarm information is displayed on the
diagnosis screen (Figs. 3.1 (b) and (d)). Based on this information,
check the cause of the servo alarm and take appropriate action. For
alarms with no action number, refer to relevant manuals such as the
maintenance manual on the amplifier.
Table 3.2 Alarm bit names
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
Alarm 1
OVL
LVA
OVC
HCA
HVA
DCA
FBA
OFA
Alarm 2
ALD
RCA
BZA
CKA
SPH
PMS
FAN
DAL
ABF
CMA
BZA
PMA
SPH
SVE
IDW
NCE
IFE
EXP
Alarm 3
Alarm 4
DTE
Alarm 5
CSA
BLA
PHA
CRC
STB
PRM
OFS
MCC
LDM
Alarm 6
SFA
Alarm 7
OHA
LDA
BLA
PHA
Alarm 8
DTE
CRC
STB
SPD
Alarm 9
FSD
NOTE
The blank fields do not contain any alarm code.
(1) Alarms related to the amplifier and motor

OVL
Alarm 1
Alarm 5
LVA OVC HCA HVA DCA FBA MCC FAN
1
1
1
Alarm 2
ALD EXP
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
- 87 -
Description
Overcurrent alarm (PSM)
Overcurrent alarm (SVM)
Overcurrent alarm (software)
Excessive voltage alarm
Excessive regenerative discharge
alarm
Alarm indicating insufficient power
voltage (PSM)
Insufficient DC link voltage (PSM)
Insufficient control power voltage
(SVM)
Insufficient DC link voltage (SVM)
Overheat (PSM)
Motor overheat
Motor overheat (Note2)
MCC fusing, precharge
Fan stopped (PSM)
Fan stopped (SVM)
OVC alarm
Action
1
1
2
2
2
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 For alarms with no action number indicated, refer
to the Maintenance Manual.
2 OVL = 1, ALD = 1, and EXP = 1 indicate an
overheat alarm using DI signals in a linear motor or
a synchronous built-in servo motor and are set
when bit 7 of parameter No. 2713 (Series 15i) or bit
7 of parameter No. 2300 (Series 30i, 16i, and so
on) is set to 1. When these alarms are issued, take
the same action as for ordinary motor overheat
alarms. (See the Subsection 4.14.2, "Detection of
an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software when a
Linear Motor and a Synchronous Built-in Servo
Motor are Used".)
Action 1: Overcurrent alarms
This type of alarm is issued when an extremely large current flows
through the main circuit.
When an overcurrent alarm is always issued after emergency stop is
released or at the time of moderate acc./dec., the cause of the alarm is
determined to be an amplifier failure, cable connection error, line
disconnection, or a parameter setting error. First, check that standard
values are set for the following servo parameters. If these parameter
settings are correct, check the amplifier and cable status by referring
to the maintenance manual on the servo amplifier.
Parameter No.
Series15i Series 30i, 16i and so on
1809
1852
1853
2004
2040
2041
Details
HRV setting
Current loop gain (PK1)
If an overcurrent alarm is issued only when an strong acc./dec. is

performed, the operating conditions may be too abrupt. Increase the
acc./dec. time constant, and see whether the alarm is issued.
- 88 -
B-65270EN/07

CAUTION
1 If an overcurrent alarm is detected, and the LED
indication in the amplifier remains set to "", the
overcurrent alarm may have been detected by the
servo software. The cause may be one of the
following:
- The contact of the power line is poor, or the
power line is disconnected or broken.
- The AMR conversion coefficient or AMR offset is
not set correctly.
2 If the emergency stop state is released without
connecting the power line in a test such as a test
for machine start-up, the servo software may
detect an overcurrent alarm. In such a case, the
alarm can be avoided temporarily by setting the bit
parameter indicated below to 1. However, be sure
to return the bit parameter to 0 before starting up in
the normal operation state after completion of a
test.
To ignore the overcurrent alarm (software), set the
following:
- No1747#0 (Series15i)
- No2207#0 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)
Action 2: Overheat alarms
If an overheat alarm occurs after long-time continuous operation, the
alarm can be determined to have been caused by a temperature rise in
the motor or amplifier. Stop operation for a while. If the alarm still
occurs after the power is kept off for about 10 minutes, the hardware
may be defective.
If the alarm occurs intermittently, increase the time constant, or
increase the programmed stop time period to suppress temperature
rise.
Motor and Pulsecoder temperature information is displayed on the
diagnosis screen.
Motor temperature (C)
Pulsecoder temperature
(C)
- 89 -
Series15i
Diagnosis No.308
Diagnosis No.3520
Diagnosis No.309
Diagnosis No.3521
B-65270EN/07
Action 3: OVC alarms

When an OVC alarm occurs, check that standard values are set for the
following parameters. If the parameters are correct, increase the time
constant or increase the programmed stop time period to suppress
temperature rise.
Parameter No.
Series15i Series 30i, 16i and so on
1877
2062
1878
2063
1893
2065
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
Details
Overload protection coefficient
(POVC1)
Overload protection coefficient
(POVC2)
Soft thermal coefficient (POVCLMT)
OVC magnification at a stop
(OVCSTP)
Overload protection coefficient 2
(POVC21)
Overload protection coefficient 2
(POVC22)
Soft thermal coefficient 2
(POVCLMT2)
For the Series 30i and 15i, OVC data is displayed on the diagnosis
screen. (An OVC alarm occurs when OVC data is set to 100%.)
The Series 16i enables OVC status to be checked as thermal
simulation data with the waveform diagnosis function and the trouble
diagnosis function.
OVC data (%)
- 90 -
Series 30i and so on
Series 15i
Diagnosis No.750
Diagnosis No.3540
B-65270EN/07
(2) Alarms related to the Pulsecoder and separate serial Pulsecoder

(2-1) i Pulsecoder
These alarms are identified from alarms 1, 2, 3, and 5. The
meanings of the bits are as follows:
Alarm 3
Alarm 5
1
Alarm 2
CSA BLA PHA RCA BZA CKA SPH LDM PMS FBA ALD EXP
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Action
Soft phase alarm

Clock alarm
Zero volts in battery
Count error alarm
EEPROM abnormal alarm
Voltage drop in battery
(Warning)
Pulse error alarm
LED abnormality alarm
2
1
2
1
CAUTION
For alarms with no action number indicated, the
Pulsecoder may be defective. Replace the
Pulsecoder.
(2-2) Separate serial detector coder
These alarms are identified from alarm 7. The meanings of the
bits are as follows:
OHA
LDA
BLA
Alarm 7
PHA
CMA
BZA
PMA
SPH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Action
Soft phase alarm

Pulse error alarm
Zero volts in battery
Count error alarm
Phase alarm
Voltage drop in battery
(Warning)
LED abnormality alarm
Separate detector alarm
2
1
2
2
1
CAUTION
For alarms with no action number indicated, the
detector may be defective. Replace the detector.
Action 1: Battery-related alarms
Check whether the battery is connected. When the power is
turned on for the first time after the battery is connected, a
battery zero alarm occurs. In this case, turn the power off then on
again. If the alarm occurs again, check the battery voltage. If the
battery voltage drop alarm occurs, check the voltage, then
replace the battery.
- 91 -
B-65270EN/07
Action 2: Alarms that may occur due to noise

When an alarm occurs intermittently or occurs after emergency
stop is released, there is a high possibility that the alarm is
caused by noise. Take thorough noise-preventive measures. If the
alarm still occurs continuously after the measures are taken,
replace the detector.
(3) Alarms related to serial communication

These alarms are identified from alarms 4 and 8.
DTE
Alarm 4
CRC STB
PRM
DTE
Alarm 8
CRC STB
Description
SPD
1
Communication alarm in serial Pulsecoder
1
1
1
Communication alarm in separate serial Pulsecoder
1
1
Action: Serial communication is not performed correctly. Check

whether cable connection is correct and whether there is a
line disconnection. If CRC or STB occurs, the alarm may be
caused by noise. Take noise-preventive measures. If the
alarm always occurs after power is turned on, the Pulsecoder,
the control board of the amplifier (i series), or the separate
detector interface unit (i series) may be defective.
(4) Disconnection alarms

These alarms are identified from alarms 1, 2, and 6.
OVL
LVA
OVC
Alarm 1
HCA HVA
DCA
FBA
Alarm 2
ALD EXP
6
SFA
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
Description
Hardware disconnection
(separate phase A/B disconnection)
Software disconnection (closed loop)
Software disconnection ( Pulsecoder)
Action
1
2
3
Action 1: This alarm occurs when the separate phase A/B scale is
used. Check whether the phase A/B detector is connected
correctly.
Action 2: This alarm occurs when the change in position feedback
pulses is relatively small for the change in velocity
feedback pulses. Therefore, with the semi-closed loop, this
alarm does not occur. Check whether the separate detector
outputs position feedback pulses correctly. If the detector
outputs pulses correctly, the alarm is determined to have
been caused by the reverse rotation of only the motor at the
start of machine operation because of a large backlash
between the motor position and scale position.
- 92 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1808 (FS15i)
#0
TGAL
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
TGAL (#1)
1: The level for detecting the software disconnection alarm is set by

parameter.
1892 (FS15i)
Software disconnection alarm level
2064 (FS30i, 16i)
Standard setting
4: Alarm occurs when motor turns 1/8 of a turn.

Increase this value.
Action 3: This alarm occurs when the absolute position data sent from
the built-in Pulsecoder cannot be synchronized with the
phase data. Remove the Pulsecoder cable with the NC
power switched off and wait for about 10 minutes, then
connect the cable again. If this alarm occurs again, replace
the Pulsecoder.
When an absolute type linear encoder is used with a linear
motor or when a synchronous built-in servo motor is used,
this alarm must be ignored because the detector does not
have phase data. Set the following bit.
#7
1707(FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
APTG
2013(FS30i ,16i)
APTG(#7)
1:
Ignores Pulsecoder software disconnection.
(5) Illegal servo parameter setting alarm

This alarm is identified from alarm 4.
DTER
Alarm 4
CRC
STB
PRM
1
Description
Illegal servo parameter setting
detected by servo software
If PRM is set to 1, an illegal servo parameter setting has been detected

by the servo software. Investigate the cause of the alarm according to
Subsec. 2.1.8, "Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms."
(6) Other alarms

Alarms are identified from alarm 5. The meanings of the bits are as
follows:
OFS
MCC
LDM
Alarm 5
PMS
FAN
DAL
ABF
1
1
1
- 93 -
Description
Action
Feedback mismatch alarm

Excessive semi-closed loop error alarm
Current offset error alarm
1
2
3
B-65270EN/07
Action 1: This alarm occurs when the move directions for the position
detector and velocity detector are opposite to each other.
Check the rotation direction of the separate detector. If the
direction is opposite to the direction in which the motor
turns, take the following action:
__
Phase A/B detector: Switch the A and A connections.

Serial detector:
Switch the signal direction setting for
the separate detector.
The following servo software allows the signal directions
to be reversed by setting the parameter shown below even
when a detector of A/B phase parallel type is used.
(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,0i Mate-B,
Power Mate i)
Series 90B0/G(07) and subsequent editions
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1960 (FS15i)
#0
RVRSE
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
RVRSE (#0)
The signal direction for the separate detector is:

0: Not reversed.
1: Reversed.
When there is a large torsion or backlash between the motor and
separate detector, this alarm may occur when an abrupt acc./dec. is
performed. In such a case, change the detection level.
#7
#6
#5
1741 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
RNLV
2201 (FS30i, 16i)
RNLV (#1)
Change of the feedback mismatch alarm detection level

0: To be detected at 600 min-1 or more
1: To be detected at 1000 min-1 or more
Action 2: This alarm occurs when the difference between the motor
position and the position of the separate detector becomes
larger than the semi-closed loop error level. Check that the
dual position feedback conversion coefficient is set
correctly. If the setting is correct, increase the alarm level.
If the alarm still occurs after the level is changed, check the
scale connection direction.
- 94 -
B-65270EN/07
1971 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback conversion coefficient (numerator)
2078 (FS30i, 16i)

1972 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback conversion coefficient (denominator)
2079 (FS30i, 16i)
Conversion coefficient =
1729 (FS15i)
Number of feedback pulses per

motor revolution (detection unit)
1,000,000
Dual position feedback semi-closed loop error level
2118 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting unit]
Detection unit. When 0 is set, detection does not take place.

Action 3: The current offset (equivalent to the current value in the
emergency stop state) of the current detector becomes too
large. If the alarm occurs again after the power is turned on
and off, the current detector may be abnormal. Replace the
amplifier.
- 95 -
B-65270EN/07
3.3
ADJUSTING PARAMETERS FOR HIGH-SPEED AND

HIGH-PRECISION MACHINING
3.3.1
Servo HRV Control Adjustment Procedure
(1) Overview
For higher positioning precision, higher precision in machined surface
and machining profile, shorter machining time, and other
improvements in machine tools, servo adjustment is required. This
subsection explains the servo adjustment procedure using servo HRV
control. In the i series CNCs (such as the Series 30i and 16i), servo
adjustments can be made easily by using SERVO GUIDE, which
supports adjustments.
(2) Outline of the adjustment procedure

Before servo control performance can be improved by servo
adjustment, it is necessary to understand these procedures and make
adjustments step by step accordingly. Servo control is implemented by
the structure shown in the block diagram below. Servo HRV current
control, which is located just before the motor in the regulation loop,
drives the motor according to the command output by high-speed
velocity control. The performance of high-speed velocity control is
supported by the performance of servo HRV current control.
High-speed velocity control controls the motor speed according to the
velocity command output by position control. To attain the final target,
which is to improve the capability to follow up position commands, a
higher position gain must be set. This requires improvement of
high-speed velocity control performance. Hence, this requires
improvement in servo HRV current control performance.
Therefore, in servo adjustment for improving the performance of
servo control, the highest priority is given to the improvement in servo
HRV current control, the next highest priority is given to the
improvement in high-speed velocity control, then the third priority is
given to the improvement of position control. Be sure to follow this
order.
Feed-forward
Command
from the
CNC
Fine
Acc./Dec.
Position
gain
High-speed
velocity loop
Resonance
elimination
filter
Servo HRV
current control
Servo HRV control improves the response speed of the current loop,
therefore, higher gains can be set for the velocity loop and position
loop. Increased gains lead not only to improvement in command
follow-up performance and disturbance suppression performance but
also to simplification in servo function adjustments such as quadrant
protrusion compensation. As a result, servo adjustments can be made
more easily.
- 96 -
B-65270EN/07
The figure below shows the results of a gain adjustment for each servo
HRV control type. The figure indicates that improvement in response
speed of the current loop by servo HRV control further improves the
response speed of velocity control and position control, and therefore
quadrant protrusions can be reduced without the backlash acceleration
function.
Servo HRV1 control
R100mm
Servo HRV2 control
Servo HRV3 control
10000mm/min without backlash acceleration function
This manual explains the servo adjustment procedure in the following

order:
Initialization of parameters related to high-speed and

high-precision machining
Before starting the servo adjustment for high-speed and
high-precision machining, set minimum required parameters.
Servo HRV control setting

Select the servo HRV control type. Select suitable servo HRV
control from servo HRV2, HRV3, and HRV4.
Adjustment of high-speed velocity control

Adjust the velocity loop gain and filter by using SERVO
GUIDE.
Adjustment of acc./dec. in rapid traverse

Adjust the time constant for rapid traverse. In position gain
setting made in the next step, the limit is confirmed by checking
stability during rapid traverse.
Position gain adjustment

Adjust the position gain while observing the TCMD and motor
speed in rapid traverse and cutting feed.
Adjustment by using an arc

Adjust the feed-forward and backlash acceleration while
measuring an arc figure.
Adjustment by using a square figure

Adjust the reduced feedrate and the acceleration for deceleration
at a corner while measuring the corner figure.
Adjustment by using a square figure with 1/4 arcs

Adjust the velocity in the round corners while measuring the
contour error in the round corners.
- 97 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Initialization of parameters related to high-speed and high-precision

machining
The parameter values to be set first before servo adjustments are made
are listed below. Sufficient performance can be obtained just by
setting these values. Furthermore, by separately adjusting the settings
indicated by gray shading, much higher speed and higher precision
can be obtained.
[Fundamental Parameters]
FS15i
Parameter No.
FS30i, 16i, and so on
Standard setting value
1809
1852
1853
1808 #3
1959 #7
1884 #4
2004
2040
2041
2003 #3
2017 #7
2006 #4
0X000011 (Note 1)
Standard parameter (Note 1)
Standard parameter (Note 1)
1 (Note 2)
1 (Note 3)
1
1958 #3
2016 #3
1730
2119
1825
1875
1742 #1
1700
1825
2021
2202 #1
2107
Description
Enables HRV2 control
Current integral gain
Current proportional gain
Enables PI function
Enables velocity loop high cycle management function
Enables 1-ms velocity feedback acquisition
Enables variable proportional gain in the stop state

For variable proportional gain function in the stop state :
2 (detection unit of 1 m)
judgment level for stop state
20 (detection unit of 0.1m)
(specified in detection units)
5000
128
1
150
Servo loop gain

Load Inertia ratio (Velocity Loop Gain) (Note 4)
Cutting/rapid traverse velocity loop gain variable
Velocity loop gain override at cutting traverse
NOTE
1 Optimum parameters can be loaded automatically by setting a motor ID number for
servo HRV2 control.
If there is no motor ID number for servo HRV2 control, load the standard
parameters for servo HRV1, then calculate parameter values as follows:
No. 2004 = 0X000011 (Keep X unchanged.)
No. 2040 = Standard parameter for HRV1 0.8
2 To use I-P function, set 0.
PI function and I-P function have the following features:
PI function: Provides good follow-up to a target command. This function is required
for high-speed and high-precision machining.
I-P function: Requires a relatively short time to attain a target position. This function
is suitable for positioning applications.
3 With some machines, a higher velocity loop gain can be set by using neither the
acceleration feedback function nor auxiliary function rather than by using these
functions. If it is impossible to set a high velocity loop gain (about 300%) when the
velocity loop high cycle management function is used, try to use the acceleration
feedback function (See Subsection 4.4.2), and use the function that allows a higher
velocity loop gain to be set.
4 There is the following relationship between the load inertia ratio and velocity loop
gain (%).
Velocity loop gain (%) = (1 + load inertia ratio / 256) 100
- 98 -
B-65270EN/07
[Feed-forward and FAD(Fine acc./dec.)]

Parameter No.
FS30i, 16i,
FS15i
and so on
1951 #6
1749 #2
1702
1883 #1
1800 #3
1959 #5
1740 #5
1985
1962
2007 #6
2209 #2
2109
2005 #1
1800 #3
2017 #5
2200 #5
2092
2069
Standard setting
value
Description
Enables FAD (Fine acc./dec.) (Note 1)
Enables FAD of linear type.
FAD time constant (Note 2)
Enables feed-forward
Feed-forward at rapid traverse (Note 2)
RISC feed-forward is improved
RISC feed-forward is improved
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient
Velocity feed-forward coefficient
1
1
16
1
0
1
1
10000
50
NOTE
1 With the Series 30i, Series 31i, and Series 32i, which use nano interpolation
as a standard function, the fine acc./dec. function is not required.
During AI nano contour control, AI contour control, and high precision
contour control, the fine acc./dec. function is disabled. So, set the time
constant of acc./dec. after interpolation on the CNC side.
2 As the time constant of fine acc./dec., be sure to set a multiple of 8.
When using fine Acc./Dec also in rapid traverse, enable rapid traverse
feed-forward, or use the cutting/rapid FAD switching function (see
Subsection 4.8.3).
3 RISC feed-forward is enabled during AI contour control and high precision
contour control and allows smoother feed-forward operation.
[Backlash Acceleration]
Parameter No.
FS30i, 16i,
FS15i
and so on
Description
Backlash compensation
Enables backlash acceleration
0 : Semi-close system
1 : Full-close system
Backlash acceleration stop
Backlash acceleration only at cutting feed (FF)
Backlash acceleration only at cutting feed (G01)
Two-stage backlash acceleration (Note)
Two-stage backlash acceleration end timer
Backlash acceleration amount
1851
1808 #5
1851
2003 #5
1 or more
1
1884 #0
2006 #0
0/1
1953 #7
1953 #6
2611 #7
1957 #6
1769
1860
2009 #7
2009 #6
2223 #7
2015 #6
2146
2048
1975
2082
1964
2071
1
1
1
0
50
100
5 (detection unit of 1 m)
50 (detection unit of 0.1 m)
20
Backlash acceleration stop timing

Backlash acceleration time
NOTE
The above table lists the initial values set when the conventional backlash
acceleration function is used. When much higher precision is required, use
the two-stage backlash acceleration function.
- 99 -
B-65270EN/07
[Time Constant]
Set the initial value of the time constant of acc./dec. according to the
high-speed and high-precision function of the CNC used. Adjust the
time constant of acc./dec. to an optimum value while checking the
rapid traverse and cutting feed operations.
AI nano contour control, AI contour control, AI advanced

preview control, and advanced preview control
Parameter No.
Standard
FS16i and so on setting value
1620
1621
1770
1771
200
200
10000
240
1772
64
1768
24
Description
Time constant of acc./dec. in rapid traverse - linear part (ms)
Time constant of acc./dec. in rapid traverse - bell-shaped part (ms)
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Maximum cutting feedrate
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Time (ms) 0.07G
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Bell-shaped time constant (ms) (for other than
advanced preview control)
Time constant for acc./dec. after interpolation (ms)
AI nano high-precision contour control, AI high-precision

contour control, and high-precision contour control
Parameter No.
Standard
FS16i and so on setting value
1620
1621
8400
200
200
10000
19510
240
8416
1768
64
24
Description
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Maximum cutting feedrate
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Time (ms) 0.07G (No. 8401 for high precision
contour control)
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Bell-shaped time constant (ms)
Parameter No.
FS30i
Standard
setting value
1620
1621
1660
1772
1769
200
200
700
64
24
Description
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Acceleration(mm/s2) 0.07G
Time constant for Acc./dec. after interpolation (ms)
Parameter No.
FS15i
Standard
setting value
1620
1636
1660
200
200
700
1663
700
1656
1635
64
24
AI contour control I and AI contour control II (Series 30i, Series

31i, and Series 32i)
Series 15i
Description
Time constant of Acc./dec. in rapid traverse - linear part (ms)

Time constant of Acc./dec. in rapid traverse - bell-shaped part (ms)
Acc./dec. before interpolation: Acceleration(mm/s2) 0.07G
Permissible acceleration in velocity reduction based on acceleration (HPCC mode)
(mm/s2)
- 100 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Servo HRV control setting

Set the type of servo HRV control. The setting of servo HRV2 is
always required. So, load the standard parameters for servo HRV2 by
following the description given below. Then, set HRV3 or HRV4 as
necessary.
(For Series 30i)
In standard setting, servo HRV2 control is set. However, to make
high-speed and high-precision adjustments, servo HRV3 is
recommended. If sufficient precision cannot be obtained with
servo HRV3, consider using servo HRV4. (See Subsec. 4.2.2.)
(For other than Series 30i)
In standard setting, servo HRV2 control is set. However, if
sufficient precision cannot be obtained with servo HRV2,
consider using servo HRV3. (See Subsec. 4.2.1.)
(a) Servo HRV2 control

By setting a motor ID number for servo HRV2 control, load the
standard parameters.
NOTE
If there is no motor ID number for servo HRV2
control, load the standard parameters for servo
HRV1, then calculate parameter values as follows:
No. 2004 = 0X000011 (Keep X unchanged.)
(b) Servo HRV3 control
After setting servo HRV2 control, set the following parameters:
[HRV3 parameters] (for FS15i, FS16i, and so on)
Parameter No.
FS15i
FS16i
Recommended
value
1707#0
2013#0
1742#1
2202#1
2283#0
2747
2748
2334
2335
150
200
Description
Enables HRV3 current control.
Enables the cutting/rapid velocity loop
gain switching function.
Enables high-speed HRV current control
in cutting feed (Note 1).
Current gain magnification in HRV3 mode
Velocity gain magnification in HRV3 mode
NOTE
1 To use high-speed HRV current control, G codes need
to be set. (High-speed HRV current control is enabled
between G5.4Q1 and G5.4Q0.)
2 With Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, 90B6, and 90B8, the
torque command during high-speed HRV current control
is limited to 70% of the maximum value.
- 101 -
B-65270EN/07
[HRV3 parameters] (for FS30i)

Parameter No.
FS30i
Recommended
value
2013#0
2202#1
2334
2335
150
200
Description
Current gain magnification in HRV3 mode
Velocity gain magnification in HRV3 mode
NOTE
1 When N2283#0=1, no G code is needed.
2 To use high-speed HRV current control when
N2283#0=0, G codes need to be set. (High-speed HRV
current control is enabled between G5.4Q1 and
G5.4Q0.)
3 Series 90E0 imposes such a restriction that when servo
HRV3 control is used, the maximum number of axes per
servo card decreases.
(c) Servo HRV4 control
After setting servo HRV2 control, set the parameters listed below.
Servo HRV4 control and servo HRV3 control cannot be set at the
same time.
[HRV4 parameters]
Parameter No. Recommended
value
FS30i
2014#0
2300#0
1
1
2202#1
2334
150
2335
200
Description
Enables the extended HRV function.
Current gain magnification in high-speed
HRV current control
Velocity gain magnification in high-speed
HRV current control
NOTE
1 Servo HRV4 can be used with Series 90D0.
2 Use of servo HRV4 decreases the maximum
number of axes per servo card and limits the
maximum torque of the servo motor to 70%. For
details, see Subsection 4.2.2, "Servo HRVV4
Control".
3 To use high-speed HRV current control, G codes
must be set. (High-speed HRV current control is
enabled between G5.4Q1 and G5.4Q0.)
- 102 -
B-65270EN/07
(5) Adjustment of high-speed velocity control

After setting servo HRV control, adjust the velocity loop gain and the
resonance elimination filter.
To obtain high servo performance, a high velocity loop gain must be
set. Some machines, however, vibrate easily at a particular frequency,
and setting a high velocity loop gain can cause vibration at that
frequency (machine resonance). As a result, it becomes impossible to
set a high velocity loop gain.
In such a case, the resonance elimination filter must be adjusted. The
resonance elimination filter can lower the gain only in an area around
a particular frequency, therefore allowing a high velocity loop gain to
be set without the occurrence of machine resonance.
The velocity loop gain and the resonance elimination filter can be
adjusted more easily by using Tuning Navigator of SERVO GUIDE.
(a) Adjusting the velocity loop gain and the resonance elimination filter (when
Tuning Navigator is used)
For adjustment of the resonance elimination filter, Tuning Navigator
of SERVO GUIDE can be used. On the main bar of SERVO GUIDE,
press the [Navigator] button.
[Starting Tuning Navigator]
Clicking this button displays the menu as shown below.
<1>
<2>
<3>
(Procedure for adjusting the velocity loop gain and the resonance
elimination filter)
In the adjustment of the velocity loop gain and the resonance
elimination filter, use <1> through <3> in the above figure. Make
adjustments in order from <1>.
- 103 -
B-65270EN/07
<1> Initial Gain Tuning

Initial Gain Tuning determines the velocity loop gain value with
a margin for the oscillation limit. By making this adjustment, a
higher velocity gain than the initial value is set, so the frequency
of machine resonance can be determined clearly.
First, select Initial Gain Tuning from the dialog box of Tuning
Navigator.
Under 10dB
Under -20dB
Wide
Tuning Navigator shows bode-plot of velocity loop and you can

check the performance of velocity loop.
Upper line in bode-plot shows gain characteristic and lower line
shows phase characteristic. Important points of this figure that
you should note are as follows. (About the details of bode-plot,
please refer to several books of basic control method)
The width of 0dB level of gain line is important. By setting

higher velocity loop gain, it becomes wide.
Gain level of resonance frequency has to be suppressed at

least under -10dB.
Gain level around cut-off frequency is less than 10dB.
Gain level near 1000Hz has to be lower than -20dB.

<2> Filter Tuning
Next, select Filter Tuning from Tuning Navigator to adjust the
resonance elimination filter to suppress machine resonance.
Following example shows that gain line at two resonance
frequencies (250Hz and 530Hz) are suppressed by Filter Tuning.
Under -10dB
<3> Gain Tuning

Finally, select "Gain Tuning". Tuning Navigator decides the final
result of gain tuning. By adjusting the resonance elimination
filter, the influence of machine resonance can be eliminated, so a
high velocity loop gain can be set.
- 104 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Adjusting the velocity loop gain and the resonance elimination filter (when
Tuning Navigator is not used)
AAdjustment by torque command waveform
1. Perform rapid traverse with a full stroke of the machine, and
observe the torque command when the machine is stopped
and when the machine moves at high speed. (The sampling
cycle period should be 125 s.)
NOTE
When using the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain
switching function, perform cutting feed at the
maximum cutting feedrate to also check the
cutting-time oscillation limit.
2.
3.
4.
As the velocity loop gain is increased gradually, the

following oscillation phenomena occur:
Vibration occurs in the torque command waveform.
Vibration sound is generated from the machine.
A large variation in positional deviation is observed

when the machine movement stops.
Perform frequency analysis (Ctrl-F) for the torque
command issued when the above phenomena occur, and
measure the vibration frequency.
Set the measured vibration frequency as the attenuation
center frequency, and set the initial values of the attenuation
bandwidth and damping by consulting the setting guideline.
[Setting guideline]
Resonance frequency
Lower than 150 Hz
150 to 200 Hz
200 to 400 Hz
Higher than 400 Hz
Attenuation bandwidth
Damping
(Note 3)
Decrease the velocity loop gain.

(Note 3)
Decrease the velocity loop gain.
60 to 100Hz
0 to 50%
100 to 200Hz
0 to 10%
[Parameter Nos.]
Series 30i, 16i
Attenuation
center
frequency
[Hz]
Attenuation
bandwidth
[Hz]
Damping
[%]
Resonance elimination filter 2

No.2360
No.2363
No.2366
No.2113
No.2361
No.2364
No.2367
No.2177
No.2362
No.2365
No.2368
No.2359
Series 15i
Attenuation
center
frequency
[Hz]
Attenuation
bandwidth
[Hz]
Damping
[%]

No.2773
No.2776
No.2779
No.1706
No.2774
No.2777
No.2780
No.2620
No.2775
No.2778
No.2781
No.2772
- 105 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 The disturbance elimination filter (see Subsection
4.5.4) may be effective.
2 When the resonance elimination filter is used, set a
narrow attenuation bandwidth (about 50 Hz or less)
and a large damping attenuation factor (about 50%
to 80%).
3 When the center frequency becomes 200 Hz or
lower, almost the same effect as when the velocity
loop gain is decreased is obtained. Since the
resonance elimination filter also has the effect in
the change of phase, decreasing the velocity loop
gain is recommended.
4 The resonance elimination filter becomes more
effective as damping becomes closer to 0%.
Therefore, when adjusting damping, start with a
large value and decrease it gradually.
When SERVO GUIDE can be used, the resonance elimination filter
can be set from the parameter window.
[Starting the parameter window]
Clicking this button displays the parameter window.
[Parameter window main screen]
[Velocity control + filter]
- 106 -
B-65270EN/07

5.
After setting the resonance elimination filter in step 4,

measure the torque command again. If there is still vibration
left at the same frequency, decrease the damping setting. If
vibration occurs at a frequency other than the set frequency,
it may be adversely influenced by the setting of the
resonance elimination filter. So, try to increase the setting of
damping to about 80% to reduce the influence of the
resonance elimination filter on velocity control. If vibration
is still observed, stop setting the resonance elimination filter
and decrease the velocity loop gain.
6.
After determining the attenuation bandwidth and damping,

increase the velocity loop gain again until vibration
phenomena listed in step 2 occur. The final value of the
velocity loop gain is 70% to 80% of the velocity loop gain
set when the vibration phenomena occur.
B) Adjustment using the frequency characteristics

The velocity loop gain can be adjusted also by increasing the
velocity loop gain while measuring the frequency characteristics.
As the velocity loop gain increases, the gain at a certain
frequency swells in the frequency characteristics. The frequency
corresponding to the swell is the resonance frequency. So, the
velocity loop gain is increased while the swell in gain is
suppressed with the resonance elimination filter.
The velocity loop gain to be set is 70% to 80% of the velocity
loop gain observed when the swell can no longer be suppressed
by the resonance elimination filter. It is regarded as the final
setting if there is no problem during rapid traverse and cutting
feed at the maximum feedrate. If vibration occurs, decrease the
velocity loop gain until the vibration stops.
For measurement of the frequency characteristics, see Item (6)
"Frequency characteristic measurement method" in the Appendix
H, "DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH-PRECISION
ADJUSTMENT".
(6) Adjustment of acc./dec. in rapid traverse

The time constant of acc./dec. in rapid traverse is adjusted. Adjusting
the time constant in rapid traverse can reduce the total machining time.
While observing the torque command (TCMD) at the time of acc./dec.
in rapid traverse to check that the TCMD does not reach the maximum
current value, decrease the time constant of acc./dec. in rapid traverse.
When bell-shaped acc./dec. in rapid traverse is used, a small TCMD
value can be obtained with mechanical impact suppressed.
NOTE
Make adjustments in rapid traverse with the
maximum load applied to the machine.
- 107 -
B-65270EN/07
The following graphs show how the time constant in rapid traverse is
adjusted.
Feedrate
Feedrate
TCMD
TCMD
Maximum current
Maximum current
- 108 -
B-65270EN/07
[Acc./dec. + normal control]
(7) Adjustment of the position gain

Observe the torque command waveform at the time of acc./dec. during
rapid traverse and cutting feed at the maximum cutting feedrate. When
a low frequency vibration (hunting) of about 10 to 30 Hz occurs in the
torque command waveform, the corresponding position gain is
regarded as the oscillation limit. The position gain to be set is about
80% of the position gain of the oscillation limit.
The standard setting is within 5000 to 10000.
<3> Feedrate
<4>
<5>
<2>
<1>
TCMD
<3>
<4>
<5> <7>
<2>
(Check points)
No vibration is allowed in the stopped state. Also check the

positional deviation on the CNC. (<1>)
Neither vibration nor sound must be generated during

acceleration and deceleration. If the TCMD level has reached the
maximum value, increase rapid traverse acc./dec. time constant
T1. (<2>, <5>)
Neither vibration nor excessive overshoot must be generated at

the end of acceleration and deceleration. If the TCMD level has
reached the maximum value, increase rapid traverse acc./dec.
time constant T2. (<3>, <7>)
There must be no large variation in feedrate during movement at

a constant feedrate. (<4>)
- 109 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
For axes for which interpolation is performed, set
the same position gain.
[Position control]
(8) Adjustment by using an arc (adjustment of the feed-forward coefficient

and adjustment of the servo function)
(a) Feed-forward function
For higher precision with small servo follow-up delay, the
feed-forward function is used. When the feed-forward coefficient is
set to 100%, the positional deviation can be almost eliminated.
(Feed-forward)
By adding to a velocity command value the velocity
compensation value equivalent to the position command issued
from the CNC, the contour error due to position loop response
delay can be reduced.
(Velocity feed-forward)
The torque compensation amount equivalent to the amount of
change in velocity command (acceleration) is added to a
specified torque value so that the contour error due to velocity
loop response delay can be reduced.
Velocity
feed-forward
Feed-forward
+
Position
command
Position control
-
Velocity compensation
amount
+
Velocity
command
Position feedback
- 110 -
Velocity control
Torque
compensation
Current
command
B-65270EN/07
The following figure shows the effect of the feed-forward function.

The figure indicates that an arc radius error of 250 m, which was
measured before the use of the feed-forward function, has been
reduced to almost 0 after the use of the feed-forward function.
Feed-forward coefficient 0%
Feed-forward coefficient 100%
Radius error is about

250 m
Radius error is
almost 0 m
(b) Adjusting the feed-forward coefficient

The feed-forward coefficient can be adjusted on the screen shown
below. Note that, however, setting the feed-forward coefficient to
more than 10000 (100%) means that the actual machine position
advances ahead of commands from the CNC. So, such setting is not
permitted.
[Contour error suppression + feed-forward]
While checking fluctuation of radius by using an arc with about

R10/F4000 or R100/F10000 set, make an adjustment so that the actual
path matches the commanded path. At this time set the velocity
feed-forward coefficient to about 100.
NOTE
To fine-tune the amount of arc radius, also adjust
the feed-forward timing parameter after adjusting
the feed-forward coefficient. (See Subsection
4.6.5.)
- 111 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Adjusting backlash acceleration

To reduce quadrant protrusions (errors generated where the axis move
direction is reversed), the backlash acceleration function is used.
While observing the quadrant protrusion size, change the backlash
acceleration value in steps of about 10 to 20, and ends the adjustment
immediately before undercut occurs. A large quadrant protrusion or
undercut may adversely affect cutting results. So, adjust the backlash
acceleration so that any quadrant protrusion is not greater than 5 m.
NOTE
1 For the adjustment of the conventional backlash
acceleration function, see Subsection 4.6.6.
2 When higher precision is required, use the 2-stage
backlash acceleration function (see Subsection
4.6.7).
[Contour error suppression + backlash acceleration]
- 112 -
B-65270EN/07
(9) Adjustment by using a square figure (adjustment of the high-speed and

high-precision function and adjustment of the servo function)
(a) Setting the corner deceleration function
When the automatic corner deceleration function is used, an error at
the corner (overshoot) can be reduced. First, set the reduced corner
feedrate to 400 mm/min.
[Acc./dec. + AI contour control 2 (when AI contour

control II is used)]
The figure below shows the effect of the corner deceleration function.
Deceleration at a corner reduces the amount of the overshoot.
20m
20m
Axis
movement
Axis
movement
NOTE
For fine-adjustment of a corner overshoot, the
following parameters are also related:
Acc./dec. before interpolation
- 113 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Adjusting the time constant in cutting feed

In automatic corner deceleration, the feedrate at which the tool moves
along a corner is reduced according to the permissible acceleration set
for acc./dec. before interpolation. When the automatic corner
deceleration function is used, the tangential feedrate at the corner
changes in a V-shaped manner as shown below. As the permissible
acceleration for acc./dec. before interpolation is decreased,
deceleration at the corner becomes smoother, therefore, the contour
error at the corner can be decreased.
A
D
Y
Position path
X
C
Linear part
F3000
Feedrate along X-axis
F3000
A
A
Feedrate along Y-axis
Corner: F500
Indication of feedrate along each axis
Tangential feedrate indication
[Acc./dec. + AI contour control 2 (when AI

contour control II is used)]
If the contour error at the corner cannot be reduced even by adjusting

the permissible feedrate difference, increase the time constant of
acc./dec. before interpolation.
When bell-shaped Acc/Dec. before interpolation is used, contour
errors not only at corners but also rounded corners may be improved.
Note that, however, a larger time constant extends the total machining
time.
- 114 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Adjusting velocity feed-forward

The velocity feed-forward function has the effect of helping the torque
command start earlier at the time of acc./dec. This effect is reflected in
corner figures. So, adjust the velocity feed-forward coefficient so that
corner figures can be improved. When nano interpolation is not used,
set the coefficient value to 400 or smaller.
[Contour error suppression + feed-forward]
- 115 -
B-65270EN/07
(10) Adjustment by using a square figure with 1/4 arcs (adjustment of the
high-speed and high-precision function and adjustment of the servo
function)
When acceleration changes suddenly at an arc part, positional
deviation occurs. To reduce this positional deviation, set the
permissible acceleration. Hence, the feedrate is changed depending on
whether the tool moves along a linear part or an arc part in a square
figure with 1/4 arcs as shown below. In this example, the feedrate
decreases to F1000 in an arc part, and after the arc part is passed, the
feedrate increases to restore F4000. The acc./dec. before and after an
arc is determined by the time constant of acc./dec. before
interpolation.
A
D
Y
Figure
X
C
Linear part: F4000
X-axis velocity command
F4000
F4000
A
A
D
Y-axis velocity command
Arc part: F1000
Target velocity command
Velocity command (each axis)
The following figure shows that this function reduces the positional
deviation.
F4000
F4000
F4000
10m error
10m error
- 116 -
F2000
B-65270EN/07
[Acc./dec. + AI contour control 2 (when AI

contour control II is used)]
When advanced preview control is used, the feedrate at a rounded

portion is suppressed by setting the arc radius and feedrate. For
example, when the arc radius is 5 mm, and the feedrate is to be
decreased to F2000, set R to 5 mm, and the feedrate to F2000
mm/min.
[Acc./dec. + advanced preview control (when

advanced preview control is used)]
- 117 -
B-65270EN/07
The positional deviation in an arc part can be suppressed also by

adjusting the velocity feed-forward coefficient. Since the positional
deviation in an arc part is caused by velocity loop delay at the start
and end of the arc, velocity feed-forward, which compensates for
delay, is effective in the suppression of the positional deviation in arc
parts.
Positional
deviation due to
delay on Y-axis
Positional
deviation due to
delay on X-axis
Velocity feed-forward disabled
Velocity feed-forward enabled
- 118 -
B-65270EN/07
3.3.2
High-speed Positioning Adjustment Procedure
(1) Overview
This section describes the adjustment procedure for high-speed
positioning required with a punch press and PC board drilling
machine.
(2) Adjustment procedure

Make a high-speed positioning adjustment while viewing the ERR
(servo error amount) and TCMD. Set a measurement range as
described below.
ERR:
Adjust the measurement range so that the precision
required for positioning can be seen. When using the
analog check board, measure VCMD instead of ERR.
(Adjust the VCMD magnification and the measurement
voltage level.) In the example below, a requested
precision of 10 m is assumed.
TCMD: Make an adjustment to view a specified maximum

current value. If an adjustment is made to reduce
positioning time, TCMD saturation may occur. Make
an adjustment so that the TCMD lies within a specified
maximum current.
<1> I-P function setting
Select I-P function for velocity loop control. In general, PI
function reduces start-up time for a command, but requires a
longer setting time, so that PI function is not suitable for
high-speed positioning. On the other hand, I-P function reduces
time required to reach a target position, so that I-P function is
generally used for high-speed positioning adjustment.
ERR
ERR
Specified maximum current
20m
270ms
300ms
TCMD
TCMD
Fig. 3.3.2 (a) When PI function is used
Fig. 3.3.2 (b) When I-P function is used
- 119 -
B-65270EN/07
<2> Set a highest possible velocity loop gain according to Subsec.

3.3.1, "Servo HRV Control Adjustment Procedure."
ERR
TCMD fluctuation
is eliminated.
TCM D
Fig. 3.3.2(c) After velocity loop gain adjustment
<3> Set a switch speed of 1500 (15 min-1) with the position gain
switch function (see Subsec. 4.8.1).
ERR
ERR
240 m s
270 m s
TCMD
TCM D
Fig. 3.3.2(d) Position gain switch function
<4> Set a highest possible position gain. While viewing the ERR
waveform (VCMD waveform), make an adjustment so that the
overshoot value lies within a requested precision. After setting a
position gain, perform rapid traverse for a long distance to check
that low-frequency vibration due to an excessively increased
position gain does not occur. If the set position gain is too high,
vibration after an overshoot exceeds a requested precision. An
overshoot itself can be suppressed to some extent by adjustment
of <5>.
A large vibration occurs in a
return movement. Suppress the
vibration to within 50% of the
requested precision.
ERR
200 m s
20 m
TCM D
If the position gain is too high,
the requested precision 10 m is
exceeded.
When a precision of 10 m is
requested, adjust the overshoot value
to within 10 m.
Fig. 3.3.2(e) Adequate position gain
Fig. 3.3.2(f) Excessively high position gain
- 120 -
B-65270EN/07
<5> Make a fine PK1V adjustment to eliminate an overshoot and

undershoot. If a large value is set for PK1V, a large undershoot
occurs.
ERR
ERR
210 m s
20 m
TCM D
TCMD
When the value of PK1V is
increased, the amount of an
overshoot decreases.
Fig. 3.3.2(g) After PK1V adjustment
When the value of PK1V is increased

excessively, the amount of an
undershoot increases.
Fig. 3.3.2(h) When the value of PK1V is too large
- 121 -
3.3.3
B-65270EN/07
Rapid Traverse Positioning Adjustment Procedure
(1) Overview
The fine acc./dec. function applies a filter to each axis in the servo
software to reduce a shock associated with acc./dec. By combining the
fine acc./dec. function with feed-forward, high-speed positioning can
be achieved in rapid traverse. This section describes rapid traverse
positioning adjustment.
NOTE
1 With the Series 30i, smooth acc./dec. is performed
based on nano interpolation even during rapid
traverse, so that fine acc./dec. is unnecessary
(unusable). For adjustment, only rapid traverse
bell-shaped acc./dec. is used. With the Series 30i,
rapid traverse bell-shaped acc./dec. is a basic
function.
2 With the Series 16i and so forth, nano interpolation
is not applied during rapid traverse, so that the use
of fine acc./dec. for smoothing command execution
is effective. With the Series 16i, rapid traverse
bell-shaped acc./dec. is an optional function.
(2) High-speed positioning by a combination of fine acc./dec. and

feed-forward
(Rapid traverse positioning when fine acc./dec. is not used)
A servo loop not performing feed-forward has a delay equivalent to a
position loop gain. The time required for positioning after completion
of distribution from the CNC is four to five times the position gain
time constant (33 ms for 30 [1/s]) (133 to 165 ms for a position gain of
30). In normal rapid traverse, rapid traverse linear acc./dec. (Fig. 3.3.3
(a)) is used, so that acceleration changes to a large extent at the start
and end of acceleration. However, since feed-forward is not used,
acceleration change is made moderate by a position loop gain, and a
shock does not occur.
If a low linear acc./dec. time constant is set for high-speed positioning,
and a high position gain and feed-forward are set, the time required
for positioning is reduced, but a shock occurs. In this case, a shock can
be reduced by setting rapid traverse bell-shaped acc./dec. (Fig. 3.3.3
(a)).
- 122 -
B-65270EN/07
Rapid traverse linear time constant

(T1) only
Feedrate
Rapid traverse bell-shaped acc./dec.

(T1+ T2) + nano
(Series30i)
Rapid traverse bell-shaped

acc./dec. (T1+ T2)
Feedrate
Acceleration
change is large,
so a shock
tends to occur.
Acceleration change is
reduced by bell-shaped
acc/dec. and command
execution is smoothed
by nano interpolation.
Acceleration change
is reduced by
bell-shaped acc./dec.
Time
T1
Feedrate
Time
T1+T2
T1+T2
Time
Fig. 3.3.3 (a) Rapid traverse acc./dec. pattern and shock
(Rapid traverse positioning when fine acc./dec. is used)

Other than Series 30i
For further reduction in the time required for rapid traverse
positioning, a delay due to position gain needs to be minimized. For
this purpose, feed-forward needs to be fully utilized. When
feed-forward is applied, the positional deviation decreases.
Accordingly, positional deviation convergence occurs more rapidly
after distribution, thus reducing the time required for positioning.
If feed-forward close to 100% is applied to normal acc./dec. (Fig.
3.3.3 (a)), a mechanical shock due to acceleration change at the start
and end of acc./dec., and a torque command vibration during acc./dec.
can pose a problem. To cope with this, the fine acc./dec. function is
available (Fig. 3.3.3 (b) and (c)).
FAD (Tf 64 ms) is used.
Feedrate
T1 + Tf
Compared with linear

acceleration/deceleration,
acceleration change is
reduced, and a smooth
curve results. The time
required for positioning
can be reduced by
feed-forward.
Rapid traverse bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration

(T2 > 64 ms) is used as well..
If a second time constant
Feedrate
greater than 64 ms is
required, rapid traverse
bell-shaped acceleration/
deceleration is used. The
curve is made smooth by
inserting linear-type FAD of 8
ms.
Time
T1 + T2 + Tf
Fig. 3.3.3 (b) Fine acc./dec. (FAD)
Time
Fig. 3.3.3 (c) Rapid traverse bell-shaped acc./dec. + FAD
Fine acc./dec. increases the time required for command distribution by

a time constant. However, a time reduction in positioning achieved by
feed-forward is greater than this increase, so the time required for
positioning can be reduced in total. Thus, positioning can be speeded
up using fine acc./dec. The adjustment procedure is described in (3)
below.
(T1 + positioning time based on a position gain)
> (T1 + Tf + positioning time based on feed-forward)
A time constant up to 64 ms can be set for fine acc./dec. If a time
constant greater than 64 ms is required, use rapid traverse bell-shaped
acc./dec., and set 8 ms for linear-type fine acc./dec. (Fig. 3.3.3 (c)).
- 123 -
B-65270EN/07

Make a rapid traverse positioning adjustment while viewing the ERR
(servo error amount). Adjust the measurement range so that the time
required for position deviation convergence within the in-position
width can be seen. At the same time, observe the TCMD to check that
the TCMD is not saturated. Before proceeding to the adjustment
described below, adjust the velocity loop gain according to item (5),
Adjustment of high-speed velocity control in the Subsec. 3.3.1,
"Gain Adjustment Procedure."
The measurement data of Fig. 3.3.3 (d) has been obtained under the
condition below. Fine acc./dec. and feed-forward are not used.
Rapid traverse rate: 20000 mm/min
Rapid traverse time constant: 150 ms
Position gain: 30/s
Travel distance: 100 mm

When the in-position width is 20 pulses, a time of about 180 ms is
required from distribution completion to positioning. Reducing this
time can speed up positioning.
Command from
the CNC
Positional
deviation
In-position width
Servo delay time of
about 180 ms
Fig. 3.3.3 (d) Measurement of time before adjustment
<1> Default parameter setting for fine acc./dec. and feed-forward

Set the parameters according to Table 3.3.3. By setting the
default parameters, the time required for positioning can be much
reduced.
Table 3.3.3 Default parameters for rapid traverse positioning adjustment
Default parameter
Item
Series16i and
Series15i
Series30i
Setting
so on
Rapid traverse feed-forward enable

Fine acc./dec. function enable
Linear-type fine acc./dec.
Fine acc./dec. time constant
Feed-forward enable
Feed-forward coefficient
*1
No1800#3
No1951#6
No1749#2
No1702
No1883#1
No1985
No1962
No1800#3
No2007#6
No2009#2
No2109(*1)
No2005#1
No2092(*1)
No2069(*1)
No1800#3
No2005#1
No2092(*1)
No2069(*1)
1
1
1
40
1
9700
100
When using different values for cutting and rapid traverse,

use the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable fine acc./dec.
function according to Section 4.3, "CUTTING
FEED/RAPID TRAVERSE SWITCHABLE FUNCTION."
- 124 -
B-65270EN/07

<2> Velocity feed-forward adjustment
When feed-forward is enabled, the time required for positioning
can be reduced, but a swell may occur due to insufficient velocity
loop response immediately before machining stops. A swell can
be reduced by an increased velocity loop gain, but there is an
upper limit on the velocity loop gain. So, adjust the velocity
feed-forward coefficient to reduce a swell for positioning time
reduction.
The default settings cause a swell immediately before machining
stops (Fig. 3.3.3 (e)). The swell can be reduced by increasing the
velocity feed-forward coefficient (Fig. 3.3.3 (f)).
A swell is
observed
immediately
before
machining stops.
Fig. 3.3.3 (e) Before velocity feed-forward

adjustment
FAD: 64 ms
Feed-forward: 98.5%
Velocity feed-forward coefficient: 100%
An optimum is
achieved
when the
swell here is
reduced.
Fig. 3.3.3 (f)
After velocity feed-forward

adjustment
FAD: 64 ms
Feed-forward: 98.5%
<3> Fine adjustment of feed-forward

Reduce the time required for positioning by making a fine
adjustment of the feed-forward coefficient. If the feed-forward
coefficient is not sufficiently large (Fig. 3.3.3 (g)), increase the
feed-forward coefficient by about 0.5%. If the feed-forward
coefficient is too large (Fig. 3.3.3 (h)), decrease the feed-forward
coefficient by about 0.5%.
If the position feed-forward
coefficient is too large, an
overshoot occurs
immediately before
machining stops. If such
an overshoot is allowed
from the viewpoint of
precision, the time required
for positioning is reduced.
If the feed-forward
coefficient of the
position loop is too
small, an undershoot
occurs, resulting in a
longer time.
Fig. 3.3.3 (g) When the feed-forward coefficient

is too small
FAD: 64 ms
Feed-forward: 98%
- 125 -
Fig. 3.3.3 (h) When the feed-forward coefficient

is too large
FAD: 64 ms
Feed-forward: 99%
B-65270EN/07
If an adequate feed-forward coefficient is set, the in-position

width is satisfied nearly at the same as distribution command
completion, and shortest-time positioning is achieved as shown
in Fig. 3.3.3 (i).
Optimal
adjustment in
precision and time
Fig. 3.3.3 (i) When an adequate feed-forward coefficient is set

FAD: 64 ms
Feed-forward: 98.5%
- 126 -
B-65270EN/07
3.3.4
Vibration in the Stop State

Vibration generated only in the stop state is caused by the decreased
load inertia in a backlash. Adjust the auxiliary functions for
suppressing stop-time vibration. Vibration may be generated only in
the stop state also when the position gain is too large.
<1> Is an auxiliary function set to increase the oscillation limit for the velocity loop gain?
Machine with high rigidity: Velocity loop proportional high-speed processing function
Machine with low rigidity: Acceleration feedback function
(function 1)
(function 2)
<2> Is an auxiliary function set to suppress vibration in the stop state?

Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state (50%, 75%, arbitrary)
N pulse suppression function
(function 3)
(function 4)
<3> Vibration frequency?

Several tens of hertz or higher
<4> Decrease the velocity loop gain. When using the
cutting feed/rapid traverse velocity loop gain
switch function, decrease the velocity loop gain for
rapid traverse.
Low frequency
<5> The position gain may be too large for the

velocity loop gain. (Vibration is sometimes
generated when the load inertia is too high or
when the velocity loop gain is not yet adjusted.)
<6> When the velocity loop gain is not adjusted,

follow the description in Subsec. 3.3.1 to set the
velocity loop gain to 70% of the oscillation limit.
<7> Decrease the position gain.
(Reference: Parameter numbers)

For details, see Chapter 4, "SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS."
Function 1: Velocity
function
#7
1959 (FS15i)
#6
#5
loop proportional high-speed processing

#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PK2V25
2017 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2V25 (#7)
1: Enables the velocity loop proportional high-speed processing

function.
Function 2: Acceleration feedback
1894 (FS15i)
Acceleration feedback gain
2066 (FS30i, 16i)
- 127 -
B-65270EN/07
Function 3: Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop

state
#7
#6
#5
#4
1958 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
PK2VDN
2016 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2VDN (#3)
1: Enables the function for changing the proportional gain in the stop
state. In the stop state: 75%
#7
#6
#5
#4
1747 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
PK2D50
2207 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2D50 (#3)
1: Decreases the proportional gain in the stop state to 50%.
1730 (FS15i)
Stop decision level
2119 (FS30i, 16i)

2737 (FS15i)
Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state:

Arbitrary magnification in the stop state (during cutting feed only)
2324 (FS30i, 16i)
Function 4: N pulse suppress function

#7
#6
#5
1808 (FS15i)
#4
#3
NPSP
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
NPSP (#4)
1: Uses the N pulse suppress function.
- 128 -
#2
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
3.3.5
Vibration during Travel

Vibration is generated during travel by various causes. So, a most
appropriate method must be selected after observing the vibration
status carefully.
<1> Is an auxiliary function set to increase the oscillation limit for the velocity loop gain?
Machine with high rigidity: Velocity loop proportional high-speed processing function
Machine with low rigidity: Acceleration feedback function
<2> Vibration frequency?

Several tens of
hertz or higher
About several tens Hertz

with separate detector
Low frequency
Vibration occurs especially

during acceleration/
deceleration.
<3> Velocity loop oscillates. Is an auxiliary function

used to suppress vibration?
TCMD filter (function 1)
<8> Response to vibration components from the

command side. Decrease the velocity
feed-forward coefficient (200 or less).
<4> Is the standard value set for the current loop

gain?
<9>
Series30i:
Increase the time constant after

interpolation.
Series16i and so on:
Set 16 ms for the fine acc./dec.
function. (Function 5)
<5> Decrease the velocity loop gain.
<6> Vibration may be due to machine torsion. Is an

auxiliary function used to suppress vibration?
- Dual position feedback (function 2)
- Vibration-damping control (function 3)
- Machine velocity feedback (function 4)
- TCMD filter (function 1)
<11> The position gain may be too large for the set
velocity loop gain. When the velocity loop gain
is not yet adjusted, follow the description in
Subsec. 3.3.1 to set the velocity loop gain to
70% of the oscillation limit.

Use of I-P function may produce effective results.
After checking for a figure error during high-speed
cutting, decrease the position gain, or set I-P function.
<12> For PI function, are effective results produced

by decreasing the velocity loop integral gain by
about 2/3?
- 129 -
B-65270EN/07

Function 1: TCMD filter
1895 (FS15i)
TCMD filter coefficient
2067 (FS30i, 16i)
Function 2: Dual position feedback function

#7
1709 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DPFB
2019 (FS30i, 16i)
DPFB (#7)
1: Enables dual position feedback.
1971 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback: conversion coefficient (numerator)
2078 (FS30i, 16i)

1972 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback: conversion coefficient (denominator)
2079 (FS30i, 16i)

1973 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback: primary delay time constant
2080 (FS30i, 16i)
Function 3: Vibration-damping control

1718 (FS15i)
Vibration-damping control function: number of position feedback pulses
2033 (FS30i, 16i)

1719 (FS15i)
Vibration-damping control function: gain
2034 (FS30i, 16i)
Function 4: Machine velocity feedback

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1956 (FS15i)
#1
#0
MSFE
2012 (FS30i, 16i)
MSFE (#1)
1: Enables machine velocity feedback.
1981 (FS15i)
Machine velocity feedback gain
2088 (FS30i, 16i)
Function 5: Fine acc./dec. function

#7
1951 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
FAD
2007 (FS16i)
FAD (#6)
1702 (FS15i)
1: Enables fine acc./dec.

2109 (FS16i)
- 130 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
In the Series 30i, 31i, and 32i, smooth acc./dec. is
always performed by nano interpolation, so the fine
acc./dec. function is ignored.
3.3.6
Stick Slip
When the time from the detection of a position error until the
compensation torque is output is too long, a stick slip occurs during
low-speed feed. Improvement in gain is required. However, for a
machine with high friction and torsion, a higher gain cannot be set. In
such a case, a stick slip phenomenon may occur.
<1> Adjust the position gain and velocity loop gain
according to the description in Subsec. 3.3.1.
<2> Set PI function.
<3> To improve torque start, increase the velocity

loop integral gain.
<4> Set the VCMD offset function.
(Function 1)
<5> Set the incomplete integral coefficient within the

range 32700 to 32767 (function 2). For axes subject
to interpolation, this coefficient must not be set.

Function 1: VCMD offset function
#7
1808 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
VOFS
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
VOFS (#7)
1: Enables the VCMD offset function.
1857 (FS15i)
Incomplete integral gain
2045 (FS30i, 16i)
- 131 -
#2
#1
#0
3.3.7
B-65270EN/07
Overshoot
When the machine is operated at high speed or with a detection unit of
0.1 m or less, the problem of overshoots may arises. Select a most
appropriate preventive method depending on the cause of the
overshoot.
<1> When the velocity loop gain is not yet adjusted,
follow the description in Subsec. 3.3.1 to adjust
the gain. Select PI function.
<2> When advanced preview control is used, adjust

automatic corner deceleration. Also, increase
settings such as the time constant after
interpolation to allow commands for corner and
stop operations to be executed as moderately as
possible.
<3> When feed-forward is used, try to adjust the

velocity feed-forward coefficient.
<4> Where possible, decrease the position gain and

feed-forward coefficient.
<5> If the overshoot in question is for about one or

two pulses, set overshoot compensation
(TYPE-1 or -2). (Function 1)

Function 1: Overshoot compensation function
#7
1808 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#1
#0
OVSC
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
OVSC (#6)
1: Enables the overshoot compensation function.
1970 (FS15i)
Overshoot prevention counter
2077 (FS30i, 16i)

1857 (FS15i)
Incomplete integral coefficient
2045 (FS30i, 16i)

#7
#6
#5
1742 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
OVS1
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
OVS1 (#3)
1: Enables overshoot compensation TYPE-2.

- 132 -
4.SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS
B-65270EN/07
SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS

Chapter 4, "SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS", consists of the
following sections:
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
SERVO HRV CONTROL......................................................134

HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT CONTROL........................138
CUTTING/RAPID SWITCHING FUNCTION .....................150
VIBRATION SUPPRESSION IN THE STOP STATE .........156
MACHINE RESONANCE ELIMINATION FUNCTION ....168
CONTOUR ERROR SUPPRESSION FUNCTION ..............202
OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION FUNCTION...................251
HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING FUNCTION .........................257
SERIAL FEEDBACK DUMMY FUNCTIONS ....................272
BRAKE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................276
QUICK STOP FUNCTION....................................................280
FUNCTIONDISTURBANCE TORQUE DETECTION........296
FUNCTION FOR OBTAINING CURRENT OFFSETS AT
EMERGENCY STOP.............................................................311
LINEAR MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING .......................312
SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING ......................................................346
SETTING PARAMETERS FOR LARGE SERVO
MOTORS ...............................................................................388
INTERACTIVE FORCE COMPENSATION FUNCTION...398
TORQUE CONTROL FUNCTION .......................................415
(POSITION TANDEM) (Optional Function) ........................418
SYNCHRONOUS AXES AUTOMATIC
COMPENSATION.................................................................426
TORQUE TANDEM CONTROL FUNCTION (Optional
Function).................................................................................430
SERVO TUNING TOOL SERVO GUIDE............................455
- 133 -
4.1
B-65270EN/07
SERVO HRV CONTROL
(1) Overview
Servo HRV control is a digital servo control system based on
high-speed, high-response current control and includes servo HRV1
control, servo HRV2 control, servo HRV3 control, and servo HRV4
control. Use of these control systems allows higher acceleration,
higher speed, and higher precision.
Servo HRV control system
Servo HRV1 control
Servo HRV control
Servo HRV2 control

Servo HRV3 control
Servo HRV4 control
(2) Servo HRV control and Series and editions of applicable servo software
Series30i
Servo HRV1 control

Servo HRV2 control
Servo HRV3 control
Servo HRV4 control
Other than the Series 30i
Series 90D0/A(01)
and subsequent
editions
(Note 1, 2)
Series 90E0/A(01) and

subsequent editions
(Note 2)
Series 90B0H(08) and

subsequent editions
Series 90B1A(01) and
subsequent editions
subsequent editions
subsequent editions
subsequent editions
Series 9096/A(01)
and subsequent
editions
: Supported ( is recommended)
: Not supported
NOTE
1 When using servo HRV4 control, use Series
90D0/J(10) and subsequent editions.
2 For Series 90D0 and 90E0, apply the same servo
HRV control to all axes.
- 134 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Features of servo HRV control

(a) Servo HRV2 control
Servo HRV control is a total control technology implemented by a

servo motor, servo amplifier, and control systems as shown in the
figure below. Servo HRV2 control has the following features:
(1) HRV filters for eliminating vibration components of the machine
system can be used.
The HRV filters include the following filters to cover a wide
range of vibration from low frequency vibration to high
frequency vibration:
TCMD filter (a filter for eliminating middle frequency vibration)
Resonance elimination filter (a filter for eliminating high
frequency vibration)
Disturbance elimination filter (a filter for eliminating low
frequency vibration)
(2) Use of a iS/iF/iS series motor and a i/i servo amplifier
enables high-speed, high-precision, and smooth feed.
(3) Use of a precise pulse coder improves control performance.
With Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, 90B6, and 90B8, it is recommended
that servo HRV2 control is used for the current loop.
Capable of handling low-frequency
vibration to high-frequency vibration
Position
control
Velocity
control
Exercises current control

at high speed.
HRV filter
HRV current
control
Detects
current with
high precision.
Servo
amplifier
Current feedback
Velocity feedback
High-response, high-precision detector
(b) Servo HRV3 control

In addition to the features of HRV2 control, servo HRV3 control has
the following features:
(1) Use of high-speed DSP enables high-speed HRV current control,
therefore improving the response performance of the current
loop.
(2) When a linear motor or an iS series servo motor are used, both
high acceleration, high speed and high precision can be provided
at the same time.
With Series 90E0, use of servo HRV3 control is recommended.
- 135 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Servo HRV4 control

In addition to the features of servo HRV2 and servo HRV3, servo
HRV4 control has the following features:
(1) An improved servo HRV control system is employed. (Extended
HRV function)
(2) Improved thermal resistance in the high-speed DSP and servo
amplifier provides the current loop with higher response
performance than the response performance provided by servo
HRV3 control.
Series 90D0 is required to use servo HRV4 control.
- 136 -
B-65270EN/07
4.1.1
Servo HRV2 Control

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,0i Mate-B, Power Mate i)
(2) Setting the parameters for servo HRV2 control

<1> Set a motor ID number for HRV2 control.
(For a motor ID number, see (3) of Subsection 2.1.3.)
<2> Set initialization bit 1 to 0 then turn off the power to the CNC
then turn on the power again.
<3> The standard parameters for servo HRV2 control are
automatically loaded.
<4> Completion of setting
NOTE
For servo parameter initialization, see Subsection
2.1.3.
- 137 -
B-65270EN/07
4.2
HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT CONTROL
4.2.1
Servo HRV3 Control

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B)
(2) Setting parameters for servo HRV3 control

<1> See Subsection 4.1.1, and make settings for servo HRV2 control.
<2> Set servo HRV3 current control. (For each axis)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1707(FS15i)
#0
HR3
2013(FS30i,16i)
HR3(#0)
0: Does not use servo HRV3 control.

1: Uses servo HRV3 control.
NOTE
When servo HRV3 control is used with Series
90E0, a multiple of 4 cannot be set in parameter
No. 1023. Skip multiples of 4 when setting the
parameter.
Example: when using eight axes with Series 90E0,
set parameter No. 1023 as follows:
1,2,3,5,6,7,9,10
<3> Set the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.
#7
#6
#5
1742(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VGCCR
2202(FS30i,16i)
VGCCR (#1)
0:
1:
Does not use the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching

function.
Uses the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.
- 138 -
B-65270EN/07
<4> Set the current loop gain magnification.

2747(FS15i)
Current loop gain magnification in high-speed HRV current control mode
2334(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
%
100 to 270
150
This parameter is valid only for cutting feed in the high-speed HRV
current control mode.
<5> Set the velocity loop gain magnification.
2748(FS15i)
Velocity loop gain magnification in high-speed HRV current control mode
2335(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
1700(FS15i)
%
100 to 400
Velocity loop gain magnification for cutting (cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching)
2107(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
%
100 to 400
This parameter is valid only for cutting feed when the high-speed
HRV current control mode is not set.
<6> Set the high-speed HRV current control mode.
To use servo HRV3 control with servo software Series 90D0 and
90E0 for the Series 30i, 31i, and 32i, set the following bit, which
automatically sets the high-speed HRV current control mode
during cutting feed:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
NOG54
2283(FS30i,31i,32i)
NOG54(#0)
The high-speed HRV current control mode (servo HRV3 control) is:
0: Set only when both G5.4Q1 and G01 are specified.
1: Set when G01 is specified (G5.4Q1 is not monitored).
NOTE
This function cannot be used during servo HRV4
control.
<7> This completes parameter setting. To actually enter the
high-speed HRV current control mode, G codes must be
programmed. (This is not required if NOG54 is set to 1. See
Subsection 4.2.3.)
NOTE
The velocity loop gain is changed as listed below
according to whether the high-speed HRV current
control mode is set or not.
- 139 -
B-65270EN/07
[Series30i,16i, and so on]

High-speed HRV
current control mode
Set
G5.4Q1 - G5.4Q0
Feed
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
Rapid traverse
Not set
Velocity loop gain [%]
Cutting feed
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) No. 2335

(High-speed HRV current control: Velocity loop gain magnification)
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) No. 2107
(Cutting/rapid switching: Velocity loop gain magnification)
[Series15i]
High-speed HRV
Set
G5.4Q1 - G5.4Q0
Feed
(1 + No. 1875 / 256) 100
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
Rapid traverse
Not set
Cutting feed
(1 + No. 1875 / 256) No. 2748

(1 + No. 1875 / 256) 100
(1+No1875 / 256) No. 1700
(3) Limitation on servo HRV3 control

(a) Servo motor output torque
(Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, 90B6, 90B8)
During cutting operation in high-speed HRV current control, the
torque command is automatically limited to 70% of the maximum
current value of the servo amplifier. As a result, the torque command
is easily saturated. Therefore, when determining the time constant in
cutting feed, consider the cutting load and the above limitation.
Normally, the high-speed HRV current control mode is used for light
cutting for finish machining, so the limitation of the torque command
to 70% of the maximum current value of the servo amplifier is not
regarded as critical.
Torque curve during G5.4Q1 command
Maximum output
torque of servo motor
At rapid traverse in HRV2 or HRV3
100%
70%
At cutting in HRV3 (G5.4Q1)
Feedrate
(Series 90D0, 90E0)

The servo amplifiers supporting the Series 30i and so on have
advanced thermal resistance. So, unlike Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5,
90B6, and 90B8, there is no torque command limitation.
- 140 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Servo HRV3 control hardware

(a) Separate detector
(Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, 90B6, 90B8)
When a separate detector is used for servo HRV3 control, the
following separate detector interface unit supporting servo HRV3
control must be specified:
Separate detector interface unit for
servo HRV3 control
Specification drawing number
Basic 4 axes
A02B-0236-C205
(Series 90D0, 90E0)

When a separate detector is used with the Series 30i and so on, the
following separate detector interface unit supporting the Series 30i
and so on must be specified:
Series 30i and other CNC
Basic 4 axes
A02B-0303-C205
(b) Servo axis control cards

(Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, 90B6, 90B8)
Servo axis control cards are divided into two groups: type A and type
B.
Type A card: One optical connector is provided.
Type B card: Two optical connectors are provided.
Axis control card
(Type-A)
Axis control card

(Type-B)
Type A has one optical connector.
Type B has two optical connectors.
When servo HRV3 control is used, up to four servo amplifier axes can
be connected to one optical connector, and only one separate detector
interface unit can be connected to one optical connector. When five or
more servo amplifier axes or two separate detector interface units are
to be connected, a type B card is required.
Axis control card
Type A card
Type B card
Maximum number of axes

HRV2
HRV3
8 axes
8 axes
4 axes
8 axes
Type A card: One optical connector is provided. (The maximum

number of axes is 8.)
Type B card: Two optical connectors are provided. (The maximum
number of axes is 8.)
NOTE
When four servo amplifier axes and one separate
interface unit are connected to one optical
connector, the separate detector interface unit
must be connected in the fifth position.
- 141 -
FSSB-1
Axis control card
(Type-A)
(Optical
cable)
[Number of controlled axes]

When a type A card is used: Up to four servo HRV3 control axes
When a type B card is used: Up to eight servo HRV3 control axes
When a type A card is used: Up to four axes plus one unit can
be connected.
AMP
1
FSSB-1
(Optical
cable)
B-65270EN/07
AMP
2
AMP
3
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
AMP
4
(Up to four axes)

When a type B card is used: Up to eight axes plus two units can
be connected.
AMP
1
AMP
2
AMP
3
AMP
4
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
AMP
5
AMP
6
AMP
7
AMP
8
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
Axis control card

(Type-B)
FSSB-2
(Optical
cable)
FSSB-1
Axis control card
(Type-A)
(Optical
cable)
AMP
1
(Up to eight axes)

(Reference) When servo HRV3 control is not used: With a type
A card, up to eight axes plus two units can be connected.
AMP
2
AMP
3
AMP
4
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
AMP
8
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
(Series 90D0, 90E0)

There are two types of servo axis cards for Series 90D0 and 90E0:
type A and type B. There is a restriction on axes as follows:
Axis control card
(Type-A)
Axis control card

(Type-B)
Servo card
Servo card B13
A02B-0303-H084
(Type-A card)
Servo card B26
A02B-0303-H085
(Type-B card)
Number of units that can be connected to one FSSB optical

connector
Servo HRV3 control is:
Amplifier
Separate detector
interface unit
Used. (Note)
Note used.
10 axes
16 axes
2 units
2 units
Numbers of units that can be connected to the servo cards

Series 90E0
servo HRV2
control
Series 90E0
servo HRV3
control
Series 90D0
servo HRV2, 3
control
Separate
detector
interface unit
Amplifier 12 axes
Amplifier 9 axes
Amplifier 6 axes
2 units
Amplifier 24 axes
Amplifier 18 axes
Amplifier 12 axes
4 units
- 142 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 When 10 or more servo amplifier axes or three
separate detector units are used with servo HRV3
control, the Type-B card is required.
2 When 13 or more servo amplifier axes or five
separate detector interface units are used without
servo HRV3 control, the Type-B card is required.
3 For the maximum number of controlled axes, refer
to "FANUC Series 30i CONNECTION MANUAL
(HARDWARE) (B-63943EN)".
When the Type-A card is used: Up to nine axes plus two units
can be connected.
FSSB-1
Axis control card
(Type-A)
(Optical
cable)
AMP
1
AMP
2
FSSB-1
(Optical
cable)
AMP
3
AMP
4
AMP
9
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
When the Type-B card is used: Up to 18 axes plus four units can
be connected.
AMP
1
AMP
2
AMP
3
AMP
4
AMP
11
AMP
12
AMP
13
AMP
14
AMP
10
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
Axis control card

(Type-B)
FSSB-2
(Optical
cable)
(Optical
cable)
FSSB-1
(Optical
cable)
AMP
1
Separate
detector
interface
unit 3
Separate
detector
interface
unit 4
(Reference) When servo HRV3 control is not used:

With the Type-A card, up to 12 axes plus two units can be
connected.
With the Type-B card, up to 24 axes plus four units can be
connected.
FSSB-1
Axis control card
(Type-A)
AMP
18
AMP
2
AMP
3
AMP
4
AMP
1
AMP
2
AMP
3
AMP
4
AMP
17
AMP
18
AMP
19
AMP
20
AMP
12
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
AMP
16
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
Axis control card

(Type-B)
FSSB-2
(Optical
cable)
- 143 -
AMP
24
Separate
detector
interface
unit 3
Separate
detector
interface
unit 4
4.2.2
B-65270EN/07
Servo HRV4 Control

(Series 30i, 31i)
(2) Setting parameters for servo HRV4 control

<1> See Subsection 4.1.1, and make settings for servo HRV2 control.
<2> Set servo HRV4 control. (For each axis)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HR4
2014(FS30i, 31i)
HR4(#0)
0:
1:
Does not use servo HRV4 control.

Uses servo HRV4 control.
NOTE
1 When the high-speed HRV current control mode is
set by the G5.4Q1 command, servo HRV3 control
or servo HRV4 control, whichever set in a
parameter, is enabled. Therefore, both the servo
HRV3 control enable bit and the servo HRV4
control enable bit cannot be set to 1 at the same
time. (If these bits are both set to 1, an alarm
indicating invalid current control setting is issued.)
2 When servo HRV4 control is used with Series
90D0, multiples of 2 cannot be set in parameter
No. 1023. Set values with multiples of 2 skipped.
Example: When five axes are used with 90D0,
values 1,3,5,7,9 are set in parameter No.
1023.
3 If servo HRV4 control is set, servo HRV3 control is
performed during rapid traverse or when
high-speed HRV current control is disabled.
4 In servo HRV4 control using Series 90D0, one axis
is controlled with one CPU. So, functions (such as
tandem vibration-damping control during
synchronization control, and torque tandem control)
involving two or more axes in servo software
processing cannot be used.
<3> Enable the extended HRV function. (For each axis)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#0
HRVEN
2300(FS30i, 31i)
HRVEN(#0)
#1
0:
1:
Does not use the extended HRV function.

Uses the extended HRV function.
- 144 -
B-65270EN/07
<4> Set the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VGCCR
2202(FS30i, 31i)
VGCCR (#1)
0:
Does not use the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching

function.
1: Uses the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.
<5> Set the current loop gain magnification.
Current loop gain magnification in high-speed HRV current control mode
2334(FS30i, 31i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
%
100 to 270
150
<6> Set the velocity loop gain magnification.
Velocity loop gain magnification in high-speed HRV current control mode
2335(FS30i, 31i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
%
100 to 400
HRV current control mode is set.
Velocity loop gain magnification (cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching)
2107(FS30i, 31i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
%
100 to 400
HRV current control mode is not set.
<7> This completes parameter setting. To actually enter the
high-speed HRV current control mode, G codes must be
programmed. (See Subsection 4.2.3.)
NOTE
The velocity loop gain is changed as listed below
according to whether the high-speed HRV current
control mode is set or not.
[Series 30i and so on]
High-speed HRV
Set
G5.4Q1 - G5.4Q0
Feed
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
Rapid traverse
Not set
Cutting feed
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) No. 2335

(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) No. 2107
- 145 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Limitation on servo HRV4 control

(a) Servo motor output torque
During cutting operation in high-speed HRV current control, the
torque command is automatically limited to 70% of the maximum
current value of the servo amplifier. As a result, the torque command
is easily saturated. Therefore, when determining the time constant in
cutting feed, consider the cutting load and the above limitation.
Normally, the high-speed HRV current control mode is used for light
cutting for finish machining, so the limitation of the torque command
to 70% of the maximum current value of the servo amplifier is not
regarded as critical.
Torque curve during G5.4Q1 command
Maximum output
torque of servo motor
t rapid traverse in HRV2 , HRV3, or HRV4
100%
70%
At cutting in HRV4 (G5.4Q1)
Feedrate
(4) Servo HRV4 control hardware

(a) Separate detector
When a separate detector is used with the Series 30i and so on, the
following separate detector interface unit supporting the Series 30i
and so on must be specified:
Series 30i and other CNC
Basic 4 axes
A02B-0303-C205
(b) Servo amplifiers

A servo amplifier supporting servo HRV4 control must be specified.
- 146 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Servo axis control cards

There are two types of servo axis cards for Series 90D0 and 90E0:
Type-A and Type-B. There is a restriction on axes as follows:
Axis control card
(Type-A)
Axis control card

(Type-B)
Number of units that can be connected to one FSSB optical

connector
Servo HRV4 control is:
Amplifier
Used. (Note 1)
Not used.
1
(Note 2)
Numbers of units that can be connected to the servo cards

Servo card
Servo card B13

A02B-0303-H084
(Type-A card)
Servo card B26
A02B-0303-H085
(Type-B card)
Series 90D0 servo

HRV4 control
Separate detector
interface unit
Amplifier 3 axes
1 unit
Amplifier 6 axes
2 units
NOTE
1 When four or more servo amplifier axes or two
separate detector units are used with servo HRV4
control, the Type-B card is required.
2 See the description of the servo axis control cards
for servo HRV3 control.
When the Type-A card is used: Up to three axes plus one unit
can be connected.
FSSB-1
Axis control card

(Type-A)
(Optical
cable)
AMP
1
AMP
2
AMP
3
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
When the Type-B card is used: Up to six axes plus two units can
be connected.
FSSB-1
(Optical
cable)
AMP
1
AMP
2
AMP
5
AMP
6
AMP
3
Axis control card

(Type-B)
FSSB-2
(Optical
cable)
- 147 -
Separate
detector
interface
unit 2
AMP
4
Separate
detector
interface
unit 1
B-65270EN/07
(d) Detector
To use servo HRV4 control, a detector supporting high-speed
communication needs to be used for motor feedback (as a detector on
the semi-closed loop side).
The table below indicates examples of detectors that support
high-speed communication.
If a setting is made to enable HRV4 when a detector not supporting
high-speed communication is connected, "SV0456 INVALID
CURRENT CONTROL PERIOD SETTING ALARM" is issued.
Table 4.2.2 (a)
Manufacture
i Pulse coder
FANUC
FANUC
iCZ sensor (512A, 768A, 1024A)
FANUC
Combination of high-resolution serial output circuit H with

an incremental scale supplied by a vendor other than
FANUC
Combination of high-resolution serial output circuit C with
an incremental scale supplied by a vendor other than
FANUC
RCN827F, RCN727F, RCN227F, RCN223F, ECN223F,
LC493F, LC193F
AT553, AT555, ST753
ATT270S
RU77, SR77
SHG-AF
FANUC
HEIDENHAIN
MITUTOYO
SAMTAK
SONY
NEWALL
Sample configuration of a detector usable with HRV4

Configuration or model
The table above indicates the configurations and models whose

support for high-speed communication is confirmed as of August,
2007. For details, contact the detector manufacturers.
- 148 -
B-65270EN/07
4.2.3
High-Speed HRV Current Control
(1) Starting the high-speed HRV current control mode

The high-speed HRV current control mode is turned on and off by
using a G code (G5.4). The high-speed HRV current control mode is
set for cutting commands specified between G5.4Q1 and G5.4Q0.
High-speed HRV
(2) Checking the high-speed HRV current control mode

Diagnosis No. 700 is used for checking the status
of the high-speed HRV current control mode in
servo HRV3 control and servo HRV4 control.
After setting servo HRV3 or HRV4 control and
turning the power off then back on, check that bit
1 (HOK) of diagnosis No. 700 is set. When servo
HRV3 or HRV4 control can be used, HOK is set
to 1.
When HOK is set to 1, specifying G5.4Q1 sets

bit 0 (HON) of diagnosis No.700 to 1 during the
cutting feed command. If NOG54 is set to 1, bit 0
is set to 1 during the cutting feed command even
if G5.4Q1 is not specified.
When HON is set to 1, a high-speed current
control cycle is set, and the current gain
magnification for high-speed HRV current
control is applied.
- 149 -
4.3
B-65270EN/07
CUTTING/RAPID SWITCHING FUNCTION
(1) Overview
Increasing the gains of the position loop and velocity loop is effective
in the improvement of cutting profiles. However, the maximum
feedrate and the acceleration of acc./dec. in rapid traverse are
generally higher than those in cutting feed. So, vibration in the
velocity loop or hunting in the position loop may occur in rapid
traverse even when stable cutting feed can be performed with the same
settings. To prevent this problem, the functions below are provided
with a function for switching between parameters for cutting feed and
parameters for rapid traverse.
Velocity feed
forward
Feed forward
Fine acc./dec.
Position
gain
Velocity
loop gain
TCMD filter
Fig. 4.3 Parameters that can be switched between parameters for cutting feed and for rapid traverse
NOTE
1 The TCMD filter and resonance elimination filter
can be used at the same time by parameter setting.
2 The cutting/rapid switching function is not applied
to the resonance elimination filter.
(2) Setting procedure

(a) Switching of the velocity loop gain and fine acc./dec.
[Series and editions of applicable servo software]
- 150 -
B-65270EN/07
<1> Cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function

When TCMD is saturated during acceleration in rapid traverse,
oscillation is easily generated in the velocity loop at the end of
acceleration in rapid traverse. In some machines, as the feedrate
becomes higher, high-frequency oscillation easily occurs. In such
cases, switching between the gain for cutting feed and the gain
for rapid traverse is effective.
If the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching is set, the
conventional velocity gain is used in rapid traverse, and the
overridden value is used during cutting feed. The override value
is usually set to about 150% to 200%. When vibration occurs
only in the stopped state, use the variable proportional gain
function in the stop state. (With Series 90D0, 90E0, 90B0, 90B1,
90B5, 90B6, and 90B8, the variable proportional gain function in
the stop state and the velocity loop high cycle management
function can be used together.)
When servo HRV3 control or HRV4 control is used, a separate
override value can be specified during high-speed HRV current
control. See Section 4.2, "HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT
CONTROL".
#7
#6
#5
#4
1742 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
VGCCR
2202 (FS30i,16i)
0:
1:
Disables the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.

Enables the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function.
1700 (FS15i)
Velocity loop gain magnification for cutting (%)
2107 (FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]
100 to 400
[Series30i, 16i, and so on]

Cutting/rapid velocity loop gain
switching function
No. 2202#1=0 (disabled)
No. 2202#1=1 (enabled)

Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100

(1 + No. 2021 / 256) 100
(1 + No. 2021 / 256) No. 2107
[Series15i]
Cutting/rapid velocity loop gain
switching function

Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
- 151 -
(1 + No. 1875 / 256) 100

(1 + No. 1875 / 256) 100
(1 + No. 1875 / 256) No. 1700
B-65270EN/07
<2> Cutting/rapid fine acc./dec. switching function (including

feed-forward switching)
Although the optimum time constant of fine acc./dec. during
cutting is about 16 ms, the time constant in rapid traverse should
sometimes be set to 32 to 40 ms to reduce the impact applied at
the time of acc./dec. The feed-forward coefficient that minimizes
cutting profile error and the feed-forward coefficient that
minimizes the time for high-speed positioning in rapid traverse
are not always the same. In such cases, use the cutting/rapid fine
acc./dec. switching function.
NOTE
This function is not supported by the Series 30i
CNC.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1742 (FS15i)
#0
FADCH
2202 (FS16i)
0:
1:
Disables the cutting/rapid fine acc./dec. switching function.

Enables the cutting/rapid fine acc./dec. switching function.
[Series16i, and so on]

Cutting/rapid fine acc./dec.
switching function
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
FAD time
constant
Position FF
Velocity FF
No. 2109
No. 2092
No. 2069
No. 2143
No. 2144
No. 2145
FAD time
constant
Position FF
Velocity FF
No. 1702
No. 1985
No. 1962
No. 1766
No. 1767
No. 1768
[Series15i]
Cutting/rapid fine acc./dec.
switching function
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
- 152 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Feed-forward, TCMD filter, 1/2 PI current control switching

[Series and editions of applicable servo software]
<1> Cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function
The position feed-forward coefficient and the velocity
feed-forward coefficient can also be changed without using fine
acc./dec. To do this, use the cutting/rapid feed-forward switching
function.
#7
#6
#5
#4
2602 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
FFCHG
2214 (FS30i,16i)
0:
1:
Disables the cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function.

Enables the cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function.

Cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
Position FF
Velocity FF
No. 2092
No. 2069
No. 2144
No. 2145
Position FF
Velocity FF
No. 1985
No. 1962
No. 1767
No. 1768
[Series15i]
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
<2> TCMD filter switching

When high frequency vibration occurs only in rapid traverse, use
of the TCMD filter, rather than the resonance elimination filter,
is sometimes effective. On the other hand, in cutting feed,
inserting an unnecessary TCMD filter lowers the vibration limit
of the velocity loop gain because of the delay in the filter. In
such a case, using the TCMD filter only for rapid traverse is
effective.
1895 (FS15i)
2067 (FS30i,16i)
- 153 -
B-65270EN/07
1779 (FS15i)
TCMD filter coefficient for rapid traverse
2156 (FS30i,16i)

No. 2156=0 (disabled)
TCMD filter
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
No. 21560 (enabled)
No. 2067
No. 2156
No. 2067
[Series15i]
No. 1779=0 (disabled)
TCMD filter
Always
Rapid traverse
Cutting feed
No. 17790 (enabled)
No. 1895
No. 1779
No. 1895
<3> Switching of the current loop 1/2 PI control function in cutting

feed and rapid traverse
When the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function is
enabled, the current loop 1/2 PI control function is turned off at
the time of rapid traverse. Only when current loop 1/2 PI control
must be used also for rapid traverse while the cutting/rapid
velocity gain switching function is enabled, set the bit for always
enabling the current loop 1/2 PI control function.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1743 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
CRPI
2203 (FS30i,16i)
0:
1:
Disables the current loop 1/2 PI control function.

Enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function.
#7
#6
#5
1742 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VGCCR
2202 (FS30i,16i)
0:
1:
Enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function for both cutting
and rapid traverse.
Enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function for cutting only.
NOTE
This function bit has double meanings. One is
above and another is the cutting/rapid velocity loop
- 154 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
1742 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
PIAL
2202 (FS30i,16i)
1:
Always enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function.

No. 2203#2=1
No. 2202#1
No. 2202#2
0
1
1
0
1
0
No. 1742#1
No. 1742#2
0
1
1
0
1
0
[Series15i]
No. 1743#2=1
NOTE
To disable the current loop 1/2 PI control function,
set bit 2 of parameter No. 1743 to 0 (Series 15i) or
bit 2 of parameter No. 2203 to 0 (Series 30i, 16i,
etc.).
- 155 -
B-65270EN/07
4.4
VIBRATION SUPPRESSION IN THE STOP STATE
4.4.1
Velocity Loop High Cycle Management Function
(1) Overview
This function improves the velocity loop gain oscillation threshold.
This is done by performing velocity loop proportional calculation at
high speed, which determines the velocity loop oscillation threshold.
The use of this function enables the following:
Improvement of the command follow-up characteristic of a

velocity loop
Improvement of the servo rigidity


#7
1959 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
PK2V25
2017 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2V25 (#7)
1:
The velocity loop high cycle management function is used.

Configuration of the control system (for PI function)
VCMD
PK1V/S
TCMD
+
PK2V
Proportional
calculation
Calculated in each
velocity loop control cycle
- 156 -
Calculated in each
current loop control cycle
#0
B-65270EN/07
(4) Performance comparison with the acceleration feedback function

Acceleration feedback function
Acceleration feedback is performed
at high speed.
Adjustment method Set a value of 10 to 20.
This function may prove more
effective than the velocity loop high
cycle management function,
Effect
depending on the machine system
resonance frequency and intensity.
Control method
Velocity loop high cycle

management function
Only a velocity loop proportional
calculation is made at high speed.
Set the function bit.
In general, this function is more
effective than the acceleration
feedback function in improving the
velocity loop gain.
(5) Caution and notes on use

CAUTION
Depending on the resonance frequency and resonance
strength of the machine system, the use of this function may
result in machine resonance.
If this occurs, do not use this function.
NOTE
1 When this function is used, the observer function is disabled.
To remove high-frequency oscillations, use the torque
command filter.
2 The normalization of the machine speed feedback function is
disabled. If hunting cannot be eliminated by increasing the
velocity loop gain, use the vibration damping control function,
which provides a capability similar to the machine speed
feedback function.
3 In (torque command) tandem control, velocity loop high cycle
management function cannot be used with Series 9096. To use
velocity loop high cycle management function with Series 9096,
velocity command tandem control must be enabled before the
high cycle management function is enabled.
4 When this function is used, some functions are restricted as
follows:
Unavailable function
Variable proportional gain function in the
stop state (*)
Non-linear control
Function with restricted usage

Machine speed feedback;
normalization not performed
Observer used for unexpected
disturbance torque detection
Acceleration feedback
N pulses suppression function
* With Series 9096, this function cannot be used together with

the variable proportional gain function in the stop state.
With other series, this function can be used together. (See
Subsec. 4.4.3.)
- 157 -
4.4.2
B-65270EN/07
Acceleration Feedback Function
(1) Overview
The acceleration feedback function is used to control velocity loop
oscillation by using motor speed feedback signal multiplied by the
acceleration feedback gain to compensate the torque command.
This function can stabilize unstable servo :
When motor and machine have a spring coupling.
When the external inertia is great compared to the motor inertia.

This is effective when vibration is about 50 to 150 Hz.
Fig 4.4.2 is a velocity loop block diagram that includes acceleration
feedback function.
Load inertia
1/(J1 s)
Torque
command filter
VCMD +
PK1V/s
A/(s + A)
PK2V
Ka s
Spring
coupling
Kt
Torque
constant
1/(Jm s)
Motor inertia
Speed feedback
PK1V : velocity loop integral gain
PK2V : velocity loop proportional gain
Ka : acceleration feedback gain
Fig. 4.4.2 Velocity loop block diagram that includes acceleration feedback function


Specifying the following parameters as a negative value enables the
acceleration feedback function.
1894 (FS15i)
2066 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
-10 to -20
- 158 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Caution and note

CAUTION
If the acceleration feedback gain is too large,
abnormal sound or vibration can occur during
acc./dec.
To solve this problem, reduce the gain.
NOTE
This function is disabled when the velocity loop
high cycle management function (see Subsec.
4.4.1) is used.
- 159 -
4.4.3
B-65270EN/07
Variable Proportional Gain Function in the Stop State
(1) Overview
The velocity gain or load inertia ratio is generally increased if a large
load inertia is applied to a motor, or to improve the response. An
excessively large velocity gain may cause the motor to generate a
high-frequency vibration when it stops. This vibration is caused by
excessive proportional gain of the velocity loop (PK2V) when the
motor is released within the backlash of the machine in the stop state.
This function decreases the velocity loop proportional gain (PK2V) in
the stop state only. The function can suppress the vibration in the stop
state and also enables the setting of a high velocity gain.

Series 90D0/A(01) and subsequent edition
Series 90E0/A(01) and subsequent edition
Series 9096/A(01) and subsequent edition
Series 90B0/A(01) and subsequent edition

#7
#6
#5
1958 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PK2VDN
2016 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2VDN (#3)
1730 (FS15i)
1:
The variable proportional gain function in the stop state is used.
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : Stop judgment level
2119 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Recommended value]
Detection unit
2 to 10 (Detection unit: 1 m)
20 to 100 (Detection unit: 0.1 m)
With Series 90B0, 90B6, or 90B5, a function for decreasing a set
proportional gain in the stop state to 50% as well as 75%, and a
function for setting an arbitrary magnification only in cutting feed are
available. When decreasing the velocity loop proportional gain in the
stop state to 50%, set the following bit parameter in addition to the
function bit for the function for changing the proportional gain in the
stop state and the parameter for stop determination level.
- 160 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
1747 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PK2D50
2207 (FS30i, 16i)
PK2D50 (#3)
When the variable proportional gain function in the stop state enabled
(K2VDN = 1):
0: The velocity loop proportional gain in the stop state is 75%.
When an arbitrary magnification is used for a proportional gain in the
stop state during cutting feed, set the function bit for stop judgment
level of the function for changing the proportional gain in the stop
state. In addition, set the following parameter:
2737 (FS15i)
2324 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Recommended value]
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : Arbitrary magnification

in the stop state (during cutting feed only)
%
25 to 100
(4) Example of parameter setting

(a) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop
gain function (Sec. 4.3) is not used, and
Bit 3 of No. 1958 (Series 15i) or bit 3 of No. 2016 (Series 30i,
16i, and so on) = 1
Actual velocity gain in the stop state=(velocity gain setting)0.75
(b) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop
gain function (Sec. 4.3) is not used,
16i, and so on) = 1, and
16i, and so on) = 1
Actual velocity gain in the stop state=(velocity gain setting)0.5
(c) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop
gain function (Sec. 4.3) is not used,
No. 2373 (Series 15i) or No. 2324 (Series 30i,16i, and so on) =
Actual velocity gain in the stop state=(velocity gain setting)/100
When the absolute value of an error is lower than the stop judgment
level, the function changes the proportional gain of the velocity loop
(PK2V) to 75% or 50% of the set value.
If the machine vibrates while in the stop state, enable this function and
set a value greater than the absolute value of the error causing the
vibration as the stop judgment level. The function cannot stop the
vibration of a machine in the stop state when the current velocity loop
proportional gain is too high. If this occurs, reduce the velocity loop
proportional gain.
- 161 -
B-65270EN/07
Error
Velocity loop proportional gain ( PK2V) 100%
Error = + (stop judgement level)
Velocity loop
proportional gain (PK2V) 75% or 50%
Error = 0
Error = (stop judgement level)
Velocity loop proportional gain ( PK2V) 100%
Fig. 4.4.3 Relationship between error and velocity loop proportional gain
(PK2V)
NOTE
This function is disabled when the velocity loop
high cycle management function (Subsec. 4.4.1) is
used with Series 9096.
[Tip] Example of setting an arbitrary magnification in the stop state
(a) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop
gain function (Sec. 4.3) is used, and
16i, and so on) = 1
If the mode in the stop state is the cutting mode:

Actual velocity gain in the stop state = (velocity gain setting
for cutting) 0.75
If the mode in the stop state is the rapid traverse mode:

for rapid traverse) 0.75
(b) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop
gain function (Sec. 4.3) is used,
16i, and so on) = 1

for cutting) 0.5

(c) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop

for cutting) /100

- 162 -
B-65270EN/07
(d) When the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable velocity loop

16i, and so on) = 1,

for cutting) /100

- 163 -
4.4.4
B-65270EN/07
N Pulses Suppression Function
(1) Overview
Even a very small movement of the motor in the stop state may be
amplified by a proportional element of the velocity loop, thus
resulting in vibration. The N pulse suppression function suppresses
this vibration in the stop state.
When vibration occurs as shown in Fig. 4.4.4 (a), the velocity
feedback at point B generates an upward torque command to cause a
return to point A. A downward torque command, generated by the
velocity feedback at point A is greater than the friction of the machine,
causing another return to point B. This cycle repeats itself, thus
causing the vibration.
Motor position
Stop position
Point A
1 pulse
grid
Point B
Torque by
proportional
element
Time
Fig.4.4.4 (a) N pulse suppression function disabled (Torque due to the
proportional term keeps up, leading to vibration.)
To suppress such vibration, it is necessary to exclude from the

velocity loop proportional term the speed feedback pulses generated
when the motor returns from point B to point A.
If the N pulse suppression function is enabled as shown in Fig. 4.4.4
(b), the feedback pulses generated when the motor returns from point
B to point A are excluded from the velocity loop proportional term.
The standard setting of the grid width at point A is 1 m. It can be
changed by specifying the level parameter.
- 164 -
B-65270EN/07
Motor position
The function works at this point.
N pulse suppression
level parameter
(setting standard value
is 1 pulse)
Stop position
Point A
Point B
Torque by
proportional
element
Time
Fig. 4.4.4 (b) N pulse suppression function disabled
(The N pulse suppression function restricts the torques due to the proportional term,
thus eliminating vibration.)


#7
#6
#5
1808 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
NPSP
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
NPSP (#4)
1992 (FS15i)
1:
To enable the N pulse suppression function

N-pulse suppression level parameter (ONEPSL)
2099 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Standard setting]
0 to 32767
400
400 means a single pulse as a detection unit.
- 165 -
#0
4.4.5
B-65270EN/07
Current Loop 1/2 PI Control Function
(1) Overview
To improve servo performance in high-speed and high-precision
machining, high-speed positioning, ultrahigh-precision positioning,
and so forth, a velocity loop gain as high as possible needs to be set
stably.
To set a high velocity loop gain stably, the response of the current
loop needs to be improved.
The current loop 1/2 PI control function enables the response of the
current loop to be improved.

(3) Control method

As shown in Fig. 4.4.5, in the area where a small current flows, a
current loop calculation is based on PI control rather than on the
conventional IP control method. When a large current flows, the
control method returns to IP control to suppress a current overshoot.
Torque command
PWM command
PK1/s
PK2
Switching to the
intermediate state of PI
control and I-P control
The proportional from the command is added to PWM calculation.
Fig. 4.4.5 Block diagram of current loop 1/2PI control

<1> Enabling the current loop 1/2 PI control function at all times
#7
#6
#5
1743 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
CRPI
2203 (FS30i, 16i)
CRPI (#2)
1:
To enable the current loop 1/2 PI control function
- 166 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
<2> To enable the function for cutting only, use the following bit in
addition to the previous bit:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1742 (FS15i)
#1
#0
VGCCR
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
VGCCR (#1)
1: To enable the current loop 1/2 PI control function for cutting only
(This function is used together with the cutting feed/rapid traverse
velocity loop gain switch function.)
<3> To enable the function at all times while using bit 1 of parameter
No. 1742 (Series 15i) or No. 2202 (Series 16i and so on), use the
following bit in addition to the settings of <1> and <2>:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1742 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
PIAL
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
PIAL (#2)
1: To enable the current loop 1/2 PI control function at all times

(When this function is used together with the cutting feed/rapid
traverse velocity loop gain switch function)
CAUTION
If the motor activation sound or vibration in the stop
state increases when this parameter is set, turn off
this parameter (do not use this parameter).
(5) Current control PI rate modification

The current control PI rate (p in Fig. 4.5.5) is usually fixed at 1/2, but
can be changed freely.
*
This function cannot be used with Series 9096.
2736 (FS15i)
Current control PI rate
2323 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
0 to 4096
4096 represents p = 1.0 (complete PI).
When the value 0 is specified, the specification of 2048 (1/2PI), which
is equivalent to p = 0.5, is assumed.
CAUTION
If you need to increase the velocity gain, in
particular, a value greater than 1/2PI may be set.
However, do not use this parameter usually.
- 167 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5
MACHINE RESONANCE ELIMINATION FUNCTION
4.5.1
Selecting a Resonance Elimination Function

The frequency band where the resonance elimination functions
produce elimination effects varies from one function to another.
Check the resonance frequency in question with SERVO GUIDE or a
vibrometer then select a resonance elimination function according to
the frequency.
The figure below shows the classified functions and their effective
resonance frequency bands.
Low frequency
Classification
Middle frequency
200Hz
100H
0Hz
High frequency
400Hz
Torque command filter
Disturbance elimination filter

Elimination of resonance
50Hz
component from command
100H
800Hz
120H
400H
180H
Resonance elimination filter L
Resonance elimination filter
200Hz
50Hz
Observer
Elimination of resonance
component from Fb
150Hz
400Hz
Dual position Fb
Stabilization of full-closed
system
50Hz
Machine velocity Fb, vibration damping control
50Hz
Stabilization using
acceleration sensor
*
*
*
*
Machining point control
50Hz
The figure above shows guideline frequencies.

For vibration at 120 Hz to 180 Hz, a disturbance elimination filter or torque command filter may be useful. A vibration
improvement may be made by applying the current loop 1/2PI function or by fine velocity loop gain tuning.
The observer function may have an adverse effect such as instability produced at stop time. For resonance
elimination at middle to high frequencies, try a torque command filter or resonance filter first. Only when resonance
still exists, use the observer function.
The resonance elimination functions for use at low frequencies have the following features:
Function
Feature
Resonance elimination
filter L
Disturbance elimination
filter
Dual position Fb,
machine velocity Fb,
vibration damping control
Parameter setting is easy, and a large resonance elimination effect can be expected.
However, precision degradation (such as overshoot) is unavoidable. So, this function is
not suitable for applications that require high precision. By using an exclusion rate, the
precision and elimination effect need to be balanced.
This function compensates for a torque command, so that precision is less affected.
However, the maximum torque may decrease.
These functions are dedicated to a full-closed system and improve vibration (instability)
caused by a twist between the motor and scale. The order of effect is: Dual position Fb >
Machine velocity Fb = Vibration damping control.
This function has a limited influence on precision and produces a high elimination effect.
Depending on the setting of gain, an acceleration loop may oscillate. An acceleration
sensor needs to be installed.
- 168 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.2
Torque Command Filter (Middle-Frequency Resonance

Elimination Filter)
(1) Overview
The torque command filter applies a primary low-pass filter to the
torque command.
If the machine resonates at one hundred Hz or over, this function
eliminates resonance at such high frequencies.

(3) Explanation
Fig. 4.5.2 shows the configuration of a velocity loop including the
torque command filter.
TCMD
VCMD +
Kt/Jm s
PK1V/s +
-
Motor
Velocity feedback
Fig. 4.5.2 Configuration of velocity loop including torque command filter
As shown in Fig. 4.5.2, the torque command filter applies a lowpass

filter to the torque command. When a mechanical system contains a
high resonant frequency of more than 100Hz, the resonant frequency
component is also contained in the velocity feedback shown in Fig.
4.5.2 and may be amplified by proportional term. However, the
resonance is prevented by interrupting the highfrequency component
of the torque command using the filter.
(4) Proper use of the observer and torque command filter

The torque command filter is set in the forward direction. Therefore,
there are fewer bad influences exerted upon the entire velocity control
system than the observer that filters a feedback signal. If the resonance
is very strong and it cannot be eliminated, use the observer.
Use the torque command filter first when the mechanical system
resonates at high frequency. If the resonance cannot be eliminated, use
the observer.
- 169 -
B-65270EN/07

1895 (FS15i)
Torque command filter (FILTER)
2067 (FS30i, 16i)
[Typical setting]
1166 (200 Hz) to 2327 (90 Hz)

When changing the torque command filter setting, see Table 4.5.2.
As the cut-off frequency, select the parameter value corresponding to
a half of the vibration frequency from the table below.
(Example)
In the case of 200-Hz vibration, select a cutoff frequency of 100
Hz for the torque command filter, and set FILTER = 2185.
CAUTION
Do not specify 2400 or a greater value. Such a high
value may increase the vibration.
Table 4.5.2 Parameter setting value of torque command filter
Cutoff
Setting value of
Cutoff
Setting value of
frequency (Hz)
parameter
frequency (Hz)
parameter
2810
2723
2638
2557
2478
2401
2327
2255
2185
2052
1927
1810
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
220
240
260
280
300
1700
1596
1499
1408
1322
1241
1166
1028
907
800
705
622
(6) Cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable torque command filter

With this function, the torque command filter coefficient can be
switched between rapid traverse and cutting feed to improve
contouring accuracy during cutting and increase a maximum feedrate
and maximum acceleration during rapid traverse at the same time.
1779 (FS15i)
Torque command filter coefficient for rapid traverse
2156 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
1166 (200 Hz) to 2327 (90 Hz)

When 0 is set, the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable torque
command filter is disabled. The normal filter coefficient (No. 1895 for
Series 15i or No. 2067 for Series 30i, 16i, and so on) is used at all
times.
When a value other than 0 is set, No. 1779 (Series 15i) or No. 2156
(Series 30i, 16i, and so on) is used for stop time, rapid traverse, and
jog feed, and No. 1895 (Series 15i) or No. 2067 (Series 30i, 16i, and
so on) is used for cutting only.
- 170 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.3
Resonance Elimination Filter Function (High-Frequency

Resonance Elimination Filter)
(1) Overview
A filter function for removing high-speed resonance is added. With
this function, high-speed resonance can be removed to set a higher
velocity loop gain.

Series 90B0/P(16) and subsequent editions (*)
(*) With Series 90B0, resonance elimination filters that can be used
are restricted depending on the edition.
Edition of
Series 90B0
A(01) to I(09)
J(10) to O(15)
P(16) or later
Restriction
Only resonance elimination filter 1 (conventional
specification) can be used. Resonance elimination filters 2
to 4 and damping setting, cannot be used.
Resonance elimination filters 1 to 4 (extended
specification) and damping setting can be used.
All resonance elimination filter functions can be used.
(3) Control block diagram

RE filter 1
RE filter 2
RE filter 3
RE filter 4
Torque
command
This filter can be used as

a resonance elimination
filter designed to the
conventional specification.
It can follow the
resonance frequency.
(RE filter 1 only)
To motor
For this filter, it is

possible to specify
an attenuation
ratio.
(RE filters 1 to 4)
For this filter, it is

possible to specify
a bandwidth
freely.
(RE filters 1 to 4)
Fig. 4.5.3
- 171 -
This filter can

handle up to four
resonance
frequencies.
B-65270EN/07

CAUTION
1 If the frequency of a resonance elimination filter is
set to a low frequency around 100 Hz, the control
system can become unstable, resulting in a large
vibration.
2 Modify parameters in the emergency stop state.

<1> Setting for resonance elimination filters 2 to 4
The resonance elimination filter has a function for cutting signals of a
particular frequency band. Three parameters are used for this filter.
They specify the center frequency of a range to be cut, a bandwidth to
be cut, and damping separately.
2773 (FS15i)
RE filter 2 : Attenuation center frequency
2360 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
2774 (FS15i)
96 to 1000(HRV1 or HRV2), 96 to 2000(HRV3), 96 to 4000(HRV4)

(independent of the damping setting)
Hz
RE filter 2 : Attenuation bandwidth
2361 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
0 to attenuation center frequency (independent of the damping setting)

Hz
2775 (FS15i)
RE filter 2 : Damping
2362 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
0 to 100 (If it is 0, the attenuation ratio is maximized.)

%
Resonance elimination filters 3 and 4 have the same specification as
resonance elimination filter 2.
2776 (FS15i)
2363 (FS30i, 16i)

2777 (FS15i)
2364 (FS30i, 16i)

2778 (FS15i)
2365 (FS30i, 16i)

2779 (FS15i)
2366 (FS30i, 16i)

2780 (FS15i)
2367 (FS30i, 16i)

2781 (FS15i)
2368 (FS30i, 16i)
- 172 -
B-65270EN/07
CAUTION
1 For resonance elimination filters 2 to 4, there is no
specification that supports compatibility with
conventional resonance elimination filters. Even if
damping = 0, an arbitrary attenuation bandwidth
can be specified for them.
2 Resonance elimination filters 2 to 4 are enabled if a
nonzero value is set in the attenuation bandwidth
or damping parameters for them. If you do not want
use these resonance elimination filters, reset all the
three parameters (attenuation center frequency,
attenuation bandwidth, and damping) to 0.
3 The parameter for resonance elimination filter 4 is
used to set a coefficient for resonance elimination
filter L when resonance elimination filter L is
enabled (bit 1 of No. 2221=1 (Series 30i, 16i,
etc.)/bit 1 of No. 2609=1 (Series 15i)).
<2> Setting for resonance elimination filter 1
Only resonance elimination filter 1 has the conventional specification
if the damping is 0 and the improved specification if the damping is
not 0.
1706 (FS15i)
2113 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
2620 (FS15i)
250 to 992 (if damping = 0)

96 to 1000(HRV1 or HRV2), 96 to 2000(HRV3), 96 to 4000(HRV4)
(if damping 0)
Hz
2177 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
20, 30, 40 (if damping = 0)

0 to attenuation center frequency (if damping 0)
Hz
2772 (FS15i)
2359 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
[Unit of data]
0 (If it is 0, the resonance elimination filer has the conventional

specification.)
1 to 100 (If it is 1, the attenuation ratio is maximized. For resonance
elimination filer 1.)
%
- 173 -
B-65270EN/07
CAUTION
1 If damping = 0 for resonance elimination filter 1,
this filter has the same specification as for
conventional resonance elimination filters. So, its
attenuation bandwidth can be set only to 20, 30, or
40 Hz (specification compatible with conventional
resonance elimination filters).
2 Resonance elimination filter 1 is enabled if a
nonzero value is set in the attenuation bandwidth
or damping parameter for it. If you do not want use
the resonance elimination filter, reset all the three
parameters (attenuation center frequency,
attenuation bandwidth, and damping) to 0.
[Parameters for resonance elimination filters]
For Series 30i or 16i

Attenuation center
frequency [Hz]
Attenuation
bandwidth
Damping
No.2360
No.2363
No.2366
No.2113
No.2361
No.2364
No.2367
No.2177
No.2362
No.2365
No.2368
No.2359
Attenuation center
frequency [Hz]
Attenuation
bandwidth
Damping
No.2773
No.2776
No.2779
No.1706
No.2774
No.2777
No.2780
No.2620
No.2775
No.2778
No.2781
No.2772
For Series 15i

- 174 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Example of filter characteristics

<1> Conventional resonance elimination filter
Gain
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
1
10
10
10
10
Phase
100
Center frequency = 300 Hz

Bandwidth = 30 Hz
Damping = 0
50
0
-50
-100
1
10
10
10
10
<2> Improved resonance elimination filter (with damping)

Gain
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
1
10
10
10
10

Bandwidth = 100 Hz
Damping = 50%
Phase
100
50
0
-50
-100
1
10
10
10
10
<3> Improved resonance elimination filter (with two stages of damping)

Gain
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
1
10
10
10
10
Phase
100
50
0
-50
-100
1
10
10
10
10
- 175 -
(First stage)
Bandwidth = 50 Hz
Damping = 30%
(Second stage)
Bandwidth = 100 Hz
Damping = 50%
4.5.4
B-65270EN/07
Disturbance Elimination Filter Function (Low-Frequency

Resonance Elimination Filter)
(1) Overview
The disturbance elimination filter function estimates a disturbance by
comparing a specified torque with the actual velocity, and feeds
forward the estimation to the specified torque to suppress the effect of
the disturbance. In particular, this function is useful for a vibration of
50 Hz to 100 Hz.
Specified
torque
+
Gain
Disturbance
Motor
Tcmd
Velocity fb
1/Jms
Estimated
disturbance
Gain
Filter
Kd
Limiter
La
+
Inverse function
gain
Jmo
Filter
Fig. 4.5.4(a) Configuration of disturbance elimination filter


#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
2611 (FS15i)
#1
#0
DISOBS
2223 (FS30i, 16i)
DISOBS (#0)
The disturbance elimination filter function is:

0 : Disabled.
1 : Enabled.
2731 (FS15i)
Disturbance elimination filter gain (Kd)
2318 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
101 to 500
500
NOTE
If a gain of 0 to 100 is set, the disturbance
elimination filter function does not operate.
- 176 -
B-65270EN/07
2732 (FS15i)
Inertia ratio (Rj) (%)
2319 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
0 to 32767
100
Set an inertia ratio (= machine inertia/motor inertia) in %.
Usually, set 100%.
2733 (FS15i)
Inverse function gain (Jmo)
2320 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Initial setting]
100 to 2000
100 (Increase the setting step by step.)
Set an inverse function gain as a conversion coefficient for
acceleration-to-TCMD conversion. This parameter needs to be
adjusted. As a guideline, set a value not greater than the value
obtained by the following expressions:
Linear motor (The detection unit of the scale is assumed to be p m.)
Jmo = 466048pJm/Kt/Imax
Rotary motor
Jmo = 1396264Jm/Kt/Imax
Jm:
Weight [kg] or inertia [kgm2]
Kt:
Torque constant [N/Ap] or [Nm/Ap]
Imax: Maximum amplifier current [Ap]
NOTE
If an excessively large gain value is set, an
abnormal sound and vibration can occur.
2734 (FS15i)
Filter time constant (Tp)
2321 (FS30i, 16i)
When HRV1, HRV2, or HRV3 is used:

[Valid data range] 0 to 4096
[Typical setting] 3700 (equivalent to T = 10 ms).
*
Usually, this value does not need to be changed.
Set a filter time constant for determining an estimated disturbance
velocity by using the following expression:
Tp = 4096 exp (-t/T)
T: Setting time constant [sec], t = 0.001 [sec]
When HRV4 is used:
[Typical setting] 3994 (equivalent to T = 10 ms).
*
Usually, this value does not need to be changed.
Set a filter time constant for determining an estimated disturbance
velocity by using the following expression:
Tp = 4096 exp (-t/T)
T: Setting time constant [sec], t = 0.00025 [sec]
- 177 -

2735 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Acceleration feedback limit (La)
2322 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
0 to 7282
1000
Set a limiter for a feedback torque calculated from acceleration. This
parameter suppresses an excessive motion at the time of adjustment.
The value 7282 represents a maximum amplifier current. When a
160-A amplifier is used, for example, the value 1000 is equivalent to
22 A.
NOTE
In a case where a value close to the torque limit
may be used, the torque is limited if the
acceleration feedback limit is not increased.
(4) Procedure
(1) Make an adjustment according to the procedure below. First,
disable those functions that operate only in the stop state such as
the function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state.
For determining the resonance frequency and adjusting the
disturbance elimination filter, use frequency characteristics
measurement by SERVO GUIDE.
(2) Enable the disturbance elimination filter function, set the
disturbance elimination filter gain to 100 (not functioning), then
measure the frequency characteristics.
With SERVO GUIDE, observe the response waveform obtained
during the above measurement, and set the input amplitude (to
about 500) to allow the waveform to be observed and machine
sound to be heard. A sinusoidal torque command is used, so that
the command does not generate a torque in one direction. The
command is to be executed away from the machine stroke limits.
Swell in gain
Fig. 4.5.4(b) Measurement example using SERVO GUIDE (before

adjustment)
- 178 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Set the disturbance elimination filter gain to 500, and check the
frequency characteristics with SERVO GUIDE while increasing
the gain for inverse model starting with 100 in steps of 100.
Adjust the value so that the amplitude of the gain swell part
becomes small.
Improved
Fig. 4.5.4(c) Measurement example using SERVO GUIDE (after

adjustment)
(4) Note that the velocity loop gain of higher frequencies is

increased and even a violent vibration may be caused simply by
enabling the disturbance elimination filter function. If a vibration
occurs, increase the inverse function gain gradually, and check
the vibration of the torque command. If the vibration becomes
greater, decrease the inverse function gain. If the vibration can
not be reduced by increasing and decreasing the inverse function
gain, change the filter time constant by 50 to eliminate the
vibration.
(5) If the frequency of vibration is higher than 100 Hz, use a separate
machine resonance prevention function such as the vibration
suppression filter and torque command filter.
- 179 -
4.5.5
B-65270EN/07
Resonance Elimination Filter L (Low-Frequency Resonance

Elimination Filter)
(1) Overview
The resonance elimination filter L function eliminates low-frequency
vibration by applying a filter designed to eliminate low-frequency
components to a feed-forward command/velocity command.
This function reduces low-frequency vibration but can degrade
contouring accuracy in high-speed feed. Before using this function,
check the accuracy.
Exclusion
rate
Feed-forward
1 - Exclusion
rate
Position
command
=1
Position
gain
Resonance
elimination filter L
Velocity loop
VFFNCH(#2)
=0
Position feedback


For resonance elimination filter L, the fourth-stage parameter of an
ordinary resonance elimination filter for the torque command is used.
So, the two filters cannot be used at the same time.
To use the resonance elimination filter L function, enable the function
bit (LNOTCH) below.
#7
#6
#5
2609(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VFFNCH LNOTCH
2221(FS30i,16i)
LNOTCH(#1)
VFFNCH(#2)
0: Uses resonance elimination filter 4.

1: Uses resonance elimination filter L.
Resonance elimination filter L is applied to:
0: Feed-forward part only of the velocity command ( Default)
1: Entire velocity command
- 180 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 To enhance the elimination effect, set VFFNCH to
1.
Set the following filter parameters:
2779(FS15i)
2366(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
2780(FS15i)
2367(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
2781(FS15i)
Resonance elimination filter L/resonance elimination filter 4 attenuation

center frequency
5 to 50
Hz
Resonance elimination filter L/resonance elimination filter 4 attenuation
bandwidth
3 to 20
Hz
Resonance elimination filter L/resonance elimination filter 4 damping
2368(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
10 to 100 (A maximum attenuation rate is specified when 0 is set.)

%
CAUTION
To stop the use of this function, be sure to set all
parameters above to 0 then restart the CNC.
NOTE
When the value 4 or a smaller number is specified
as the attenuation center frequency, an illegal
parameter setting alarm (detail number 3663 or
3603) is issued. Set the value 5 or a greater
number.
- 181 -

2769(FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Resonance elimination filter L/feed-forward filter exclusion rate
2356(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
0 to 100
%
When resonance elimination filter L is applied to the feed-forward
part, contouring accuracy can degrade. So, this function is used to
balance contouring accuracy and the effect of resonance elimination.
When 100% is set, this filter is not applied to the feed-forward part.
When 50% is set, this filter is applied to a half of the feed-forward
part.
Exclusion rate 100%

Contouring accuracy High
Elimination effect Low
Exclusion rate 50%
Exclusion rate 0%
Observe contouring accuracy

and elimination effect
for optimum value adjustment.
Contouring accuracy Low

Elimination effect High
Example of effect
Resonance elimination filter L: Disabled
Resonance elimination filter L: Enabled
Motor velocity
Motor velocity
Motor acceleration
Motor acceleration
- 182 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.6
Observer Function
(1) Overview
The observer is used to eliminate the high-frequency component and
to stabilize a velocity loop when a mechanical system resonates at
high frequency of several hundred Hertz.
The observer is a status observer that estimates the controlled status
variables using the software.
In a digital servo system, the speed and disturbance torque in the
control system are defined as status variables. They are also estimated
in the observer. An estimated speed consisting of two estimated values
is used as feedback. The observer interrupts the high-frequency
component of the actual speed when it estimates the speed.
High-frequency vibration can thus be eliminated.
(2) Explanation
Fig. 4.5.6 (a) shows a block diagram of the velocity loop including an
observer.
Velocity feedback
VCMD +
Kt/(Jm s)
PK1V/s + PK2V
TCMD
Observer
Estimated speed
Fig. 4.5.6 (a) Configuration of velocity loop including observer
Fig. 4.5.6 (b) shows a block diagram of the observer.

Disturbance
TCMD
Motor
Kt
Velocity feedback
1/(Jm s)
POK2/s
POA1
+
+
POK1
+
1/s
Estimated
Motor model speed
Fig. 4.5.6 (b) Block diagram of the observer
POA1, POK1, and POK2 in Fig. 4.5.6 (b) correspond to digital servo
parameters. The observer has an integrator as a motor model. POA1 is
a coefficient that converts the torque command into motor acceleration
and is the characteristic value of the motor. The motor model is
accelerated by this value. The actual motor is also accelerated by the
torque and disturbance torque that it generates.
- 183 -
B-65270EN/07
The disturbance torque works on the actual motor. There is a time lag
in the current loop. The POA1 value does not completely coincide
with the actual motor. This is why the motors actual velocity differs
from the motor speed estimated by an observer. The observer is
compensated by this difference. The motor model is compensated
proportionally (POK1), and the observer is compensated integrally
(POK2/s).
POK1 and POK2 act as a secondary lowpass filter between the actual
speed and estimated speed. The cutoff frequency and damping are
determined by the POK1 and POK2 values. The difference between
the observer and low-pass filter lies in the existence of a POA1 term.
Using POA1, the observers motor model can output an estimated
speed that has a smaller phase delay than the lowpass filter.
When an observer function is validated, the estimated speed in Fig.
4.5.6 (b) is used as velocity feedback to the velocity control loop. A
highfrequency component (100 Hz or more) contained in the actual
motor speed due to the disturbance torques influence may be further
amplified by the velocity loop, and make the entire system vibrate at
high frequency. The high frequency contained in the motors actual
speed is eliminated by using the velocity feedback that the observer
outputs. Highfrequency vibration can be suppressed by feeding back
a low frequency with the phase delay suppressed.
In some systems, the use of the observer function can suppress
vibration during movement but makes the machine unstable while it is
in the stop state. In such cases, use the function for disabling the
observer in the stop state, as explained in Art. (7) of this section.

Series 90B5/8(01) and subsequent editions

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1808 (FS15i)
#2
OBEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
OBEN (#2)
1859 (FS15i)
1: To enable the observer function

Observer coefficient (POA1)
2047 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
Keep the standard setting unchanged.
- 184 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
1862 (FS15i)
Observer coefficient (POK1)
2050 (FS30i, 16i)

[Setting value] Usually, use the standard setting.
When HRV4 is used:
[Setting value] 956 To be changed to 264
1863 (FS15i)
2051 (FS30i, 16i)

[Setting value] Usually, use the standard setting.
When HRV4 is used:
(5) Note
The parameter is initially set to such a value (standard setting) that the
cutoff frequency of the filter becomes 30 Hz. With this setting, the
effect of filtering becomes remarkable at resonance frequencies above
the range of 150 Hz to 180 Hz.
To change the cutoff frequency, set parameters POK1 and POK2 to a
value listed below, while paying attention to Table 4.5.6:
Generally, the observer function does not work unless its cutoff
frequency is held below Fd/5 or Fd/6, where Fd is the frequency
component of an external disturbance. However, if this bandwidth is
some 20 Hz or lower, the velocity loop gain also drops or becomes
unstable, possibly causing a fluctuation or wavelike variation.
Table 4.5.6 Changing the observer cutoff frequency
HRV1, HRV2, HRV3
HRV4
Cutoff frequency (Hz)
POK1
POK2
POK1
POK2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
348
666
956
1220
1460
1677
1874
62
237
510
867
1297
1788
2332
90
178
264
348
430
511
1874
4
16
35
62
96
136
183
(6) Setting observer parameters when the unexpected disturbance torque

detection function is used
The unexpected disturbance torque detection function (see Sec. 4.12)
uses the observer circuit shown in Fig. 4.5.6 (b) to calculate an
estimated disturbance. In this case, to improve the speed of calculation,
change the settings of observer parameters POA1, POK1, and POK2
by following the explanation given in Sec. 4.12.
When the observer function and unexpected disturbance torque
detection function are used together, however, the defaults for POK1
and POK2 must be used.
- 185 -
B-65270EN/07
(7) Stop time observer disable function

If the observer function is enabled, the machine may fluctuate and
become unstable when it stops. Such a fluctuation or unstable
operation can be prevented by disabling the observer function only in
the stop state.

<1> Function bit
#7
#6
#5
1960 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
MOVOBS
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
MOVOBS (#1)
The function for disabling the observer in the stop state is:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled Set this value.
<2> Level at which the observer is determined as being disabled
1730 (FS15i)
Level at which the observer is determined as being disabled
2119 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Typical setting]
Detection unit
1 to 10
If the absolute value of the position error is less than the level at which
the observer is determined as being disabled, the observer function is
disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is also used for the stop
determination level of the function for changing the
proportional gain in the stop state.
(Usage)
Set the function bit and the level at which the observer is determined
as being disabled so that it is greater than the peak absolute value of
the oscillating position error.
- 186 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.7
Vibration Damping Control Function
(1) Overview
In a closed-loop system, the Pulsecoder on the motor is used for
velocity control and a separate detector is used for position control.
During acc./dec., the connection between the motor and machine may
be distorted, causing the speed transferred to the machine to slightly
differ from the actual motor speed. In such a case, it is difficult to
properly control the machine (reduce vibration on the machine).
The vibration damping control function feeds back the difference
between the speeds on the motor and machine (speed transfer error) to
the torque command, to reduce vibration on the machine.
This function has the effect of the machine velocity feedback function,
but is superior to the machine velocity feedback function in that
restrictions as imposed with the machine velocity feedback function
are eliminated.
(2) Control method

The following figure shows the block diagram for vibration damping
control:
Position command
Kp
+
Velocity
compensator
+ Torque command
Motor
Machine
+
Filter
Vibrationdamping
control gain
Velocity feedback
Conversion
coefficient
Speed transfer error
Position feedback
Fig. 4.5.7 Block diagram for vibration damping control

- 187 -
B-65270EN/07

1718 (FS15i)
2033 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
Number of position feedback pulses for vibration damping control

conversion coefficient
-32767 to 32767
When 0 is set, this function is disabled.
If a negative value is specified, it is internally read as 10 times the
specified value. (-1000=10000)
When a flexible feed gear (FFG) is used
(In the case of using the A/B phase separate type detector and analog SDU)
Set value = Number of feedback pulses per motor revolution, received from a
separate detector/8
(Example 1)
With a 5 mm/rev ball screw, 0.5 m/pulse separate detector, and
a detection unit of 1 m, FFG = 1/2
Then,
Set value = 10,000 1/8 = 1250
(In the case of using the serial separate type detector)
Set value = Number of feedback pulses per motor revolution, received from a
separate detector (after feedback pulse)/8
(Example 2)
If a flexible feed gear is used under the conditions described in
example 1 above,
Set value = 10,000 1/2 1/8 = 625
(In the case of using the analog SDU)
Set value = (Travel distance per motor revolution [mm]) / (detector signal
pitch [mm]) 512 / 8
(Example 3)
When travel distance per motor revolution=10 [mm], and
detector signal pitch=20 [m]
Set value = 10 / 0.020 512 / 8 = 32000
CAUTION
If the above expression is indivisible, set the
nearest integer.
1719 (FS15i)
Vibration-damping control gain
2034 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Standard setting]
32767 to 32767
About 500
This is the feedback gain for vibration damping control.
Adjust the value in increments of about 100, observing the actual
vibration. An excessively large gain will amplify the vibration.
If setting a positive value amplifies the vibration, try setting a negative
value.
- 188 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.8
Optional function
Dual Position Feedback Function
(1) Overview
A machine with large backlash may cause vibrations in a closed loop
system even if it works steadily in a semiclosed loop system. The
dual position feedback function controls the machine so that it
operates as steadily as in the semiclose system.
This function is optional function.
(2) Control method

The following block diagram shows the general method of dual
position feedback control:
ER1
MCMD
Position gain
ER
+
Kp
Motor
Velocity
control
Separate
detector
Amplifier
Velocity feedback
Position feedback (from motor)
Conversion
coefficient
ER2
+
Primary delay
time constant
Position feedback (from separate detector)
Fig. 4.5.8 Block diagram of dual position feedback control
As shown in Fig. 4.5.8, error counter ER1 in the semi-closed loop

system and error counter ER2 in the closed loop system are used. The
primary delay time constant is calculated as follows:
Primary delay time constant = (1 + s)1
The actual error, ER, depends on the time constant, as described
below:
(1) When time constant is 0 (1 + s)1 = 1
ER = ER1 + (ER2 ER1) = ER2 (error counter of the full-closed
loop system)
(2) When time constant is (1 + s)1 = 0
ER = ER1 (error counter of the semi-closed loop system)
This shows that control can be changed according to the primary delay
time constant. The semi-closed loop system applies control at the
transitional stage and the full-closed loop system applies control in
positioning.
This method allows vibrations during traveling to be controlled as in
the semi-closed loop system.
- 189 -
B-65270EN/07

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,Power Mate i)

#7
1709 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DPFB
2019 (FS30i, 16i)
DPFB (#7)
1861 (FS15i)
1: To enable dual position feedback

Dual position feedback maximum amplitude
2049 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
[Unit of data]
1971 (FS15i)
Maximum amplitude (m)/(minimum detection unit for full-closed

mode 64)
This parameter should normally be set to 0.
Minimum detection unit for full-closed mode (m/p) 64
If setting = 0, compensation is not clamped. If the parameter is
specified, and a position error larger than the specified value occurs
during semi-closed and full-closed modes, compensation is clamped.
So set the parameter with a value two times the sum of the backlash
and pitch error compensation amounts.
If it is impossible to find the sum, set the parameter to 0.
Dual position feedback conversion coefficient (numerator)
2078 (FS30i, 16i)

1972 (FS15i)
Dual position feedback conversion coefficient (denominator)
2079 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
Reduce the following fraction and use the resulting irreducible

fraction.
Numerator
Conversion
) =
coefficient (
Denominator

per motor revolution
(Value multiplied by the feed gear)
1 million
With this setting method, however, cancellation in the servo software

internal coefficient may occur depending on constants such as the
machine reduction ratio, causing the motor to vibrate. In such a case,
the setting must be changed.
For details, see Art. (6) in this section.
- 190 -
B-65270EN/07
(Example)
When the i Pulsecoder is used with a tool travel of 10
mm/motor revolution (1 m/pulse)
Numerator
Conversion
) =
coefficient (
Denominator
1973 (FS15i)
10 1000
1,000,000
1
100
Dual position feedback primary delay time constant
2080 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
[Unit of data]
1974 (FS15i)
Set to a value in a range of 10 to 300 msec or so.

msec
Normally, set a value of around 100 msec as the initial value. If
hunting occurs during acc./dec., increase the value in 50-msec steps. If
a stable status is observed, decrease the value in 20-msec steps. When
0 msec is set, the same axis movement as that in full-closed mode is
performed. When 32767 msec is set, the same axis movement as that
in semi-closed mode is performed.
For a system that requires simultaneous control of two axes, use the
same value for both axes.
Dual position feedback zero-point amplitude
2081 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
[Unit of data]
1729 (FS15i)
2118 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
[Unit of data]
Zero width (m)/minimum detection unit for full-closed mode

Minimum detection unit (m/p) for full-closed mode
Positioning is performed so that the difference in the position between
full-closed mode and semi-closed mode does not exceed the pulse
width that corresponds to the parameter-set value.
First set the parameter to 0. If still there is fluctuation, increase the
parameter value.
If this is applied to an axis with a large backlash, a large position error
may remain. For details, see Art. (5) in this section.
Dual position feedback: Level on which the difference in error between the
semi-closed and full-closed modes becomes too large
Level on which the difference in error is too large (m)/minimum

detection unit for full-closed mode
Minimum detection unit (m/p) for full-closed mode
If the difference between the Pulsecoder and the separate detector is
greater than or equal to the number of pulses that corresponds to the
value specified by the parameter, an alarm is issued.
Set a value two to three times as large as the backlash.
When 0 is set, detection is disabled.
- 191 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
The function for monitoring the difference in error
between the semi-closed and full-closed modes is
useful also for monitoring for a problem such as the
feedback pulse missing of a separate detector.
When only the monitoring of the difference in error
between the semi-closed and full-closed modes is
to be performed on a machine for which dual
position feedback is not required as a stabilization
function, the function for monitoring the difference
in error between the semi-closed and full-closed
modes can be used by not only making an ordinary
full-closed loop setting but also setting a
conversion coefficient for dual position feedback
and the parameter for the monitoring level of the
difference in error between the semi-closed and
full-closed modes. (No option setting and function
bit setting need to be made.)
#7
#6
1954 (FS15i)
#5
#4
HBBL
HBPE
#3
#2
#1
#0
2010 (FS30i, 16i)
HBBL (#5)
HBPE (#4)
The backlash compensation is added to the error count of:

0: The semi-closed loop. (Standard setting)
1: The closed loop.
The pitch error compensation is added to the error count of:
0: The closed loop. (Standard setting)
1: The semi-closed loop.
#7
#6
#5
1746 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HBSF
2206 (FS30i, 16i)
HBSF (#4)
A backlash compensation and pitch error compensation are:

0: Added after selection according to the conventional parameter
(No. 1954 (Series 15i) or No. 2010 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)).
1: Added to the closed loop side and semi-closed loop side at the
same time.
When this parameter is set to 1, the settings of No. 1954 (Series 15i)
and No. 2010 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)are ignored.
- 192 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 If a setting is made to perform the function for monitoring the
difference in error between the semi-closed and full-closed
modes for an axis placed in a simple full-closed loop, the
specification for addition of a backlash compensation and
pitch error compensation is the same as in the case of using
the dual position feedback function. In this case, it is
recommended to make the setting above to "Add a backlash
compensation and pitch error compensation to the closed
loop side and semi-closed loop side at the same time".
2 When the dual check safety function is used with Series 16i,
18i, or 21i, a conversion coefficient for dual position
feedback is used. In this case as well, make the setting
above to "Add a backlash compensation and pitch error
compensation to the closed loop side and semi-closed loop
side at the same time".
(5) Use with smooth backlash compensation

With the Series 30i/31i/32i, a smooth backlash compensation value
can be added onto the semi-closed side by setting the parameter
indicated below to 1 when the dual position feedback function is used
together with smooth backlash compensation.
[Applicable servo software]
Series 90D0/Q(17) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/Q(17) and subsequent editions
[Applicable system software]
Version 29.0 or later is usable for the following series:
FS30i-A : G002, G012, G022, G032
FS31i-A5 : G121, G131
FS31i-A : G101, G111
FS32i-A : G201
Version 12.0 or later is usable for the following series:
FS30i-A : G003, G013, G023, G033
FS31i-A5 : G123, G133
FS31i-A : G103, G113
FS32i-A : G203
#7
-
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
SBN
11601(FS30i)
SBN (#6)
When both of smooth backlash compensation and dual position

feedback are enabled, a smooth backlash compensation value is:
1: Used for compensation on the semi-closed side.
0: Dependent on the settings of bit 4 of No. 2206 and bit 5 of No.
2010.
- 193 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Zero-width setting for a machine with a large backlash or twist

Dual position feedback function (or hybrid function) is used for an
axis where a machine backlash of about 1/10 revolution in terms of
the motor shaft exists, the machine may stop with a position error
remaining, which is greater than the dual position feedback zero-width
parameter value. (In some cases, there may be ten or more pulses left.)
To solve this problem, make the following settings:
#7
#6
#5
1742 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DUAL0W
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
DUAL0W (#4)
The zero-width determination is performed with:

0: Semi-full error only.
1: Both of the position error on the full-closed side and semi-full
error. Set this value.
- 194 -
B-65270EN/07
(7) Cautions on setting of the dual position feedback conversion coefficient

CAUTION
The dual position feedback conversion coefficient
is set as explained in Art. (4). With the conventional
calculation method, however, cancellation may
occur in the conversion coefficient of the servo
software depending on constants such as the
machine deceleration ratio. If cancellation in the
conversion coefficient occurs, feedback errors in
the semi-closed loop system are accumulated. In
some cases, this may result in motor oscillation.
To prevent this problem, calculate and set the dual
position feedback conversion coefficient by
following the procedure given below.
Number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution
n
(Value after multiplication of FFG)
Reduce the following fraction:
=
d
1,000,000
Is A = 8,000,000
n
d
an integer?
Yes
No
Obtain the smallest m so that the result of m A is an integer.
Follow the setting procedure shown below.

This setting reduces the detection unit by a factor of m.
<1> Reduce the following:
Conversion coefficient (numerator)
n
=
m
Conversion coefficient (denominator)
d
<2> Multiply CMR by m.
<3> Reduce the following:
FFG (numerator)
Current FFG (numerator)
=
m
FFG (denominator)
Current FFG (denominator)
<4> Multiply the reference counter capacity by m.
<5> Multiply the effective area by m.
<6> Multiply the positional deviation threshold during movement by m.
<7> Multiply the positional deviation threshold in the stop state by m.
<8> Multiply the backlash by m.
<9> Multiply the scale factor of the pitch error compensation by m.
Set the following

(conventional method):
Conversion coefficient (numerator)
Conversion coefficient (denominator)
n
d
For parameters set in detection units, see the list in Appendix B.
- 195 -
4.5.9
B-65270EN/07
Machine Speed Feedback Function
(1) Overview
In many full-closed systems, the machine position is detected by a
separate detector and positioning was controlled according to the
detected positioning information. The speed is controlled by detecting
the motor speed with the Pulsecoder on the motor. When distortion or
shakiness between the motor and the machine is big, the machine
speed differs from the motor speed during acceleration and
deceleration. Hence, it is difficult to maintain high position loop gain.
This machine speed feedback function allows adding the speed of the
machine itself to the speed control in a fully closed system, making
the position loop stable.

(3) Control block diagram

Fig. 4.5.9 is a control block diagram
PK1V: velocity loop integral gain
PK2V: velocity loop proportional gain
: machine speed feedback gain
Machine speed
Machine
PK2V
1/(JL s)
1/s
Spring coupling
MCMD +
+
Kp
VCMD +
PK1V/s + PK2V
TCMD
1/(Jm s)
Motor
Speed feedback
Position feedback
Fig. 4.5.9 Position loop block diagram that includes machine speed feedback function
As shown in Fig. 4.5.9, this function corrects the torque command by

multiplying the machine speed by machine velocity feedback gain, ,
as shown by the bold line. When = 1, the torque command is
corrected equally by the motor speed and the machine speed.
- 196 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Adding the normalization function

(a) Overview
If an arc is drawn with the machine speed feedback function
enabled, the arc may be elongated in the direction parallel to the
axis to which the machine speed feedback function is applied.
To solve this problem, the machine speed feedback function was
improved.
(b) Explanation
Motor
Machine
Motor speed
feedback
Speed feedback
at the tip of the
machine
Speed feedback for

proportional terms +
The current machine speed feedback configuration is as shown above

figure. Assuming that the motor speed feedback is much the same as
the speed feedback at the tip of the machine, the speed feedback for
the proportional term is (1 + ) times the motor speed feedback. This
causes a conflict to the weight of the VCMD.
So, the proportional term speed feedback is divided by (1 + ) to eliminate
the conflict.
The normalization function cannot be used when the velocity

loop proportional high-speed processing function is used.

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1956 (FS15i)
#0
MSFE
2012 (FS30i, 16i)
MSFE (#1)
1:
1981 (FS15i)
To enable the machine speed feedback function

Machine speed feedback gain (MCNFB)
2088 (FS30i, 16i)
When a serial output type separate detector is used or when the

flexible feed gear (parameters Nos. 2084 and 2085, parameter
Nos. 1977 and 1978) is set to 1/1
(Setting range: 1 to 100 or 1 to 100)
(Typical setting)
When the normalization function is not used:
When the normalization function is used:
MCNFB = 30 to 100
MCNFB = 30 to 100
Other than flexible feed gear (No. 2084, 2085, 1977, 1978) = 1/1
(Setting range: 101 to 10000 or 101 to 10000)
(Typical setting)
When the normalization function is not used:
When the normalization function is used:
- 197 -
MCNFB = 3000 to 10000

MCNFB = 3000 to 10000
B-65270EN/07
(6) Note
It the machine has a resonance frequency of 200 to 400 Hz, using this
function may result in a resonance being amplified, thus leading to
abnormal vibration or sound. If this happens, take either of the
following actions to prevent resonance.
Using an observer ( Subsec. 4.5.6)

(If the machine speed feedback function is used together with the
observer function, the motor speed and machine speed are
filtered out simultaneously.)
Using a torque command filter ( Subsec. 4.5.2)
- 198 -
B-65270EN/07
4.5.10
Machining Point Control
(1) Overview
The machining point control function suppresses vibration after
positioning by attaching an acceleration sensor to the machining point
and using acceleration feedback for control.
NOTE
Machining point control uses an acceleration
sensor. For the setting of an acceleration sensor,
see Subsection 2.1.7.

(Series 16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,0i Mate-B, Power Mate i)

aSetting machining point control
(Function bit setting)
To use machining point control, enable the following function bit:
#7
-
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
MPCEF
2288(FS30i,16i)
MPCEF(#7)
Machining point control is:

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Band-pass filter setting)

When gain is tuned for machining point control, components other
than a vibration suppression target frequency may cause vibration to
disable a high gain value from being set. To extract a vibration
suppression target frequency component only, be sure to set the
vibration suppression target frequency component in the following
parameter:
-
Machining point control/center frequency of band-pass filter
2355(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
Hz
5 to 200
NOTE
If the value 4 or a smaller number is set, an illegal
parameter setting alarm (detail number 3553 or
3603) is issued. Set the value 5 or a greater number.
- 199 -
B-65270EN/07
bTuning machining point control

Three parameters are available for tuning machining point control. By
tuning
these
parameters,
vibration
after
specified
acceleration/deceleration can be suppressed.
Gain 1
Timing adjustment parameter
Gain 2
Tuning of machining point control gain 1)
Tune machining point control gain 1 so that the acceleration rate
(enclosed by the dashed line in the figure below) after
acceleration/deceleration based on specified acceleration decreases.
Tune machining point control gain 1, starting with a small value
(about 50).
-
Machining point control gain 1 (MPCK1)
2266(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767
Machining point control disabled
Machining point control enabled (after tuning gain 1)
Acceleration caused by
machine vibration
Acceleration
Velocity
Acceleration
Velocity
Acceleration caused
by motion command
Tuning of the timing adjustment parameter)

Tune the machining point control timing adjustment parameter so that
the acceleration rates (enclosed by the dashed lines in the figure
below) after acceleration/deceleration based on specified acceleration
decrease.
This timing adjustment is implemented with a low-pass filter applied
to feedback. Set the parameter so that the cut-off frequency of the
filter is around the frequency of vibration.
After the setting of the timing adjustment parameter is modified, gain
1 needs to be tuned again. To obtain an optimum vibration
suppression effect, tune the timing adjustment parameter and gain 1
repeatedly.
- 200 -
B-65270EN/07
Machining point control enabled

(after tuning of gain 1 and the timing adjustment parameter)
Acceleration
Velocity
Machining point control timing adjustment parameter (MPCTIM)
2096(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
0 to 32767
The setting of the parameter corresponds to the cut-off frequency of
the low-pass filter.
Set the parameter so that the cut-off frequency is around the frequency
of vibration.
Cut-off
frequency [Hz]
Parameter
setting
Cut-off
frequency [Hz]
Parameter
setting
5
7.5
10
12.5
15
3969
3907
3847
3787
3728
17.5
20
25
30
40
3669
3612
3501
3392
3186
NOTE
When 0 is set in the parameter, the cut-off
frequency of the filter is 40 Hz.
(Tuning of machining point control gain 2)
By tuning machining point control gain 2, vibration may be further
suppressed.
While checking the effect of vibration suppression, tune machining
point control gain 1 and machining point control gain 2 repeatedly.
Tune machining point control gain 2, starting with a small value about
10).
-
Machining point control gain 2 (MPCK2)
2265(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767
- 201 -
B-65270EN/07
4.6
CONTOUR ERROR SUPPRESSION FUNCTION
4.6.1
Feed-forward Function
(1) Principle
s
Smoothing
VFF s
Position
command
Position gain
+
+
Velocity loop
+
+
Servo motor
:
Feed-forward coefficient (0 to 1)
VFF: Velocity loop feed-forward coefficient
Fig. 4.6.1 (a) Feed-forward control block diagram
Adding feed-forward term to the above servo system causes the

position error to be multiplied by (1 - ).
Feedrate (mm/s)
Position error =
Minimum detection unit (mm) position gain
(1 - )
Adding feed-forward term also causes figure error R1 (mm) due to

a radial delay of the servo system during circular cutting to be
multiplied by (1 - 2).
Feedrate2 (mm/s)2
R1 (mm) =
2 position gain radius (mm)
(1 - 2)
(Example) If = 0.7, R1 is reduced to about 1/2.

Beside R1, figure error R2 (mm) may occur in a position command
when an acc./dec. time constant is applied after interpolation for two
axes.
Therefore, total radial figure error R during circular cutting is:
R = R1 + R2
This section describes the conventional feed-forward function.

However, when using feed-forward for high-speed and high precision
machining, be sure to use advanced preview feed-forward described in
Subsec. 4.6.2 or RISC feed-forward described in Subsec. 4.6.3.
The shape error in the direction of the radius during circular cutting is
as shown in Fig. 4.6.1 (b) below.
- 202 -
B-65270EN/07
Start point
R2 (Error as a result of acceleration and
deceleration after interpolation.)
R1 (Error as a result of servo series delay.)
Program path
Command path
Actual path
Fig. 4.6.1 (b) Path error during circular cutting

Series 90D0/A(01) and subsequent editions(*)
Series 90E0/A(01) and subsequent editions(*)
(*) With Series 90D0 and 90E0, the advanced preview feed-forward
function is applied unless the EGB synchronous mode is set.
- 203 -
B-65270EN/07

<1> Enable PI control and the feed-forward function.
#7
#6
#5
#4
1808 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
#2
#1
#0
PIEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
PIEN (#3)
1:
#7
To enable PI control
#6
#5
#4
#3
1883 (FS15i)
FEED
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
FEED (#1)
1:
To enable the feed-forward function
<2> Specify the feed-forward coefficient.

1961 (FS15i)
Feed-forward coefficient (FALPH)
2068 (FS30i, 16i)
FALPH = 100 or 10000
[Typical setting]
When FALPH is smaller than or equal to 100: In units of 1%

When FALPH is greater than 100: In units of 0.01%
70 or 7000
<3> Specify the velocity feed-forward coefficient.
1962 (FS15i)
Velocity feed-forward coefficient (VFFLT)
2069 (FS30i, 16i)
VFFLT = 50 (50 to 200)
<4> Run a program to move the axis for cutting feed at maximum
feedrate. Under this condition, check whether the VCMD
waveform observed on the Servo Guide or the servo check board
overshoots and what the shock caused during acceleration
/deceleration is like.
If an overshoot occurs, or the shock is big, increase the
acc./dec. time constant, or reduce .
If an overshoot does not occur, and the shock is small, reduce
the acc./dec. time constant, or increase .
Linear acc./dec. is more effective than exponential acc./dec.
Using acc./dec. before interpolation can further reduce the figure
error.
- 204 -
B-65270EN/07
<5> By setting the parameter below, the feed-forward function can be

used for cutting feed as well.
#7
#6
#5
#4
1800 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
FFR
1800 (FS30i, 16i)
FFR (#3)
Specifies whether feed-forward control during rapid traverse is

enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
By using the feed-forward function during rapid traverse, the
positioning time can be reduced. On some machines, however, a
shock may occur at the time of acc./dec. In such a case, use fine
acc./dec. ( Subsec. 4.8.3) at the same time, or make
adjustments such as increasing the acc./dec. time constant.
Moreover, a feed-forward coefficient can be set separately for
each of cutting and rapid traverse. (See Subsection 4.6.4,
"Cutting/Rapid Feed-forward Switching Function".)
<6> To use the EGB function, set the following parameter:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1955 (FS15i)
FFAL
2011 (FS30i, 16i)
FFAL (#1)
#1
Feed-forward control is:

1: Always enabled regardless of the mode.
- 205 -
#0
4.6.2
B-65270EN/07
Advanced Preview Feed-forward Function
(1) Overview
The advanced preview feed-forward function is part of the advanced
preview control function. It enables high-speed and high precision
machining. The function creates feed-forward data according to a
command which is one distribution cycle ahead, and reduces the delay
caused by smoothing. This new function can upgrade the high-speed,
high precision machining implemented under conventional
feed-forward control. The conventional feed-forward control function
executes smoothing in order to eliminate the velocity error of each
distribution cycle (see Fig. 4.6.2 (a)). This smoothing, however,
causes a delay in the feed-forward data.
The new advanced preview feed-forward control function uses the
distribution data which is one distribution cycle ahead and generates
delay-free feed-forward data (Fig. 4.6.2 (b)). The function can provide
higher controllability than the conventional feed-forward control
function.
NC command
NC command
Feed-forward data under

advanced preview feedforward control
Feed-forward data
Fig. 4.6.2 (a) Conventional feed-forward control
Fig. 4.6.2 (b) Advanced preview feed-forward control


<1> Set the following parameters in the same way as for conventional
feed-forward control.
#7
#6
#5
#4
1808 (FS15i)
PIEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
PIEN (#3)
#3
1:
PI control is selected.
- 206 -
#2
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1883 (FS15i)
#1
#0
FEED
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
FEED (#1)
1962 (FS15i)
1:
The feed-forward function is enabled.

Velocity feed-forward coefficient (VFFLT)
2069 (FS30i, 16i)
[Recommended value]
50 (50 to 200)
<2> Set the coefficient for advanced preview feed-forward control.
1985 (FS15i)
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient (ADFF1)
2092 (FS30i, 16i)
[Recommended value]
9800 to 10000
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient (0.01% unit)
= 10000 (0 1)
(Example)
When equals 98.5%, ADFF1 is 9850.
Advanced preview control is configured as shown below:
Deceleration algorithm and function of acc./dec.
before interpolation of CNC
Acc./dec. method causing no figure errors
Deceleration at a point where a large impact
Advanced
would be expected
preview
Advanced
preview feed-forward function of
control
digital servo
Improving the tracking ability of the servo
system
Because of this configuration, the function can improve the
feed-forward coefficient up to about 100% without impact and
also reduce figure error.
<3> By specifying the G codes listed below, the modes related to
high-speed and high precision machining such as advanced
preview control can be turned on/off. In each mode, advanced
preview feed-forward is enabled.
NOTE
While the fine acc./dec. (FAD) function is being
used, the advanced preview feed-forward function is
always used, and the advanced preview
feed-forward function cannot be turned on and off
by G codes.
- 207 -
B-65270EN/07
G code
Mode ON
Mode OFF
*
*
G08P1
G08P0
G05.1Q1
G05.1Q0
G05P10000
G05P0
G05.1Q1
G5.1Q0
Mode
Advanced preview control mode

Acc./dec. mode before look-ahead
interpolation
AI nano-contour control mode
AI contour control mode
AI advanced preview control mode
High-precision contour control
( Subsec.4.6.3)
AI high precision contour control
AI nano high precision contour control
Fine HPCC
AI contour control I mode
AI contour control II mode
With the Series 30i/31i/32i (servo software Series 90D0 and

90E0), the advanced preview feed-forward function is always
applied regardless of G codes.
For a CNC that supports this function, see Appendix D.
(Example)
G08P1; Advanced preview control mode on
...
...
Advanced preview feed-forward enabled
...
G08P0; Advanced preview control mode off
- 208 -
B-65270EN/07
4.6.3
RISC Feed-forward Function
(1) Overview
The feed-forward system is used during high precision contour control
based on RISC (HPCC mode) or AI contour control (AICC mode) in
order to shorten the interpolation cycle, improving the performance of
high-speed, high precision machining.
(This function is insignificant for AI nano-contour control complying
with nano-interpolation as a distribution system, AI high-precision
contour control, AI nano high-precision contour control, and fine
HPCC.)
By using this function, the response of the servo side can be improved
when the distribution period is 4 ms, 2 ms, or 1 ms.

Series 9096/A(01) and subsequent editions(*)
(*) Series 9096 supports distribution periods of 1 ms and 2 ms only,
and it does not support 4 ms.

<1> Set the following parameters in the same way as for the advanced
preview feed-forward function.
<2> Set the parameters (RISCFF and RISCMC) below.
#7
#6
1959 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
RISCFF
2017 (FS30i, 16i)
RISCFF (#5)
0:
1:
#7
1740 (FS15i)
Feed-forward response remains unchanged when RISC is used.

Feed-forward response improves when RISC is used.
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
RISCMC
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
RISCMC (#5)
When RISC is used:

0: Feed-forward response remains unchanged.
1: Feed-forward response improves.
- 209 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
<3> By specifying a G code in the program, each mode is enabled,

and the advanced preview feed-forward function set above is
applied.
G code
Mode ON
Mode OFF
G05.1Q1
G05P10000
G05.1Q0
G05P0
Mode

HPCC mode
Appendix D lists the supported CNCs.
If the modes above are off, the normal feed-forward coefficient is

enabled.
NOTE
1 Use this function only when very high command
response is required.
2 When using this function, set a detection unit of 0.1
m wherever possible.
(To set a detection unit of 0.1 m, the IS-C system
must be used, or the CMR and flexible feed gear
must be multiplied by 10 with the IS-B system.)
- 210 -
B-65270EN/07
4.6.4
Cutting/Rapid Feed-forward Switching Function
(1) Overview
To use a separate feed-forward coefficient for each of cutting feed and
rapid traverse, the use of the cutting/rapid fine acc./dec. switching
function has been required conventionally. The cutting feed/rapid
traverse switchable feed-forward function allows a separate coefficient
to be used for each of cutting feed and rapid traverse, without using
the cutting feed/rapid traverse switchable fine acc./dec. function.

(3) Cautions
This function is usable with the modes below. Note that this function
cannot be used with the normal mode.
[Usable modes]
AI nano contour control mode
High precision contour control mode
AI high precision contour control mode
AI nano high precision contour control mode
(*) With the Series 30i/31i/32i, this function can be used regardless
of the specified mode.

<1> First, set the parameters below in the same way as for the current
feed-forward function.
#7
#6
#5
#4
1808 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
#2
#1
#0
PIEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
PIEN(#3)
1:
#7
A switch is made to PI control.

#6
#5
#4
#3
1883 (FS15i)
FEED
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
FEED (#1)
1:
The feed-forward function is enabled.
- 211 -
B-65270EN/07
<2> Next, set the cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function.

#7
#6
#5
2602 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FFCHG
2214 (FS30i, 16i)
FFCHG (#4)
1:
The cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function is enabled.
<3> With the setting of the parameters above, the parameters below
are enabled in cutting.
1768 (FS15i)
Velocity feed-forward coefficient for cutting
2145 (FS30i, 16i)

1767 (FS15i)
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient for cutting
2144 (FS30i, 16i)
The parameters below are enabled in rapid traverse.

1962 (FS15i)
Velocity feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse
2069 (FS30i, 16i)

1985 (FS15i)
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse
2092 (FS30i, 16i)
- 212 -
B-65270EN/07
4.6.5
Feed-forward Timing Adjustment Function
(1) Overview
If the feed-forward function is applied with the aim of decreasing
contour errors, the same feed-forward coefficient must be used for all
axes. Even if a unified feed-forward coefficient is used, however, the
axes may not necessarily behave in the same manner because of
differences in the mechanical characteristic and velocity loop response
among the axes.
The feed-forward timing adjustment function is intended to change the
feed-forward timing so as to make the characteristics of each axis at
high-speed movement. It does not change the feed-forward coefficient.
So it can change the characteristic of a portion where the acceleration
is high without affecting the operation for straight portions.
If the radius of an arc subjected to high-speed cutting differs among
axes, resulting in a vertical or horizontal oval, this function is useful in
improving roundness through fine adjustment.
(2) Control method

When an arc is cut at high speed, delaying the feed-forward timing
causes the path to bulge. On the contrary, advancing the feed-forward
timing causes the path to shrink. The feed-forward timing adjustment
function lets you make fine adjustments on the characteristic of servo
axes.
Let the radius, feedrate, and position gain be, respectively, R, V, and
Kp. Delaying the feed-forward timing by (s) increases the radius of
the arc by:
R = V2/(KpR)
To be specific, assume radius R = 10 mm, feedrate V = 4000 mm/min,
and position gain Kp = 40/s. Shifting the timing by 1 ms corresponds
to:
R = 11 m

- 213 -
B-65270EN/07

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
IAHDON
2415(FS30i)
IAHDON(#1)
The default value of the feed-forward timing adjustment parameter is:

0: Feed-forward timing is adjusted by only No. 2095.
1: Compatible with that of Series 16i. (See the table below.)
*
By setting IAHDON=1 and No. 2095=0, the feed-forward timing
becomes compatible with that of Series 16i.
The actually applied feed-forward timing is "setting of No. 2095 +
default value".
When newly setting bit 1 of No. 2415 to 1 for a system that already
has a value set in No. 2095, set a value calculated from the following
formula in No. 2095:
No.2095 (new setting) =
No.2095 (value determined by setting bit 1 of No. 2415 to 0) default value (table below)
Default feed-forward timing value
No.2415#1=0
No.2415#1=1
HRV2 control
HRV3 control
HRV4 control
0
0
0
3900
3900
3792 (*1)
(*1) When HRV4 control is used and any of the following functions
is used, the default value is -240:
High-speed processing
AI contour control II
High-speed cycle machining
Series and editions of applicable servo software
1988 (FS15i)
Feed-forward timing adjustment coefficient
2095 (FS30i, 16i)
Specifying +4096 causes the feed-forward timing to advance by 1 ms.

Specifying -4096 causes the feed-forward timing to delay by 1 ms.
If you want to decrease the radius of an arc at high-speed cutting,
increase the coefficient by about 300 at each step.
If you want to increase the radius of an arc at high-speed cutting,
decrease the coefficient by about 300 at each step.
This parameter is valid for advanced preview feed-forward control
(parameter Nos. 1985 and 1767 (Series 15i) and parameter Nos. 2092
and 2144 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on). It is invalid for conventional
feed-forward control type (parameter No. 1961 (Series 15i) and
parameter No. 2068 (Series 16i and so on)).
With the following servo software, the feed-forward timing slightly
differs when the fine acc./dec. function is used, so a separate
parameter is prepared for independent setting.
- 214 -
B-65270EN/07

Series 90B0/J(10) and subsequent editions
2808 (FS15i)
2395 (FS30i, 16i)
Feed-forward timing adjustment coefficient (to be used when fine acc./dec.

is enabled)
If fine acc./dec. is specified and is used in one of the following

modes:
Simple cutting feed (no high-precision mode)
Advanced preview control
AI advanced preview control (Series 21i)
This parameter can set the timing adjustment coefficient to
parameter No. 1988 + parameter No. 2808 (for the Series 15i)
and
parameter No. 2095 + parameter No. 2395 (for the Series 16i and
so on).
In other high definition modes (modes in which fine
disabled, such as AI contour control), the timing
coefficient is set to
parameter No. 1988 (for the Series 15i)
parameter No. 2095 (for the Series 16i and so on).
This parameter allows setting of different timing
coefficients depending on whether fine acc./dec. is
disabled.
- 215 -
acc./dec. is
adjustment
adjustment
enabled or
4.6.6
B-65270EN/07
Backlash Acceleration Function
(1) Overview
If the influence of backlash and friction is large in the machine, a
delay may be produced on reversal of motor, thus resulting in
quadrant protrusion on circular cutting.
This is a backlash acceleration function to improve quadrant
protrusion.

Backlash acceleration function
Override function
Series 90B0/W(23) and subsequent editions

<1> Set the backlash compensation.
1851 (FS15i)
1851 (FS30i, 16i)
In semi-closed mode:
Set the machine backlash. (Minimum value = 1)
In full-closed mode:
Set the minimum value of 1. When the backlash
compensation value is not to be reflected in the position,
enable the function below additionally.
NOTE
Be sure to set a positive backlash compensation value.
(Tip)
See the supplement on backlash compensation
value setting provided at the end of Item (3).
- 216 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1884 (FS15i)
#0
FCBL
2006 (FS30i, 16i)
FCBL (#0)
Backlash compensation is not performed for the position in the

full-closed mode.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Generally, for a machine in full-closed mode, backlash compensation
is not reflected in positions, so this bit is set. (This parameter is
applicable also to a machine with a semi-closed loop.)
<2> Enable the backlash acceleration function.
#7
#6
1808 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
BLEN (#5)
1:
To enable backlash acceleration
1860 (FS15i)
2048 (FS30i, 16i)
[Typical setting]
1964 (FS15i)
2071 (FS30i, 16i)
[Typical setting]
20 to 600
Offset for the velocity command that is to be added immediately after
a reverse.
Period during which backlash acceleration remains effective
(in units of 2 msec)
20 to 100
The period during which the acceleration amount is added. At the start
of adjustment, set 20. When a long quadrant protrusion is found,
gradually increase the setting in steps of 10.
<3> When the optimum backlash acceleration amount varies with the
machining feedrate, use the acceleration amount override and the
limit of the acceleration amount.
1725(FS15i)
Acceleration amount override
2114(FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

2751(FS15i)
0 to 32767
Limit of acceleration amount
2338(FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Example]
0 to 32767 (When 0 is set, the acceleration amount is not limited.)

Example of setting the acceleration amount when a model such as the
Series 16i is used
Acceleration amount (parameter No. 2048) = 46, acceleration amount
override (parameter No. 2114) = 23, limit of acceleration amount
(parameter No. 2338) = 500
- 217 -
Backlash acceleration amount when override is set

600
500
400
300
200
6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
100
0
0
B-65270EN/07
Feedrate (mm/min)
<4> Setting the direction-based backlash acceleration function

When the optimum acceleration amount differs between a reverse
operation in the positive direction and a reverse operation in the
negative direction, set the acceleration amount used for the
reverse operation from the negative direction to positive direction
in the following parameter:
1987(FS15i)
Backlash acceleration amount (for reverse from negative to positive

direction)
2094(FS30i, 16i)
[Typical setting]
2753(FS15i)
20 to 600
Acceleration amount override (for reverse from negative to positive
direction)
2340(FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

2754(FS15i)
0 to 32767
Limit of acceleration amount (for reverse from negative to positive direction)
2341(FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767 (When 0 is set, the acceleration amount is not limited.)

[Parameters used for direction-based setting]
Series30i,16i, and so on
Direction-based
setting
None
Present
Reverse
direction
Backlash
acceleration amount
Acceleration
amount override
Limit of acceleration
amount
No. 2048
No. 2114
No. 2338
From - to +
No. 2094
No. 2340
No. 2341
Reverse
direction
Backlash
acceleration amount
Acceleration
amount override
Limit of acceleration
amount
No. 1860
No. 1725
No .2751
No. 1987
No. 2753
No. 2754
Common
From + to -
Series 15i
Direction-based
setting
None
Present
Common
From + to From - to +
- 218 -
B-65270EN/07
<5> If a reverse cut occurs, use the backlash acceleration stop

function.
#7
1953 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLST
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
BLST (#7)
1:
To enable the backlash acceleration stop function
NOTE
When the backlash acceleration stop function is
enabled (with BLST = 1), be sure to set a positive
value in the backlash acceleration stop timing
parameter described below. (If 0 or a negative
value is set, backlash acceleration is not
performed.)
1975(FS15i)
Backlash acceleration stop distance
2082(FS30i,16i)
[Typical setting]
2 to 5 (detection unit of 1m), 20 to 50 (detection unit of 0.1m)

This parameter is related to the distance until backlash acceleration
ends. Determine the parameter value by checking the actual profile.
This completes the general setting procedure for the backlash
acceleration function.
- 219 -
B-65270EN/07
(Tip) Supplement on backlash compensation value setting

In an ordinary mode not using FAD (in a mode other than the advanced
preview modes indicated below), the backlash acceleration function is
enabled only when a positive backlash compensation value is set. In the
advanced preview modes indicated below, the backlash acceleration function
is enabled, regardless of the setting of a backlash compensation value.
When FAD is used, an ordinary mode is treated in the same way as the
advanced preview modes. So, the backlash acceleration function is enabled,
regardless of the setting of a backlash compensation value.
code
*
*
Mode ON
Mode OFF
G08P1
G08P0
G05.1Q1
G05.1Q0
G05P10000
G05P0
G05.1Q1
G5.1Q0
Mode

Look-ahead acc./dec. mode before interpolation
High-precision contour control ( Subsec.4.6.3)
AI high-precision contour control
AI nano high-precision contour control
Fine HPCC
AI advanced preview control I mode
AI advanced preview control II mode
With the Series-30i/31i/32i (servo software Series 90D0 and 90E0), advanced
preview feed-forward is applied, not based on G code, at all times.
For the applicable CNCs, see Appendix D.

There are two methods for setting the acceleration amount override as
listed below. Normally, use setting method 1.
Setting method 1 (calculation not required)

<1> With an assumed minimum acceleration, obtain the
optimum backlash acceleration amount while observing
quadrant protrusions. Set the obtained value as the backlash
acceleration amount (setting).
<2> Set the acceleration to a middle point between the minimum
and maximum levels, and while increasing the override
value, observe quadrant protrusions to determine the
optimum override value.
<3> Finally, set the maximum acceleration, and observe the arc
figure. If an undercut is generated at the switching point of
quadrants, set the acceleration amount limit to prevent the
acceleration amount from increasing excessively.
- 220 -
B-65270EN/07
Setting method 2 (strict calculation required)

Obtain an optimum backlash acceleration amount for two
different accelerations (an assumed minimum acceleration and an
intermediate acceleration between the minimum and maximum
accelerations), and substitute the obtained value in the following
equation for the backlash acceleration amount override:
Acceleration
Backlash
Backlash
Acceleration
acceleration =
acceleration
(1+ amount override
amount
amount (setting)
2048
Acceleration =
(Feedrate [mm/min])2
128
Radius [mm]
Detection unit [m] 1000
Find a solution of the simultaneous equations. The results are as

follows:
Acceleration
amount override =
(Acceleration amount 2) - (Acceleration amount 1)

(Acceleration
(Acceleration
(Acceleration 2) (Acceleration 1)
amount 1)
amount 2)

=
(setting)
2048
(Acceleration
(Acceleration
(Acceleration 2) (Acceleration 1)
amount 1)
amount 2)
(Acceleration 2) - (Acceleration 1)
Finally, operate at the maximum acceleration, and adjust the limit of

the acceleration amount.
(5) Ignoring the backlash acceleration function at handle feed

To disable the backlash acceleration function at handle feed, set the
following:
#7
1953 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLCU
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
BLCU (#6)
1: To enable the backlash acceleration function during cutting feed

only
NOTE
If bit 3 of parameter No. 1800 is set to 1, the
backlash acceleration function is always enabled,
and it cannot be disabled.
With following series and editions of servo software, the bit shown
below can also be used to enable the backlash acceleration function
only during cutting.
- Series 90B0/C(03) and subsequent editions
- Series 90B5/A(01) and subsequent editions
- Series 90D0/A(01) and subsequent editions
- Series 90E0/A(01) and subsequent editions
Use of this bit enables and disables the backlash acceleration function
even when bit 3 of parameter No. 1800 is set to 1. Backlash
acceleration is enabled even at the hole bottom during rigid tapping.
- 221 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
2611 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLCUT2
2223 (FS30i, 16i)
BLCUT2 (#7)
1: To enable the backlash acceleration function during cutting feed

only
[Reference]
Adjustment the backlash acceleration
Run a program for an arc, and make an adjustment while
checking the arc figure on SERVO GUIDE.
(6) Disabling backlash acceleration after a stop

When using the function for disabling backlash acceleration after a
stop, make the setting below. For details, see "(7) Adjustment of
backlash acceleration" in Appendix H.
#7
2696(FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
BLSTP2
2283(FS30i,16i)
BLSTP2(#7)
1:
Disables backlash acceleration after a stop.
- 222 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
4.6.7
Two-stage Backlash Acceleration Function
(1) Overview
When the machine reverses the direction of feed, two types of delay
are likely to occur; one type due to friction in the motor and the other
due to friction in the machine.
The two-stage backlash acceleration function compensates for two
types of delays separately, thus enabling two-stage compensation.
Two-stage
compensation
First stage:
The friction torque is canceled when

the motor reverses.
Second stage: The friction torque in the machine is
canceled.
Furthermore, optimum compensation can be performed at all times for

first stage against changing speed and load.
The two-stage backlash acceleration function performs compensation
as shown below:
The first stage compensation value is determined automatically.
Specify the parameter to determine how much of the estimated
friction is to be reversed.
First stage acceleration coefficient (normally set to 100%)
Second stage acceleration amount
(if this is 0, second stage does not
occur.)
Second stage
acceleration offset
(Normally, 0 is set.)
Time
Start
End
Second stage start and end parameters (detection unit)

The start point of second stage is specified as a distance relative to the
start of first stage.
The end point is determined automatically. Normally, if the setting is
positive, the end point is set at a distance two times greater than the
start point distance. If the setting is negative, the end point is set at a
distance three times greater than the start point distance. An arbitrary
end point can also be set by setting the end scale factor parameter.
Fig. 4.6.7 (a) Backlash acceleration under control of the two-stage

backlash acceleration function

- Two-stage backlash acceleration function
- 223 -
B-65270EN/07

- Limit value in each second-stage acceleration direction

Series 90B0/J(10) and subsequent editions

<1> With SERVO GUIDE, make settings for measuring the motor
speed and estimated disturbance value.
(See Sec. 4.22 for SERVO GUIDE.)
<2> Turn on the power to the NC.
<3> Specify the backlash compensation value.
1851 (FS15i)
Backlash compensation value
1851 (FS30i, 16i)
For semi-closed mode, specify the machine backlash (minimum of

1).
For full-closed mode, specify 1. When the backlash compensation
value is not to be reflected in the position, enable the function
below additionally.
NOTE
Be sure to set a positive backlash compensation value.
(Tip)
See the supplement on backlash compensation
value setting provided at the end of Item (3).
#7
#6
#5
1884 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FCBL
2006 (FS30i, 16i)
FCBL (#0)
Backlash compensation is not performed for the position in the

full-closed mode.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
<4> Adjusting the velocity loop gain
Enable PI control, and increase the velocity loop gain (load
inertia ratio) as much as possible.
(For velocity loop gain adjustment, see Subsec. 3.3.1.)
- 224 -
B-65270EN/07
* By setting a high velocity loop gain, the response of the motor

improves, and quadrant protrusions can be reduced. If the
velocity loop gain is changed in the subsequent adjustments,
the adjustments become complicate. So, increase the velocity
loop gain sufficiently at this stage.
<5> Enable the two-stage backlash acceleration function.
#7
#6
1808 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#1
#0
BLEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
BLEN (#5)
1:
#7
1957 (FS15i)
To enable the backlash acceleration function

#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
BLAT
2015 (FS30i, 16i)
BLAT (#6)
1:
To enable the two-stage backlash acceleration function
<6> Set the observer-related parameters.

(Related parameters)
1862 (FS15i)
Observer gain
2050 (FS30i, 16i)
When HRV1, HRV2, or HRV3 control is used:

[Setting value] No change is required.
When HRV4 control is used:
1863 (FS15i)
Observer gain
2051 (FS30i, 16i)

[Setting value] No change is required.
* When setting an observer gain, follow the settings of other
functions (observer, unexpected disturbance torque detection).
When the two-stage backlash acceleration function is used,
the settings need not be changed.
<7> Adjust observer parameter POA1.
The two-stage backlash acceleration function takes the friction
torque as an estimated disturbance value by using the observer
circuit and determines the first stage acceleration amount.
Therefore, observer parameter POA1 must be adjusted to obtain
correct acceleration. While observing estimated disturbance
value DTRQ, perform acc./dec. to adjust POA1 to the optimum
value.
- 225 -
B-65270EN/07
The procedure for this adjustment is similar to the

procedure for adjusting observer-related
parameters in the unexpected disturbance torque
detection function (Subsection 4.12.1). Make an
adjustment by following steps <5> and <6> in (3),
"Parameter adjustment methods", in Subsection
4.12.1 in this parameter manual. When the
unexpected disturbance torque detection function
is used, and the adjustment has already been
made, re-adjustment is not needed.
1859 (FS15i)
Observer parameter (POA1)
2047 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
Adjusted value (Make an adjustment according to steps <5> and <6>

in (3) in Subsec. 4.12.1.)
1980 (FS15i)
Torque offset parameter
2087 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
Adjusted value (If the center of an estimated disturbance value does

not become zero on an axis such as the gravity axis, make an
adjustment according to step <6> in (3) in Subsec. 4.12.1.)
<8> Adjusting the first stage acceleration
Specify the following parameters.
1860 (FS15i)
First stage backlash acceleration amount (%)
2048 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Typical setting]
% (Backlash acceleration amount necessary to reverse the torque that

is equal to the friction torque in amount is assumed to be 100%.)
50 (Normally, optimum values range from 20% to 70%.)
To set a backlash acceleration amount of 0, -100 needs to be set.
Acceleration amount when the
direction of feed is reversed
Current friction torque
-100%
- 226 -
B-65270EN/07
1987 (FS15i)
First stage acceleration amount from negative direction to positive direction

(%)
2094 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
%
Normally, this parameter is set to 0. If the quadrant protrusion varies
with the reverse direction of the position command in the machine
conditions, set an appropriate value in this parameter.
When this parameter is set, parameter No. 1860 (Series 15i) or No.
2048 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on) specifies the first stage
positive-to-negative backlash acceleration amount.
(Setting the first stage acceleration in the parameter window)
- 227 -
B-65270EN/07
Before two-stage backlash acceleration

adjustment
(A delay in reverse motor rotation causes a
protrusion at each area of quadrant switching.)
First, set the value of [Typical setting]. Then, while viewing the
arc figure, adjust the first stage acceleration amount
parameter.(Make an adjustment at a low feedrate of about F500.)
First stage acceleration amount (adequate)

(Protrusions caused by machine friction remain,
but these protrusions are corrected later when
second stage acceleration is adjusted.)
Fig. 4.6.7 (b)
First stage acceleration amount (too large)

(Cuts are caused by excessively high
acceleration at the time of reverse motor
rotation.)
Two-stage backlash acceleration (first stage acceleration amount adjustment)
1975 (FS15i)
Second stage start position (detection unit)
2082 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Typical setting]
Detection unit
10 (For a detection unit of 1 m)
100 (For a detection unit of 0.1 m)
NOTE
1 As the second stage start position, the absolute
value of the setting is used.
2 When setting = 0, the specification of 100 is
internally assumed.
- 228 -
B-65270EN/07
1982 (FS15i)
Second stage end scale factor
2089 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Typical setting]
In units of 0.1
Other than Series 9096: 0 to 10279 (multiplication by 0 to 1027.9)
Series 9096: 0 to 642 (multiplication by 0 to 64.2)
Normally, this value may be set to 0.
When the second stage end scale factor is set to 0, the second stage
acceleration distance is assumed as follows:
If a positive value is set as the second stage start position, a value
obtained by multiplying the start position by 2 is assumed.
If a negative value is set as the second stage start position, a value
obtained by multiplying the start position by 3 is assumed.
By setting the second stage end scale factor, the second stage
acceleration distance may be set to any value.
(Setting example)
When the second stage start position is set to 10, and the second
stage end scale factor is set to 50 (meaning multiplication by 5),
second stage acceleration is performed as shown below.
First stage
acceleration amount
10
50
Second stage acceleration distance=
Second stage start position 5
Second stage start position
Second stage end position

=Second stage start position
+Second stage acceleration distance
Fig. 4.6.7 (c) Second stage end scale factor
(Second stage acceleration setting in the parameter window)
- 229 -
B-65270EN/07
Before start/end parameter adjustment

Set the following:
Start/end parameter = Value of [Typical setting]
Second stage acceleration amount = 500
Then, adjust the start/end parameter while viewing the timing of
second stage acceleration from the arc figure.
Start/end parameter (adequate)

(A larger second stage acceleration amount is set
to view the timing of second stage acceleration, so
that cuts occur. This is corrected later.)
Start/end parameter (insufficient)

(The time for second stage acceleration is too
short, so that second stage protrusions are not
fully eliminated.)
Fig. 4.6.7 (d) Two-stage backlash acceleration (adjustment of start position and end scale factor)
NOTE
Note that the two-stage backlash acceleration
cannot be used together with the backlash stop
function.
Second stage acceleration is not completed by nature until a distance
specified by "Second stage end scale factor" is moved. For example, if
only several microns are moved after the direction is reversed, second
stage acceleration continues. To prevent such continued acceleration
from occurring, set a maximum allowable duration of time with the
parameter below.
- 230 -
B-65270EN/07
1769 (FS15i)
2146 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Typical setting]
ms
50
<9> Second stage acceleration adjustment
The two-stage backlash acceleration function has effect even if
only first stage is used. However, a protrusion may linger
because of machine friction. In such a case second stage is
useful.
Adjust the second stage acceleration so that it falls in a range
where no cut occurs.
1724 (FS15i)
Second stage acceleration amount for two-stage backlash acceleration
2039 (FS30i, 16i)
[Typical setting]
100 (Too large a value could cause a cut at low feedrate.)
NOTE
When second stage acceleration is not used, set
second stage acceleration amount = 0. The setting
of second stage start position = 0 alone cannot
disable second stage acceleration.
1790 (FS15i)
Second stage offset for two-stage backlash acceleration
2167 (FS30i, 16i)
Normally, set 0.
Offset for the second stage acceleration amount. See Fig. 4.6.7 (a).
The second stage

acceleration amount is
adjusted to eliminate
protrusions and cuts.
Before second stage acceleration
amount adjustment (too large)

(adequate)
Fig. 4.6.7 (e) Two-stage backlash acceleration (second stage acceleration amount adjustment)
- 231 -
B-65270EN/07
<10>Second stage acceleration override adjustment

Second stage acceleration amounts can be overridden according
to the circular acceleration.
When using the second stage acceleration override function, set the
following.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1960 (FS15i)
#1
#0
OVR8
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
OVR8 (#2)
0:
The format of the second stage acceleration override is in

reference to 4096.
1: The format of the second stage acceleration override is in
reference to 256.
Normally, set it to 1.
1725 (FS15i)
Second stage acceleration override
2114 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767
When the second stage acceleration override function is used, the
second stage acceleration amount of two-stage backlash acceleration is
found from the following formula:
(Second stage acceleration amount)=
(Second stage acceleration amount setting) 1 +
(Second stage override setting)

a
If OVR8 = 1, a = 256
If OVR8 = 0, a = 4096
Here, let be a circular acceleration, R be a radius (mm), F be a
circular feedrate (mm/min), and P be a detection unit (mm). Then,
can be expressed as:
2
(F / 60 0.008)2 / P
R
So, the second stage override setting and acceleration amount are
related as follows:
(Second stage override setting) =
(Second stage acceleration amount)
(Second stage acceleration amount setting)
Example)
When using a second stage acceleration amount override, adjust the
backlash second stage acceleration amount for two types of feedrates.
Suppose that the adjusted values below are obtained.
No. 1960#2 (Series 15i)=1, No. 2018#2 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)=1
i) In the case of R10, F1000 (detection unit of 1 m), the optimal
second stage acceleration amount is 40.
ii) In the case of R10, F6000 (detection unit of 1 m), the optimal
second stage acceleration amount is 100.
From the results above, the expressions below are obtained.
For i)
2
(1000/60 0.008)2 0.001 = 3.56
10
- 232 -
B-65270EN/07
Expressions <1>
256
40
1
3.56 (Second stage acceleration amount setting)
For ii)
2
(6000/60 0.008)2 0.001 = 128
10
Expressions <2>
256
100
1
128 (Second stage acceleration amount setting)
From expressions <1> and <2>, the following is obtained:
256
40
1
3.56 (Second stage acceleration amount setting)
=
256
100
1
128 (Second stage acceleration amount setting)
38
Accordingly, (second stage acceleration amount setting) = 38.3
From expression <2> (or from expression <1>), (second stage
3
override setting) = 3.3
Set these values in No. 1724 and No. 1725 (Series 15i) or No. 2039
and No. 2114 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on). This completes the setting
of a second stage acceleration override.
NOTE
Second stage override is effective for second stage
offset.
<11>Setting a limit to the second stage acceleration amount
Making an optimum override setting for low-speed and
high-speed ranges may result in an insufficient acceleration
amount in a medium-speed range. To avoid this problem, adjust
overriding for low-speed and medium-speed ranges, and set an
optimum value for the high-speed range in the following
parameter as a limit value.
2751 (FS15i)
Limit value for the two-stage backlash second stage acceleration amount
2338 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767 (if this parameter is 0, no limit is placed to the second stage

acceleration amount.)
- 233 -

Second stage
acceleration amount
B-65270EN/07
Second stage
acceleration amount
Second stage
acceleration amount
Limit value:
No.2338
Gradient:
No.2114
Intercept:
No.2039
Acceleration
Measurement
point A
Measurement
point B
Acceleration
Measurement
point A
Measurement
point C
If there is no sufficient acceleration amount at

measurement point B, there remains a quadrant protrusion.
Measurement
point B
Measurement
point C
An optimum acceleration amount will be

obtained at all measurement points.
Fig. 4.6.7 (f) Override adjustment for the second stage acceleration amount of two-stage backlash acceleration
<12>Direction-specific setting for second stage acceleration

If the optimum second stage acceleration amount varies
depending on the direction in which turn-over occurs, specify the
following parameters.
2752 (FS15i)
2339 (FS30i, 16i)
[Recommended value]
2753 (FS15i)
2340 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
2754 (FS15i)
2341 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
Two-stage backlash second stage acceleration amount override for

turn-over from the negative direction to the positive direction
100
Second stage acceleration amount override for turn-over from the negative
direction to the positive direction
0 to 32767
Not used if the two-stage backlash second stage acceleration amount
from the negative direction to the positive direction (parameter No.
2752 (for the Series 15i) and No. 2339 (for the Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)) is 0.
This parameter takes effect when a reverse from the negative direction
to the positive direction takes place if the two-stage backlash second
stage acceleration amount from the negative direction to the positive
direction (parameter No. 2752 (for the Series 15i) and No. 2339 (for
the Series 30i, 16i, and so on)) is not 0.
It is not overridden if the setting is 0.
Second stage acceleration limit value for turn-over from the negative
direction to the positive direction
0 to 32767
Not used if the two-stage backlash second stage acceleration amount
from the negative direction to the positive direction (parameter No.
2752 (for the Series 15i) and No. 2339 (for the Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)) is 0. This parameter takes effect when a reverse from the negative
direction to the positive direction takes place if the two-stage backlash
second stage acceleration amount from the negative direction to the
positive direction (parameter No. 2752 (for the Series 15i) and No.
2339 (for the Series 30i, 16i, and so on)) is not 0.
If the setting is 0, the second stage acceleration amount is not limited.
- 234 -
B-65270EN/07
[Parameters used for direction-based setting]

Series30i,16i, and so on
Direction-based
setting
Reverse
direction
None
Common
From + to From - to+
Direction-based
setting
Reverse
direction
None
Common
From + to From - to+
Present
Second stage
acceleration
Acceleration
amount override
Acceleration
limit value
No.2039
No.2114
No.2338
No.2339
No.2340
No.2341
Second stage
acceleration
Acceleration
amount override
Acceleration
limit value
No.1724
No.1725
No.2751
No.2752
No.2753
No.2754
Series 15i
Present
(Tip) Supplement on backlash compensation value setting

In an ordinary mode not using FAD (in a mode other than the advanced
preview modes indicated below), the backlash acceleration function is
enabled only when a positive backlash compensation value is set. In the
advanced preview modes indicated below, the backlash acceleration function
is enabled, regardless of the setting of a backlash compensation value.
When FAD is used, an ordinary mode is treated in the same way as the
advanced preview modes. So, the backlash acceleration function is enabled,
regardless of the setting of a backlash compensation value.
code
*
*
Mode ON
Mode OFF
G08P1
G08P0
G05.1Q1
G05.1Q0
G05P10000
G05P0
G05.1Q1
G5.1Q0
Mode
Look-ahead acc./dec. mode before interpolation
High-precision contour control ( Subsec.4.6.3)
AI high-precision contour control
AI nano high-precision contour control
Fine HPCC
AI advanced preview control I mode
AI advanced preview control II mode
With the Series-30i/31i/32i (servo software Series 90D0 and 90E0), advanced
preview feed-forward is applied, not based on G code, at all times.
For the applicable CNCs, see Appendix D.
- 235 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Neglecting backlash acceleration during feeding by the handle

By enabling the bit below, the backlash acceleration function can be
enabled only during cutting feed.
#7
#6
1953 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLCU
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
BLCU (#6)
1:
To enable backlash acceleration only during cutting feed
NOTE
When bit 3 of No. 1800 is set to 1, the backlash
acceleration function is enabled at all times, and
switching is disabled.
With following series and editions of servo software, the bit 7 of
parameter No. 2752 (for the Series 15i) or bit 7 of No. 2339 (for the
Series 30i, 16i, and so on) can also be used to enable the backlash
acceleration function only during cutting feed.
- Series 90B0/C(03) and subsequent editions
- Series 90D0/A(01) and subsequent editions
- Series 90E0/A(01) and subsequent editions
By using this bit, switching is enabled even when bit 3 of No. 1800 is
set to 1. Backlash acceleration is enabled even at the hole bottom
during rigid tapping.
#7
2611 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLCUT2
2223 (FS30i, 16i)
BLCUT2(#7)
1:
The backlash acceleration function is enabled only during cutting

feed.
(5) Two-stage backlash acceleration function (type 2)

When the two-stage backlash acceleration function is used, quadrant
protrusions may be reduced more effectively by starting the second
stage acceleration as early as possible. The two-stage backlash
acceleration function type 2 enables the second stage acceleration
immediately after a reverse operation takes place.
- Series and editions of applicable servo software

90B0/W(23) and subsequent editions
90B1/A(01) and subsequent editions
- 236 -
B-65270EN/07
- Comparison with the conventional second stage acceleration

Start of reverse operation
Conventional second stage
acceleration
First stage acceleration
Second stage acceleration
Second stage start position (set in the detection unit)

Second stage end position (set with a scale factor of start
distance)
The initial value is output until the second stage
attenuation start position is reached, and attenuation is
performed in the area between the attenuation start
position and end position.

(type 2)
First stage acceleration
Second stage attenuation start position (set in the

detection unit)
Second stage end position (set in the detection unit)
Normally, second stage acceleration is not output until the second

stage start distance is reached. The two-stage backlash acceleration
type 2 starts outputting the acceleration amount immediately after the
reverse operation, and starts attenuation after the start distance.
- Setting parameters
#7
#6
#5
2684(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
2NDTMG
2271(FS30i,16i)
2NDTMG(#5)
0: Does not use the two-stage acceleration type 2.

1: Uses the two-stage acceleration type 2.
1975(FS15i)
Second stage attenuation start position
2082(FS30i,16i)

[Unit od data] Detection unit
[Typical setting] 0 to 10 m
1982(FS15i)
Second stage end position
2089(FS30i,16i)

[Unit od data] Detection unit
[Typical setting] 20 to 30 m
NOTE
For the two-stage backlash acceleration function
type 2, the second stage end position is set directly
in the detection unit.
- 237 -
4.6.8
B-65270EN/07
Static Friction Compensation Function
(1) Overview
When a machine, originally in the stop state, is activated, the increase
in speed may be delayed by there being a large amount of static
friction. The backlash acceleration function (see Subsec. 4.6.6 and
Subsec. 4.6.7) performs compensation when the motor rotation is
reversed. This function adds compensation data to a velocity
command when the motor, originally in the stop state, is requested to
rotate in the same direction, thus reducing the activation delay.

(3) Block diagram

Stop state
judgement operation
Move command
Static friction
compensation data
+
Position gain
Velocity command
Velocity feedback
Position feedback

<1> Enable this function.
#7
#6
1808 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
BLEN (#5)
1:
#7
1883 (FS15i)
The backlash acceleration function is enabled.

#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
SFCM
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
SFCM (#7)
1:
The static friction compensation function is enabled.
- 238 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
<2> Set adjustment parameters.

1964 (FS15i)
2071 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
Time during which the static friction compensation function is enabled (in
2-ms units)
0 to 32767
10
1965 (FS15i)
Static friction compensation
2072 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
0 to 32767
100
Offset for the velocity command that is to be added at the start of
travel from a stopped state
1966 (FS15i)
Stop state judgement parameter
2073 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Method of setting]
1 to 32767
Stop determination time = (parameter setting) Ts
Ts=8ms(Series 15i, 16i and so on), 4ms (Series 30i)
If the machine starts moving after stopping for the time set in this
parameter or more, this compensation function is enabled.
NOTE
1 If a small value is set in this parameter, feed at a
low feedrate is regarded by mistake as stop state,
and compensation may not be performed correctly.
In such a case, increase the setting of this
parameter.
2 When the static friction compensation function is
enabled, be sure to set a nonzero positive value in
this parameter.
#7
1953 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BLST
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
BLST (#7)
1990 (FS15i)
1:
The function used to release static friction compensation is

enabled.
Parameter for stopping static friction compensation
2097 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
0 to 32767
5
Parameter related to the distance the tool travels until the end of the
static friction compensation function. Determine the setting by
looking at the actual shape.
- 239 -
B-65270EN/07
Static friction compensation (minus direction)
2347(FS30i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767
Speed command offset applied when a movement is started from a
stop in the minus (-) direction.
When No. 23470, direction-by-direction static friction compensation
is enabled. When a movement is made in the minus (-) direction, the
value set in parameter No. 2347 is applied as a static friction
compensation value. When a movement is made in the plus (+)
direction, the value set in parameter No. 2072 is applied.
When No. 2347=0, the value set in parameter No. 2072 is used as a
static friction compensation value.
No.2347
Applied static friction

compensation
Movement in
Movement in
+ direction
direction
No.2072
No. 2072
Non-zero
value
No.2072
No. 2347
Remarks
Disables
direction-by-direction static
friction compensation.
Enables
direction-by-direction static
friction compensation.

- 240 -
B-65270EN/07
4.6.9
Torsion Preview Control Function
(1) Overview
For relatively large machines having torsion, torsion occurs between
the motor and the machine end during acceleration and deceleration.
In machines of this type, positional deviation is caused by torsion
during acceleration and deceleration.
Torsion preview control compensates the speed command by
estimating the amount of torsion from the position command. This
reduces the amount of positional deviation during acceleration and
deceleration.
Compensation for
torsion delay
Coefficient depending on acceleration

Acceleration torsion
compensation
+
PG
MCMD
Position FB
Position
error
Position
gain
VCMD
+
Velocity
control
TCMD
Fig. 4.6.9(a) Torsion preview control structure

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B)
(3) Notes
This function works only in the nano interpolation mode.

Because this function requires the user to observe the machine
operation at the time of adjustment, a separate detector is needed.
Enable the feed-forward function.
The function is more effective when the time constant of acc./dec.
is set so that acceleration changes smoothly. (Example:
Bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation plus linear-shaped
acc./dec. after interpolation)
- 241 -
B-65270EN/07

<1> Setting feed-forward
Torsion preview control uses feed-forward processing. Therefore, the
following parameter must be set:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1883(FS15i)
#1
#0
FEED
2005(FS30i,16i)
FEED(#1)
The feed-forward function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Set the parameter to use the feed-forward function. Since an error
amount is observed to determine the compensation value during the
adjustment, set 100% as the feed-forward coefficient for the feed for
which torsion preview control is used.
1985(FS15i)
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient (ADFF1)
2092(FS30i,16i)
1961(FS15i)
Feed-forward coefficient (FALPH)
2068(FS30i,16i)
1767(FS15i)
Position advanced preview feed-forward coefficient for cutting
2144(FS30i,16i)
When enabling torsion preview control also in rapid traverse, set FFR
to 1 to enable feed-forward control during rapid traverse.
#7
#6
#5
1800(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
FFR
1800(FS30i,16i)
FFR(#3)
Feed-forward control during rapid traverse is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
- 242 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
<2> Operation measurement and time constant setting

To make adjustments, measure the velocity waveform and error
amount.
The waveform may be measured using either the waveform display
screen or SERVO GUIDE. When operating the machine at a feedrate
of about F10 m/min, check that the following waveform is observed:
Actual speed
F10m/min
500 pulses
=50m
Position error
Fig. 4.6.9(b) Position error and actual speed
Torsion preview control differentiates position commands, so

attention should be given to the command mode and time constant
setting.
To ensure continuity of position command differential values, the
bell-shaped time constant and the time constant of acc./dec. after
interpolation must be set as well as the time constant of acc./dec.
before interpolation. The adjustment examples presented here assume
a large machine with a low resonance frequency of about 10 Hz and
set a time constant that prevents the machine from shaking largely at
the time of acc./dec.
Time constant of acc./dec. before interpolation
750 ms taken to reach F12000 mm/min
Acc./dec. before interpolation: bell-shaped time constant
200ms
Time constant of acc./dec. after interpolation
100ms
By setting the three time constants as explained above, the
acceleration component of position commands form a bell shape, and
the compensation value of torsion preview control also becomes
smooth. The values of the time constants depend on the vibration
status of the machine. So, set the time constants not to allow acc./dec.
to cause large vibration.
For position command data resolution and smoothness, nano
interpolation is used. When using torsion preview control, be sure to
perform operation in a nano interpolation mode such as AI nano
contour control or AI nano high precision contour control (when nano
interpolation is disabled, torsion preview control is also disabled.)
- 243 -
B-65270EN/07
<3> Setting the acceleration

In torsion preview control, three acceleration areas can be specified,
and compensation coefficients can be set separately for these areas.
In a machine having the spring characteristic assumed by torsion
preview control, there are almost proportional relationships between
the acceleration and the torsion amount and position error. Therefore,
setting the acceleration set for the time constant of acc./dec. before
interpolation and one acceleration which is about 1/2 to 3/4 of the
acceleration is normally sufficient.
Compensation
value
Maximum
compensation
value
K3
K2
K1: Compensation value for acceleration 1

K1
Acceleration Acceleration Acceleration

2
1
3
Acceleration
Fig. 4.6.9(c) Acceleration dependent compensation curve

2796(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: acceleration 1 (LSTAC1)
2383(FS30i,16i)
2797(FS15i)
2384(FS30i,16i)
2798(FS15i)
2385(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
D 1000 [mm/s2] unit (D: detection unit (mm))

0 to 32767
If the detection unit is 1 m, the unit is 1 mm/s2; if the detection

unit is 0.1 m, the unit is 0.1 mm/s2.
If the acceleration is set to 0, the setting is ignored.
Set acceleration values so that acceleration 1 is smaller than

acceleration 2, and acceleration 2 is smaller than acceleration 3.
If acceleration 1 is greater than acceleration 2, the setting of
acceleration 2 is ignored.
In this example, set the acceleration for the time constant of acc./dec.
before interpolation and another lower acceleration.
LSTAC2
Time constant of acc./dec. before interpolation is 750ms taken to
reach F12000mm/min
Acceleration = 12000/60/0.75 = 266.7mm/s2
If the detection unit is 0.1 m, a value is set in units of 0.1
mm/s2. Therefore,
LSTAC2 = 2667
- 244 -
B-65270EN/07
LSTAC1
Acceleration that is 3/4 of LSTAC2, 1000 ms taken to reach
F12000 mm/min
Acceleration = 12000/60/1 = 200 mm/s2, therefore,
LSTAC1 = 2000
LSTAC3
LSTAC3 = 0 because LSTAC3 is not used.
Compensation value
Maximum
compensation value
K2
K1
LSTAC1
=2000
Acceleration
LSTAC2
=2667
Fig. 4.6.9(d) Example of compensation curve
<4> Setting the acceleration torsion compensation value

The acceleration torsion compensation value is used to compensate the
amount of torsion generated at a constant acceleration. While
changing the acceleration setting, measure the position error generated
at a constant acceleration.
Actual speed
100
90
100 pulses
=10m
Position error
Fig. 4.6.9(e) Position error at LSTAC2
- 245 -
B-65270EN/07
Actual speed
60
45
100 pulses
=10m
Position
error
Fig. 4.6.9(f) Position error at LSTAC1
Set the values measured in Fig. 4.6.9 (e) and Fig. 4.6.9 (f) above in the
acceleration torsion compensation values shown below.
(Acceleration torsion amount)
2799(FS15i)
2386(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
2800(FS15i)
2387(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
2801(FS15i)
2388(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
Torsion preview control: Acceleration torsion compensation value K1

(LSTK1)
Detection unit
0 to 32767
Set the torsion amount generated at acceleration 1 in the detection unit.
When 0 is set, compensation is disabled.
(LSTK2)
Detection unit
0 to 32767
Set the torsion amount generated at acceleration 2 in the detection
unit.
When 0 is set, acceleration 1 and the K1 setting are applied. (See Fig.
4.6.9(g).)
(LSTK3)
Detection unit
0 to 32767
Set the torsion amount generated at acceleration 3 in the detection
unit.
When 0 is set, acceleration 2 and the K2 setting are applied. (See Fig.
4.6.9(h).)
The compensation values are corrected automatically so that the
following is satisfied: K1 K2 K3. (See Fig. 4.6.9(i).)
- 246 -
B-65270EN/07
Compensation value
Compensation value
Maximum compensation
value
Maximum compensation
value
K3
K2
K1
K1
K3
K2
Acceleration 1 Acceleration 2 Acceleration 3
Fig. 4.6.9(g) Compensation curve when K2 = 0

Compensation
value
Acceleration
Acceleration 1Acceleration 2 Acceleration 3
Acceleration
Fig. 4.6.9(h) Compensation curve when K3 = 0

Compensation
value
Setting value
Corrected value
K3
K3
K1
K1
K2
K2
Acceleration
Acceleration
Fig. 4.6.9(i) Automatic compensation of the compensation curve
(Acceleration torsion amount for each direction)

2804(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: Acceleration torsion compensation value K1N (LSTK1N)
2391(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
2805(FS15i)
Detection unit
0 to 32767
Set the amount of torsion generated at acceleration 1 (when the
acceleration is a negative value) in the detection unit.
2392(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
2806(FS15i)
Detection unit
0 to 32767
acceleration is a negative value) in the detection unit.
2393(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
Detection unit
0 to 32767
acceleration is a negative value) in the detection unit. If 4 is set,
acceleration 2 and the settings up to K2 apply.
CAUTION
When all the three accelerations are not used, set 0
in the parameter of the acceleration not used.
- 247 -
B-65270EN/07
From Fig. 4.6.9 (e) and Fig. 4.6.9 (f), LSTK1 through LSTK3 and
LSTK1N through LSTK3N are set as follows:
LSTK1=60, LSTK2=100, LSTK3=0
LSTK1N=45, LSTK2N=90, LSTK3N=0
<5> Setting the maximum compensation value (enabling torsion preview control)
2795(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: Maximum compensation value (LSTCM)
2382(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data raneg]
Detection unit
0 to 32767
Set the maximum value of the compensation value to be added to the
velocity command in the detection unit. By setting the parameter to a
value greater than 0, torsion preview control is enabled. Set a value
greater than the maximum position error value measured (a value
obtained by multiplication by about 1.2 to 2).
LSTCM=500
The above setting enables this compensation, which reduces the
position error generated at the time of acc./dec.
Actual speed
Actual speed
Position error
Position error
500 pulses
=50m
500 pulses
=50m
Fig. 4.6.9(j) Effect of acceleration torsion compensation
<6> Setting the torsion delay compensation value

Just with the acceleration torsion compensation value, the torsion
amount generated at the start of acc./dec. due to delay in velocity
control cannot be corrected, therefore there is a position error still left.
Adjust the torsion delay compensation value while observing the
waveform plotted at the time of acc./dec.
2802(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: Torsion delay compensation value KD (LSTKD)
2389(FS30i,16i)
2809(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: Torsion delay compensation value KDN (LSTKDN)
2396(FS30i,16i)
LSTKDN is used when there is a difference in delay between the start

of acceleration and the start of deceleration.
- 248 -
B-65270EN/07
Compensation for
torsion delay

compensation
+
MCMD
Position FB
Position
error
PG
Position
gain
VCMD
+
Velocity
control
TCMD
Fig. 4.6.9(k) Compensation for torsion delay
Actual speed
Actual speed
Positional error
Positional error
500 pulses
=50m
500 pulses
=50m
Fig. 4.6.9(l) Effect of compensation for torsion delay - 1
When the torsion delay compensation value is set to 2000, there is

slight position error still left, so a fine adjustment is made. Then, the
position error is decreased to 10 m or less as shown in the figure
below.
(Torsion delay compensation value =3000 / 2500)
Actual speed
KD=3000
KD=2500
Position error
500 pulses
=50m
Fig. 4.6.9(m) Effect of compensation for torsion delay - 2
- 249 -
B-65270EN/07
<7> Setting the torsion torque compensation coefficient

Torsion torque compensation is set when an adequate velocity loop
gain cannot be obtained and acceleration torsion compensation does
not work efficiently. The delay in velocity control can be compensated
by adding the differential of the compensation value to TCMD.
2815(FS15i)
Torsion preview control: Torsion torque compensation coefficient LSTKT
2402(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
%
0 to 1000
Compensation coefficient used when the compensation value of
VCMD is differentiated to compensate TCMD. When 100% is set as
the compensation coefficient for TCMD, the acceleration amount of
the motor itself is indicated.
Torsion torque compensation

compensation
Differential
LSTKT
MCMD
Position error
Position FB
+
Velocity control
PG
Position
gain
VCMD
Fig. 4.6.9(n) Torsion torque compensation
- 250 -
TCMD
B-65270EN/07
4.7
OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION FUNCTION

#7
#6
1808 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
OVSC
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
OVSC (#6)
1:
To enable the overshoot compensation function
1857 (FS15i)
Velocity loop incomplete integral gain (PK3V)
2045 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
0 to 32767
30000
*
Basically, reset the parameter to 0 if you do not use the overshoot
compensation function.
1970 (FS15i)
Overshoot compensation counter (OSCTP)
2077 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
0 to 32767
20

(3) Explanation
(a) Servo system configuration
Fig. 4.7 (a) shows the servo system configuration. Fig. 4.7 (b)
shows the velocity loop configuration.
+
NC
Kp
MCMD
Velocity loop
1/s
VCMD
Position feedback
Kp: Position gain
Fig. 4.7 (a) Digital servo system configuration

+
TCMD
PK1V/s
VCMD
Kt/ (Jm s)
Motor
PK2V
Velocity feedback
PK1V: Velocity loop integral gain

PK2V: Velocity loop proportional gain
/s:
Integrator
Fig. 4.7 (b) Velocity loop configuration
- 251 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) When incomplete integration and overshoot compensation are not used.
First, 1pulse motion command is issued from NC. Initially, because
the Position Feedback and Velocity Feedback are 0, the 1pulse
multiplied position gain Kp value is generated as the velocity
command (VCMD).
Because the motor will not move immediately due to internal friction
and other factors, the value of the integrator is accumulated according
to the VCMD. When the value of this integrator creates a torque
command, large enough to overcome the friction in the machine
system, the motor will move and VCMD will become 0 as the value
of MCMD and the Position Feedback becomes equal.
Furthermore, the Velocity Feedback becomes 1 only when it is
moved, and afterwards becomes 0. Therefore the torque command is
held fixed at that determined by the integrator.
The above situation is shown in Fig. 4.7 (c).
Move command
(MCMD)
t0
t1
Position Feedback
Speed command
(VCMD)
Kp
Velocity Feedback
PK1V 1 pulse
Integrator
Friction in the
machine system
Torque command
(TCMD)
TCMD1
PK1V 1 pulse
TCMD2
PK1V 2 pulses
Fig. 4.7 (c) Response to 1 pulse movement commands
If Fig. 4.7 (c) on the previous page, the torque (TCMD1) when
movement has started becomes greater than the machine static friction
level. The motor will move 1 pulse, and finally stops at the TCMD2
level.
Because the moving frictional power of the machine is smaller than
the maximum rest frictional power, if the final torque TCMD2 in Fig.
4.7 (c) is smaller than the moving friction level, the motor will stop at
the place where it has moved 1 pulse, Fig. 4.7 (d). When the TCMD2
is greater than the moving friction level the motor cannot stop and
overshoot will occur Fig. 4.7 (e).
The overshoot compensation function is a function to prevent the
occurrence of this phenomenon.
- 252 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Response to 1 pulse movement commands

(i)
Torque commands for standard settings (when there is no

overshoot)
Torque command (TCMD)
Static friction
Dynamic friction
TCMD1
PK1V 1 pulse
TCMD2
PK2V 1 pulse
Time
Fig. 4.7 (d) Torque commands (when there is no overshoot)
(ii) Torque commands for standard settings (during overshoot)

Torque command
(TCMD)
Static friction
TCMD1
PK1V 1 pulse
TCMD2
Dynamic friction
PK2V 1 pulse
Time
Fig. 4.7 (e) Torque commands (during overshoot)
Conditions to prevent further overshoot are as follows.

When
TCMD1 > static friction > dynamic friction > TCMD2 <1>
and there is a relationship there to
TCMD1 > static friction > TCMD2 > dynamic friction <2>
regarding static and dynamic friction like that of (ii), use the
overshoot compensation in order to make <2> into <1>.
The torque command status at that time is shown in (iii).
(iii) Torque command when overshoot compensation is used
Function bit
OVSC = 1 (Overshoot compensation is valid)
Parameter
PK3V: around 30000 to 25000 (Incomplete integral coefficient)
(Example)
when PK3V=32000 time constant approx. 42 msec
TCMD1
Static friction
Dynamic friction
This time constant

is fixed at the
PK3V value.
TCMD2
Time
Fig. 4.7 (f) Torque command (when overshoot is used)
- 253 -
B-65270EN/07
If this overshoot compensation function is used, it is possible to

prevent overshoot so that the relationship between machine static
and dynamic friction and TCMD2 satisfies <1>, however the
torque TCMD during machine stop is
TCMD2 = 0
the servo rigidity during machine stop is insufficient and it is
possible that there will be some unsteadiness at 1 pulse during
machine stop.
There is an additional function to prevent this unsteadiness in the
improved type overshoot prevention function and the status of
the torque command at that time is shown in (iv).
(iv) Torque command when
compensation is used
the
improved
type
overshoot
Function bit
OVSC = 1 (Overshoot compensation is valid)
Parameter
PK3V:
around 32000 (Incomplete integral coefficient)
OSCTP: around 20
(Number of incomplete integral)
When overshooting with this parameter, try increasing the value of the
overshoot protection counter (OSCTP) by 10. Conversely, when there
is no overshooting, but unsteadiness occurs easily during machine stop,
decrease the overshoot protection counter (OSCTP) value by 10.
When overshoot protection counter (OSCTP) = 0 it is the same as
existing overshoot compensation.
TCMD1
Static friction
Dynamic friction
t3
This time constant

is fixed at the
PK3V value.
TCMD3
TCMD2
Time
Fig. 4.7 (g) Torque command (using improved type overshoot

compensation)
If this function is used, the final torque command is TCMD3. If the

parameter PK3V (t3) is fixed so that this value becomes less than the
dynamic friction level, overshoot is nullified. Because torque
command is maintained to some degree during machine stop, it is
possible to decrease unsteadiness during machine stop.
- 254 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Improving overshoot compensation for machines using a 0.1-m

detection unit
(a) Overview
Conventional overshoot compensation performs imperfect integration
only when the error is 0.
A machine using a 0.1-m detection unit, however, has a very short
period in which the error is 0, resulting in a very short time for
imperfect integration.
The new function judges whether to execute overshoot compensation
when the error is within a predetermined range.
(b) Setting parameters

1994 (FS15i)
Overshoot compensation enable level
2101 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
[Recommended value]
0 to 32767
Detection unit
1 (detection unit: 1 m)
10 (detection unit: 0.1 m)
To set an error range for which overshoot compensation is enabled, set
, as indicated below, as the overshoot compensation enable level.
Error
Imperfect integration disabled
Error = +
Imperfect
integration enabled
Error = 0
Error =
Imperfect integration disabled
Fig. 4.7 (h) Relationship between error and overshoot compensation
(5) Overshoot compensation type 2

(a) Overview
For a machine using, for example, 0.1-m detection units, the use of
the conventional overshoot compensation function may generate
minute vibrations when the machine stops, even if the parameter for
the number of incomplete integration is set.
This is caused by the repeated occurrence of the following
phenomena:
While the machine is in the stopped state, the position error falls
within the compensation valid level, and the integrator is
rewritten. Subsequently, the motor is pushed back by a machine
element such as a machine spring element, causing the position
error to exceed the compensation valid level.
While the position error is beyond the threshold, a torque

command is output to decrease the position error, then it
decreases to below the threshold again.
In such a case, set the bit indicated below to suppress the minute
vibration.
- 255 -
B-65270EN/07

#7
#6
#5
#4
1742 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
OVS1
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
OVS1 (#3)
1:
Overshoot compensation is enabled only once after the

termination of a move command.
Overshoot compensation (Conventional type: When OVS1 = 0)
Very small vibration occurs because incomplete integration and

complete integration are repeated.
Position
error
Valid
compensation
level
Time
Compensation
enabled (incomplete
integration)
Compensation
enabled (incomplete
integration)
Compensation
enabled (incomplete
integration)
Overshoot compensation (Type 2: When OVS1 = 1)

Very small vibration can be suppressed because incomplete
integration is performed only once after move command completion.
Position
error
Valid
compensation
level
Time
Compensation
enabled (incomplete
integration)
Compensation
disabled (complete
integration)
Fig. 4.7 (i) Overshoot compensation type 2
- 256 -
B-65270EN/07
4.8
HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING FUNCTION

High-speed positioning is used in the following cases:
<1> To perform point-to-point movement quickly, where the
composite track of two or more simultaneous axes can be ignored
such as, for example, in a punch press
<2> To speed up positioning in rapid traverse while errors in the
shape during cutting must be minimized (reduction of cycle time)
In case <1>, the position gain switching function and the low-speed
integral function are effective ( See Subsec. 3.3.2, "High-Speed
Positioning Adjustment Procedure"). For the application of <2> above,
a combination of the fine acc./dec. (FAD) function and rapid traverse
feed-forward is useful. In the Series 30i, 31i, and 32i, nano
interpolation is always enabled, so the fine acc./dec. function is
unnecessary (unusable). For the use in <2> above, only the setting of
the feed-forward function is required.
This section explains these functions.
4.8.1
Position Gain Switching Function
(1) General
An increase in the position gain is an effective means of reducing the
positioning time when the machine is about to stop.
An excessively high position gain decreases the tracking ability of the
velocity loop, making the position loop unstable. This results in
hunting or overshoot. A position gain adjusted in high-speed response
mode produces a margin in the position gain when the machine is
about to stop.
Increase the position gain in low-speed mode so that both the
characteristics in high-speed response mode and a short positioning
time are achieved.
NOTE
When this function is used, the error amount in
constant-speed feed and the actual position gain
indication on the CNC do not match the logical values.
(2) Series and edition of applicable servo software

- 257 -
B-65270EN/07

<1> This parameter specifies whether to enable the position gain
switching function as follows:
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1957 (FS15i)
#0
PGTW
2015 (FS30i, 16i)
PGTW (#0)
The position gain switching function is used.

0: Invalid
1: Valid
<2> This parameter specifies whether to set the velocity at which
position gain switching is to occur, as follows:
1713 (FS15i)
Limit speed for enabling position gain switching
2028 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
The position gain is doubled with a speed lower than or equal to the
speed specified above.
Rotary motor:
0.01 min-1
Linear motor:
0.01 mm/min
0 to 32767
1500 to 5000
REFERENCE
Using the high-speed positioning velocity increment
system magnification function ( (5) in Subsec.
4.8.1) can increase the effective velocity to ten
times.
Fig. 4.8.1 (a) shows the relationships between the position error and
velocity command.
(4) When the feed-forward function is used at the same time (position gain
switching function type 2)
When using the position gain switching function together with the
feed-forward function, make the setting below.
(a) Overview
When the conventional position gain switching function is used in
conjunction with the feed-forward function, it can cause an overshoot
at a relative low feed-forward coefficient, sometimes resulting in a
difficulty in adjustment, because also the feed-forward term-based
effect is doubled. Position gain switch function type 2 has been
improved to make position gain switching independently of the
feed-forward function.
- 258 -
B-65270EN/07

In addition to the parameter of the position gain switching function
described earlier, set the following parameter.
#7
#6
1744 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PGTWN2
2204 (FS30i, 16i)
PGTWN2 (#5)
Specifies whether to double the feed-forward-based effect at position

gain switching as follows:
0: To double
1: Not to double
NOTE
This function is invalid when the VCMD interface is
in use.
(When the VCMD interface is in use, set PGTWN2
= 0.)
(5) High-speed positioning velocity increment system magnification function

(a) Overview
This function increases the velocity increment system for the effective
velocity parameter of the high-speed positioning functions (position
gain switch and low-speed integral functions) to ten times.

Using the following parameter can change the increment system for
the effective velocity.
#7
#6
#5
1744 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HSTP10
2204 (FS30i, 16i)
HSTP10 (#1)
Specifies the effective velocity increment system for the high-speed

positioning functions (position gain switch and low-speed integral
functions) as follows:
0: 0.01 min-1 (rotary motor), 0.01 mm/min (linear motor)
1: 0.1 min-1 (rotary motor), 0.1 mm/min (linear motor)
NOTE
The value set in this function applies to the
increment system of both the "position gain
switching function" and "low-speed integral
function."
- 259 -
B-65270EN/07
Velocity command
When enabled
When disabled
Positional deviation
Position gain
Doubled area
Fig. 4.8.1 (a) Position gain switching
- 260 -
B-65270EN/07
4.8.2
Low-speed Integral Function
(1) Overview
To ensure that the motor responds quickly, a small time constant must
be set so that a command enabling quick startup is issued.
If the time constant is too small, vibration or hunting occurs because
of the delayed response of the velocity loop integrator, preventing
further reduction of the time constant.
With the low-speed integral function, velocity loop integrator
calculation is performed in low-speed mode only. This function
ensures quick response and high stability while maintaining the
positioning characteristics in the low-speed and stop states.
(2) Series and edition of applicable servo software


<1> Specify whether to enable the low-speed integral function.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1957 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
SSG1
2015 (FS30i, 16i)
SSG1
The low-speed integral function is used.

0: Invalid
1: Valid
<2> Specify whether to enable integration at acc./dec. time.
1714 (FS15i)
Limit speed for disabling low-speed integral at acceleration
2029 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
The integral gain is invalidated during acceleration at a speed higher

than or equal to the specified speed.
Rotary motor:
0.01 min-1
Linear motor:
0.01 mm/min
0 to 32767
1000
- 261 -

1715 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Limit speed for enabling low-speed integral at deceleration
2030 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
The integral gain is validated during deceleration at a speed lower

than or equal to the specified speed.
Rotary motor:
0.01 min-1
Linear motor:
0.01 mm/min
0 to 32767
1500
REFERENCE
Using the high-speed positioning velocity increment
system magnification function ( (5) in Subsec.
4.8.1) can increase the effective velocity to ten
times.
This function can specify whether to enable the velocity loop
integration term for two velocity values, the first for acceleration and
the second for deceleration. It works as shown in Fig. 4.8.2 (a).
Valid velocity
at deceleration
Invalid velocity
at acceleration
Time
Integration
disabled
Fig. 4.8.2 (a) Integration invalid range at low-speed integral
- 262 -
B-65270EN/07
4.8.3
Fine Acceleration/Deceleration (FAD) Function
(1) Overview
The fine acceleration/deceleration (fine acc./dec.) function enables
smooth acc./dec. This is done by using servo software to perform
acc./dec. processing, which previously has been performed by the
CNC. With this function, the mechanical stress and strain resulting
from acc./dec. can be reduced.
(2) Features
Acc./dec. is controlled by servo software at short intervals,

allowing smooth acc./dec.
Smooth acc./dec. can reduce the stress and strain applied to the
machine.
Because of the reduced stress and strain on the machine, a shorter
time constant can be set (within the motor acceleration capability
range).
Two acc./dec. command types are supported: bell-shaped and
linear acc./dec. types.
An application of the fine acc./dec. function is found in the
cutting and rapid traverse operations; for each operation, the
FAD time constant, feed-forward coefficient, and velocity
feed-forward coefficient can be used separately.

NOTE
In the Series 30i, 31i, and 32i, smooth acc./dec. is
always performed by nano interpolation, so the fine
acc./dec. function is unnecessary. (The settings for
the function are also ignored.)
(4) Setting basic parameters

#7
1951 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FAD
2007 (FS16i)
FAD (#6)
1:
Enables the fine acc./dec. function.
NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
- 263 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1749 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
FADL
2209 (FS16i)
FADL (#2)
0:
1:
*
FAD bell-shaped
FAD linear type
Set 1 (linear type) usually .
NOTE
1702 (FS15i)
Fine acc./dec. time constant (ms)
2109 (FS16i)
[Valid data range]
8 to 64 (Standard setting: 24)

A value exceeding the valid data range is clamped to the upper or
lower limit of the range.
When the fine acc./dec. and feed-forward functions are used together,
set the coefficient in the following parameter.
(The parameter No. is the same as that used for advanced preview
control.)
1985 (FS15i)
Position feed-forward coefficient (in units of 0.01%)
2092 (FS16i)
[Valid data range]
100 to 10000
NOTE
1 Feed-forward control is enabled by setting bit 1 of
No. 1883 (Series 15i) or No. 2005 (Series 16i and
so on) to 1.
2 The velocity feed-forward coefficient is set in
parameter No. 1962 (Series 15i) or No. 2069
(Series 16i and so on) which is the same
parameter as that used for normal operation.
3 Generally, the fine acc./dec. function is enabled in
cutting mode only.
4 If bit 3 of No. 1800 is set to 1, the FAD function is
enabled both for cutting and rapid traverse mode.
(5) Setting parameters for the fine acc./dec. function, used separately for
cutting and rapid traverse
As mentioned above, set the fine acc./dec. function bit and the bit for
selecting the bell-shaped or linear type.
Then, set the following:
#7
#6
#5
1800 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
FFR
1800 (FS16i)
FFR (#3)
1:
Enables feed-forward in rapid traverse also.
- 264 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1742 (FS15i)
#0
FADCH
2202 (FS16i)
FADCH (#0)
1:
Enables the fine acc./dec. function, used separately for cutting

and rapid traverse.
NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be turned off
before operation is continued.
In cutting mode, the following parameters are used:
1766 (FS15i)
Fine acc./dec. time constant 2 (ms)
2143 (FS16i)
[Valid data range]
1767 (FS15i)
8 to 64
A value that falls outside this range, if specified, is clamped to the
upper or lower limit.
Position feed-forward coefficient for cutting (in units of 0.01%)
2144 (FS16i)
1768 (FS15i)
Velocity feed-forward coefficient for cutting (%)
2145 (FS16i)
In rapid traverse mode, the following parameters are used:

1702 (FS15i)
Fine acc./dec. time constant (ms)
2109 (FS16i)
[Valid data range]
1985 (FS15i)
8 to 64
A value that falls outside this range, if specified, is clamped to the
upper or lower limit.
Position feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse (in units of 0.01%)
2092 (FS16i)
1962 (FS15i)
Velocity feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse (%)
2069 (FS16i)
NOTE
1 When the settings above are made, both of the fine acc./dec.
time constant and feed-forward coefficient can be automatically
switched for cutting feed or rapid traverse. To switch the
feed-forward coefficient only, use the cutting feed/rapid
traverse switchable feed-forward function. (See Subsec. 4.6.4.)
2 When FAD, used separately for cutting and rapid traverse, is
applied to axes under simple synchronous control, set the
function bit for both the master and slave axes. When the
function is enabled for the master axis only, switching between
cutting and rapid traverse modes cannot be performed.
- 265 -
B-65270EN/07
Table 4.8.3 Feed-forward coefficient and fine acc./dec. time constant parameters classified by use
Series 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i
Parameter setting
Parameters for cutting
No.2005 No.2007 No.1800 No.2202

#1
#6
#3
#0
Cutting FF
Usual FF
(cutting FF
+ rapid traverse FF)
Cutting FAD
Cutting/rapid
traverse-specific FAD
Cutting FAD + cutting FF
Cutting FAD + usual FF
Cutting/rapid
traverse-specific FAD +
cutting/rapid traverse-specific
FF
Parameters for rapid

traverse
Position
Velocity
Position
Velocity
FAD time
FAD time
FF
FF
FF
FF
constant
constant
coefficient coefficient
No. 2068
No. 2069
No. 2092
No. 2068
No. 2069
No. 2092
No. 2068
No. 2092
No. 2069
No. 2109
No. 2143
No. 2109
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
No. 2092 No. 2069 No. 2109

No. 2092 No. 2069 No. 2109 No. 2092
No. 2069
No. 2144 No. 2145 No. 2143 No. 2092
No. 2069 No. 2109
Series 15i
Parameter setting
Parameters for cutting
No.1883 No.1951 No.1800 No.1742

#1
#6
#3
#0
Parameters for rapid

traverse
Position
Velocity
Position
Velocity
FAD time
FAD time
FF
FF
FF
FF
constant
constant
No. 1961
No. 1962
No. 1985
No. 1961
No. 1961
No. 1962
No. 1962
No. 1985
No. 1985
No. 1702
-
Cutting FF
Usual FF
Cutting FAD
Cutting/rapid traverse-specific
FAD
Cutting FAD + cutting FF
Cutting FAD + usual FF
Cutting/rapid traverse-specific
FAD + cutting/rapid
traverse-specific FF
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
No. 1985 No. 1962 No. 1702

No. 1985 No. 1962 No. 1702 No. 1985 No. 1962
No. 1767 No. 1768 No. 1766 No. 1985 No. 1962 No. 1702
No. 1766
No. 1702
NOTE
1 In the above tables, the abbreviations "FF" and
"FAD" refer to the feed-forward function and fine
acc./dec. function, respectively.
2 Of two parameter numbers stacked one on the
other in each field of the above tables, the upper
one is used in non-advance mode, and the lower
one, in advance mode.
- 266 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Cautions for combined use of the synchronization function with the
spindle axis and fine acc./dec.
The restrictions listed below are imposed on the combined use of the
synchronization function between the servo axis and spindle axis and
the fine acc./dec. function.
(Disable the fine acc./dec. function if the combine use is impossible.)
Function
Use of FAD for servo axis

When FAD is When FAD is
disabled for
enabled for
spindle axis
spindle axis
Rigid tapping
Allowed
Allowed
Advanced
preview control
rigid tapping
Not allowed
Allowed
Cs axis contour
control
Not allowed
Allowed
Hob function
EGB function
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
Flexible
synchronization
Not allowed
Allowed
Cautions for combined use

When FAD is disabled for spindle axis :
During rigid tapping, FAD and feed-forward control are
disabled. For synchronization, the position gain for the
servo axis must be changed. See (7).
When FAD is enabled for spindle axis :
The same FAD time constant, acc./dec. type, feed-forward
coefficient, and position gain must be used for the servo
axis (during cutting) and the spindle axis.
coefficient, and position gain must be used for the servo axis
(during cutting) and the spindle axis.
Disable the fine acc./dec. function.
Disable the fine acc./dec. function.
NOTE
The spindle FAD function can be used when an i spindle amplifier and FANUC
Series 16i/18i/21i MODEL B CNC are used.
Spindle software : Series 9D50/E(05) and subsequent editions
CNC software : M series : Series B0H1/M(13) and subsequent editions,
Series BDH1M(13) and subsequent editions,
Series DDH1/M(13) and subsequent editions,
Series BDH5/C(03) and subsequent editions
T series : Series B1H1/M(13) and subsequent editions
Series BEH1/M(13) and subsequent editions
Series DEH1/M(13) and subsequent editions
For details of the spindle FAD function, refer to "FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR i
series, FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR i series, FANUC AC BUILT-IN SPINDLE
MOTOR Bi series Parameter Manual (B-65280EN)".
Function
Flexible synchronization
(between servo axes)
Combined
use with FAD
function
Allowed
Cautions for combined use

For the axes to be synchronized with each other, the same FAD time
constant, feed-forward coefficient, and position gain must be set.
- 267 -
B-65270EN/07
(7) Rigid tapping synchronization when spindle axis FAD is disabled

(a) Overview
Because using fine acc./dec. causes the servo axis delay (error) to
increase by 1 ms, rigid tapping with fine acc./dec. set up results in an
increase of synchronization error against the spindle. To avoid this
increase, use the following procedure to change the servo axis position
gain for rigid tapping.
NOTE
In advanced preview control mode, rigid tapping
cannot be used together with fine acc./dec. In this
case, disable fine acc./dec.
(b) Setup procedure
By setting the parameter below, the position gain can be automatically
changed only for the servo axis to establish synchronization.
(Parameter)
#7
#6
#5
1749 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FADPGC
2209 (FS16i)
FADPGC (#3)
Specifies whether to perform synchronization in rigid tapping mode

when FAD is set up, as follows:
0: Not to perform
1: To perform To be set
NOTE
2 If this parameter is set, the servo position gain
increases by 1 ms even when rigid tapping is not
used.
3 It is necessary to set this parameter for all axes
that are subjected to contouring.
- 268 -
B-65270EN/07
(Reference)
With Series 16i and so on, two types of parameters are available
for position gain setting. By setting the parameters as described
below, a position gain match can be ensured between the servo
axis and spindle.
NOTE
Do not make following setting when FADPGC = 1
is set.
a. Nos. 4065 to 4068: Spindle servo mode position gain
b. Nos. 5280 to 5284: Rigid tapping position loop gain
Parameter type "a" corresponds to the spindle position loop gain
for rigid tapping, and parameter type b, to the servo axis position
loop gain. Usually, both parameter types take the same values.
For a servo axis with fine acc./dec. specified, however, set
parameter type b with the values obtained using the following
calculation:
100000
Newly set
position gain =
100000 - Usually set position
value
gain value
Usually set
position gain
value
Example of parameter setting)

Position gain (1/s)
Usually set value
Newly set value
15
16.66
20
25
30
33.33
35
40
45
50
1500
1666
2000
2500
3000
3333
2500
4000
4500
5000
1523
1694
2041
2564
3093
3448
3627
4167
4712
5263
- 269 -
B-65270EN/07
(8) Other specifications to note regarding the fine acc./dec. function
Advanced preview control and fine acc./dec. can be used

together. (The time constants before and after advanced preview
interpolation, and the fine acc./dec. time constant are effective.)
If FAD is set, then the G05 P10000 command is issued with
HPCC, FAD is disabled.
Using the FAD function increases the position error as follows:
For FAD bell-shaped
Deviation incerase (pulses) =
Feedrate (mm/min)
FAD time constant (ms)
+ 1
60 1000 Detection unit (mm)
2
For FAD linear type

Feedrate (mm/min)
FAD time constant (ms) + 1
+ 1
60 1000 Detection unit (mm)
2
Example)
When feed operation is performed using F1800 with a position
gain of 30 (1/s) and a detection unit of 0.001 mm, the position
error is normally expressed as follows:
Normal deviation (pulses) =
Feedrate (mm/min)
60 Position gain (1/s) Detection unit (mm)
1800
=
= 1000( pulses )
60 30 0.001
When the FAD function (FAD bell-shaped) is used with the time
constant set to 64 ms, the deviation increases as follows:
64
+ 1 = 990( pulses )
60 1000 0.01 2
1800
When FAD is used, the entire deviation is then obtained as

follows:
Deviation when FAD is used (pulses) = 1000 + 990
= 1990 (pulses)
The combined use of the FAD function and the feed-forward function
does not increase the position error so much as expected, because the
feed-forward function decreases a delay against the command. When
the FAD function is used alone, however, a higher error
overestimation level must be set, considering the increase in the
deviation.
- 270 -
B-65270EN/07
(9) Examples of applying the fine acc./dec. function

Motor velocity
Motor velocity
Torque command
Torque command
Conventional control in which the

feed-forward function is not used
When the feed-forward function is used
Motor velocity
Motor velocity
Torque command
Torque command
When the feed-forward and rapid traverse

bell-shaped acc./dec.
(Acc./dec. by the CNC)
functions are used
When the feed-forward and fine acceleration/

deceleration functions are used
- 271 -
B-65270EN/07
4.9
SERIAL FEEDBACK DUMMY FUNCTIONS
4.9.1
Serial Feedback Dummy Functions
(1) Overview
The serial feedback dummy functions ignore servo alarms of
non-servo axes.

Series 9096 does not support the settings of such dummy axes.
(This series is not planed to support this function in the future. If
necessary, use a series supporting this function.)
(3) Setting the built-in Pulsecoder-based feedback dummy function

Setting the function bit shown below enables ignoring of alarms
related to the servo amplifier and built-in Pulsecoder for an axis not
connected to a servo control circuit.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1953 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
DMY
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
DMY (#0)
Specifies whether to enable the serial feedback dummy function as

follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
1788 (FS15i)
Set 0.
2165 (FS30i, 16i)
To use the serial feedback dummy functions, a non-zero value must be

entered as the motor ID number.
1874 (FS15i)
Motor ID number
2020 (FS30i, 16i)
Enter an appropriate non-zero value.

Example) 252
- 272 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Handling of dummy axes in the i series CNC
Usually in the i series, the number of amplifiers must match that of

axes. A dummy axis can be set normally if the axis to be set as the
dummy axis has an amplifier. However, if an attempt is made to set an
axis that does not have an amplifier as a dummy axis, an alarm may be
issued, indicating that amplifiers are insufficient.
In such a case, make FSSB settings as if a series of existing amplifiers
were followed by another amplifier.
Example When there are only two amplifiers for a 3-axis NC
AMP1
(X axis)
X 000.000
Y 000.000
Z 000.000
AMP2
(Z axis)
Dummy axis
(Y axis)
FSSB
Three axes including the

X-axis, Y-axis, and
Z-axis are declared on
the CNC.
There are only two

amplifiers.
Set a parameter for the

Y-axis as if an amplifier
for the Y-axis were
present at the end.
Let us consider how to make the Y-axis (second axis) a dummy axis in
the above configuration.
Set up the parameters as follows:
(Series 15i-B,16i-B, and so on)
No.1023 X:1 Y:2 Z:3
No.1902 bit1=0, bit0=1
No.1905 bit0 X:0 Y:0 Z:0
No.1910=0
No.1911=2
No.1912=1 Add a dummy axis.
Nos.1913 to 1919=40
Nos.1970 to 1989=40
No.2009 bit0 Y:1
No.2165 Y:0
No.1023 X:1 Y:2 Z:3
No.1902 bit1=0, bit0=1
No.1905 bit0 X:0 Y:0 Z:0
No.14340= 0
No.14341= 2
No.14342= 1
Nos.14343 to 14375= -96
No.2009 bit0 Y:1
No.2165 Y:0
*
For detailed descriptions about FSSB-related setting, refer to the

respective CNC parameter manuals.
- 273 -
B-65270EN/07
(5) Separate detector-based dummy feedback

The separate detector-based dummy feedback function is intended to
ignore alarms for an axis when the separate detector has been
disconnected from the axis temporarily. Set the following bit.
#7
#6
#5
1745 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FULDMY
2205 (FS30i, 16i)
FULDMY (#2)
Specifies whether to enable the separate detector-based dummy

feedback function as follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
NOTE
1 The relationships of this function with the built-in
Pulsecoder-based serial feedback dummy function
are as follows:
When only the built-in Pulsecoder-based serial
feedback dummy function is enabled:
Alarms related to the built-in Pulsecoder and
amplifier are ignored.
When only the separate detector-based dummy
feed-back function is enabled:
Alarms related to the separate detector are
ignored.
When both the functions are enabled:
Alarms related to the built-in Pulsecoder,
separate detector, and amplifier are ignored.
2 When using the serial feedback dummy function,
match the control cycle (HRV) with other axes
(non-dummy axes).
Related parameter numbers:
No.2004, No.2013 #0, No.2014 #0 (Series 30i, 16i)
No.1809, No.1707 #0, No.1708 #0 (Series 15i)
- 274 -
B-65270EN/07
4.9.2
How to Use the Dummy Feedback Functions for a Multiaxis

Servo Amplifiers when an Axis is not in Use
If an axis connected to a multiaxis amplifier is not in use, it is
necessary to set the dummy function bit described in Subsec. 4.9.1 and
connect a dummy connector to the amplifier.
Information about dummy connector
Location
Jumper between pins 11 and 12.
JFx
When the servo software indicated below is used, the setting of the
parameter below enables a multiaxis amplifier to be operated without
inserting a dummy connector.
Series 90D0/L(12) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/L(12) and subsequent editions
Series 90B1/F(06) and subsequent editions
Series 90B8/F(06) and subsequent editions
#7
#6
#5
No.2692(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DMCON
No.2279(FS30i,16i
)
DMCON(#0)
In emergency stop cancellation with the dummy function enabled:

0: The ready signal is not output to the amplifier.
1: The ready signal is output to the amplifier.
- 275 -
4.10
B-65270EN/07
BRAKE CONTROL FUNCTION
(1) Overview
This function prevents the tool from dropping vertically when a servo
alarm or emergency stop occurs. The function prevents the motor from
being immediately deactivated, instead keeping the motor activated
for the period specified in the corresponding parameter, until the
mechanical brake is fully applied.
(2) Hardware configuration

Servo amplifier (iSV)
CNC
System software
<1>
Servo software
<2>
Power Supply (iPS)
<3>
Timer built into
amplifier
(Max400ms)
Communication between amplifiers
FSSB
PMC
Brake control timer

(No.2083)
<5>
Activation
OFF
Main power
supply
AC200V/400V
X
Z
Brake signal
<4>
Emergency stop signal
Fig. 4.10 (a) Example of configuration
The numbers of the following descriptions correspond to those in the

figure:
<1> Applicable system software
Any system soft can be used.
<2> Applicable servo software
- 276 -
B-65270EN/07
<3> Servo amplifier

For an axis that uses the brake control function, the use of a
1-axis servo amplifier is recommended. See NOTE below.
For an axis to which the brake control function is not applied,
any servo amplifier can be used.
NOTE
If you want to control the brake for an axis with a
2-axis or 3-axis amplifier, specify the brake control
parameter for all axes on the multiaxis amplifier
including the target axis. If an alarm is generated
for any of the axes connected to the 2-axis or
3-axis amplifier, brake control does not operate
effectively.
<4> Emergency stop signal
With the i series, a timer for the emergency stop signal is built
into the iSV. While motor activation is kept by brake control,
the timer in the iSV is used to extend the activation time that
lasts until the emergency stop signal operates. Motor deactivation
can be delayed by the iSV for 50 ms to 400 ms. To delay motor
deactivation by brake control for 400 or more, insert a timer in
the contact signal of the emergency stop signal and +24V, and
delay the emergency stop signal to be input to the iPS, as
traditionally done. (For iSV timer setting, see Item (3) "Setting
parameters" below.)
iSP
iPS
iSV
Emergency
(To delay motor stop contact
deactivation for
2
400 ms or more,
a timer is
3
required.)
Coil
CX4
ESP
+24 V
:
:
:
:
:
:
CX3
MCC
Fig. 4.10 (b) i series amplifier
<5> 200/400 VAC

If the 200 VAC or 400 VAC supply to the servo amplifier is cut,
the brake control function cannot operate.
To cause the brake control function to work effectively even at a
power break, apply the power brake machine protection function.
- 277 -
B-65270EN/07

<1> Brake control function enable/disable bit
#7
1883 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BRKC
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
BRKC (#6)
1:
The brake control function is enabled.
<2> Activation delay

1976 (FS15i)
Brake control timer
2083 (FS30i, 16i)
[Increment system]
[Valid data range]
msec
0 to 16000
(Example)
To specify an activation delay of 200 ms, set the brake control
timer usually with 200 (appropriately). Do not set it with 500 or
greater. Also set the timer connected to the emergency stop
contact with the same value as set in the parameter.
<3> Setting the emergency stop timer built into the iSV
#7
1750 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ESPTM1 ESPTM0
2210 (FS30i, 16i)
ESPTM0 (#5), ESPTM1 (#6)
Set a period of time from the input of the emergency stop signal into
the iPS until emergency stop operation is actually performed in the
servo amplifier (iSV).
ESPTM1
ESPTM0
Delay time
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
50 ms (default)
100ms
200ms
400ms
When using brake control, set a time longer than the setting of the
brake control timer (No. 1976 for Series 15i or No. 2083 for Series 16i
and so on).
NOTE
For those axes that are connected to a 2-axis
amplifier or 3-axis amplifier, the parameters above
need to be set in the same way.
(4) Detailed operation

Suppose that there is a machine having horizontal and vertical axes
of motion. When a servo alarm (*) occurs on the horizontal axis but no
error occurs on the vertical axis, the MCCs of the amplifiers for all
axes are turned off. When the emergency stop button is pressed, the
MCCs of the amplifiers for all axes are turned off.
- 278 -
B-65270EN/07
Standard machines have a mechanical brake that prevents the tool

from dropping vertically in such cases. The mechanical brake may
actually function according to the timing shown in Fig. 4.10 (c). If this
occurs, the tool will drop vertically, causing the tool or workpiece to
be damaged.
This function changes the timing to force MCC off, using a software
timer, thus preventing the tool from dropping. Fig. 4.10 (d) shows the
timing diagram.
Alarm or emergency
stop signal
ON
Mechanical brake
OFF
Servo amplifier
MCC off
Delay (Td)
*ESP signal to
iPS (+24V)
The tool drops vertically.
Fig. 4.10 (c)

Alarm or
emergency stop
signal
(*) With the i servo amplifier, the
operation (Section A) of the
*ESP signal in the iSV can be
delayed for up to 400 ms by
setting the parameter for the
emergency stop timer built into
the amplifier. So, when the
brake control timer is set to less
than 400 ms, no external timer is
required for the *ESP signal to
be input to the iPS.
Mechanical brake
ON
OFF
50 to 100 ms (approximately)
Servo amplifier
MCC off
Brake control timer: Should be longer
(approximately 200 ms) than the time (50 to 100 ms)
during which the mechanical brake is applied.
*ESP signal to
iPS (+24V)
*ESP signal in
iSV
Section A
(*)
The control current
sustains the tool.
The control
current and
mechanical brake
sustain the tool.
The mechanical
brake sustains the
tool.
Fig. 4.10 (d)
NOTE
1 The servo alarm mentioned in the above description
refers to a servo alarm detected by the software (OVC
alarm, motor overheat alarm, software disconnection
alarm, etc.), an alarm detected by the servo amplifier, or
a servo alarm detected by the CNC (excessive error).
If a servo alarm occurs on the axis using this function,
no brake control is performed on the axis (except for a
motor overheat alarm).
2 For brake control, use the SA signal (F0.6, which is
common to all axes).
- 279 -
4.11
B-65270EN/07
QUICK STOP FUNCTION

The functions described below prevent the tool from colliding with the
machine or workpiece by reducing the distance required for the motor
to come to a stop if a usual emergency stop condition occurs or if a
separate detector disconnection alarm, overheat alarm, or OVC alarm
is issued.
4.11.1
Quick Stop Type 1 at Emergency Stop
(1) Overview
This function reduces the stop distance by resetting the velocity
command for a servo motor to 0 at a position where an emergency
stop signal is detected for the servo motor. To further reduce the stop
distance required for the motor to stop, use quick stop type 2 at
emergency stop described in Subsec. 4.11.2.


#7
#6
#5
1959 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DBST
2017 (FS30i, 16i)
DBST (#0)
Specifies whether to enable quick stop type 1 at emergency stop as

follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
To use the quick stop at emergency stop, enable the brake control
function to all axes, which use the quick stop function.
- 280 -
B-65270EN/07
(Brake control function)

#7
1883 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BRKC
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
BRKC (#6)
Specifies whether to enable brake control function as follows:

0: To disable
1: To enable
NOTE
When only the brake control function is set, a
gradual stop occurs with the torque limit reduced to
70%.
When the quick stop at emergency stop is enabled,
a gradual stop occurs with the torque limit set to
100%, so that the stop distance is reduced.
1976 (FS15i)
Brake control timer
2083 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Setting value]
ms
50 to 100
(4) Timing diagram

Emergency stop signal
Quick stop function
Dynamic brake
Deceleration
by quick stop
function
Deceleration by
dynamic brake
Motor speed
Fig. 4.11.1 (a) Timing diagram of quick stop function
(5) Connection of amplifier

PSM
Emergency stop contact

(No timer is necessary.)
Coil
ESP
+24 V
:
:
:
CX3
MCC
Fig. 4.11.1 (b) i series amplifier
- 281 -
SVM
CX4
2
SPM
:
:
:
4.11.2
B-65270EN/07
Quick Stop Type 2 at Emergency Stop
(1) Overview
This function returns a servo motor to a position where an emergency
stop signal is detected for the servo motor, thereby assuring a shorter
stop distance than with quick stop type 1 at emergency stop.
Diagram for comparing stop distances
No stop distance
reduction function
Type 1
Type 2
Return after some overshoot

Emergency stop signal detected


#7
1744 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DBS2
2204 (FS30i, 16i)
DBS2 (#7)

follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
NOTE
1 Like type 1, type 2 requires that the brake control
parameter be set.
2 The method of connecting the amplifier for type 2 is
the same as for type 1.
3 If both type 1 and type 2 function bits are set, type
2 function is assumed.
- 282 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.3
Lifting Function Against Gravity at Emergency Stop
4.11.3.1 Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop

(1) Overview
This function is intended to lift and stop the vertical axis (Z-axis) of a
vertical machining center when the machine comes to an emergency
stop or power failure.

Series 90B0/P(16) and subsequent editions

Because this function uses quick stop at emergency stop type 2, the
following function bit must be set to 1 (enable). Quick stop type 1 at
emergency stop (bit 0 of No. 1959 (Series 15i, etc.) or bit 0 of No.
2017 (Series 30i, 16i, etc.) is not needed.)
#7
1744 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DBS2
2204 (FS30i, 16i)
DBS2 (#7)

follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
2786 (FS15i)
Distance to lift
2373 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
This parameter is for determining a distance to lift at an emergency

stop. The larger the value, the larger becomes the distance to lift.
Detection unit or 1m (See Subsec.4.11.3.3.)
-32767 to 32767
Detection unit 1m
: Approximately 500
Detection unit 0.1m
: Approximately 5000
- 283 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 If the brake is in use, it starts working while the
vertical axis is being lifted. So the distance through
which the axis is actually lifted differs from the setting.
2 Whether the parameter values is positive or negative
matches whether the machine coordinate value is
positive or negative.
3 Using this function causes the load to stop after
moving it to one side of the machine. So, it should be
used for the vertical axis (Z-axis) of a vertical
machining center in which an axis retracts in a fixed
single direction at an emergency stop.
2787 (FS15i)
Lifting time
2374 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]
This parameter determines the lifting time as measured from the time
of an emergency stop. The distortion easing function is executed after
the lifting time has elapsed. This function is intended to decrease the
amount of machine elastic strain that can increase when a vertical axis
is lifted when the machine is about to apply the brake. Executing this
function can reduce the shock that may occur when the axis drops
because the servo amplifier stops energizing. The initial value of the
function is a quarter of the distance to lift.
(See the following figure.)
ms
8 to 32767
Approximately 16 or 24 ms
NOTE
1 Specify an integer multiple of 8 as the lifting time
2 To use the lifting function against gravity at
emergency stop, specify 8 ms or longer as the lifting
time.
3 If the distortion easing function is not used, specify
the time longer than or equal to the one set in the
brake control timer as the lifting time.
Velocity command
Vertical axis lifting
Distortion
easing
function
Lifting time
Fig. 4.11.3 (a) Velocity command
- 284 -
B-65270EN/07
Motor position waveform
Time specified in the brake control timer

Distortion easing function: Decreases
the machine elastic strain that increases
when the vertical axis is lifted.
The vertical axis is lifted.
The distortion easing function

decreases the shock that may occur
when the servo motor is de-energized.
Emergency stop input
Energizing by the amplifier is turned off.
Fig. 4.11.3 (b) Motor position waveform
Using this function requires specifying the following brake control

parameters.
Brake control function bit
#7
1883 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
BRKC
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
BRKC(#6)
The brake control function is:

0 : Disabled.
1 : Enabled Use this setting.
Energizing delay time
1976 (FS15i)
Brake control timer
2083 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Recommended value]
ms
50 to 100 ms
NOTE
If the vertical axis (Z-axis) is connected to a
multiaxis amplifier, it is necessary to enable the
brake control function for all the axes connected to
the multiaxis amplifier.
Set the time from the instant when an emergency stop signal is input
to iPS to the instant when the emergency stop function works in the
servo amplifier.
#7
1750 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ESPTM1 ESPTM0
2210 (FS30i, 16i)
ESPTM1
ESPTM0
Delay time
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
50ms (default value)

100ms
200ms
400ms
- 285 -
B-65270EN/07
It is necessary to specify the time longer than or equal to the brake

control timer value.
If the brake control timer value is 100 ms, for example, specify
ESPTM1 (bit 6) and ESPTM2 (bit 5) to be, respectively, 0 and 1 (100
ms).
NOTE
For a multiaxis amplifier, the largest of the values
specified for the axes is assumed to be the delay
time.
(4) Example of using the parameter

The following example shows the effect of using the lifting function
against gravity at emergency stop for the vertical axis (Z-axis). In this
example, the distance to lift is 500, and the lifting time is 16 ms. The
vertical axis of the graph is graduated 2 m/div.
Motor position waveform
Distortion easing
function
Lifting time
Emergency stop input
Energizing by the
amplifier is turned off.
Fig. 4.11.3 (c) Motor position waveform
As seen from the graph, the motor is lifted through a large distance
after an emergency stop signal is input. The graph also shows that the
distortion easing function decreased the machine elastic strain and
kept the motor from falling when the amplifier stopped energizing.
Also as seen from the graph, the position where the motor finally
rested is higher than the position where the motor was before the
emergency stop signal was input.
NOTE
1 In this example, positive coordinates of the
machine coordinate system correspond to the
direction in which the axis is lifted.
2 Variation occurs in the position where the Z-axis
stops depending on the direction in which the
Z-axis is moving before an emergency stop. When
tuning the parameter, it is necessary to take, into
account, both the position where the motor rests
before the axis is moved up and the position where
the motor rests after the axis is moved down.
- 286 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.3.2 Function based on the DI signal for switching the distance to

lift
(1) Overview
With the lifting function against gravity at emergency stop, switching
between two types of parameters for specifying a distance to lift is
enabled based on the DI signal of the PMC. By setting either
parameter to 0, lift operation can be temporarily disabled.

(Series 16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C)
To use this function, the following system software is needed:
B0H1/BDH1-24 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-MB)
B0K1/BDK1 -01 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-MB)
B1H1/BEH1-24 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-TB)
B1K1/BEK1 -01 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-TB)
BDH5-14 and subsequent editions (Series 18i-MB5)
BDK5-01 and subsequent editions (Series 18i-MB5)
DDH1-24 and subsequent editions (Series 21i-MB) (*1)
DDK1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 21i-MB) (*1)
DEH1-24 and subsequent editions (Series 21i-TB) (*1)
DEK1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 21i-TB) (*1)
D4B1/D4C1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 0i-MC) (*1)
D6B1/D6C1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 0i-TC) (*1)
D6D1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 0i-TTC) (*1)
88E1-03 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-D) (*2)
88E3-01 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-D) (*2)
88F2-10 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-H) (*2)
88F3-01 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-H) (*2)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*4)
With these NCs, PMC-SB7 is required.

With these NCs, PMC-SB6 is required.
This function cannot be used with the Series 15i.
The Series 30i supports this function, starting with the first
edition.
- 287 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Switching signal

Signal for switching the distance to lift for the lifting function against gravity at
emergency stop
#7
Gn323
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
SWDBS8 SWDBS7 SWDBS6 SWDBS5 SWDBS4 SWDBS3 SWDBS2 SWDBS1
[Classification]
[Function]
Input signal
This signal is used to switch the distance to lift when the lifting
function against gravity at emergency stop is enabled. A number
suffixed at the end of the signal represents the number of each
controlled axis.
(Details of operation)
When this signal (SWDBSx) is set to 0, the distance to lift for the
lifting function against gravity at emergency stop follows the
value set in No. 2373.
When this signal (SWDBSx) is set to 1, the distance to lift for the
lifting function against gravity at emergency stop follows the
value set in No. 2173.
The distance to lift depends on the state of this signal (SWDBSx)

present when the emergency stop command is input. (If this
signal is changed during lift operation after the emergency stop
command is input, the change does not become effective until the
lift operation is completed and the excitation is turned off.)
Among the parameters related to the lifting function against

gravity at emergency stop, the parameters other than those
related to the distance to lift are common, regardless of the state
of this signal (SWDBSx).

Set the parameters below in addition to the parameters for the lifting
function against gravity at emergency stop.
-
Distance to lift (when SWDBSx=0)
2373(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]

-32767 to 32767
Detection unit 1m
: Approximately 500 or -500
Detection unit 0.1m
This parameter is effective only when the signal (SWDBSx) for
switching the distance to lift for the lifting function against gravity at
emergency stop is set to 0.
To disable lift operation when (SWDBSx) = 0, set 0 in this parameter.
- 288 -
B-65270EN/07
Distance to lift (when SWDBSx=1)
2173(FS30i,16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Recommended value]

-32767 to 32767
Detection unit 1m
Detection unit 0.1m
This parameter is effective only when the signal (SWDBSx) for
switching the distance to lift for the lifting function against gravity at
emergency stop is set to 1.
NOTE
1 When a brake is used, brake application starts
during lift operation, so that the set value does not
match the actual lift distance.
2 The parameter polarity matches the polarity of the
machine coordinate system.
3 Use this function only when lift operation does not
cause a mechanical interference.
- 289 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.3.3 Method of setting a distance to lift in m

(1) Overview
When the servo software below is used with the lifting function
against gravity at emergency stop, the parameter for specifying a
distance to lift can be set in [m], independently of the detection unit.
With this function, a large distance to lift can be used when a small
detection unit is used.


#7
-
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DUNIT
2298(FS30i)
DUNIT(#7)
When the lifting function against gravity at emergency stop is used,

the function that enables the parameter for specifying a distance to lift
to be set in m, independently of the detection unit, is
0: Not used
1: Used
When this function is enabled, the parameter (No. 2373 or No.

2173) for specifying a distance to lift for the lifting function
against gravity at emergency stop can be set in m,
independently of the detection unit.
When this parameter has been set, the power must be turned off
If this function is used with a CNC that does not support the
function for sending the detection unit to servo software, an
illegal parameter setting alarm (detail number 2982) is issued.
NOTE
The series and editions of CNC software that support the function
for sending the detection unit are as follows:
FS30i-A : G002,G012,G022,G032/20.0 and subsequent editions
FS31i-A5 : G121,G131/20.0 and subsequent editions
FS31i-A : G101,G111/20.0 and subsequent editions
FS32i-A : G201/20.0 and subsequent editions
- 290 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.4
Quick Stop Function for Hardware Disconnection of Separate

Detector
(1) Overview
This function reduces the stop distance by resetting the velocity
command for a servo motor to 0 when the separate detector for the
servo motor encounters a hardware disconnection condition. It also
causes the other axes to stop sooner than they would when a usual
alarm occurs.


#7
#6
#5
1745 (FS15i)
#4
#3
HDIS
HD2O
#2
#1
#0
2205 (FS30i, 16i)
HD2O (#5)
HDIS (#4)
The quick stop function for hardware disconnection of separate

detector is:
0: Not applied to axes under synchronous control.
1: Applied to axes under synchronous control.
Specifies whether to enable quick stop function for hardware
disconnection of separate detector as follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
1976 (FS15i )
Brake control timer
2083 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Setting value]
ms
100
- 291 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 When applying this function to axes under
synchronous control (including simple synchronous
control), follow the steps below:
1) Change the servo axis setting (No. 1023) of the
two axes under simple synchronous control to
set an odd-numbered axis as the master axis
and an even-numbered axis ((master axis
number) + 1) as the slave axis.
2) Set HD2O (bit 3) to 1 for both axes under
synchronous control.
2 This function is implemented using part of the
"unexpected disturbance torque detection function"
option. So, using it requires that option.
3 Usually, when a separate detector disconnection
alarm occurs for an axis, not only this axis but also
the others are brought to an emergency stop. If an
unexpected disturbance torque detection group
function (not supported in the Series 15i) is set up,
however, only the axes in the same group as the
axis for which an alarm condition has occurred are
brought to an emergency stop.
4 If the value (No. 1738 for the Series 15i or No.
1880 for the Series 30i, 16i, and so on) specified
as an interval between the detection of an
unexpected disturbance torque and the occurrence
of an emergency stop is small, it may impossible to
keep the sufficient stop time. The value should be
at least greater than or equal to the one specified in
the brake control timer parameter (there is no
problem with a setting value of 0, because it means
200 ms).
- 292 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.5
Quick Stop Function for Separate Serial Detector Alarms
(1) Overview
This function reduces the stop distance by setting the velocity
command for the servo motor to 0 when the separate serial detector is
placed in an alarm state indicated below. With this function, motion
on the axes other than the axis with which any of the alarms below is
issued is also stopped quicker than in the case of an ordinary alarm.
Alarm number
SV0380
SV0381
SV0382
SV0383
SV0384
SV0385
SV0386
SV0387
Description
BROKEN LED (EXT)
ABNORMAL PHASE (EXT)
COUNT MISS (EXT)
PULSE MISS (EXT)
SOFT PHASE ALARM (EXT)
SERIAL DATA ERROR (EXT)
DATA TRANS. ERROR (EXT)
ABNORMAL ENCODER (EXT)

Series 90B1/E(05) and subsequent editions

#7
#6
2695( FS15i )
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FSAQS
2282FS30i,16i
FSAQS(#5)
The quick stop function for separate serial detector alarms is:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
#7
#6
#5
1745( FS15i )
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HD2O
2205(FS30i,16i)
HD2O(#3)
When a separate serial detector alarm is issued, two-axis simultaneous

stop is:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
*
This parameter can be used with either the quick stop function
for hardware disconnection of separate detector (bit 4 of No.
2205=1) or the quick stop function for separate serial detector
alarms (bit 5 of No. 2282=1).
- 293 -
4.11.6
B-65270EN/07
Quick Stop Function at OVL and OVC Alarm
(1) Overview
This function reduces the stop distance for a servo motor when an
OVL (motor overheat or amplifier overheat) or OVC alarm condition
is detected for the servo motor. It also causes the other axes to stop
sooner than they would when a usual alarm occurs.


#7
2600 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
OVQK
2212 (FS30i, 16i)
OVQK (#7)
Specifies whether to enable quick stop function at the OVC and OVL
alarm as follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
NOTE
The operation of this function is performed by using
part of the unexpected disturbance torque
detection function. Therefore, to use this function,
the option for the unexpected disturbance torque
detection function is required.
1976 (FS15i)
Brake control timer
2083 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Setting value]
ms
100
- 294 -
B-65270EN/07
4.11.7
Overall Use of the Quick Stop Functions

To sum up, setting up the following parameters as stated can reduce
the stop distance for an emergency stop, separate detector hardware
disconnection, and OVL and OVC alarm occurrence.
<1> Specify the unexpected disturbance torque detection option.
<2> Specify quick stop type 2 at emergency stop.
<3> For a vertical axis, specify the function for lifting up a vertical
axis at emergency stop, if required.
<4> For a full-closed axis, set the quick stop function for hardware
disconnection of separate detector or the quick stop function for
separate serial detector alarms. Also if they are subjected to
synchronous control, set the HD2O bit.
<5> Specify the quick stop function at the OVC and OVL alarm.
<6> Set the brake control function bit and the brake control timer.
- 295 -
B-65270EN/07
4.12

Optional function
FUNCTION
4.12.1
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Function
(1) Overview
When a tool collides with the machine or workpiece, or when a tool is
faulty or damaged, a load torque greater than that experienced during
normal feed is imposed.
This function monitors the load torque to the motor at servo
high-speed sampling intervals. If it detects an abnormal torque, it
brings the axis to an emergency stop by issuing an alarm, or reverses
the motor by an appropriate amount.
In addition, the function enables the PMC to be used to switch the
speed at warning occurrence or load fluctuation.
NC software
Disturbance load
torque data
TCMD
- An application on the PMC

uses a PMC ladder.
PMC
window
PMC ladder
Set unexpected
disturbance torque
detection level.
Calculates
disturbance load
torque to the motor
Processes motor stop

unexpected
disturbance torque
detection function
Monitors disturbance
load torque
(at 1 ms intervals)
Amplifier
Servo software
Monitoring is performed at 1 ms
intervals to reduce stop time.
Actual acceleration
Collision
Table
Motor
Fig. 4.12.1 Overview of unexpected disturbance torque detection

- 296 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Parameter adjustment methods

<1> Use SERVO GUIDE to observe the motor speed (SPEED) and
estimated disturbance torque (DTRQ).
(Example of channel settings on SERVO GUIDE)
(See Sec. 4.22 for detailed descriptions about how to use the
SERVO GUIDE.)
<2> Switch on the CNC.
<3> Enable the unexpected disturbance torque detection function
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1958 (FS15i)
#0
ABNT
2016 (FS30i, 16i)
ABNT (#0)
Specifies whether to enable the unexpected disturbance torque

detection function as follows:
0: To disable
1: To enable
Moreover, be sure to set also the following parameters.
#7
#6
#5
1740 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
IQOB
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
IQOB
Specifies whether to eliminate influence of control voltage saturation

when estimating disturbance, as follows:
0: Not to take influence of control voltage saturation when
estimating disturbance into consideration
1: To eliminate influence of control voltage saturation when
estimating disturbance
- 297 -
B-65270EN/07
<4> Set up the parameters related to the observer.

1862 (FS15i)
Observer gain
2050 (FS30i, 16i)

[Standard setting value] 956 To be changed to 3559.
[Standard setting value] 264 To be changed to 1420
1863 (FS15i)
Observer gain
2051 (FS30i, 16i)

[Standard setting value] 510 To be changed to 3329.
[Standard setting value] 35 To be changed to 332
NOTE
When using this function together with the
observer, do not modify the standard setting of the
parameter above.
Observer:
Bit 2 of No.1808 (Series 15i)
Bit 2 of No.2003 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)
<5> Make adjustments on the POA1 observer parameter.
1859 (FS15i)
2047 (FS30i, 16i)
Turn the servo motor to perform linear back and forth operation at a
speed equal to about 50% of the rapid traverse rate, and observe the
motor speed (SPEED) and the estimated disturbance value (DTRQ).
The waveform observed before the adjustment should show one of the
following features:
Motor velocity
Estimated
disturbance
value
Insufficient POA1 value
At acceleration:
Undershoot on estimated
disturbance value
At deceleration:
Overshoot on estimated
disturbance value
- 298 -
Excessive POA1 value

At acceleration:
Overshoot on estimated
disturbance value
At deceleration:
Undershoot on estimated
disturbance value
B-65270EN/07
Make adjustments on the POA1 parameter so that neither an

overshoot nor an undershoot will not be observed on the estimated
disturbance value at acc./dec. After adjustment, the waveforms shown
below should be obtained.
(A clear waveform like the one shown below may not be obtained in
some machines. In such machines, find the POA1 value that can
minimize the overshoot and undershoot by watching the estimated
disturbance waveform at acc./dec.)
Motor velocity
Proper POA1
Estimated
disturbance valu
NOTE
The POA1 parameter is related to the load inertia ratio
parameter ("velocity gain" on the servo screen) through
the inside of the software. When the load inertia ratio
parameter is changed, the POA1 parameter must also be
changed. So, first determine the load inertia ratio (velocity
gain) when adjusting the servo.
If you must change the load inertia ratio (velocity gain)
after the POA1 parameter is determined, re-set the POA1
parameter using the following expression.
(New POA1 value) =
(Previous POA1 value)
(Load inertia ratio value set after adjustment+256) /
(Load inertia ratio value set before adjustment+256)
Load inertia ratio:
No. 1875 (Series 15i), No. 2021 (Series 16i and so on)
The velocity gain magnification (in cutting or high-speed
HRV current control) does not affect the setting of POA1.
(Details)
The observer estimates a disturbance torque by subtracting the torque
required for acc./dec. from the entire torque. The torque required for
acc./dec. is calculated using a motor model. The POA1 parameter
corresponds to the inertia of the motor model. If the parameter value
differs from the actual value, it is impossible to estimate a correct
disturbance torque. To detect an unexpected disturbance torque
correctly, therefore, you must adjust the value of this parameter.
An estimated disturbance value when a usual condition is supposed to
be related only to frictional torque (for the horizontal axis), and
proportional to the velocity. Therefore, a program, like the one used
for adjustment, that merely repeats simple acc./dec. is supposed to
generate a trapezoidal estimated disturbance torque waveform like a
velocity waveform.
- 299 -
B-65270EN/07
<6> For the vertical axis, adjust the torque offset. (This is
unnecessary for the horizontal axis.)
For the vertical axis, the estimated disturbance value is not
centered at level 0. Torque offset adjustment is done to center the
estimated disturbance value at level 0.
1980 (FS15i)
Torque offset parameter
2087 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
TCMD unit (7282 with the maximum current value of the amplifier)
-7282 to 7282
(Example of torque offset setting)
Estimated disturbance values for constant-velocity movements in
the + direction and - direction are read. In the figure below,
minimum value A (signed) is read in a movement in the +
direction, and maximum value B (signed) is read in a movement
in the - direction. A torque offset parameter setting is given using
the following expressions:
Torque offset =
A [Ap] + B [Ap]
Maximum amplifier current value [Ap]
6.6A
Maximum
value B
3641
Estimated disturbance
value level 0
Estimated disturbance
value center line
Minimum
value A
Influence by gravity
If you read the minimum value A and maximum value as 8.6 [Ap]
and 4.5 [Ap] in the above chart (the amplifier used is rated at 80 [Ap]
maximum), the torque offset parameter = -[(-8.6)+(-4.5)]/803641 =
596. The following chart applies when the parameter is set with 596.
- 300 -
B-65270EN/07
When the torque offset parameter is set, be sure to set the following
parameter to 1.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
2603 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
TCPCLR
2215 (FS30i, 16i)
TCPCLR(#1)
The function for setting a value for canceling the torque offset at an
emergency stop in the velocity loop integrator is:
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<7> Compensate for dynamic friction.
(i) Method of canceling a dynamic friction in proportion to
velocity
Measure an estimated disturbance value at a constant
velocity. Then, by assuming this measured value as a
dynamic friction, set the proportional coefficient for a
velocity and dynamic friction compensation value.
1727 (FS15i)
Dynamic friction compensation coefficient
2116 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Measurement velocity]
See the equation below.

0 to 264 (Series 9096, Series 90B0/A(01) to D(04) editions)
-264 to 264 (Series 90B0/E(05) and subsequent editions, Series 90B1,
Series 90B5, Series 90B6, Series 90B8, Series 90D0, or Series 90E0)
Rotary motor: 1000 min-1, Linear motor: 1000 mm/s
Measure an estimated disturbance value at a measurement velocity,
then set the results of calculations made according to the table below.
Dynamic friction
=
compensation coefficient
Estimated disturbance value [Ap]

440
NOTE
If the measurement velocity is too high, lower the
measurement velocity, and measure the estimated
disturbance value. By proportional calculation,
obtain the estimated disturbance value at the
above measurement velocity.
Dynamic friction compensation value
No.1727(Series 15i)
No.2116(Series 16i and
so on)
Dynamic friction
Velocity
-1
1000 min (rotary motor)

1000 mm/s (linear motor)
Set a compensation value at a measurement
velocity, and correct the value proportional to the
velocity as a dynamic friction.
- 301 -
B-65270EN/07
(Example of setting for a rotary motor)

Suppose that the estimated disturbance value at 1000 min-1 is 1
[Ap] (the maximum amplifier current value is 40 [Ap]).
Dynamic friction compensation coefficient = 1/40 440 = 11
Dynamic friction compensation
before setting
Dynamic friction compensation

after setting
Read value
A(A)
These portions represent

disturbances due to dynamic
friction. An adjustment is made to
eliminate these portions.
The effect of dynamic friction is

reduced, and stable estimated
disturbance values are obtained.
(ii) Method of setting a dynamic friction as "portion

proportional to velocity + constant portion" and imposing a
limit
If the compensation value for stop time to low-velocity
movement is insufficient in adjustment of (i), set a dynamic
friction compensation value in the stop state. If the
compensation value for high-speed movement is excessive,
a limit is imposed on the compensation value.
No.2759(Series 15i)
so on)
Compensation limit value
No.2758(Series 15i)
No.2345(Series 16i and so
on)
Compensation value in the
stop time
No.1727(Series 15i)
so on)
Dynamic friction
1000min-1
Velocity
Set a compensation value in the stop time and

a compensation limit value in addition to a
-1
compensation value at 1000 min .
- 302 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
This method can be used with the following servo
software:
(Series 15i-B, 16i-B, 18i-B, 21i-B, 0i-B, 0i Mate-B,
Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C, 0i Mate-C, 20i-B)
2758 (FS15i)
Dynamic friction compensation value in the stop state
2345 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
2759 (FS15i)
TCMD unit (7282 when the estimated disturbance value is equivalent

to the maximum current value of the amplifier)
0 to 7282
10 min-1 (rotary motor), 10 mm/s (linear motor)
The absolute value of a setting is used.
Dynamic friction compensation limit value
2346 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
TCMD unit (7282 when the estimated disturbance value is equivalent

to the maximum current value of the amplifier)
0 to 7282
Maximum feedrate
The absolute value of a setting is used.
(Method of setting)
First, measure an estimated disturbance value when a movement
is made at a maximum feedrate on the axis, then set the results of
calculations made according to the table below in "dynamic
friction compensation limit value".
Dynamic friction
=
compensation limit value
|Estimated disturbance value [Ap]|

7282
Next, measure an estimated disturbance value when a movement

is made on the axis at the measurement velocity (10 min-1 or 10
mm/s) for "dynamic friction compensation value in the stop
state", then set the results of calculations made according the
table below in "dynamic friction compensation value in the stop
state".
Dynamic friction
compensation value in
the stop state
- 303 -

=
7282
B-65270EN/07
Finally, measure an estimated disturbance value when a

movement is made on the axis at the measurement velocity (1000
min-1 or 1000 mm/s) for "dynamic friction compensation
coefficient", then set the results of calculations made according
the table below in "dynamic friction compensation coefficient".
Dynamic friction
=

440
<8> Set an unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level.

Perform several different operations (sample machining program,
simultaneous all-axis rapid traverse acc./dec., etc.), and observe
estimated disturbance values, and measure the maximum
(absolute) value.
Then, set up an alarm level.
Estimated disturbance value
0
Maximum
value
1997 (FS15i)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level
2104 (FS30i, 16i)
Alarm level conversion uses the following expression.


7282+500 to 1000 approximately
NOTE
1 Add some margin (usually about 500 to 1000) to
the alarm level to be set.
2 If the "unexpected disturbance torque detection
alarm level" parameter is 32767, no unexpected
disturbance torque alarm detection is performed.
<9> Set a distance to be retraced at unexpected disturbance torque
detection.
If the retrace amount parameter is 0, the motor stops at the point
where an unexpected disturbance torque was detected. To retract
the tool from the location of collision quickly, set the retrace
distance parameter.
- 304 -
B-65270EN/07
Conceptual diagram illustrating retrace

The tool plunges in at full torque.
No unexpected disturbance torque
detected
The tool go beyond slightly, and returns to
the location where the unexpected
disturbance torque was detected.
Unexpected disturbance torque

detected, but no retrace is performed.
The tool is retracted from the location where

the unexpected disturbance torque was
detected to avoid mechanical contact at the
ultimate stop position.
Unexpected disturbance torque

detected, and retrace is performed.
Retrace distance
Collision
1996 (FS15i)
Unexpected disturbance
torque detected
Retrace distance
2103 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Setting value]
Detection unit
Approximately 3 mm
NOTE
When the tool is moving faster or slower than the
velocity listed below, the tool will not go back even
if this parameter is set. It stops at the location
where an unexpected disturbance torque was
detected.
Let the value set in the retrace distance parameter
be A:
Minimum retract velocity =
A detection unit (m) 60/512 [mm/min]
Example)
When detection unit = 1 m, and retract amount
setting = 3000, the minimum velocity at which
the tool is retracted is:
Minimum retract velocity =
3000 1 60/512 = 352 [mm/min]
[2-axis simultaneous retract function at detection of an
unexpected disturbance torque]
Usually, retraction at detection of an unexpected disturbance torque is
performed only on the axis with which the unexpected disturbance
torque is detected. However, when an unexpected disturbance torque
is detected on one position tandem axis, retraction can be performed
on the other position tandem axis as well by setting the parameter
below.
- 305 -
B-65270EN/07

(Setting parameters)
To use the unexpected disturbance torque detection function, set the
following bit to 1 for both the master and slave axes.
#7
#6
#5
2684 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
RETR2
2271 (FS30i, 16i)
RETR2(#2)
With the unexpected disturbance torque detection function, 2-axis

simultaneous retraction is:
0: Not performed
1: Performed
In the parameter for the distance to retract, specify the same value for
both the master and slave axes. If an unexpected disturbance torque is
detected on one of the axes, both axes are retracted.
NOTE
1 This function can be applied only to two axes in
position tandem on the same DSP. Do not use this
function for any axis that has not been set for
position tandem.
2 If different values are specified for the master and
slave axes, an invalid parameter alarm is issued.
(The detail No. of the alarm is 1033.)
<10> Run the machine with the alarm level set up.
If the unexpected disturbance torque detection function works
incorrectly, increase the alarm level.
<11> Now adjustment is completed.
- 306 -
B-65270EN/07
4.12.2
Cutting/Rapid Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection

Switching Function
(1) Overview
An alarm threshold for unexpected disturbance torque detection is set
separately for cutting and rapid traverse.


A threshold can be set separately for cutting and rapid traverse by
setting the following bit when the unexpected disturbance torque
detection function is used:
#7
#6
#5
#4
1740 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
ABG0
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
ABG0(#3)
The cutting feed/rapid unexpected disturbance torque detection

switching function is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
#7
2603 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ABT2
2215 (FS30i, 16i)
ABT2(#7)
Cutting feed/rapid unexpected disturbance torque detection switching

function type-2 is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
NOTE
1 Set the two bits above. (Servo software was
revised in type-2 to be able to switch even if you
set bit 3 of No.1800 to 1, feed-forward always
enable.)
2 With Series 9096, switching is disabled when bit 3
of No. 1800 is set to 1 (to enable feed-forward in
rapid traverse). The alarm level for cutting is
enabled at all times.
- 307 -
B-65270EN/07
Alarm thresholds for unexpected disturbance torque detection are set

in the following parameters:
1997 (FS15i)
2104 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

1765 (FS15i)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection threshold for cutting

(This parameter is used both in not switching mode and in switching mode.)
0 to 7282
Unexpected disturbance torque detection threshold for rapid traverse
2142 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
0 to 7282
NOTE
1 When the alarm level for cutting is 32767,
unexpected disturbance torque detection is not
performed during cutting.
2 When the alarm level for rapid traverse is 32767,
unexpected disturbance torque detection is not
performed during rapid traverse. When both
parameters are 32767, unexpected disturbance
torque detection is not performed at any time.
- 308 -
B-65270EN/07
4.12.3
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Switching

Function Depending on Acc.
(1) Overview
This function separately sets a threshold level for unexpected
disturbance torque alarms detected in an acceleration/deceleration
zone where the estimated disturbance value tends to fluctuate. This
function can protect against erroneous detection of an unexpected
disturbance torque alarm in an acceleration/deceleration zone.
1. In a zone where acceleration/deceleration is performed (zone
where extensive acceleration is applied), a higher alarm level can
be set.
2. The influence of acceleration after positioning can be avoided by
setting a timer when returning to the original alarm level after
alarm level switching.

(3) Notes
When using this function, set the post-acceleration timer (No. 2358).
This function can be used together with the cutting/rapid unexpected
disturbance torque detection switching function.

(Related parameters)
2755 (FS15i)
Acceleration threshold in unexpected disturbance torque detection
2342 (FS16i ,30i)
[Unit of data]
[Setting value]
Detection unit
Let [mm/s2] be an acceleration rate and let P [mm/pulse] be a
detection unit. Then, the value to be set in the parameter can be found
from the following expression:
Setting =
=
[Valid data range]
64
P 106
16
P 106
(Series 15i, 16i, etc.)

(Series 30i)
0 to 32767
When 0 is set in this parameter, acceleration-based alarm level
- 309 -

2756 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Alarm level for high acceleration in unexpected disturbance torque

detection
2343 (FS16i ,30i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
2771 (FS15i)
TCMD
0 to 32767
When the absolute value of a specified acceleration rate is equal to or
greater than the setting of No. 2342, the setting of No. 2343 is applied
as an unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level.
When 0 is set in this parameter, acceleration-based alarm level
Post-acceleration timer in unexpected disturbance torque detection
2358 (FS16i ,30i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
ms
0 to 32767
This parameter maintains a changed alarm level for a timer-set period
even after the specified acceleration rate is reduced below a certain
level.
Velocity
<1> Specified acceleration rate is

lower than acceleration
threshold (No. 2342).
Acceleration
No.2342
<2> Period set in post-acceleration

timer (No. 2358) has elapsed.
Alarm level
No.2343
<3> Level returns to level for low

acceleration.
No.2104 or No.2142
No.2358
- 310 -
Time
B-65270EN/07
4.13
FUNCTION FOR OBTAINING CURRENT OFFSETS AT

EMERGENCY STOP
(1) Overview
The current offset is a current feedback offset value arising from the
analog offset voltage of the current detector. If the current offset is
measured incorrectly, motor current feedback can be adversely
affected, resulting in very small motor rotation fluctuations (four
components per motor revolution).
A current offset measurement is made when the power is turned on.
This function performs a current offset measurement not only at
power-on time but also in each emergency stop state.


#7
#6
#5
1741 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
CROFS
2201 (FS30i, 16i)
CROFS (#0)
1:
Enables the current offset to be obtained upon the occurrence of

an emergency stop.
If the above setting is made, the current offset is obtained again during
an emergency stop.
- 311 -
B-65270EN/07
4.14
LINEAR MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING
4.14.1
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of Linear Motors
(1) Overview
The following describes the procedure for setting the digital servo
parameters to enable the use of a FANUC linear motor.

Series 90B3/A(01) and subsequent editions. However, edition
P(16) or later is recommended.
Series 90B7/A(01) and subsequent editions. However, edition
Q(17) or later is recommended.
(Series 20i-B)
(3) Warning
WARNING
1 The linear motor can make an unpredictable
movement, resulting in a very dangerous situation,
if an error is made in linear motor assembly, power
line cabling, detector installation direction setting,
or basic parameter setting.
2 It is recommended to take the following actions
until normal operation is confirmed:
- Lower the excessive error level so that an alarm
is issued immediately when an unpredictable
movement is made.
- Lower the torque limit value to disable abrupt
acceleration.
- Ensure that the emergency stop switch can be
pressed immediately.
(4) Linear encoders

The position and velocity of the linear motor are detected using a
linear encoder. Two types of linear encoders are available:
incremental type and absolute type. The parameter setting and
connection vary according to the type of encoder.
- 312 -
B-65270EN/07
For incremental type

The linear encoder of incremental type is connected to a servo
amplifier via a position detection circuit (A860-0333-T*** or
A860-2033-T***) for linear motor manufactured by FANUC. Values
to be set in parameters vary depending on the signal pitch of the linear
encoder. Therefore, check the signal pitch of the encoder first.
If a position detection circuit (-T201, -T202, -T301, or -T302) having
an interpolation magnification of 2048 is used, it is necessary to
specify additional parameters so that both the maintenance of a
maximum feedrate and the realization of a higher resolution can be
supported.
When a linear motor position detection circuit (A860-2033-T201,
-T202, -T301, -T302) is used, the following servo software is needed.
Series 90B1/K(11) and subsequent editions (Series15i, 16i and so on)
Series 90D0, 90E0/P(16) and subsequent editions(Series 30i and so
on)
Series 90B3 and 90B7 are unusable. (Series 16i and so on)
Series 90D3 and 90E3 are unusable (Series 30i and so on)
Table 4.14.1 (a) lists examples of usable incremental linear encoders.
Table 4.14.1 (a) Examples of usable linear encoders (incremental)
Encoder maker
Signal pitch (m)
Model
HEIDENHAIN
Mitutoyo
Optodyne
Renishaw
SAMTAK
(FUTABA CORPORATION)
Sony Precision
Technology Inc.
20
40
2
4
20
40.513167
20
40
LS486, LS186, etc.

LB382, LIDA185, etc.
LIP481
LF481R, LIF181, etc.
AT402
LDS
RGH22
RGH41
20
FTV, FMV
20
SH12, SH52
When a linear encoder of incremental type is used, a linear motor pole

detector (A860-0331-T001,-T002 or A860-2031-T001,-T002) is also
needed.
For absolute type

The linear encoder of absolute type is directly connected to a servo
amplifier. Depending on the resolution of an encoder used, the
parameter setting varies. First, check the resolution. Table 4.14.1(b)
lists examples of absolute type linear encoders currently usable.
Table 4.14.1 (b) Usable linear encoders (absolute)
Encoder maker
Resolution (m)
Model
HEIDENHAIN
Mitutoyo
0.05 (0.1)*
0.05
LC191F, LC491F
AT353, AT553
Encoders with resolutions of 0.05 m and 0.1 m are available.

- 313 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
1 For details of the linear encoders usable with
FANUC linear motors, refer to "FANUC LINEAR
MOTOR LiS series DESCRIPTIONS
(B-65382EN)".
2 For details of the linear encoders, contact the
manufacturer of each linear encoder.
3 To use servo HRV4 control with a linear motor, a
detector that supports servo HRV4 control is
needed. See "(d) Detector" in "(4) Servo HRV4
control hardware" of Subsection 4.2.2.
(5) Parameter settings

Set the parameters according to the procedure below. Note the points
below when setting the parameters.
[Cautions for using incremental linear encoders]
The following parameter setting procedure involves a parameter
to be specified according to the resolution of the linear encoder.
If an incremental linear encoder is to be used, convert the
encoder signal pitch to the resolution for parameter calculation,
using the following equation.
Resolution [m] = Encoder signal pitch [m] / 512
Parameter setting procedure (1)

Procedure (1) can be used to initialize the parameters (such as current
gain) necessary to drive a linear motor. After initialization, parameters
depending on the linear encoder resolution (or the value obtained by
dividing the signal pitch of the linear encoder by the interpolation
magnification of the position detection circuit) must be set. Set these
parameters by following parameter setting procedure (2).
Parameters related to initialization

For incremental type, For absolute type
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1804 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
DGPR
PLC0
2000 (FS30i, 16i)
DGPR(#1)
Set 0. (After initialization, this bit is set to 1 automatically.)

For PLCO (#0), see Table 4.14.1(d) and Table 4.14.1(e).
1806 (FS15i)
AMR
2001 (FS30i, 16i)
Specify 00000000.
1879 (FS15i)
Movement direction
2022 (FS30i, 16i)
- 314 -
B-65270EN/07
(a) When the coil slider is movable:

+111: When the positive direction is specified, the slider moves
in the positive direction.
-111: When the positive direction is specified, the slider moves
in the reverse direction.
Positive
direction
Power line
Slider movable
Magnet plate fixed
(b) When the magnet plate is movable:

+111: When the positive direction is specified, the magnet plate
moves in the positive direction.
-111: When the positive direction is specified, the magnet plate
moves in the reverse direction.
Power line
Slider fixed
Positive
direction
Magnet plate movable
Motor ID number
1874 (FS15i)
Motor ID number
2020 (FS30i, 16i)
Standard parameters are prepared for the linear motors listed below as
of July, 2007. When the standard parameters are not included in the
servo software used, see the parameter list shown in this manual, and
set the parameters.
[200-V driving]
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B6
90B5
90B1
90D0
90E0
LiS300A1/4
0441-B200
351
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS600A1/4
0442-B200
353
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS900A1/4
0443-B200
355
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS1500B1/4
0444-B210
357
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS3000B2/2
0445-B110
360
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS3000B2/4
0445-B210
362
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS4500B2/2
0446-B110
364
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS6000B2/2
0447-B110
368
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS6000B2/4
0447-B210
370
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS7500B2/2
0448-B110
372
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS7500B2/4
0448-B210
374
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS9000B2/2
0449-B110
376
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS9000B2/4
0449-B210
378
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
- 315 -
B-65270EN/07
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B6
90B5
90B1
90D0
90E0
LiS3300C1/2
0451-B110
380
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS9000C2/2
0454-B110
384
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS11000C2/2
0455-B110
388
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS15000C2/2
0456-B110
392
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS15000C2/3
0456-B210
394
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS10000C3/2
0457-B110
396
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS17000C3/3
0459-B110
400
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
The motor ID numbers are for SERVO HRV2. Loading is possible

with the servo software of the series and edition listed above or
subsequent editions.
[400-V driving]
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B6
90B5
90B1
90D0
90E0
LiS1500B1/4
0444-B210
358
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS3000B2/2
0445-B110
361
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS4500B2/2HV
0446-B010
363
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS4500B2/2
0446-B110
365
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS6000B2/2HV
0447-B010
367
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS6000B2/2
0447-B110
369
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS7500B2/HV2
0448-B010
371
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS7500B2/2
0448-B110
373
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS9000B2/2
0449-B110
377
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS3300C1/2
0451-B110
381
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS9000C2/2
0454-B110
385
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS11000C2/2HV
0455-B010
387
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS11000C2/2
0455-B110
389
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS15000C2/3HV
0456-B010
391
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS10000C3/2
0457-B110
397
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)
LiS17000C3/2
0459-B110
401
B(02)
B(02)
G(07)

NOTE
For the motor ID number of the conventional
models, see Appendix G.
After parameter initialization, check that the function bit for linear
motor control is set to 1 (linear motor control is enabled).
#7
#6
#5
1954(FS15i)
#3
#2
LINEAR
2010(FS30i,16i)
LINEAR(#2)
#4
Linear motor control is:

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
- 316 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
When using position detection circuit H or C for linear motor

For incremental type
When a position detection circuit having an interpolation
magnification of 2048 is used with an incremental type linear encoder,
the parameter shown below must be set to maintain both the maximum
feedrate and high resolution. Set the parameter before proceeding to
procedure (2).
(Series 0i-C, 20i-B)
To use a linear motor position detection circuit (A860-2033-T20*,
-T30*), the servo software of the following series and editions is need:
#7
#6
#5
2687(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HP2048
2274(FS30i,16i)
HP2048(#0)
A circuit having an interpolation magnification of 2048 (position

detection circuit H or C for linear motor) is:
0: Not used
1: Used
NOTE
1 Setting this parameter(No.2274(FS30i,16i) or
No.2687(FS15i)) to "enable" lets you make the
basic parameter settings as explained in Procedure
(2).
2 Changing this parameter results in a power-off
alarm being raised.
3 When this parameter is set, the detection unit in the
case of FFG=1/1 is (signal pitch/512 [um]).
If a minimum detection unit (signal pitch/2048 [m])
is necessary, specify:
FFG = 4/1
- 317 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
4 If nano-interpolation is applied, a resolution as high
as (signal pitch/2048 [m]) is applied as
decimal-part feedback.
5 When a linear encoder of incremental type is used,
a linear motor pole detector is needed.
6 With position detection circuit H for linear motor,
the interpolation magnification can be changed
using setting pin SW3. (The setting at the time of
shipment is Setting B.)
Setting A: The interpolation magnification is 512.
Setting B: The interpolation magnification is 2048.
Setting A enables up to high-speed operation, and
Setting B enables high resolution feedback
acquisition.
HP2048
Resolution [m] 1
Maximum velocity
[mm/min]
Setting A
Setting B
1
[m]/128 *2
1
[m]/ 512 *2
[m] 122880 *2
[m] 30720 *2
(*1) The resolution values in the table above are

used for calculation of various parameters.
(*2) [mm] represents a linear scale signal pitch.
7 When the position detection circuit C for linear
motor is used, no function is available which can
change an interpolation magnification according to
a set-up pin. (Fixed at a magnification of 2048)
Linear motor position detection circuit C is
connected to the scale with an absolute address
origin.
- 318 -
B-65270EN/07

Procedure (2) makes parameter settings that depend on the resolution
of the linear encoder (hereafter simply called "the resolution"). Set the
parameters according to Table 4.14.1 (d), (e).
When using an incremental type linear encoder, calculate as follows:
Resolution [m] = encoder signal pitch [m] / 512
The pole-to-pole span used in calculation varies, depending on the
motor model.
Small linear motors: 30 mm (LiS300A, LiS600A, LiS900A)
Medium-size and large linear motors: 60 mm (models other than

the above)
(See Table 4.14.1(c).)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1804 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
PLC0
2000 (FS30i, 16i)
PLC0(#0)
The number of velocity pulses and the number of position pulses are:
0: Used without being modified.
1: Used after being multiplied by 10
If the number of velocity pulses is lager than 32767, set the parameter
to 1.
If the number of position pulses exceeds 32767, use the following
position pulse conversion coefficient.
1876 (FS15i)
2023 (FS30i, 16i)
(Parameter calculation expression)

Number of velocity pulses = 3125 / 16 / (resolution [m])
If the calculation result is greater than 32767, set up PLC0 = 1, and set
the parameter (PULCO) with a value of 1/10.
1891 (FS15i)
2024 (FS30i, 16i)

Number of position pulses = 625 / (resolution [m])
If the calculation result is greater than 32767, determine the parameter
setting (PPLS), using the following position pulse conversion
coefficient (PSMPYL).
- 319 -
B-65270EN/07
2628 (FS15i)
Position pulses conversion coefficient
2185 (FS30i, 16i)
This parameter is used if the calculated number of position pulses is

greater than 32767.
(It can be specified in the Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B6, 90B5, 90D0, or
90E0.)
PLC0 = 0 The parameter is set so that the following equation
holds: (the number of position pulses) (position
pulses conversion coefficient) = 625/resolution [m].
PLC0 = 1 The parameter is set so that the following equation
holds: 10 (the number of position pulses) (position
pulses conversion coefficient) = 625/resolution [m].
( See Supplementary 3 of Subsection 2.1.8.)
#7
1707 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
APTG
2013 (FS30i, 16i)
APTG(#7)
When using an absolute type linear encoder, set this bit to:
1: Ignores an Pulsecoder soft disconnection.
Setting AMR conversion coefficients
Calculate the number of feedback pulses per pole-to-pole span of the
linear motor, and find AMR conversion coefficients 1 and 2 expressed
by the equation shown below.
Number of pulses per pole-to-pole span
= pole-to-pole span [mm] 1000/resolution [m]
= (AMR conversion coefficient 1) 2(AMR conversion coefficient 2)
1705 (FS15i)
2112 (FS30i, 16i)

1761 (FS15i)
2138 (FS30i, 16i)
Supplementary)
If AMR conversion coefficient 1 = (pole-to-pole span [mm]/
resolution [m]) is an integer and a multiple of 1024, setting of
only AMR conversion coefficient 1 is needed. In this case, the
following are assumed:
= (pole-to-pole span [mm]/resolution [m])
AMR conversion coefficient 2 = 0
The pole-to-pole span depends on the motor model as indicated in the
table below.
Table 4.14.1 (c) List of pole-to-pole spans
Classification
Pole-to-pole span (D)
Motor model
Small motors
Medium-size and
large motors
- 320 -
30mm
LiS300A, LiS600A, LiS900A
60mm
Model other than the above
B-65270EN/07
1977 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear numerator
2084 (FS30i, 16i)

1978 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear denominator
2085 (FS30i, 16i)
Use a unified detection unit for the flexible feed gear (FFG)
parameters according to Tables 4.14.1 (d) and 4.14.1 (e).
FFG = (resolution [m]) / (detection unit [m])
Table 4.14.1 (d) Parameter setting when an incremental type linear encoder is used
[Medium-size and large motors] (pole-to-pole span: 60mm)
Number of velocity pulses /
FFG(No.2084/No.2085)
AMR conversion
PLC0
Number of position pulses,
coefficient 1 or 2
Signal pitch
0.1-m
(2000#0)
Conversion coefficient
1-m detection
(No.2112, 2138)
detection
(No.2023 / No.2024, 2185)
20
0
5000 / 16000, 0
40
0
2500 / 8000, 0
2
1
5000 / 8000, 2
4
1
2500 / 8000, 0
40.513167
0
2468 / 7899, 0
[Small motors] (pole-to-pole span: 30mm)
PLC0
Signal pitch
(2000#0)
(No.2023 / No.2024, 2185)
20
40
2
4
40.513167
0
0
1
1
0
5000 / 16000, 0
2500 / 8000, 0
5000 / 8000, 2
2500 / 8000, 0
2468 / 7899, 0
3000, 9
1500, 9
30000, 9
15000, 9
1481, 9
5 / 128
5 / 64
1 / 256
1 / 128
301 / 3804
50 / 128
50 / 64
10 / 256
10 / 128
3010 / 3804
FFG(No.2084/No.2085)
AMR conversion
coefficient 1 or 2
(No.2112, 2138)
1-m detection
0.1-m
detection
1500, 9
750, 9
15000, 9
7500, 9
1481, 8
5 / 128
5 / 64
1 / 256
1 / 128
301 / 3804
50 / 128
50 / 64
10 / 256
10 / 128
3010 / 3804
The parameter Nos. for the Series 15i are omitted. See the
previous page.
Table 4.14.1 (e) Parameter setting when an absolute type linear encoder is used
[Medium-size and large motors] (pole-to-pole span: 60mm)
FFG(No.2084/No.2085)
AMR conversion
PLC0
coefficient 1 or 2
Resolution
0.1-m
(2000#0)
1-m detection
(No.2112, 2138)
detection
(No.2023 / No.2024, 2185)
0.1
0
1953 / 6250, 0
0.05
0
3906 / 12500, 0
[Small motors] (pole-to-pole span: 30mm)
PLC0
Resolution
(2000#0)
(No.2023 / No.2024, 2185)
0.1
0.05
0
0
1953 / 6250, 0
3906 / 12500, 0
9375, 6
9375, 7
1/10
1/20
1/1
1/2
FFG(No.2084/No.2085)
AMR conversion
coefficient 1 or 2
(No.2112, 2138)
1-m detection
0.1-m
detection
9375, 5
9375, 6
1/10
1/20
1/1
1/2
The parameter Nos. for the Series 15i are omitted. See the
previous page.
- 321 -
B-65270EN/07
(Cautions)
If the encoder signal pitch is larger than 200 m, various coefficients
used in the servo software may overflow to raise an alarm on invalid
parameters, because the setting for the number of velocity pulses
becomes very small.
In this case, change the corresponding parameter by referencing
Subsection 2.1.8, "Measures for Alarms on Illegal Servo Parameter
Settings."

When a linear motor is used, the linear encoder must be installed so
that the Z phase of the linear encoder matches the origin of the
activating phase. Otherwise, the specified motor characteristics cannot
be obtained. (For details of installation positions, refer to "FANUC
LINEAR MOTOR LiS series DESCRIPTIONS (B-65382EN)".)
Procedure (3) describes the method of adjusting the activating phase
origin (AMR offset adjustment) when it is difficult to install a linear
encoder at a specified position with a specified precision.
Setting the AMR offset

When the learning control function is used (Series 90B3 and

90B7), see "Learning Function Operator's Manual".
When the learning control function is not used (Series 9096,
90B0, 90B6, 90B5, 90D0, and 90E0), set the AMR offset as
follows:
1762 (FS15i)
AMR offset
2139 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
Specifies an activating phase (AMR offset) for phase Z.

Degrees
-45 to +45 (*)
(*) Extended AMR offset setting range (-60 degrees to +60 degrees)
can be specified by setting the parameter below. So, if the AMR
offset value does not lie within the range -45 degrees to +45
degrees in adjustment processing, set the bit below. (Usually, set
the bit below to 0.)
(Series 9096 and Series 90B0/B(02) and earlier editions are not
supported.)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
2683 (FS15i)
AMR60
2270 (FS30i, 16i)
AMR60 (#0)
#0
Changes the AMR offset setting range.

0: -45 degrees to +45 degrees (standard setting range)
1: -60 degrees to +60 degrees (extended setting range)
- 322 -
B-65270EN/07
The procedure for AMR offset adjustment is described below. The

procedure varies according to whether an incremental type linear
encoder or absolute type linear enable is used. Before starting an
adjustment, check the type of linear encoder used.
CAUTION
Note that if an incorrect AMR offset value is input,
the thrust of the motor can decrease or the motor
can make an unpredictable motion.
After setting a correct AMR offset value, never
rewrite the set value manually.
Incremental type
The procedure for AMR offset adjustment when an incremental type
linear encoder is used is described below. When using an absolute
type linear encoder, see the item of Absolute type described later.
Make a fine activating phase adjustment according to the procedure
below.
NOTE
The method of AMR offset adjustment using
SERVO GUIDE is described below. For the method
using the servo check board, see Appendix I.3.
Measuring the activating phase
(1) Connect SERVO GUIDE to the CNC, and set channel data as
shown below.
Select the target axis for measurement, and set the data type to
"ROTOR".
For a linear motor, a value from 0 to 360 degrees is read

each time a motion is made over the distance of a pair of the
N pole and S pole of the magnet (pole-to-pole span).
- 323 -
B-65270EN/07
(2) Run the linear motor using a JOG operation for example, and
observe the behavior of the activating phase (AMR) before, at
the moment, and after phase Z is captured. (See Figs. 4.14.1 (a)
and (b).)
The activating phase changes to 0 (or 360) degrees at the moment
phase Z is captured. Measure the value just before it changes,
and let this value be A.
360
360
45 or lower (*)
315 or higher (*)
A
A
Phase Z
Phase Z
Fig. 4.14.1 (a) If the offset is set with a positive number Fig. 4.14.1 (b) If the offset is set with a negative number
(before AMR offset adjustment)
(*) The figures above provide examples where AMR60=0. When

AMR60=1, the values should read 60 or lower and 60 or
higher.
(3) Set the AMR offset parameter with A (or A - 360).
*
The parameter setting range is:
-45 degrees to +45 degrees (when AMR60 = 0)
When the value of A does not lie within the setting range, the
installation position of the linear encoder needs to be readjusted.
(4) Switch the power off and on again. Now parameter setting is
completed.
(5) Observe the activating phase (AMR) again according to step (2)
above, and check that the activating phase changes continuously
in the phase Z rising portion.
(6) Switch the power off and on again. This completes parameter
setting.
- 324 -
B-65270EN/07
45 or lower (*)
360
315 or lower (*)
360
A
A
Phase Z
Phase Z
Fig. 4.14.1(d) If the offset is set with a negative

number (after AMR offset adjustment)
Fig. 4.14.1(c) If the offset is set with a positive

number (after AMR offset adjustment)
(*) The figures above provide examples where AMR60=0. When

AMR60=1, the values should read 60 or lower and 300 or
higher.
Absolute type
The procedure for AMR offset adjustment when an absolute type
linear encoder is used is described below. When using an incremental
type linear encoder, see the item of Incremental type described earlier.
below.
CAUTION
In this adjustment, the linear motor is driven by
current fed from the DC power supply. So, the CNC
does not exercise position control. For safety,
move the coil slider of the linear motor to near the
stroke center and make an adjustment. (Activation
by the DC power supply moves a medium-size or
large linear motor for up to about 60 mm, and
moves a small linear motor for up to about 30 mm.)
(1) For phase data measurement, set the following parameters:
Series of servo
software
Series 9096
Series 90B0
Series 90B1
Series 90B5
Series 90B6
Series 90D0
Series 90E0
*
Parameter setting
No. 2115=320 (odd-numbered axis), 960 (odd-numbered axis)

No. 2115=0 (odd-numbered axis, even-numbered axis)
Other than the Series 15i
Series 15i
None
Phase data
display screen
Diagnosis No.
353
Unit of data
256/electrical
angle
Arbitrary data
screen
(described later)
Diagnosis No.
762
The selection of an odd-numbered axis or even-numbered axis in the figure above depends on whether
the setting of No. 1023 (servo axis number) is an odd number or even number.
- 325 -
B-65270EN/07
When the setting above is made, phase data is output to the display
screen indicated above. The display data (phase data) equal to 256 on
the diagnosis screen corresponds to an activating phase of 360 degrees.
This means that a displayed phase data value is converted to an
activating phase [degrees] according to the following expression:
Activating phase [degrees] = Displayed phase data value
360/256
(2) Turn off the power to the CNC and servo amplifier.
(3) Detach the linear motor power line from the servo amplifier, then
connect the power line to the DC power supply.
Connect the + terminal of the DC power supply to phase U of the
power line, and connect the - terminal of the DC power supply to
phase V and phase W of the power line.
DC power
l
Coil slider
+
U
V
W
Fig. 4.14.1(e) Connection of DC power supply
(4) In the emergency stop state, turn on the power to the CNC and
servo amplifier.
(5) Display phase data on the diagnosis screen of the CNC then turn
on the DC power supply. Next, increase the current gradually
(DC activation).
When the force of the linear motor produced by current supplied
from the DC power supply exceeds static friction, the linear
motor starts moving, and the linear motor automatically stops at a
position where activation phase = 0.
A position where activating phase = 0 is present at intervals of 60
mm with medium-size and large linear motors, or at intervals of
30 mm with small linear motors.
WARNING
If a large current flows abruptly, the motor
produces a large force, resulting in a very
dangerous situation. When making this adjustment,
be sure to increase the current value gradually
starting from current value = 0 [Ap].
- 326 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Read the value of phase data on the CNC screen in the state
where the linear motor rests. Immediately after reading the value,
turn off the DC power supply.
*
Change the DC excitation start position within one pole (60

mm for the medium-sized/large type or 30 mm for the small
type) then make measurements of (5) or (6). Repeat this
procedure several times to determine average phase data.
(7) Based on activating phase data measured with up to step 6)

above, set the AMR offset parameter as described below.
*
In the description below, the parenthesized values assume

AMR60 = 1.
When 0 phase data 32 (42)

AMR offset setting = 1 phase data value 360/256
When 224 (214) phase data 255 (255)
AMR offset setting = 360 phase data value 360/256
When 32 (42) < phase data < 224 (214)
In this case, a soft phase alarm is issued when phase Z is
passed. Adjust the linear encoder installation position
according to "FANUC LINEAR MOTOR Lis series
DESCRIPTIONS (B-65382EN)". After adjustment, make
an AMR offset adjustment again from step 1).
(8) Turn off then turn on the power to the CNC.
(9) Perform steps (5) and (6) again, and check that the activating
phase data at a stop position is about 0 or 255.
(10) Turn off the power to the CNC and servo amplifier. Next,
connect the power line of the linear motor to the servo amplifier.
Then, turn on the power to the CNC and servo amplifier again.
(11) Decrease the torque limit and excessive error alarm level and use
jog feed to check that feed operation is normal. When feed
operation is normal, return the value of the parameter set in (1) to
0 and return the torque limit and excessive error alarm level to
the original values. This completes the setting.
- 327 -
B-65270EN/07
The activating phase can also be observed by connecting SERVO

GUIDE to the CNC and selecting "Monitor" from the
"Communication" menu of the graph window.
(Set "ROTOR" as the data type in channel setting.)
(Supplement)
Method for checking the activating phase value in the Series 15i
The diagnosis screen of the Series 15i has no data that
corresponds to No. 353 on the diagnosis screen of the Series 16i
and so on. So, display an arbitrary data screen by making the
following parameter setting to check the activating phase value.
#7
#6
#5
2208 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ARB
ARB (#3)
The arbitrary data screen is:

0: Not displayed
1: Displayed Use this setting.
Settings on the arbitrary data screen (see Fig. 4.14.1 (f).)
Parameter 1 of data 1 is loaded with the value set in Procedure (1).
Make sure that parameter 2 is 0.
The activating phase is displayed in an enclosed section in the figure.
Fig. 4.14.1 (f) Series 15i arbitrary data screen
- 328 -
B-65270EN/07

Procedure (4) explains how to set up parameters for using a linear
scale with a distance-coded reference marks in linear motor position
detection circuit C (A860-0333-T301, -T302 or A860-2033-T301,
-T302).
This function is optional.

This function is supported only for the Series 30i/31i/32i-A,
15i-MB, 16i/18i/21i-B as of December 2005.
For details of parameter setting, refer to the relevant CNC
manual or specifications.
(For Series 30i/31i/32i-A)

Refer to the CNC connection manual (B-63943EN).
All software series and editions are applicable.
(For Series 15i-MB)
Refer to the CNC specifications (A-79233E).
All software series and editions are applicable.
(For Series 16i/18i/21i-B)
Refer to the CNC specifications (A-78754EN).
Series and editions of applicable CNC software
B0H1/BDH1/DDH1-17 and subsequent editions (Series
16i/18i/21i-MB)
B1H1/BEH1/DEH1-17 and subsequent editions (Series
16i/18i/21i-TB)
BDH5-07 and subsequent editions (Series 18i-MB5)
Setting procedure (for the Series 15i-MB)

Refer to the CNC specifications (A-79233E).
Setting procedure (for the Series 30i/31i/32i-A, Series 16i/18i/21i-B)

(1) Enable the linear scale with a distance-coded reference marks.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DCLx
1815 (FS30i, 16i)
DCLx (#2)
The linear scale interface with absolute address referenced mark is:
0: Not used as a position detector
1: Used as a position detector To be set
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
SDCx
1818 (FS30i, 16i)
SDCx (#3)
The linear scale with a distance-coded reference marks is:

0: Not used
1: Used To be set
- 329 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
1821 (FS30i, 16i)
Specify a round figure, such as 10000 or 50000, as the reference

counter capacity.
1240 (FS30i, 16i)
Coordinate of the first reference position in the machine coordinate system

for each axis
Specify 0.
-
Distance 1 from the scale mark origin to the reference position
1883 (FS30i, 16i)
Specify 0.
-
Distance 2 from the scale mark origin to the reference position
1884 (FS30i, 16i)
Specify 0.
(2) Turn the CNC power off and on again.
(3) Follow this procedure to establish a reference position at an
appropriate point.
Select the JOG mode, and set the manual reference position
return signal ZRN to "1".
Set a feed axis direction selection signal (+J1, -J1, +J2, -J2, ...)
for an axis for which a reference position is to be established to
"1" and issue the signal.
When an absolute position on the linear scale is detected, the axis
stops, causing the reference position-established signal (ZRF1,
ZRF2, ...) to be set to "1".
If an overtravel alarm is issued in establishing a reference
position, try to establish a reference position by disabling a
stored stroke check.
(4) In the JOG or handle feed mode, place the machine accurately on
the reference position.
(5) Using the following steps, perform the automatic setting of
parameter No. 1883.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DAT
1819(FS30i, 16i)
DAT (#2)
At a manual reference position return, the automatic setting of

parameter No. 1883 is:
0: Not performed
1: Performed To be set
After setting this parameter to "1", perform a manual reference
position return.
When the manual reference position return is completed, parameter
No. 1883 is specified, and this parameter is automatically reset to "0".
- 330 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) If you want to disable a stored stroke check in establishing a

reference position, re-set the necessary parameters to the original
setting.
(7) Specify parameter No. 1240 as required.
1240 (FS30i, 16i)
Coordinate of the first reference position in the machine coordinate system

for each axis
Set up the coordinate of the first reference position in the machine

coordinate system.
(8) This is the end of setting.

Procedure (5) can be used to set parameters according to the cooling
method used for linear motors.
Change the following parameters as listed in Table 4.14.1 (f). For
self-cooling linear motors, the parameters need not be set here,
because they are set up at initialization in procedure (1).
1877 (FS15i)
OVC alarm parameter (POVC1)
2062 (FS30i, 16i)

1878 (FS15i)
2063 (FS30i, 16i)

1893 (FS15i)
OVC alarm parameter (POVCLMT)
2065 (FS30i, 16i)

1979 (FS15i)
Current rating parameter (RTCURR)
2086 (FS30i, 16i)

1784 (FS15i)
OVC magnification in stop state (OVCSTP)
2161 (FS30i, 16i)
CAUTION
If the correct values corresponding to the cooling
method are not set in the parameters above,
expected thermal protection cannot be provided.
Use care.
- 331 -
B-65270EN/07
Table4.14.1 (f) Setting OVC and current rating parameters by cooling method
[200V driving]
Model
Cooling method
LiS300A1/4
No cooling
50
32720
596
589
564
Water cooling
100
32578
2380
2357
1129
No cooling
100
32720
596
589
564
Water cooling
200
32578
2380
2357
1129
No cooling
150
32721
583
1326
847
Water cooling
300
32582
2328
5303
1694
No cooling
300
32698
873
2590
1184
Water cooling
600
32490
3481
10358
2368
LiS600A1/4
LiS900A1/4
LiS1500B1/4
LiS3000B2/2
LiS3000B2/4
LiS4500B2/2
LiS6000B2/2
LiS6000B2/4
LiS7500B2/2
LiS7500B2/4
LiS9000B2/2
LiS9000B2/4
LiS3300C1/2
LiS9000C2/2
LiS11000C2/2
LiS15000C2/2
LiS15000C2/3
LiS10000C3/2
LiS17000C3/3
Rated (N)
POVC1
POVC2
POVCLMT RTCURR OVCSTP
No cooling
600
32711
719
2131
1074
Water cooling
1200
32539
2867
8523
2148
No cooling
600
32698
873
2590
1184
Water cooling
1200
32490
3481
10358
2368
No cooling
900
32707
758
1199
805
Water cooling
1800
32526
3023
4794
1611
No cooling
1200
32711
719
2131
1074
Water cooling
2400
32539
2867
8523
2148
No cooling
1200
32698
873
2590
1184
Water cooling
2400
32528
3003
8932
2368
140
No cooling
1500
32707
765
832
671
Water cooling
3000
32524
3053
3329
1342
No cooling
1500
32687
1010
799
658
Water cooling
3000
32446
4026
3197
1316
No cooling
1800
32707
758
1199
805
Water cooling
3600
32526
3023
4794
1611
No cooling
1800
32696
895
1151
789
Water cooling
3600
32482
3570
4604
1579
No cooling
660
32708
749
1184
801
Water cooling
1320
32529
2987
4738
1602
No cooling
1800
32729
489
1112
776
Water cooling
3600
32612
1953
4448
1552
No cooling
2200
32723
560
1661
948
Water cooling
4400
32589
2236
6644
1897
No cooling
3000
32729
483
621
579
Water cooling
7000
32558
2623
3378
1352
No cooling
3000
32732
452
1340
852
Water cooling
7000
32572
2455
7296
1988
140
No cooling
2000
32722
580
1719
964
Water cooling
4000
32583
2314
6875
1929
No cooling
3400
32711
709
981
729
Water cooling
6800
32542
2829
3925
1458
- 332 -
B-65270EN/07
[400V driving]
Model
Cooling method
LiS1500B1/4
No cooling
300
32698
873
2590
1184
Water cooling
600
32490
3481
10358
2368
LiS3000B2/2i
LiS4500B2/2HV
LiS4500B2/2
LiS6000B2/2HV
LiS6000B2/2
LiS7500B2/HV2
LiS7500B2/2
LiS9000B2/2
LiS3300C1/2
LiS9000C2/2
LiS11000C2/2HV
LiS11000C2/2
LiS15000C2/3HV
LiS10000C3/2
LiS17000C3/2
Rated (N)
POVC1
POVC2
No cooling
600
32711
719
2131
1074
Water cooling
1200
32539
2867
8523
2148
No cooling
900
32714
681
1549
915
Water cooling
1800
32551
2718
6194
1831
No cooling
900
32707
758
1199
805
Water cooling
1800
32526
3023
4794
1611
No cooling
1200
32706
774
688
610
Water cooling
2400
32521
3085
2753
1221
No cooling
1200
32711
719
2131
1074
Water cooling
2400
32539
2867
8523
2148
No cooling
1500
32714
680
1075
763
Water cooling
3000
32551
2713
4301
1526
No cooling
1500
32709
739
658
596
Water cooling
3000
32532
2949
2631
1193
No cooling
1800
32709
737
947
716
Water cooling
3600
32533
2940
3788
1432
140
No cooling
660
32708
749
1184
801
Water cooling
1320
32529
2987
4738
1602
No cooling
1800
32728
494
879
689
Water cooling
3600
32610
1972
3514
1379
No cooling
2200
32723
560
1661
948
Water cooling
4400
32589
2236
6644
1897
No cooling
2200
32730
474
1312
843
Water cooling
4400
32616
1894
5250
1686
140
No cooling
3000
32730
471
1396
869
Water cooling
7000
32563
2557
7601
2029
140
No cooling
2000
32720
597
1358
857
Water cooling
4000
32577
2384
5432
1715
140
No cooling
3400
32711
709
981
729
Water cooling
6800
32542
2829
3925
1458
- 333 -
B-65270EN/07
[Conventional linear motors]

Model
1500A/4
3000B/2
3000B/4
6000B/2
6000B/4
(160A driving)
9000B/2
(160A driving)
9000B/4
(360A driving)
15000C/2
(360A driving)
15000C/3
Cooling method
Rated (N) POVC1
POVC2
POVCLMT RTCURR
No cooling
300
32698
873
2590
1184
Air cooling
360
32667
1257
3729
1421
Water cooling
600
32490
3481
10358
2369
No cooling
600
32698
873
2590
1184
Air cooling
720
32667
1257
3729
1421
Water cooling
1200
32490
3481
10358
2369
No cooling
600
32698
873
2590
1184
Air cooling
720
32667
1257
3729
1421
Water cooling
1200
32490
3481
10358
2368
No cooling
1200
32698
873
2590
1184
Air cooling
1440
32667
1257
3729
1421
Water cooling
2400
32490
3481
10358
2369
No cooling
1200
32706
777
2304
1117
Air cooling
1440
32679
1118
3317
1340
Water cooling
2400
32520
3098
9215
2234
No cooling
1800
32729
491
1457
888
Air cooling
2160
32711
707
2098
1065
Water cooling
3600
32611
1962
5827
1776
No cooling
1800
32737
388
1151
789
Air cooling
2160
32723
559
1657
947
Water cooling
3600
32644
1551
4604
1579
No cooling
3000
32751
209
621
579
Air cooling
3600
32744
301
894
695
Water cooling
7000
32677
1139
3378
1352
No cooling
3000
32732
452
1340
852
Air cooling
3600
32716
651
1930
1022
Water cooling
7000
32572
2455
7296
1988
- 334 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Illegal servo parameter setting alarms when linear motors are used
The following illegal servo parameter setting alarms are checked
additionally when linear motors are used (they are not issued for
rotary motors).
Parameter error
alarm detail No.
10043
1123
1393
Description
No separate detector can be used for linear motors. Full-closed loop setting
results in an alarm being issued.
If no AMR conversion coefficient is set, an alarm is issued. Even when the
linear encoder is not relocated after the motor is replaced, the AMR
conversion coefficients must be re-set, because initialization accompanying
motor replacement causes the AMR coefficients to be erased.
The valid AMR offset data range is below :
-45 (degrees) and +45 (degrees) : (AMR60=0)
-60 (degrees) and +60 (degrees) : (AMR60=1)
If a value out of this range is specified in the parameter, an
invalid-parameter alarm is issued.
CAUTION
When an AMR conversion coefficient is not set, an
alarm is issued. If it is set, but incorrect, no alarm is
issued. In this case, the linear motor fails to drive
correctly immediately after it passes phase Z. It
may move within one pole-to-pole span (60 mm or
30 mm) in the worst case.
(7) Notes on using high-speed HRV current control or the cutting /rapid
velocity loop gain switching function
In general, a higher velocity loop gain (load inertia ratio) is set for a
linear motor than for a rotary motor. So, if high-speed HRV current
control and the cutting /rapid velocity loop gain switching function are
used at the same time to achieve an even higher velocity loop gain, an
overflow can occur in the internal value of the post-override velocity
load proportional (PK2V: parameter No. 1856 for Series 15i or No.
2044 for Series 30i, 16i, and so on). (The parameter error detail
number is 443 (*)). In this case, set the parameter indicated below.
Whether an overflow occurs or not can be checked using Fig.
4.14.1(g).
(*)
Series 9096 and Series 90B0/C(03) and earlier editions do not
support the occurrence of parameter errors in velocity gain
override and the display of detail numbers.
#7
1740 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
P2EX
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
P2EX(#6)
The format of velocity loop proportional gain (PK2V) is:

0: Standard format.
1: Converted. To be set
- 335 -
#0

A=
B-65270EN/07
|PK2V parameter| (load inertia ratio + 256) 2000

(Number of velocity pulses) 64
Larger than 32767
larger than 32767?

Not larger than 32767
B = A (velocity loop gain override [%] (*1) )/100
Larger than 32767
larger than 32767?
Not larger than 32767
Overflow not produced
Overflow occurred.
Set the following bits:
Bit 6 of No. 1740 = 1 (Series 15i)
Bit 6 of No. 2200 = 1 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)
Fig. 4.14.1(g) PK2V overflow check
CAUTION
*1 In the flowchart above, the velocity loop gain
override is represented by one of the following
parameters:
Velocity gain magnification when high-speed HRV
current control is enabled
(No. 2335 for Series 30i, 16i, and so on or No.
2748 for Series 15i)
Velocity gain override when the cutting feed/rapid
traverse switchable velocity loop gain function is
enabled
(No. 2107 for Series 30i, 16i, and so on or No.
1700 for Series 15i)
- 336 -
B-65270EN/07
4.14.2
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software when a

Linear Motor and a Synchronous Built-in Servo Motor are
Used
(1) Overview
When a linear motor or synchronous built-in servo motor is used, the
overheat signal (thermostat signal) of the motor can be connected in
one of three ways:
Configuration 1 : Connected to the PMC signal
Configuration 2 : Connected to the iCZ detection circuit
(A860-2162-T***) or the linear motor position
detection circuit (A860-2033-T***)
Configuration 3 : Connected to the temperature detection circuit
This subsection describes these methods of connection and setting.
If the overheat signal is connected using a method described in this
subsection and an overheat alarm is issued, quick stop processing
(quick stop function based on a command specifying a velocity of 0)
is also usable. (For details, see Subsection 4.11.6, "Quick Stop
Function at OVC and OVL Alarm".)
In configuration 2 and configuration 3, temperature information can
be observed on the CNC screen by using the temperature information
signal (thermistor signal) built into a linear motor or synchronous
built-in servo motor.
[Configuration 1]
CNC
Overheat signal
(Thermostat signal)
DI of PMC
Linear motor or
synchronous built-in servo motor
[Configuration 2]
iCZ detection circuit or linear
motor position detection circuit
An overheat signal connection mode

can be selected from three
configurations.
[Configuration 3]
Separate
detector
interface unit
Temperature
detection circuit
CAUTION
When using a linear motor or synchronous built-in
servo motor, be sure to monitor the overheat signal
by using any of the methods mentioned above.
Otherwise, the motor cannot be properly protected
against overheating.
- 337 -
B-65270EN/07
(2) Series and editions of applicable software

Note that the usable software editions depend on the configuration.
Configuration
(overheat signal
connection)
Configuration 1
(Connected to the
PMC)
Series and editions of

servo software
Series 90D0/J(10) and
subsequent editions
Series 90D3/A(01) and
subsequent editions
Series 90E0/J(10) and
subsequent editions
Series 90E3/A(01) and
subsequent editions
(Series 16i-B and so on)
Series 90B6/B(02) and
subsequent editions
Series 90B1/C(03) and
subsequent editions
Series 90B3/P(16) and
subsequent editions
Series 90B7/Q(17) and
subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C, 20i-B)
Series 90B5/B(02) and
subsequent editions
Series 90B8/C(03) and
subsequent editions
Series and editions of system software
B0H1/BDH1-24 and subsequent editions

B0K1/BDK1-01 and subsequent editions
B1H1/BEH1-24 and subsequent editions
B1K1/BEK1-01 and subsequent editions
BDH5-14 and subsequent editions
BDK5-01 and subsequent editions
DDH1-24 and subsequent editions
DDK1-01 and subsequent editions
DEH1-24 and subsequent editions
DEK1-01 and subsequent editions
D0H1-01 and subsequent editions
D1H1-01 and subsequent editions
(Series 16i/18i-MB)
(Series 16i/18i-MB)
(Series 16i/18i-TB)
(Series 16i/18i-TB)
(Series 18i-MB5)
(Series 18i-MB5)
(Series 21i-MB)*1
(Series 21i-MB)*1
(Series 21i-TB)*1
(Series 21i-TB)*1
(Series 20i-FB)*1
(Series 20i-TB)*1
D4B1/ D4C1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 0i-MC)*1
D6B1/ D6C1-01 and subsequent editions (Series 0i-TC)*1

D6D1-01 and subsequent editions
D4A1-07 and subsequent editions
D6A1-07 and subsequent editions
88E1-03 and subsequent editions
88E3-01 and subsequent editions
88F2-10 and subsequent editions
88F3-01 and subsequent editions
*1
*2
*3
*4
(Series 0i-TTC)*1
(Series 0i-MB)*1
(Series 0i-TB)*1
(Power Mate i-D)*2
(Power Mate i-D)*2
(Power Mate i-H)*2
(Power Mate i-H)*2
PMC-SB7 required
PMC-SB6 required
This configuration cannot be used with the Series 15i.
The Series 30i supports this configuration, starting with the first
edition.
Configuration 2
(Connected to the
iCZ detection
circuit or
linear motor position
detection circuit)
Configuration 3
(Connected to the
temperature
detection circuit)
Series 90D0/P(16) and
subsequent editions
Series 90E0/P(16) and
subsequent editions
(Series 15i-B,16i-B and so
on)
Series 90B1/K(11) and
subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C)
Series 90B8/K(11) and
subsequent editions
This configuration is usable, regardless of the series and editions

of system software.
G002/G012/G022-32.0 and subsequent editions (Series 30i-A)

G003/G013/G023-15.0 and subsequent editions (Series 30i-A)
G121/G131-32.0 and subsequent editions (Series 31i-A5)
G123/G133-15.0 and subsequent editions (Series 31i-A5)
G101/G111-32.0 and subsequent editions (Series 31i-A)
G103/G113-15.0 and subsequent editions (Series 31i-A)
G201-32.0 and subsequent editions
(Series 32i-A)
G203-15.0 and subsequent editions
(Series 32i-A)
B0K1/BDK1-10 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-MB)
B1H1/BEH1-10 and subsequent editions (Series 16i/18i-TB)
BDK5-10 and subsequent editions
(Series 18i-MB5)
DDK1-10 and subsequent editions
(Series 21i-MB)
DEK1-10 and subsequent editions
(Series 21i-TB)
- 338 -
B-65270EN/07

#7
2713(FS15i)
#6
#5
CKLNOH
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
THRMO
2300(FS30i,16i)
THRMO(#3)
CLKNOH(#7)
When bit 7 of No. 2300 is set to 1, the overheat alarm of a motor is:
0: Obtained from a DI signal via the PMC.
1: Obtained from the iCZ detection circuit, linear motor position
detection circuit, or temperature detection circuit.
* When this parameter has been set, the power must be turned off
The overheat alarm of a synchronous built-in servo motor or linear
motor is:
0: Obtained from the pulse coder (for an i/i motor)
1: Obtained from a DI signal via the PMC, or from the iCZ
detection circuit, linear motor position detection circuit, or
* When this parameter has been set, the power must be turned off
Set these parameters according to the overheat signal connection mode
(configuration) as indicated in the table below.
CKLNOH THRMO
Description
Detects an overheat alarm with a DI signal via the PMC.
(Configuration 1)
Detects an overheat alarm via the iCZ detection circuit
or linear motor position detection circuit.
(Configuration 2)
Detects an overheat alarm via the temperature
detection circuit.
(Configuration 3)(*1)
(*1) Before an overheat alarm can be detected via the temperature

detection circuit (configuration 3), the temperature detection
circuit must be set (with a parameter such as No. 2278). (See
Subsection 2.1.7.)
NOTE
If bits 3, 7 of No. 2300 are set to 1, 1 (to enable
overheat alarm detection with the built-in
temperature detection circuit) when an iCZ sensor
of old type (A860-2142-Txxx) not supporting the
temperature detection circuit is used, an illegal
parameter setting alarm (detail number 3002) is
issued.
- 339 -
B-65270EN/07
CAUTION
This function bit is included in the motor standard
parameters. It is set automatically when servo
parameter initialization is performed with a motor
ID number set.
In the CNC that cannot use interface G326 of the
PMC, if this function bit is set to 1, a servo alarm
(motor overheat) is issued. If this occurs, set the
function bit to 0.
(4) Signals (only in configuration 1)

When using configuration 1, connect the overheat signal from the
motor to the following G signal with ladder circuitry:
Overheat state signals via the PMC: SVDI61-SVDI68<Gn326>

Gn326
[Classification]
[Function]
[Status]
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
SVDI68
SVDI67
SVDI66
SVDI65
SVDI64
SVDI63
SVDI62
SVDI61
Input signal
Thermostat signals are input via the PMC. An independent signal is
provided for each axis, and the last digit of each name indicates the
number of a controlled axis.
0: A signal for issuing an overheat alarm or detecting an overheat is
not connected.
1: No overheat alarm is issued.
(5) Connection and usage

<1> Parameter setting
Set parameter No. 2300 (Series 16i, etc.)/No. 2713 (Series 15i)
according the overheat signal connection mode.
By default, CKLNOH=1 and THRMO=0 are set for a linear
motor and synchronous built-in servo motor (to obtain the
overheat signal via the PMC). If the setting of a parameter does
not match the actual overheat signal connection, the motor
overheat alarm is issued.
<2> Overheat signal connection
Connect the overheat signal to a proper point according to each
configuration. When configuration 1 (connection via the PMC) is
used, a ladder program for connecting the overheat signal
(external signal) to the G signal needs to be created. (No ladder
program is needed for configuration 2 and configuration 3.)
[Alarm detail indication on the servo adjustment screen]
Alarm
Motor overheat alarm via Pulsecoder

Overheat alarm via PMC DI signal
- 340 -
Alarm 1
#7(OVL)
Alarm 2
#7(ALD)
Alarm 2
#4(EXP)
1
1
1
1
0
1
B-65270EN/07
4.14.3
Smoothing Compensation for Linear Motor
(1) Overview
Smoothing compensation for linear motors improves the smoothness
in feed of a linear motor by producing a sinusoidal compensation
torque with a cycle of 1/2, 1/4, or 1/6 of the pole-to-pole span
produced by servo software and by applying such a torque to the
current command. Compensation torque can be generated for each
motor by setting gain and phase for each component.
Torque command for correction
A2 Sin (2 + P2)
+ A4 Sin (4 + P4)
+ A6 Sin (6 + P6)
Activating phase angle
+
+
Velocity loop
Current loop
TCMD
Scale
Linear motor

(Series 20i-B)

1753 (FS15i)
2130 (FS30i, 16i)
1754 (FS15i)
2131 (FS30i, 16i)
1755 (FS15i)
2132 (FS30i, 16i)
Smoothing compensation performed twice per pole pair

Correction gain (high-order 8 bits)
Correction phase (low-order 8 bits)
Smoothing compensation performed four times per pole pair

Smoothing compensation performed six times per pole pair

- 341 -
B-65270EN/07
Setting the correction gain of the following parameters with a nonzero

value can switch between the negative direction smoothing
compensation and the positive direction smoothing compensation. In
this case, the smoothing compensation parameter explained above
applies only to feeding in the positive direction.
(Series 9096 and Series 90B0/M(13) and earlier editions are not
supported.)
2782 (FS15i)
2369 (FS30i, 16i)
2783 (FS15i)
2370 (FS30i, 16i)
2784 (FS15i)
2371 (FS30i, 16i)
Smoothing compensation performed twice per pole pair (negative direction)

Smoothing compensation performed four times per pole pair (negative direction)
Smoothing compensation performed six times per pole pair (negative direction)
Since the compensation parameters differ from motor to motor

(depending on the motor rather than the model), these parameters must
be determined for each motor assembled.
In principle, variation in torque command that is generated when the
motor is fed at a low speed depends on the position. The application of
smoothing
compensation
cancels
this
position-dependent
characteristic, allowing the motor to move smoothly.
The measuring instruments that can be used to determine these
parameters include "SERVO GUIDE" (Ver. 2.00 or later) and servo
tuning software, "SD."
NOTE
The method of adjustment using SERVO GUIDE is
described below. For the method that uses the
servo tuning software "SD", see Appendix I.4.
By using SERVO GUIDE (Ver. 2.00 or later), these parameters can be
determined easily. Follow the procedure below to measure the
activating phase and torque command, which are required to
determine the compensation parameters.
- 342 -
B-65270EN/07
<1> Set channels as follows:

Channel 1: Activating phase
Select the target axis for measurement, and set "ROTOR" as the
data type.
Channel 2: Torque command

Select the target axis for measurement, and set "TCMD" as the
data type.
As the conversion coefficient, set the maximum current of the
amplifier used for the target axis.
<2> Create a program that performs back and forth motion at a

feedrate of F1200 (mm/min).
If the distance of movement is shorter than the pole-to-pole span,
it is impossible to automatically calculate smoothing
compensation parameters. Therefore, it is recommended that the
distance of movement be at least 200 mm for large linear motors
or at least 100 mm for small linear motors. For the number of
measurement points, provide an enough time to obtain data
during one back and forth motion of the motor. (About 15000 to
20000 points in 1-ms sampling)
<3> When making measurements, lower the velocity gain to such an
extent that hunting does not occur.
<4> From the "Tools" menu, select "Linear motor compensation
calculation".
(The shortcut is [Ctrl] + [L].)
- 343 -
B-65270EN/07
<5> In the displayed dialog box, press the [Add] button. Then
waveform data is analyzed, and candidates of the compensation
parameters are registered.
<6> The compensation parameters slightly vary depending on the

measurement situation. So, repeat a data measurement and a
press of the [Add] button several times in a similar manner while
keeping the dialog box open. (Up to five candidates can be
registered.)
If the displayed values include an extremely different value,
uncheck the corresponding check box on the leftmost side of the
list so that the value is not taken into account in the final
compensation calculation.
<7> Finally, press the [Calc] button for each of the forward and
backward directions. Then, smoothing compensation parameters
are displayed.
<8> When the target axis for parameter transfer is selected in
"Parameter change", and the [Set param.] button is pressed, the
presented parameters are set in the CNC.
<9> Measure TCMD again to confirm the effect of smoothing
compensation.
- 344 -
B-65270EN/07
(Adjustment example)
Before smoothing compensation adjustment
After smoothing compensation adjustment
Torque command
(TCMD)
(*) For details on the use of SERVO GUIDE, refer to the online help
of SERVO GUIDE.
- 345 -
B-65270EN/07
4.15
SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR PARAMETER

SETTING
4.15.1
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of Synchronous

Built-in Servo Motors
(1) Overview
The following describes the procedure for setting the digital servo
parameters to enable the use of a FANUC synchronous built-in servo
motor.
To drive a synchronous built-in servo motor, the optional pole
detection function is required.

Series 90B3/P(16) and subsequent editions
(Series 0i-C)
(3) Warning
WARNING
1 A synchronous built-in servo motor can make an
unpredictable movement or vibration if the basic
parameters for pole detection and so forth are not
set correctly.
2 It is recommended to take the following actions
until normal operation is confirmed:
- Lower the excessive error level so that an alarm
is issued immediately when an unpredictable
movement is made.
- Lower the torque limit value to disable abrupt
acceleration.
- Ensure that the emergency stop switch can be
pressed immediately.
- 346 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Detector
A rotary encoder is used to detect the position and speed of a
synchronous built-in servo motor.
Table 4.15.1(a) lists examples of usable rotary encoders.
A non-binary encoder is a detector with the number of AB-phase sine
waves () per detector revolution not being 2 raised to some power
(2N).
Table 4.15.1 (a) Examples of usable rotary encoders
Number of pulses for
Remarks
Encoder
parameter setting (*1)
iCZ 512A
500,000 p/rev
iCZ 768A
(*2)
iCZ 1024A
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727(*3)
Non-binary encoder
High resolution serial output circuit(*2)
Manufactured by FANUC
750,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev
Manufactured by HEIDENHAIN
: Number of sine waves per
detector revolution
512p/rev
(*1) Number of pulses for parameter setting, which differs from an

actual resolution.
(*2) To use iCZ 768A or a set of non-binary encoder + high
resolution serial output circuit as a detector for a synchronous
built-in servo motor, the following servo software is needed:
Series 90B1/C(03) and subsequent editions (Series15i, 16i and
so on)
Series 90B8/C(03) and subsequent editions (Series 0i-C)
Series 90D0, 90E0/J(10) and subsequent editions (Series 30i
and so on)
Series 90D3/B(02) and subsequent editions, Series 90E3/A(01)
and subsequent editions (Series 30i and so on)
Series 90B3 and 90B7 are unusable. (Series 16i and so on,
Series 0i-C)
To use a synchronous built-in servo motor position detection
circuit (A860-2033-T601) for a high resolution serial output
circuit, the following servo software is needed:
Series 90B1/K(11) and subsequent editions (Series15i, 16i and
so on)
Series 90B8/K(11) and subsequent editions (Series 0i-C)
Series 90D0, 90E0/P(16) and subsequent editions (Series 30i
and so on)
Series 90B3 and 90B7 are unusable. (Series 16i and so on,
Series 0i-C)
Series 90D3 and 90E3 are unusable. (Series 30i and so on)
- 347 -
B-65270EN/07
(*3) To use RCN727 as a detector for a synchronous built-in servo

motor, the following servo software is needed:
Series 90B1/F(06) and subsequent editions (Series 15i, 16i and
so on)
Series 90B8/F(06) and subsequent editions (Series 0i-C)
Series 90D0, 90E0/J(10) and subsequent editions (Series 30i
and so on)
Series 90D3, 90E3/ A(01) and subsequent editions (Series 30i
and so on)
Series 90B3/P(16) and subsequent editions (Series 16i and so
on)
Series 90B7/Q(17) and subsequent editions (Series 16i and so
on)
NOTE
1 For details of rotary encoders usable with FANUC
synchronous built-in servo motors, refer to "FANUC
SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR DiS
series Descriptions (B-65332EN)".
2 For the detailed specifications of each rotary
encoder, contact each rotary encoder
manufacturer.
CAUTION
When using a set of non-binary encoder + high
resolution serial output circuit with a synchronous
built-in servo motor, note the following:
1 Absolute setting is disabled.
2 The movable range is within 1 detector
revolution.
(Use assuming infinite revolution is disabled.)
3 Each time the power to the NC is turned on,
pole position detection must be performed
without fail.
- 348 -
B-65270EN/07
(5) Parameter settings

Set the parameters according to the procedure below.

Procedure (1) can be used to initialize the parameters (such as current
gain) necessary to drive a synchronous built-in servo motor. After
initialization, the parameters dependent on the type of rotary encoder
need to be set. Set the parameters according to procedure (2) described
later.
Parameters related to initialization

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1804 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
DGPR
2000 (FS30i, 16i)
DGPR(#1)
Set 0. (After initialization, this bit is set to 1 automatically.)
1879 (FS15i)
Movement direction
2022 (FS30i, 16i)
+111: When the positive direction is specified, the rotor rotates in the
positive direction.
-111: When the positive direction is specified the rotor rotates in the
reverse direction.
The positive direction (+ direction) of the DiS series motor is the
counterclockwise rotation of the rotor as determined by viewing the
motor from the power line side.
Power line
Cooling jacket
Stator
+ direction
- 349 -
Rotor
B-65270EN/07
Motor ID number
1874 (FS15i)
Motor ID number
2020 (FS30i, 16i)
Table 4.15.1 (b) and Table 4.15.1 (c) indicate the synchronous built-in
servo motors for which the standard parameters are available as of
July, 2007. When the standard parameters are not included in the
servo software used, see the parameter list shown in this manual, and
set the parameters.
Table 4.15.1 (b) Synchronous built-in servo motor [200V driving]
Motor
specification
Motor ID
No.
DiS 22/600
0482-B10x
421
I(09)
P(16)
DiS 85/400
0483-B20x
423
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 85/1000
0483-B224
443
I(09)
P(16)
DiS 110/300
0484-B10x
425
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 110/1000
0484-B124
445
I(09)
P(16)
DiS 260/300
0484-B30x
427
I(09)
N(14)
Motor model
90B1
90B8
90D0
90E0
DiS 260/600
0484-B31x
429
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 260/1000
0484-B324
447
I(09)
P(16)
DiS 370/300
0484-B40x
431
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 1200/250
0485-B50x
435
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 1500/200
0486-B30x
437
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 2100/150
0487-B30x
439
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 3000/150
0487-B40x
441
I(09)
N(14)
Table 4.15.1 (c) Synchronous built-in servo motor [400V driving]

Motor
specification
Motor ID
No.
90B1
90B8
90D0
90E0
DiS 22/600
0482-B10x
422
I(09)
P(16)
DiS 85/400
0483-B20x
424
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 110/300
0484-B10x
426
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 260/300
0484-B30x
427
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 260/600
0484-B31x
430
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 370/300
0484-B40x
432
H(08)
K(11)
DiS 1200/250
0485-B50x
436
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 1500/200
0486-B30x
438
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 2100/150
0487-B30x
440
I(09)
N(14)
DiS 3000/150
0487-B40x
442
I(09)
N(14)
Motor model

After parameter initialization, check that the function bit for
synchronous built-in servo motor control is set to 1 (synchronous
built-in servo motor control is enabled).
- 350 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
2713 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
DD
2300 (FS30i, 16i)
DD(#2)
Synchronous built-in servo motor control is:

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
- 351 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07

Procedure (2) can be used to set the parameters that need to be set
according to the type of a rotary encoder used.
Setting of parameters related to feedback
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1804 (FS15i)
#0
PLC0
2000 (FS30i, 16i)
PLC0(#0)
The number of velocity pulses and the number of position pulses are:
0: Used without being modified.
1: Used after being multiplied by 10
If the number of velocity pulses is lager than 32767, set the parameter
to 1.
1876 (FS15i)
2023 (FS30i, 16i)

1891 (FS15i)
2024 (FS30i, 16i)

2628 (FS15i)
Position pulses conversion coefficient (PSMPYL)
2185 (FS30i, 16i)
This parameter is used if the calculated number of position pulses is

greater than 32767.
When this parameter is set to 0, PSMPYL=1 is assumed for
processing.
When PLC0=0
Set so that Number of position pulses = PPLS PSMPYL.
When PLC0=1
Set so that Number of position pulses = 10 PPLS PSMPYL
Table 4.15.1 (d) Setting the number of velocity pulses and number of position pulses
PLC0
PULCO
PPLS
PSMPYL
Encoder
(No.2000#0)
(No.2023)
(No.2024)
(No.2185)
iCZ 512A
4096
6250
iCZ 768A
6144
9375
iCZ 1024A
0
0
1
1
1
8192
8192
6554
6554
6554
12500
12500
10000
10000
10000
0
0
0
0
0
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727
Non-binary encoder
High resolution serial output circuit
- 352 -
(*1)
B-65270EN/07
(*1) When a set of binary-encoder + high resolution serial output

circuit is used, the number of velocity pulses and the number of
position pulses are calculated according to the following
expressions:
Number of velocity pulses2
Number of position pulses32 /5
(: Number of sine waves per detector revolution)
1977 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear numerator
2084 (FS30i, 16i)

1978 (FS15i)
Flexible feed gear denominator
2085 (FS30i, 16i)

FFG =
No. 2084
No. 2085
Number of pulses per motor revolution

(detection unit)
Number of pulses per detector revolution
For the number of pulses per detector revolution, see Table 4.15.1 (e).
Table 4.15.1 (e) Number of pulses for flexible feed gear setting
Number of pulses per
Remarks
Encoder
detector revolution (*1)
iCZ 512A
500,000 p/rev
FFG, maximum value is 1/1.
iCZ 768A
750,000 p/rev
iCZ 1024A
1,000,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev
8,000,000 p/rev

512p/rev
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727
Non-binary encoder
High resolution serial output circuit
(*1) Number of pulses for parameter setting, which differs from an

actual resolution.
1896 (FS15i)
1821 (FS30i, 16i)
Set the number of pulses per motor revolution (detection unit) or the
same number divided by an integer.
With iCZ 768A, however, set the number of pulses per one-third of
one motor revolution (detection unit) or the same number divided by
an integer.
- 353 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
2688 (FS15i)
#1
#0
RCNCLR 800PLS
2275 (FS30i, 16i)
800PLS (#0)
A rotary encoder with eight million pulses per revolution is:

0: Not to be used.
1: To be used. (To use the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727, set the
bit to 1.)
RCNCLR (#1)
The number of revolution is:

0: Not to be cleared.
1: To be cleared. (To use the RCN220, RCN223, RCN723, or
RCN727, set the bit to 1.)
This function bit is to be set in combination with the number of data
mask digits, described below.
2807 (FS15i)
Number of data mask digits (DMASK)
2394 (FS30i, 16i)
[Settings]
8. (To use the RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727)

5. (To use the RCN220)
This parameter need not be set for an iCZ sensor. (When using an
iCZ sensor, set this parameter to 0.)
Set this parameter together with RCNCLR above.
Setting of an AMR conversion coefficient

1806 (FS15i)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
AMR6
AMR5
AMR4
AMR3
AMR2
AMR1
AMR0
2001 (FS30i, 16i)
Set the value that matches the type of a rotary encoder used, according
to Table 4.15.1 (f).
Encoder
Table 4.15.1 (f) Setting AMR

AMR6-AMR0
iCZ 512A
Set the number of motor poles in binary.
iCZ 768A
Set 0.
iCZ 1024A
Set the number of motor poles/2 in binary.

Set the number of motor poles/2 in binary.
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727
Non-binary encoder
+ High resolution serial output circuit
Set 0.
- 354 -
Remarks
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
2608 (FS15i)
#0
DECAMR
2220 (FS30i, 16i)
Set the value that matches the type of a rotary encoder used, according to Table 4.15.1 (g).
Table 4.15.1 (g) Setting DECAMR
Encoder
DECAMR
iCZ 512A
Set 0.
iCZ 768A
Set 1.
iCZ 1024A
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727
Non-binary encoder
1705 (FS15i)
Remarks
Set 1.
AMR conversion coefficient 1 (AMRDL)
2112 (FS30i, 16i)

1761 (FS15i)
AMR conversion coefficient 2 (AMR2)
2138 (FS30i, 16i)
Set the value that matches the type of a rotary encoder used, according
to Table 4.15.1 (h).
Encoder
Table 4.15.1 (h) Setting AMRDL and AMR2

AMR conversion
coefficient 1
( AMR2 : No.2138 )
( AMRDL : No.2112 )
iCZ 512A
Set 0.
Set 0.
iCZ 768A
Set 768.
Set the number of motor poles/2.
iCZ 1024A
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set 0.
Set -4.
Set -4.
Set -4.
Set . (*1)(*2)
Set the number of motor poles/2.
RCN220
RCN223
RCN723
RCN727
Non-binary encoder
(*1) When exceeds 32767, find an AMR conversion coefficient 1

value less than 32767 by dividing AMR conversion coefficient 1
and AMR conversion coefficient 2 by a common divisor and set
the found value in the parameter.
(*2) If "support for the input frequency 750 kHz" is specified when a
set of non-binary encoder + high resolution serial output circuit
is used (SW3=A and bit 0 of No. 2274=1), set the value /4 as
AMR conversion coefficient 1.
- 355 -
B-65270EN/07
Setting for using only a set of non-binary encoder + high resolution serial output circuit
When using a set of non-binary encoder + high resolution serial output
circuit, set both of the parameters below to 1. (These parameters need
not be set for any other configurations.)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1954(FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
LINEAR
2010(FS30i 16i)

circuit, set LINEAR=1.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
2687(FS15i)
#0
HP2048
2274(FS30i 16i)

circuit, set HP2048=1.
Summary of parameter setting according to the type of rotary encoder
Tables 4.15.1 (i), (j), (k), (l), and (m) provide summarized examples of
parameter setting according to the type of rotary encoder. Set
parameters according to the types of a rotary encoder and synchronous
built-in servo motor used.
For the number of poles of each motor model, see Table 4.15.1 (n).
Table 4.15.1 (i) For iCZ 512A
Parameter number
Symbol
name
FS30i,16i
FS15i
AMRDL
AMR2
PLC0
2112
2138
2000#0
1705
1761
1804#0
AMR
2001
1806
PULCO
PPLS
REFCOUNT
FFG
FFG
PSMPYL
DECAMR
2023
2024
1821
2084
2085
2185
2220#0
1876
1891
1896
1977
1978
2628
2608#0
- 356 -
Parameter setting
Detection
unit
1/1000deg
Detection
unit
1/10000deg
0
0
0
Number of
poles (binary)
4096
6250
360000
36
50
0
0
0
0
0
Number of
poles (binary)
4096
6250
3600000
36
5
0
0
B-65270EN/07
Table 4.15.1 (j) For iCZ 768A

Parameter number
Parameter setting
Symbol
name
FS30i,16i
FS15i
AMRDL
2112
1705
AMR2
2138
1761
PLC0
AMR
PULCO
PPLS
REFCOUNT
FFG
FFG
PSMPYL
DECAMR
2000#0
2001
2023
2024
1821
2084
2085
2185
2220#0
1804#0
1806
1876
1891
1896
1977
1978
2628
2608#0
Table 4.15.1 (k)
Detection unit
1/10000deg
768
Number of
poles/2
0
00000000
6144
9375
120000
36
75
0
1
768
Number of
poles/2
0
00000000
6144
9375
1200000
360
75
0
1
For iCZ 1024A
Parameter number
Symbol
name
FS30i,16i
FS15i
AMRDL
AMR2
PLC0
2112
2138
2000#0
1705
1761
1804#0
AMR
2001
1806
PULCO
PPLS
REFCOUNT
FFG
FFG
PSMPYL
DECAMR
2023
2024
1821
2084
2085
2185
2220#0
1876
1891
1896
1977
1978
2628
2608#0
- 357 -
Detection unit
1/1000deg
Parameter setting
Detection unit
1/1000deg
Detection unit
1/10000deg
0
0
0
Number of
poles/2
(binary)
8192
12500
360000
36
100
0
0
0
0
0
Number of
poles/2
(binary)
8192
12500
3600000
36
10
0
0
B-65270EN/07
Table 4.15.1 (l) For RCN220

Parameter number
Parameter setting
Symbol
name
FS30i,16i
FS15i
AMRDL
AMR2
PLC0
2112
2138
2000#0
1705
1761
1804#0
AMR
2001
1806
PULCO
PPLS
REFCOUNT
FFG
FFG
PSMPYL
DECAMR
800PLS
RCNCLR
DMASK
2023
2024
1821
2084
2085
2185
2220#0
2275#0
2275#1
2394
1876
1891
1896
1977
1978
2628
2608#0
2688#0
2688#1
2807
Detection unit
1/1000deg
Detection unit
1/10000deg
0
0
0
Number of
poles/2 (binary)
8192
12500
360000
36
100
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
0
Number of
poles/2 (binary)
8192
12500
3600000
36
10
0
0
0
1
5
Table 4.15.1 (m) For RCN223, RCN723, or RCN727

Parameter number
Parameter setting
Symbol
Detection
unit
Detection unit
name
FS15i
FS30i,16i
1/1000deg
1/10000deg
AMRDL
AMR2
PLC0
2112
2138
2000#0
1705
1761
1804#0
AMR
2001
1806
PULCO
PPLS
REFCOUNT
FFG
FFG
PSMPYL
DECAMR
800PLS#0
800PLS#1
DMASK
2023
2024
1821
2084
2085
2185
2220#0
2275#0
2275#1
2394
1876
1891
1896
1977
1978
2628
2608#0
2688#0
2688#1
2807
- 358 -
0
-4
1
Number of
poles/2 (binary)
6554
10000
360000
9
200
0
0
1
1
8
0
-4
1
Number of
poles/2 (binary)
6554
10000
3600000
9
20
0
0
1
1
8
B-65270EN/07
Table 4.15.1 (n) When using a set of non-binary encoder + high resolution
serial output circuit
Parameter number
Parameter setting
Symbol
Detection unit
Detection unit
name
FS15i
FS30i,16i
1/1000deg
1/10000deg
AMRDL
2112
1705
Number of
Number of poles/2
AMR2
2138
1761
poles/2
PLC0
2000#0
1804#0
0
0
AMR
2001
1806
00000000
00000000
2
2
PULCO
2023
1876
32/5
32/5
PPLS
2024
1891
REFCOUNT
1821
1896
360000
3600000
3600000
360000
FFG
2084
1977
Reduction of
Reduction of
512
512
FFG
2085
1978
PSMPYL
2185
2628
0
0
DECAMR
2220#0
2608#0
1
1
LINEAR
2010#2
1954#2
1
1
HP2048
2274#0
2687#0
1
1
Table 4.15.1 (o) Number of poles and number of pole
pairs of each motor model
Number of pole
Motor model Number of poles
pairs (number of
poles/2)
DiS 22/600
24
12
DiS 85/400
32
16
DiS 85/1000
32
16
DiS 110/300
40
20
DiS 110/1000
40
20
DiS 260/300
40
20
DiS 260/600
40
20
DiS 260/1000
40
20
DiS 370/300
40
20
DiS 1200/250
56
28
DiS 1500/200
72
36
DiS 2100/150
88
44
DiS 3000/150
88
44
- 359 -
B-65270EN/07
Parameter setting procedure (3): Pole position detection

To drive a synchronous built-in servo motor, the pole detection
function (option) is required. Procedure (3) describes the pole
detection function.
(1) Overview
The pole detection function detects the pole position of a motor to be
driven when the relationship between the pole position of the motor
and the phase of the detector is unknown.
WARNING
1 This function may be unable to detect the correct pole position, depending on the
detection condition, resulting in an unpredictable motor movement. To avoid this
dangerous situation, the following conditions must be satisfied until completion of
detection:
<1> The torque limit parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2060, FS15i: No. 1872) must be
set so that 150% of the current needed for ordinary operation is not exceeded.
<2>The setting of excessive error at stop time must be 100 m or 0.1 deg or less.
Moreover, the setting of excessive error at move time must be 120% of the
logical positional deviation or less.
<3> While pole position detection is in progress and a subsequent move operation
is specified, the protection doors must be closed.
If these conditions are not satisfied and pole position detection operation is not
terminated normally, the motor can make an unpredictable movement with the
maximum torque until the NC detects an excessive error alarm.
For safety, create the following sequence with the PMC by using the pole detection
state signal:
<1> When the protection doors are open, pole detection is not started.
<2> If a protection door is opened during pole detection (Fn158=1), a reset is made.
<3> When pole detection is uncompleted (Fn159=0), no command is issued to
relevant axes.
<4> When pole detection is uncompleted (Fn159=0), the brake for the vertical axis
is not released. (For brake operation, monitor not only the SA signal but also
the pole detection completion signal.)
In general, this function cannot be applied to the following motors and conditions:
<1> Linear motor
<2> Axis for which the axis separation function (detach) is used (See Item (8) in this
section.)
<3> When the joint rigidity between the motor and detector is low
However, when this function needs to be used for an unavoidable reason, pay full
attention to safety and use this function with only the following:
<1> Linear motor using an absolute value detector
- 360 -
B-65270EN/07
WARNING
2 For the following conditions, use a specified servo series/edition. Otherwise, the
pole position cannot be detected correctly.
<1> When a detector that has an absolute address referenced mark is used.
<2>When an iCZ or A1000S sensor is used.
<3> When this function is applied to an axis such as a vertical axis that is
completely locked.
(Specified series/edition)
- Series 90B1/B(02) and subsequent editions (FS15i, 16i and so on)
- Series 90B8/B(02) and subsequent editions (FS0i-C)
- Series 90D0, 90E0/J(10) and subsequent editions (FS30i and so on)
- Series 90D3, 90E3/A(01) and subsequent editions (FS30i and so on)
- Series 90B3/P(16), 90B7/Q(17) and subsequent editions (FS16i and so on)
CAUTION
1 When two axes are placed under tandem control or simple synchronous control
and each of the two axes has a speed detector (Pulsecoder or linear scale for a
linear motor), ensure that an axis not detected is placed in the servo-off state and
pole detection is performed for each of the main axis and sub-axis.
2 When using the motor feedback sharing function (FS16i, 30i: No. 2018#7, FS15i:
No. 1960#7) under tandem control, start pole detection simultaneously for the two
axes to avoid incorrect detection.
3 When a resonance elimination filter is used with a machine that has less friction, an
excessive error alarm may be issued during detection, or a pole position may not
be detected correctly. Turn off all resonance elimination filters or set bit 3 of No.
2283 to 1 (with FS16i and 18i only).
4 For a detector to be applied, note the following:
1) Use an absolute detector whenever possible.
2) If the use of an incremental detector is unavoidable, an incremental detector with
a one-rotation signal is recommended.
3) If a one-rotation signal is unavailable with an incremental detector, the torque
constant may slightly change due to fluctuation in detection.
NOTE
This function is optional function.
- 361 -
B-65270EN/07
(2) Applicable software

To use the pole position detection function, the CNC software and
servo software that support the function are needed.
Applicable CNC software
FS16i -MA B0F2-04 and subsequent editions
FS16i -TA B1F2-04 and subsequent editions
FS18i -MA BDF2-04 and subsequent editions
FS18i -TA BEF2-04 and subsequent editions
FS21i -MA DDF2-04 and subsequent editions
FS21i -TA DEF2-04 and subsequent editions
NOTE
To use an absolute position detector (bit 4 of No.
1815=1), edition 19 or later is needed.
FS30i -A
FS31i -A
FS32i -A
FS16i -MB/TB
FS18i -MB/TB
FS21i -MB/TB
FS15i -MB
Supported starting with the first edition

F0A1-10 and subsequent editions
F6A1-10 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-MODEL D 88E0-21 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-MODEL H 88F1-12, 88F2-02 and subsequent
editions
Applicable servo software

90A8-01 and subsequent editions
90A7-02 and subsequent editions
90B7-01 and subsequent editions
90D0,E0-01 and subsequent editions
90D3,E3-01 and subsequent editions
NOTE
When using this function with a linear motor, use
the following servo software:
90B0/Q(17) and subsequent editions, 90B3/G(07)
and subsequent editions, 90B7/G(07) and
subsequent editions, 90B1/B(02) and subsequent
editions, 90B8/B(02) and subsequent editions,
90D0,E0/J(10) and subsequent editions,
90D3,E3/A(01) and subsequent editions
- 362 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Details for pole position detection function

Pole detection sequence
Enable the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2213#7, FS15i: No.

2601#7) for a target axis. Pole position detection is performed
only for an enabled axis. For an axis not enabled, the pole
position detection request signal (Gn135) is ignored.
Set the servo-on state.

Here, ensure that the brake for a vertical axis must not be
released until the detection completion signal (Fn159) is set to 1.
Do not perform a pole position detection operation in the

servo-off state. Moreover, do not set the servo-off state during
pole position detection operation.
When the pole position detection request signal (Gn135) is set to

1, pole position detection is started, and the pole position
detection in-progress signal (Fn158) is set to 1.
Once a pole position detection operation is started, the detection

operation is continued even when the pole position detection
request signal is set to 0.
Motor operation during pole position detection is not under

control of the CNC. During this period, the CNC performs a
follow-up operation.
Upon completion of pole position detection after several seconds,

the pole position detection in-progress signal (Fn158) is set to 0,
and the pole position detection completion signal (Fn159) is set
to 1.
If pole position detection is terminated abnormally for a

mechanical cause or motor characteristics, the servo alarm
"POLE DETECTION ERROR" is issued.
The servo alarm "POLE DETECTION ERROR" cannot be

released with a reset. Turn off the power then turn on the power
again.
When a reset is made during pole position detection, the pole

position detection is stopped. To restart pole position detection,
set the pole position detection request signal to 0 then set the
same signal to 1 again.
Once a pole position detection operation is completed, no

additional pole position detection operation can be performed
until the power is turned off.
When using an absolute detector, set the parameter (FS30i, 16i:

No. 2229#0, FS15i: No. 2617#0) to 1. In this case, when pole
position detection is completed, the result of detection is stored
in the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762). So,
pole position detection need not be performed each time the
power is turned on.
In the MDI, MEM, or EDIT mode, the result of detection is

reflected on the screen immediately. In the REF or JOG mode,
the result of detection is reflected on the screen when the reset
key is pressed or the mode is switched to the MDI mode.
Before restarting pole detection, clear the parameter (FS30i, 16i:

No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) to 0.
- 363 -
B-65270EN/07
When pole position detection is completed and the motor

one-rotation signal is detected, the result of detection is stored in
the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) in the
MDI mode by setting the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2229#0,
FS15i: No. 2617#0) to 1 also in the case where an incremental
detector is used. Thus, a torque constant change due to pole
position detection variation can be avoided.
NOTE
1 When an absolute detector is used and the parameter
(FS30i, 16i: No. 2229#0, FS15i: No. 2617#0) is set to 1,
the pole position detection completion signal (Fn159) is
set to 1 immediately after power-on if the parameter
(FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) is not set to 0.
2 Create logic for confirming the pole position detection
completion signal (Fn159) before specifying a move
command immediately after power-on.
3 If an alarm such as a count error alarm is issued for a
detector fault, the pole position detection completion
signal (Fn159) is returned to 0. In this case, perform
another pole position detection operation.
Detection mode and method of application
With servo series 90B1 and 90B8/B(02) or later, servo series 90D0
and 90E0/J(10) or later, or servo series 90D3 and 90E3/A(01) or later,
the three detection modes indicated below are available. With other
servo series/editions, only the minute operation mode in 1) below can
be used.
1)
2)
Minute operation mode

Operation: A pole position is detected with the motor making
a minute operation.
Application: When the friction is less so that the motor can
move in a minute range
Setting:
No.2229#4=1, No.21820 (FS30i,16i)
No.2617#4=1, No.26250 (FS15i)
Usually, it is recommended to use this mode.
Automatic selection mode
Operation: The minute operation mode is initially used for
detection. If the motor is locked or the friction is
larger, the detection mode is automatically
switched to the stop mode.
Application: A pole position can be detected, regardless of the
machine state.
Setting:
No.2229#4=0, No.21820 (FS30i,16i)
No.2617#4=0, No.26250 (FS15i)
- 364 -
B-65270EN/07
3)
Stop mode
Operation:
A pole position is detected with the motor placed

in the stop state.
Application: Axis such as a vertical axis where the motor is
locked
Setting:
No.2229#4=0, No.2182=-1 (FS30i,16i)
No.2617#4=0, No.2625=-1 (FS15i)
NOTE
As the guideline for stop mode application, the
following conditions apply:
1) The motor saliency (=Ld-Lq) is 1 mH or more.
2) Magnetic saturation occurs at a current larger
than the rated motor current by a factor of 2 or
less.
(The torque constant is reduced by 5% or more.)
If these conditions are not satisfied, the precision
may be degraded or detection may be disabled.
Note that some models of FANUC DiS series do
not satisfy these conditions, thus disabling the stop
method from being used.
When using the stop mode, make a sufficient
operation check beforehand.
When the automatic selection mode is used, the
mode is switched from the minute operation mode
to the stop mode automatically, depending on the
axis state. So, before using the automatic selection
mode, check that normal operation can be
performed in the stop mode.
(4) Parameters for pole position detection function

When this parameter has been modified, the power to the NC must be
#7
2601 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
OCM
2213 (FS30i, 16i)
OCM(#0)
0:
1:
The pole detection function is disabled.

The pole detection function is enabled.
- 365 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
2616 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
ELSAL
2228 (FS30i, 16i)
ELSAL(#0)
0:
1:
The motor saliency is Lq>Ld.

The motor saliency is Lq<Ld.
This parameter is related only to a case where the stop mode is used.
When a synchronous motor (IPM) of magnet-embedded type is used,
the motor saliency is Lq>Ld (reverse saliency). In rare cases, however,
a synchronous motor of magnet surface attachment type (SPM) may
indicate the saliency Lq<Ld. In this case, the detection phase is shifted
90 degrees relative to the reverse saliency. With many motors,
however, saliency information acquisition is presently difficult. So, if
the results of repeated detections always indicate a shift of 90 degrees,
set this bit.
NOTE
This parameter can be used with series 90B1/B(02)
or later (FS15i, 16i, etc.), series 90B8/B(02) or later
(FS0i-C), series 90D0 and 90E0/J(10) or later
(FS30i, etc.), and series 90D3 and 90E3/A(01) or
later (FS30i, etc.).
#7
#6
#5
2617 (FS15i)
#4
#3
FORME WATRA
#2
#1
#0
ABSEN
2229 (FS30i, 16i)
ABSEN(#0)
0:
1:
AMR offset (FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) is not used.
AMR offset (FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) is used.
If an absolute detector is used, the result of detection is saved to the

AMR offset of the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762).
In the case of a second or subsequent power-on operation, pole
position detection need not be executed.
If an incremental detector is used, the result of detection is saved to
the AMR offset when the one-rotation signal is detected. In this case,
pole position detection needs to be performed each time the power is
turned on. After the one-rotation signal is detected, however, the value
saved to the AMR offset is used, so that an influence due to pole
detection variation can be eliminated.
- 366 -
B-65270EN/07
WATRA(#3)
0:
1:
After pole detection, an abnormal movement is monitored.

After pole detection, no abnormal movement is monitored.
If a detection error occurs, protection against an abnormal operation is

provided. Operation is monitored until a command after detection is
issued. If an abnormal operation is detected, detection error alarm
SV0454 is issued.
NOTE
FORME(#4)
0:
1:
Automatic selection mode (minute operation mode + stop mode)

Minute operation mode
Usually, set this parameter to 1 (minute operation mode).
NOTE
1762 (FS15i)
AMR offset (AMROFS)
2139 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Standard setting]
Degrees
0 to 360
0
If ABSEN=1, the result of operation is stored in this parameter when
the MDI mode is set upon completion of detection.
WARNING
After pole determination, never rewrite the value of
this parameter manually. If this parameter is
rewritten for adjustment, the power must be turned
off before operation is continued.
- 367 -

2625 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Current A for pole detection (DTCCRT_A)
2182 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Standard setting]
7282 is the maximum amplifier current value.

-1 to 7282
0
Set a current value for pole position detection. If this parameter is set
to 0, pole position detection is performed according to the value of the
rated current parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2086, FS15i: No. 1979). If
the static friction of the machine is large, and the pole detection error
alarm is issued during detection, increase current A for pole detection.
The maximum value of this parameter is limited by the torque limit
parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2060, FS15i: No. 1872).
NOTE
When -1 is set, the stop mode is used for detection.
The setting of -1 can be used with series 90B1/B(02)
2641 (FS15i)
Current B for pole detection (DTCCRT_B)
2198 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Standard setting]
% unit
0 to 370
0
Set a current value for pole direction detection. When this parameter is
set to 0, 100% is set internally.
NOTE
- 368 -
B-65270EN/07
2642 (FS15i)
Current C for pole detection (DTCCRT_C)
2199 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Standard setting]
7282 is the maximum amplifier current value.

0 to 7282
0
Set a current value for pole direction detection. When this parameter is
set to 0, 100% is set internally. When this parameter is set to 0, pole
position detection is performed using a current value two times greater
than the value of the rated current parameter (FS30i, 16i: No. 2086,
FS15i: No. 1979).
NOTE
2681 (FS15i)
2268 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Standard setting]
Allowable travel distance magnification/stop speed decision value

(MFMPMD)
% unit
-1000 to 1000
0 (100% internally)
During pole position detection, the motion of the rotor is limited to
within an allowable travel distance of 5 degrees. If the value of this
parameter is positive, set an allowable travel distance by specifying a
percentage relative to the default value 5 degrees. If the pole detection
error alarm is issued during pole position detection, and no
improvement is made by changing the current value for pole detection,
set a value greater than 100% in this parameter. For example, to set an
allowable travel distance of 10 degrees, set 200%.
If the value of this parameter is negative, the stop speed decision
criterion to be used when a low-resolution detector is used can be
changed. If pole detection is not started, change the value of this
parameter to a greater negative value. For example, set a value from
-200 to -500 for adjustment.
NOTE
The setting of a negative value can be used with
series 90B1/B(02) or later (FS15i, 16i, etc.), series
90B8/B(02) or later (FS0i-C), series 90D0 and
90E0/J(10) or later (FS30i, etc.), and series 90D3
and 90E3/A(01) or later (FS30i, etc.).
- 369 -
B-65270EN/07
(5) Signals for pole position detection function

Pole position detection request signal
RPREQ1 to RPREQ8
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Requests pole position detection. This signal is available for each
controlled axis, and the suffix at the end of each signal name indicates
a controlled axis number.
[Operation] Pole position detection is started by setting this signal to 1. Once a
pole position detection operation is started, the operation is continued
even when this signal is set to 0.
Pole position detection in-progress signal
RPDET1 to RPDET8
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Posts that pole position detection is being performed. This signal is
available for each controlled axis, and the suffix at the end of each
signal name indicates a controlled axis number.
[Output condition] This signal is set to 1 in the following case:
When pole position detection is being performed
This signal is set to 0 in one of the following cases:
When pole position detection is completed
When pole position detection is terminated abnormally
When pole position detection is stopped by a reset
- 370 -
B-65270EN/07
Pole position detection completion signal

RPFIN1 to RPFIN8
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Posts that pole position detection is completed. This signal is available
for each controlled axis, and the suffix at the end of each signal name
indicates each controlled axis number.
[Output condition] This signal is set to 1 in the following case:
When pole position detection is completed after pole position
detection is started by setting the pole position detection request
signal to 1
RPREQ
RPDET
RPFIN
NOTE
1 If an absolute detector is used, this signal remains
set to 1 even when the power is turned off then
back on after completion of pole position detection
performed by setting the parameter (FS30i, 16i: No.
2229#0, FS15i: No. 2617) to 1. When the power is
turned off then back on after setting the parameter
(FS30i, 16i: No. 2139, FS15i: No. 1762) to 0, this
signal is set to 0.
2 If an incremental detector is used, the pole position
detection completion signal is not set to 0 unless
the power is turned off.
Signal address
For Series 30i, 16i, and Power Mate i

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
Gn135
RPREQ8
RPREQ7
RPREQ6
RPREQ5
RPREQ4
RPREQ3
RPREQ2
RPREQ1
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
Fn158
RPDET8
RPDET7
RPDET6
RPDET5
RPDET4
RPDET3
RPDET2
RPDET1
Fn159
RPFIN8
RPFIN7
RPFIN6
RPFIN5
RPFIN4
RPFIN3
RPFIN2
RPFIN1
- 371 -
B-65270EN/07
For Series 15i

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
G067
RPREQ1
G071
RPREQ2
G075
RPREQ3
G079
RPREQ4
G083
RPREQ5
G087
RPREQ6
G091
RPREQ7
G095
RPREQ8
G099
RPREQ9
G103
RPREQ10
G107
RPREQ11
G111
RPREQ12
G115
RPREQ13
G119
RPREQ14
G123
RPREQ15
G127
RPREQ16
G243
RPREQ17
G247
RPREQ18
G251
RPREQ19
G255
RPREQ20
G259
RPREQ21
G263
RPREQ22
G267
RPREQ23
G271
RPREQ24
- 372 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
F067
RPFIN1 RPDET1
F071
RPFIN2 RPDET2
F075
RPFIN3 RPDET3
F079
RPFIN4 RPDET4
F083
RPFIN5 RPDET5
F087
RPFIN6 RPDET6
F091
RPFIN7 RPDET7
F095
RPFIN8 RPDET8
F099
RPFIN9 RPDET9
F103
RPFIN10 RPDET10
F107
RPFIN11 RPDET11
F111
RPFIN12 RPDET12
F115
RPFIN13 RPDET13
F119
RPFIN14 RPDET14
F123
RPFIN15 RPDET15
F127
RPFIN16 RPDET16
F291
RPFIN17 RPDET17
F295
RPFIN18 RPDET18
F299
RPFIN19 RPDET19
F303
RPFIN20 RPDET20
F307
RPFIN21 RPDET21
F311
RPFIN22 RPDET22
F315
RPFIN23 RPDET23
F319
RPFIN24 RPDET24
- 373 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Action for trouble for pole position detection function

Symptom
State
Detection During Detection

request detection completion
(Fn159)
(Gn135) (Fn158)
Cause
Action
[Before detection completion]
Detection is
not started.
Detection is
not
completed.
In the minute operation

mode, the motor moves
slightly.
In the stop mode, a
varying activating
sound, which is to be
heard, cannot be
confirmed.
The motor appears to

be moving slightly.
However, detection is
not completed and no
alarm is issued.
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
The pole detection

request signal is
turned off.
The pole detection
function is
disabled.
Servo-off
ON
ON
OFF
Turn on the pole

detection request signal.
Check bit 7 of No. 2213
or the option.
Set the servo-on state.
Use the following:

90B1, 90B8/B(02) or later
An
i CZ sensor is
90B3/P(16) or later
used.
90B7/Q(17) or later
An
A1000S is
90D0, 90E0/J(10) or
used.
later, 90D3, 90E3/A(01)
or later
The detector
Set the stop speed
resolution is low:
decision value (No. 2268)
100 million/rev or to a value from -200 to
lower
-500.
Velocity feedback Take action for noise
noise
protection.
The friction is very
small, so that
Decrease detection
activation causes a
current A (No. 2182) to
vibration to disable
find an optimal value.
stop decision
initiation.
During detection, an
abnormally large motion
is made and detection is
not completed.
Excessive
During detection, the
error at stop excessive error alarm at
time
stop time is issued.
Detector with high

resolution
The friction is
small.
ON
ON
OFF
Influence of
resonance
elimination filters
The friction is
large.
Detection
error alarm
(SV454)
The pole detection error

alarm is issued.
ON
ON
- 374 -
OFF
Increase the stop speed

decision value (No.
2268).
Increase the setting of
excessive error at stop
time or set detection
current A (No. 2182) to
the rated current or lower.
Turn off all resonance
elimination filters or set
bit 3 of No. 2283 to 1.
Set detection current A
(No. 2182) to the rated
current or higher.
The current gain is

Set a proper current gain.
small.
Set detection current B
The motor saliency
(No. 2198) to 100% or
is small.
more.
B-65270EN/07
Symptom
State

(F159)
(G135)
(F158)
Cause
Action
[After detection completion]
The phase order of

the power line does
not match the
direction of the
detector.
Vibration
ON
ON
ON
Excessive
error at stop
time
or
excessive
error at
move time
An unpredictable
movement is made, or
no movement is made in
response to an issued
command, so that an
excessive error alarm is
issued.
ON
ON
ON
The AMR
offset does
not change.
After detection
completion, the result of
detection is not written
to the AMR offset.
ON
ON
ON
Detection
error alarm
(SV454)
After detection
completion, the pole
detection error alarm is
issued.
ON
ON
ON
- 375 -
Change the phase

order of the power line.
Set a correct detector

resolution.
The number of poles Set the correct number
is not set correctly.
of motor poles.
The velocity gain is
Adjust the velocity gain
high.
to a proper value.
The phase order of
the power line does
Change the phase
not match the
order of the power line.
direction of the
detector.
The number of poles Set the correct number
is not set correctly.
of motor poles.
The motor saliency is
(No. 2198) to 100% or
small.
more.
Set detection current C
The motor is not
(No. 2199) to a value
magnetically
larger than the rated
saturated.
current by a factor of 2
or more.
Set bit 3 of No. 2228 to
No reverse saliency
1.
Use the following:
90B1, 90B8/B(02) or
later
+ circuit C with a
90B3/P(16) or later
referenced mark
90B7/Q(17) or later, or
90D0, 90E0/J(10) or
later, 90D3,
90E3/A(01) or later
Bit 0 of No. 2229 = 0
1.
The mode is not the The display is updated
MDI mode.
in the MDI mode.
The motor needs to
Incremental detector make one or more
revolutions.
Detector setting error
The VCMD mode is

used for operation.

1.
Symptom
State
B-65270EN/07

(F159)
(G135)
(F158)
Cause
Action
[After restart]
No motion
The AMR offset is not 0,

but no movement is
made in response to an
issued command.
Detection
result
variation
The value of the AMR

offset varies in each
detection operation.
- 376 -
Pole detection needs to

be performed each
Incremental detector
time a start-up
operation is performed.
Pole detection needs to
Detector alarm
be performed again.
Set detection current A
The friction is large. (No. 2182) to the rated
current or higher.
The motor saliency is
(No. 2198) to 100% or
small.
more.
B-65270EN/07
(7) Detection of the pole position detection request alarm

The pole position detection function specifies that no torque occurs on
an axis where pole position detection is not completed (servo-off
state). So, conventionally, the customer's ladder needs to monitor the
pole position detection completion signal in order to judge whether to
release the brake of an axis or to specify a move command for an axis.
The servo software and CNC software indicated below execute the
following processing when pole position detection is not completed
[pole position detection enabled (bit 7 of No. 2213=1) and the pole
position detection completion signal is off (Fn159=0)]:
1) The interlock state is set. (Interlock is applied onto each axis.
"INTER/START LOCK ON" on the diagnosis screen No. 0000
displays 1.)
2) The servo ready signal SA is turned off (the SA signal for all
axes is turned off.)
3) Alarm DS0650 is displayed (cleared by a reset).
Safety is thus ensured even if the customer's ladder processing is not
performed.
For the following series, edition 21.0 or later is usable.

FS30i-A : G002, G012, G022, G032
FS31i-A5 : G121, G131
FS31i-A : G101, G111
FS32i-A : G201

FS30i-A : G003, G013, G023, G033
FS31i-A5 : G123, G133
FS31i-A : G103, G113
FS32i-A : G203
The alarm number and message are indicated below.
Number
DS0650
Message
POLE DETECTION
REQUEST
- 377 -
Description
With an absolute detection axis (bit 5 of No. 1815=1),
pole position detection is not completed (Fn159=0).
With a non-absolute detection axis (bit 5 of No.
1815=0), pole position detection is once completed
then the state is changed to the pole position
detection uncompleted state (Fn159=0).
B-65270EN/07
With the parameters below, operation to be performed when pole

position detection is not completed can be changed.
#7
#6
#5
1809(FS30i)
[Input type]
[Data type]
#0
SAN
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PAO
SAN
Parameter input
Bit path
When the pole position detection function is used, pole position
detection is enabled (bit 7 of No. 2213=1), and pole position detection
is not completed (Fn159=0) with an axis, the servo ready signal SA
<Fn000.6> of the path to which the axis belongs and the servo ready
signals SA8 to SA1 <Fn186.7 to Fn186.0> for all axes that belong to
the path are:
0: Not set to 0.
1: Set to 0.
CAUTION
When applying pole position detection to a gravity
axis, basically release the brake after confirming
pole position detection completion (Fn159=1) and
the servo ready signal. When releasing the brake
by checking the servo ready signal alone for an
avoidable reason, set this parameter to 1.
#1
PAO
When the pole position detection function is used, pole position

detection is enabled (bit 7 of No. 2213=1), and pole position detection
is not completed (Fn159=0) with an axis:
0: Alarm DS0650 (POLE DETECTION REQUEST) is issued.
1: Alarm DS0650 (POLE DETECTION REQUEST) is not issued.
NOTE
1 The issue condition of alarm DS0650 varies,
depending on whether the axis in question is an
absolute detection axis, as described below.
- The alarm is issued with an absolute detection
axis (bit 5 of No. 1815=1) when pole position
detection is not completed (Fn159=0).
- The alarm is issued with a non-absolute
detection axis (bit 5 of No. 1815=0) when pole
position detection is once completed then the
state is changed to the pole position detection
uncompleted state (Fn159=0).
2 If this alarm is issued, detect a pole position again.
After a pole position is detected again, this alarm is
cleared by a reset.
- 378 -
B-65270EN/07
(8) Using the pole position detection function and detach function (control
axis detach function) together
When the pole position detection function is used with an axis of a
synchronous built-in servo motor, motor switching using the detach
function is conventionally impossible. However, the servo software
and CNC software of the series and editions indicated below enable
the pole position detection function and detach function to be used at
the same time.
FS30i-A : G002, G012, G022, G032
FS31i-A5 : G121, G131
FS31i-A : G101, G111
FS32i-A : G201
FS30i-A : G003, G013, G023, G033
FS31i-A5 : G123, G133
FS31i-A : G103, G113
FS32i-A : G203
CAUTION
1 When switching is made by using the detach
function among those motors that need the pole
position detection function, the motors and
detectors need to be of the same type.
2 The detach function is supported only by a
combination of the CNC software and servo
software indicated above. When CNC software and
servo software not listed above are used, the pole
position detection function and detach function
cannot be used at the same time.
When the detach function is used, the relationship of the Z phase of
the detector with the pole position of the motor may vary. So, pole
position detection needs to be performed again or the AMR offset (No.
2139) needs to be rewritten to a proper value. To perform pole
position detection again and rewrite the AMR offset, however, the
conventional specification requires that the power be turned off then
back on. With the servo software and CNC software listed above, the
power to the CNC need not be turned off then back on to perform pole
position detection again and rewrite the AMR offset.
- 379 -
B-65270EN/07
When detaching an axis to which pole position detection is applied,

use the procedure below.
Start detach operation with Gn124 or bit 7 of parameter No. 12.

(Pole position detection completion signal Fn159=0)
Rewrite the AMR offset (No. 2139) to a proper value manually
or by using G10(*1)
Cancel detach operation.
Pole position detection request alarm DS0650 is issued(*2).
If an absolute detector is used and the AMR offset value is other
than 0, the alarm can be canceled by a reset to enable operation
(pole position detection completion signal Fn159=1).
If an absolute detector is used and the AMR offset value is 0, the
alarm can be canceled by a reset after executing pole position
detection to enable operation (pole position detection completion
signal Fn159=0 changed to Fn159=1 after pole position detection
completion).
If an incremental detector is used, the alarm can be canceled after
pole position detection to enable operation (pole position
detection completion signal Fn159=0 changed to Fn159=1 after
pole position detection completion).
*1 : By setting bit 0 of No. 1809 to 1, the servo ready signal SA
can be turned off when pole position detection is not
completed.
*2 : By setting bit 1 of No. 1809 to 1, alarm display can be
disabled even when pole position detection is not
completed.
If the AMR offset is rewritten not during detach operation, a

power-off request is issued. When performing pole position detection
with an absolute detector after cancellation of detach operation, set the
AMR offset value to 0.
- 380 -
B-65270EN/07

Procedure (4) can be used to set parameters according to the cooling
method used for synchronous built-in servo motors.
In the case of no cooling, the parameters are set by initialization
according to procedure (1), so that the parameters need not be
modified.
In the case of liquid cooling only, modify the parameters according to
Table 4.15.1 (p) and Table 4.15.1 (q).
1877 (FS15i)
2062 (FS30i, 16i)

1878 (FS15i)
2063 (FS30i, 16i)

1893 (FS15i)
OVC alarm parameter (POVCLMT)
2065 (FS30i, 16i)

1979 (FS15i)
Current rating parameter (RTCURR)
2086 (FS30i, 16i)

1784 (FS15i)
OVC magnification in stop state (OVCSTP)
2161 (FS30i, 16i)
CAUTION
If the correct values corresponding to the cooling
method are not set in the parameters above,
expected thermal protection cannot be provided.
Use care.
Table 4.15.1 (p) Setting OVC and current rating parameters by cooling method [200V driving]
Model
DiS22/600
DiS85/400
DiS85/1000
DiS110/300
DiS110/1000
DiS260/300
DiS260/600
Cooling method
Rated
[Nm]
POVC1
(N2062)
POVC2
(N2063)

(N2065)
(N2086) (N2161)
No cooling
32689
988
2826
1237
Liquid cooling
10
32523
3069
8170
2104
No cooling
17
32683
1069
3172
1310
Liquid cooling
35
32427
4258
12689
2621
No cooling
Liquid cooling
40
32346
5276
15735
2919
No cooling
25
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
45
32427
4260
12694
2621
No cooling
Liquid cooling
53
32434
4174
12437
2595
No cooling
55
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
105
32427
4260
12694
2621
No cooling
55
32679
1111
1710
963
Liquid cooling
105
32360
5100
6848
1926
102
- 381 -
B-65270EN/07
Table 4.15.1 (p) Setting OVC and current rating parameters by cooling method [200V driving]
Model
DiS260/1000
DiS370/300
DiS1200/250
DiS1500/200
DiS2100/150
DiS3000/150
Cooling method
Rated
[Nm]
No cooling
POVC1 POVC2 POVCLMT RTCURR OVCSTP

(N2062) (N2063)
(N2065)
(N2086) (N2161)
Liquid cooling
95
32580
2354
6423
1865
No cooling
75
32705
782
2322
1121
Liquid cooling
150
32518
3121
9287
2242
No cooling
240
32677
1113
1940
1028
Liquid cooling
480
32352
5196
7743
2033
107
No cooling
300
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
600
32427
4259
12692
2621
162
No cooling
375
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
750
32427
4259
12693
2621
162
No cooling
500
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
1000
32427
4259
12693
2621
162
Table 4.15.1 (q) Setting OVC and current rating parameters by cooling method [400V driving]
Model
DiS22/600
DiS85/400
DiS110/300
DiS260/300
DiS260/600
DiS370/300
DiS1200/250
DiS1500/200
DiS2100/150
DiS3000/150
4.15.2
Cooling method
Rated
[Nm]
POVC1
(N2062)
POVC2
(N2063)

(N2065)
(N2086) (N2161)
No cooling
32689
988
2826
1237
Liquid cooling
10
32523
3069
8170
2104
No cooling
17
32683
1069
3172
1310
Liquid cooling
35
32427
4258
12689
2621
No cooling
25
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
45
32427
4260
12694
2621
No cooling
55
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
105
32427
4260
12694
2621
No cooling
55
32679
1111
1351
856
Liquid cooling
105
32360
5095
5406
1712
No cooling
75
32705
782
2322
1121
Liquid cooling
150
32518
3121
9287
2242
No cooling
240
32678
1130
1529
914
Liquid cooling
480
32352
5196
6118
1807
No cooling
300
32700
845
2507
1165
Liquid cooling
600
32498
3369
10029
2330
109
No cooling
420
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
840
32427
4259
12693
2621
122
No cooling
600
32682
1069
3173
1310
Liquid cooling
1200
32427
4259
12693
2621
122
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software when a

Synchronous Built-in Servo Motor are Used
For this subsection, see Subsection 4.14.2, "Detection of an Overheat
Alarm by Servo Software when a Linear Motor and a Synchronous
Built-in Servo Motor are Used".
- 382 -
B-65270EN/07
4.15.3
Smoothing Compensation for Synchronous Built-in Servo

Motor
(1) Overview
Smoothing compensation for synchronous built-in servo motor is a
function used to improve the feed smoothness of a synchronous
built-in servo motor by applying, to the current command, a sine wave
compensation torque 1.5 times and 3 times per pole pair. By setting a
compensation gain and phase with parameters for each component, a
compensation torque matching each motor can be obtained. A value to
be set in a parameter for compensation is automatically calculated
using SERVO GUIDE.
Compensation torque
command
A1sin (1.5+P1)
+ A2sin (3+P2)
A1, A2: Amplitude of compensation torque

command of sine wave with 1/1.5 and
1/3 periods
P1, P2: Phase of compensation torque

command of sine wave with 1/1.5 and
1/3 periods
+
velocity loop
Current loop
iCZ sensor
NOTE
This function is supported only when an encoder
that uses 8,000,000 pulses/rev or below for
parameter setting (such as RCN223 and RCN727
manufactured by HEIDENHAIN) is used.

(Series 30i, 31i, 32i,)
(Series 15i, 16i, 18i, 21i, Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C)
- 383 -
B-65270EN/07

#7
#6
#5
#4
2713 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
DD
2300 (FS30i, 16i)
DD(#2)
2790 (FS15i)
2377 (FS30i, 16i)
2793 (FS15i)
2380 (FS30i, 16i)
Synchronous built-in servo motor is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled. (Smoothing compensation for synchronous built-in
servo motor is also enabled.)
Smoothing compensation performed 1.5 times per pole pair
Smoothing compensation performed three times per pole pair

Setting the correction gain of the following parameters with a nonzero

value can switch between the negative direction smoothing
compensation and the positive direction smoothing compensation. In
this case, the smoothing compensation parameter explained above
applies only to feeding in the positive direction.
2791 (FS15i)
Smoothing compensation performed 1.5 times per pole pair (negative direction)
2378 (FS30i, 16i)
2794 (FS15i)
2381 (FS30i, 16i)
Smoothing compensation performed three times per pole pair (negative direction)
An optimal value varies from one motor to another (not from one
motor model to another). So, compensation parameters need to be
determined for each assembled motor. A torque command variation
generated when the motor is fed at low speed is dependent on the
position. The application of smoothing compensation cancels this
position-dependent characteristic, allowing the motor to move
smoothly.
The measuring instruments that can be used to determine these
parameters include "SERVO GUIDE" (Ver. 3.20 or later).
By using SERVO GUIDE (Ver. 3.20 or later), these parameters can be
determined easily. Follow the procedure below to measure the
activating phase and torque command, which are required to
determine the compensation parameters.
- 384 -
B-65270EN/07
Measurement procedure
<1> Set channels as follows:
Channel 1: Counter for smoothing compensation for synchronous
built-in servo motor
Select the target axis for measurement, and set "ROTDD" as the
data type.
Channel 2: Torque command

Select the target axis for measurement, and set "TCMD" as the
data type.
As the conversion coefficient, set the maximum current of the
amplifier used for the target axis.
<2> With this setting, make bidirectional movements by about 90

deg at about F (14400/number of poles) deg/min for data
measurement. At the time of data measurement, ensure that all
smoothing compensation values are set to 0. Smoothing
compensation for linear motors may be used. Check this point as
well.
Parameters for synchronous built-in servo motor:
No.2377, No.2378, No.2380, No.2381
Parameters for linear motor:
No.2130, No.2131, No.2132, No.2369, No.2370, No.2371
When making measurements, lower the velocity gain to such an
extent that hunting does not occur.
<3> From the "Tools" menu, select "Linear motor compensation
calculation".
(The shortcut is [Ctrl] + [L].)
- 385 -
B-65270EN/07
<4> Pressing the [ADD] button on the displayed dialog box analyzes
waveform data and registers compensation parameter candidates.
The "2/span" item and "4/span" item correspond to smoothing
compensation performed 1.5 times per pole and smoothing
compensation performed 3 times per pole, respectively. "6/span"
is not used for smoothing compensation for synchronous built-in
servo motor.
<5> The compensation parameters slightly vary depending on the

measurement situation. So, repeat a data measurement and a
press of the [Add] button several times in a similar manner while
keeping the dialog box open. (Up to five candidates can be
registered.)
If the displayed values include an extremely different value,
uncheck the corresponding check box on the leftmost side of the
list so that the value is not taken into account in the final
compensation calculation.
<6> Finally, press the [Calc] button for each of the forward and
backward directions. Then, smoothing compensation parameters
are displayed.
<7> By pressing the [Set param] button, the smoothing compensation
parameters are set in the CNC.
- 386 -
B-65270EN/07
<8> Measure TCMD again to confirm the effect of smoothing

compensation.
Torque command
(TCMD)
Before smoothing compensation adjustment
Counter
(ROTDD)
After smoothing compensation adjustment
(*) For details on the use of SERVO GUIDE, refer to the online help
of SERVO GUIDE.
- 387 -
B-65270EN/07
4.16
SETTING PARAMETERS FOR LARGE SERVO MOTORS
4.16.1
Motor Models and System Configurations

To drive a large servo motor, multiple amplifiers may be used. In this
case, two major amplifier connection configurations are available:
Configuration that uses torque tandem control
Configuration that uses a PWM distribution module

Which configuration to use is determined by the motor model used
(Table 4.16.1 (a)).
Table 4.16.1 (a) Motor models and system configurations
Motor model
Configuration
Number of amplifiers
iS300/2000
iS500/2000
iS1000/2000HV
Torque tandem
configuration (*1)
iS2000/2000HV
iS3000/2000HV
PWM distribution module

configuration (PDM) (*2)
*1
*2
Even when only two amplifiers are used, a PDM can be

used. By using a PDM, the number of motors connectable to
the CNC may be increased when compared with a case
where the torque tandem configuration is used. Contact
FANUC for details.
PDM stands for PWM Distribution Module.
- 388 -
B-65270EN/07
4.16.2
Setting Parameters in the Torque Tandem Configuration
(1) Overview
For those motors that use the torque tandem configuration described in
Subsection 4.16.1, settings for torque tandem control and for enabling
the feedback copy function need to be made.
NOTE
1 Torque tandem control is an optional function.
2 When a large motor is used in the torque tandem
configuration, two CNC axes are occupied per
motor.
Example of connection)
AMP
(X-axis)
CNC
X 000.000
Y 000.000
Z 000.000
AMP
(Z-axis)
AMP
AMP
(Y1-axis) (Y2-axis)
Sub
Main
Main
FSSB
Power line 2
Power line 1
Pulse coder feedback

(connected to the main axis)
Servo motor (such as iS1000/2000HV)
- 389 -
B-65270EN/07

NOTE
Servo HRV4 control exercises control on one axis
per CPU, so this configuration cannot be used with
servo HRV4 control.

<1> Of the two amplifiers connected to a motor, assign one amplifier
to the main axis and the other to the sub-axis used for torque
tandem control, and enable torque tandem control.
#7
#6
1817(FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TANDEM
1817(FS30i,16i)
TANDEM(#6)
1:
Enables torque tandem control. (Set this parameter for each of

the main axis and sub-axis.)
To make settings related to torque tandem control, see Section 4.21,

"TORQUE TANDEM CONTROL FUNCTION".
<2> Make the parameter setting indicated below for the sub-axis to
enable the feedback sharing function.
The feedback cable from the motor is connected to the amplifier
on the main axis.
#7
1960(FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PFBCPY
2018(FS30i,16i)
PFBCPY(#7)
1:
Uses feedback to the main axis for the sub-axis as well. (Set this
parameter only for the sub-axis.)
- 390 -
B-65270EN/07
4.16.3
Setting Parameters in the PWM Distribution Module

Configuration
(1) Overview
The PWM distribution module (PDM) has a function for copying a
PWM command for one axis received from the CNC and distributing
the command copy to multiple servo amplifiers and a function for
finding an average current per servo amplifier from current feedback
signals received from multiple servo amplifiers and transferring the
average current to the CNC. Multiple servo amplifiers connected to a
PDM can be viewed from the CNC as being connected to one axis. So,
by using a PDM, high power can be achieved through parallel driving
without increasing the number of CNC controlled axes.
NOTE
When a PWM distribution module is used, HRV3
needs to be set. So, one FSSB path cannot
connect more than four slaves consisting of
amplifiers and a PDM. (See (4) of Subsection
4.2.1.)
Example of connection)
Recognized as 3 slaves by CNC
AMP
(X-axis)
PDM
(Y-axis)
AMP
(Z-axis)
CNC
X 000.000
Y 000.000
Z 000.000
Main
FSSB
Local
FSSB
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 3 Slave 4
PWM command for Y-axis is

distributeed to multiple axes.
Current feedback signals from

multiple slaves are averaged by
PDM then fed back to Y-axis.
Power line
Puse coder feedback
Servo motor (such as iS2000/2000HV)
- 391 -
B-65270EN/07

To use a PDM, the following system software is needed:
B0HA/BDHA/DDHA-17 and subsequent editions (Series
16i/18i/21i-MB)
BDHE-07 and subsequent editions (Series 18i-MB5)
88E1-01 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-D)
88F2-08 and subsequent editions (Power Mate i-H)
(*) The PDM cannot be used with the Series 15i and Series 30i.

(a) Setting for a PDM
For axes that use a PDM, servo HRV3 control needs to be set. Set the
parameters below.
Set the parameter for servo HRV2 control beforehand. Next, set the
parameter below for servo HRV3 control (HR3=1).(For each axis)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
2013 (FS16i)
HR3(#0)
#2
#1
#0
HR3
0:
1:
*
Does not use servo HRV3 control.

Uses servo HRV3 control.
When using a PDM, set HR3=1. In actual operation, this control
is equivalent to HRV2 control. (The G5.4-based high-speed
current control mode cannot be switched either.)
For those axes that uses a PDM, set the following parameter in
addition to the setting of HR3 above:
2165 (FS16i)
Set 0.
If this parameter is not set, "Invalid motor/amplifier combination" may

be issued.
Note that because this parameter needs to be set to 0 when a PDM is
used, the servo tuning screen does not provide an actual current
indication (ampere indication). (A % indication is provided.)
- 392 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Setting for a 16-pole servo motor

For an axis on which any of the servo motors listed below is used, set
the parameters for using a 16-pole servo motor.
#7
Servo motor name
Motor specification
iS2000/2000HV
0091
iS3000/2000HV
0092
#6
#5
2220 (FS16i)
P16(#5)
2001 (FS16i)
AMR0 to 6 (#0 to #6)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
P16
0:
1:
Does not use a 16-pole servo motor.

Uses a 16-pole servo motor.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
AMR6
AMR5
AMR4
AMR3
AMR2
AMR1
AMR0
Set the AMR value corresponding to the number of motor poles.

AMR
3 2
Number of motor poles
16-pole servo motor

iS2000/2000HV, iS3000/2000HV
Other than 16-pole servo motors (8-pole

motor)
- 393 -
4.16.4
B-65270EN/07
Data Measurement and Diagnosis with a PWM Distribution

Module (PDM)
(1) Overview
In a configuration that uses a PWM distribution module, many motor
power lines are used. If an error occurs, error location isolation may
be difficult in some cases. To facilitate troubleshooting, the following
functions are available:
(a) PDM current monitor
The actual current flowing through each amplifier is
monitored using SERVO GUIDE.
(b) PDM's slave ready output
The ready state of each amplifier present when the
VRDY-OFF alarm is issued is displayed on the diagnosis
screen of the CNC.
For the method of PDM-based troubleshooting, refer to
"Troubleshooting of Large Servo Motors by Using a PDM (PWM
Distribution Module) (A-72562-034)" as well.

The PDM diagnosis functions are available with the following series
and editions:
Applicable servo
software series and
edition
Function
PDM current
monitor function
PDM's slave ready
output
*
PDM unit
Series 90B1/F(06) or
later
Series 90B1/G(07) or
later
Applicable PDM
version(*)
Overall version C
or later
Overall version C
or later
Applicable
SERVO GUIDE
version
Ver 3.20
-
The overall version of a PDM can be checked with the indication

provided on the label of the PDM.
Example of label indication
Specification No.
PDM
TYPE
A06B-6135-H001
No
V05X12345
FANUC LTD
Overall version indication

(One letter)
Front
- 394 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) PDM-related functions

(a) PDM current monitor function
By using SERVO GUIDE, the actual current of each amplifier
connected to a PDM can be measured.
Method of setting SERVO GUIDE

From "Type", select a type of current to be measured. (Counting from
the closest to the PDM of the amplifiers connected to the local FSSB,
the R phase current of the n-th amplifier is represented as IRn and the
S phase current of the n-th amplifier is represented as ISn.)
Example)
When the R phase current (IR) of slave 1
NOTE
The update interval of this data is 1 msec.
- 395 -
B-65270EN/07
[Example of waveform measurement]

R phase
(b) PDM's slave ready output

With an axis that uses a PDM, the VRDY-OFF alarm is issued if there
is one or more servo amplifiers that are connected to the PDM and are
not placed in the ready state. To facilitate troubleshooting in such a
case, the ready state of each amplifier present when the VRDY-OFF
alarm is issued is displayed on the diagnosis screen of the CNC.
Setting parameters
By setting the parameters below, the ready state of each amplifier
present when the VRDY-OFF alarm is issued can be displayed on
diagnosis No. 353. Note that the values to be set in the parameters
vary, depending on whether an odd number or even number is set in
parameter No. 1023 for the axis.
Parameter No. to be
set
When an odd number

is set in No. 1023 for
the axis
When an even
number is set in No.
1023 for the axis
No. 2115
No. 2151
0
3094
0
3222
- 396 -
B-65270EN/07
Diagnosis screen display

Diagnosis No.
Amplifier ready state when the VRDY-OFF alarm is issued (in
353
decimal)
By checking the decimal value displayed in diagnosis No. 353, the

amplifier that caused the VRDY-OFF alarm to be issued can be
identified. (See the table below.)
Value displayed
by diagnosis
No. 353
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
- 397 -
Ready state of each slave amplifier

(: Ready state, : Not-ready state)
Slave 1
Slave 2
Slave 3
Slave 4
4.17
B-65270EN/07
INTERACTIVE FORCE COMPENSATION FUNCTION
(1) Overview
If a rotary axis with an eccentric load is located on a linear axis, an
interactive force such as a centrifugal force or reaction force due to
acceleration/deceleration is applied to the linear axis when a motion is
made on the rotary axis. Similarly, an interactive force is applied to
the rotary axis due to acceleration/deceleration on the linear axis.
The interactive force compensation function is a servo function that
achieves more accurate position control by canceling the influence of
those interactive forces through software-based compensation. This
function is useful for enabling machine tools such as 5-axis machine
tools to perform higher-speed and higher-precision machining.
When a constant-speed rotation is made on a rotary axis

Centrifugal force
Eccentric load
Interactive force
in linear axis
Rotary axis
Linear axis
When acceleration is performed on a rotary axis

Acceleration Eccentric load
Reaction against
acceleration
Rotary axis
Interactive force in
linear axis direction
Interactive
force in rotary
axis direction
Linear axis
When acceleration is performed on a linear axis

Eccentric load
Inertial force
Acceleration
Rotary axis
- 398 -
Linear axis
B-65270EN/07

To use the interactive force compensation function, the system
software below is needed.
Edition 23.0 or subsequent editions of the following series (CNCs not
employing the remote option system)
Series 30i-A : G002,G012,G022,G032
Series 31i-A : G101,G111
Series 31i -A5 : G121,G131
Series 32i-A : G201
Edition 06.0 or subsequent editions of the following series (CNCs
employing the remote option system):
Series 30i-A : G003,G013,G023,G033
Series 31i-A : G103,G113
Series 31i -A5 : G123,G133
Series 32i-A : G203
(3) Axis configuration for the interactive force compensation function

(a) Target axis configuration
The interactive force compensation function basically assumes the two
axis configurations described below.
Configuration 1: Rotary table (C-axis) on a linear axis (X-axis)

Configuration where an eccentric rotary axis is mounted on a
linear axis and the center axis of the rotary axis is normal to the
linear axis (When the two axes are parallel with each other, no
interactive force occurs.)
Eccentric load
C-axis
X-axis
Configuration 2: Rotary table (C-axis) on a rotary axis (A-axis)

Configuration where an eccentric rotary axis is mounted on a
rotary axis and the center axis of the eccentric rotary axis is
normal to the center axis of the rotary axis on which the eccentric
rotary axis is mounted
A-axis
- 399 -
C-axis
Eccentric load
B-65270EN/07
(b) Axis naming in interactive force compensation

With the interactive force compensation function, an axis that
produces an interactive force when a movement is made on the axis is
named a moving axis, and an axis affected by such an interactive
force (an axis to which interactive force compensation is applied) is
named a compensated axis.
In configuration 1, for example, suppose that an interactive force acts
on the rotary axis due to acceleration operation on the linear axis. In
such a case, the linear axis is referred to as the moving axis, and the
rotary axis is referred to as the compensated axis.
Conversely, suppose that an interactive force acts on the linear axis
due to rotation on the rotary axis. In such a case, the rotary axis is
referred to as the moving axis, and the linear axis is referred to as the
compensated axis.
(c) Axis configuration

For one compensated axis, up to two moving axes can be specified
(interactive force applied from two axes onto one axis can be
compensated for simultaneously). Of two specifiable moving axes, the
first one is referred to as the first moving axis, and the second one is
referred to as the second moving axis.
Bidirectional compensation is applicable between two axes.
An axis to which torque tandem control or synchronous control is
applied can be set as a moving axis or compensated axis.
When servo axis numbers are divided into groups each consisting of 8
successive axes (or 4 successive axes for Series 90D0), the servo axis
number of a moving axis and the servo axis number of the
corresponding compensated axis need to exist in the same group.
When a servo axis number (No. 1023) is represented in the following
format, set servo axis numbers so that n for a moving axis matches n
for the corresponding compensated axis.
For series 90D0: Servo axis number = 4n+k
(where, n is an integer, and k = 1 ,2, 3, 4)
No.1023=1,2,3,4
5,6,7,8
9, . . .
The servo axis numbers in one group (enclosed in a dashed frame) can be used to specify a
combination of moving axes and a compensated axis.
For series 90E0: Servo axis number = 8n+k

(where n is an integer, and k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
No.1023=1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
- 400 -
9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16
17, . . .
B-65270EN/07
(d) Notes
To use the interactive force compensation function, feed-forward
must be enabled. While feed-forward is disabled for a moving axis,
interactive force is disabled.
When no direct connection is made between a moving axis and
compensated axis, the interactive force compensation function cannot
be used.

The function of each parameter is described below.
*
*
#7
2292(FS30i)
MOVAXS(#7)
Set with moving axis
For an example of parameter setting, see "(5) Example of

parameter setting".
A compensation value used with the interactive force
compensation function is calculated on the compensated axis side.
So, parameters for setting a compensation gain, angle data offset
value, and so forth are to be set on the compensated axis side.
#6
#5
MOVAXS MV1IFC MV1ID2
#4
MV1ID1
#3
#2
#1
#0
MV1ID0 IFC1ON C1TYP1 C1TYP0
Specifies whether the axis is a moving axis used with the interactive
force compensation function.
0: The axis is not a moving axis.
1: The axis is a moving axis.
For an axis used with the interactive force compensation function as a
moving axis (axis that affects another axis), set this bit parameter to
1.
MV1IFC(#6)
Set with compensated axis
Sets calculation of interactive force from the first moving axis.

0: Disables calculation of interactive force from the first moving
axis.
1: Enables calculation of interactive force from the first moving
axis.
When this bit parameter is set to 1, interactive force from the first
moving axis is calculated. (However, when position feed-forward for
the first moving axis is disabled, the calculated value of interactive
force is 0.)
This bit parameter specifies interactive force calculation alone. To
enable interactive force compensation actually, IFC1ON (bit 2 of No.
2292) needs to be set as well.
- 401 -
B-65270EN/07
MV1ID2,MV1ID1,MV1ID0(#5,4,3) Specifies a servo axis number for the first moving axis.
For calculation of interactive force from the first moving axis (bit 6 of
No. 2292=1), a servo axis number needs to be specified for the first
moving axis. Set these bit parameters to values below according to a
desired servo axis number.
MV1ID2
MV1ID1
MV1ID0
Servo axis
number for
moving axis
(Series 90E0)
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
8n+1
8n+2
8n+3
8n+4
8n+5
8n+6
8n+7
8n+8
Servo axis
number for
moving axis
(Series 90D0)
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
* n = 0, 1, 2, ...
NOTE
When the interactive force compensation function
is used, a restriction is imposed on selection of a
moving axis and compensated axis. When a servo
axis number (No. 1023) is represented in the
format below, select a moving axis and
compensated axis from those axes that have the
same n value.
Series 90D0: Servo axis number = 4n+k (where,
n is an integer, and k = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Series 90E0: Servo axis number = 8n+k (where
n is an integer, and k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
If the n value of a moving axis and the n value of a
compensated axis differ from each other, modify
the servo axis number setting so that the two n
values match.
IFC1ON(#2)
Turns on/off the compensation function for interactive force from the
first moving axis.
0: Does not compensate for interactive force from the first moving
axis.
1: Compensates for interactive force from the first moving axis.
By setting this bit parameter to 1, compensation for interactive force
from the first moving axis is enabled. (However, bit 6 (MV1IFC) of
No. 2292 must be set to 1.)
- 402 -
B-65270EN/07
C1TYP1,C1TYP0(#1,0)
Sets a compensation type (for the first moving axis).

Set a compensation type according to the axis configuration and axis
type to which the interactive force compensation function is applied.
An example of axis configuration is provided below.
Axis configuration
C1TYP1
C1TYP0
Compensation
type
Type L
Type R
Interactive force from linear axis to

rotary axis
Interactive force from rotary axis
to linear axis
Configuration 1: Rotary axis (C-axis) on a linear axis (X-axis)

Eccentric load
C-axis
X-axis
When the C-axis is a compensated axis

Type L (Bits 1, 0 of No. 2292=0,0)
When the X-axis is a compensated axis
Type R (Bits 1, 0 of No. 2292=0,1
Configuration 2: Rotary axis (C-axis) on a rotary axis (A-axis)

Eccentric load
A-axis
C-axis
When the C-axis is a compensated axis

Type L (Bits 1, 0 of No. 2292=0,0)
When the A-axis is a compensated axis
Type R (Bits 1, 0 of No. 2292=0,1)
#7
2293(FS30i)
MV2IFC(#6)
#6
#5
MV2IFC MV2ID2
#4
MV2ID1
#3
#2
#1
#0
MV2ID0 IFC2ON C2TYP1 C2TYP0
Sets calculation of interactive force from the second moving axis.

0: Disables calculation of interactive force from the second moving
axis.
1: Enables calculation of interactive force from the second moving
axis.
- 403 -
MV2ID2,MV2ID1,MV2ID0(#5,4,3)
B-65270EN/07
Specifies a servo axis number for the second moving axis.

MV2ID2
MV2ID1
MV2ID0
Servo axis
number for
moving axis
(Series 90E0)
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
8n+1
8n+2
8n+3
8n+4
8n+5
8n+6
8n+7
8n+8
Servo axis
number for
moving axis
(Series 90D0)
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
* n = 0, 1, 2, ...
IFC2ON(#2)
C2TYP1,C2TYP0(#1,0)
second moving axis.
0: Does not compensate for interactive force from the second
moving axis.
1: Compensates for interactive force from the second moving axis.
Sets a compensation type (for the second moving axis).
Axis configuration
Interactive force from
linear axis to rotary axis
Interactive force from
rotary axis to linear axis
C2TYP1
C2TYP0
Compensation type
Type L
Type R
2478(FS30i)
Interactive force compensation: Compensation gain (for the first moving axis)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
0 to 32767
2479(FS30i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
Set a coefficient (gain) for interactive force compensation.

The optimum value varies according to the weight of an eccentric load
and the distance from the rotation center. So, set a proper value
according to "(6) Setting parameters".
Interactive force compensation: Angle data offset (for the first moving axis)
360/4096 deg
0 to 4096
Set angle data that can be read when an eccentric load is placed at the
reference position of the rotary axis. The parameter setting varies,
depending on the compensation type as follows:
Compensation type L An offset relative to the angle data of the
compensated axis is set with the compensated axis.
- 404 -
B-65270EN/07
Compensation type R An offset relative to the angle data of the

moving axis is set with the compensated axis.
2480(FS30i)
Interactive force compensation: Compensation gain (for the second moving axis)
2481(FS30i)
Interactive force compensation: Angle data offset (for the second moving axis)
For a rotary axis, the number of pulses per revolution output from a
detector needs to be set.
2455(FS30i)
[Valid data range]
Integer part of the number of pulses per revolution ()
0 to 32767

2456(FS30i)
[Valid data range]
Exponent part of the number of pulses per revolution ()
0 to 12
Set with rotary axis
From the number of feedback pulses per revolution on a rotary axis,

find the values of the integers ( and ) that satisfy the expression
below then set the found values in the parameters above.
Number of pulses per revolution on a rotary axis = 2
(where, 132767, 012)
An example of parameter setting is provided below using a detector
indicated below for a synchronous built-in servo motor.
Detector
No.2455
No.2456
iCZ 512A
8192
iCZ 768A
12288
iCZ 1024S
16384
16384
7
10
RCN223
- 405 -
Remarks
B-65270EN/07
(5) Example of parameter setting

To use the interactive force compensation function, an axis (moving
axis) that produces an interactive force by movement on the axis and
an axis (compensated axis) that is affected by the interactive force
need to be set, and the relationship between the two axes needs to be
set properly according to the machine configuration. This example
explains the parameters for axis setting.
As an example, suppose a machine with the following axis
configuration:
X-axis
C-axis
Y-axis
Assume a configuration where the X-axis (linear axis) is placed

on the Y-axis (linear axis), the C-axis (rotary axis) is placed on
the X-axis, and an eccentric load is mounted on the C-axis.
Suppose that a synchronous built-in servo motor is used for the
C-axis and that the detector iCZ1024A is used.
Suppose also that the servo axis numbers (No. 1023) and
detection units indicated below are used for the axes. (Use of
servo software Series 90E0 is assumed.)
Axis
No.1023
Detection unit
Remarks
X-axis
Y-axis
C-axis
1
2
6
1 m
1 m
0.001 deg
Linear axis
Linear axis
Rotary axis
Suppose that the X-axis and Y-axis cross each other at right
angles and that no interactive force occurs between the X-axis
and Y-axis.
This example simultaneously compensates for an interactive
force that is produced by rotation on the C-axis and acts on the
X-axis and Y-axis and also compensates for an interactive force
that is produced by acceleration on the X-axis and Y-axis and
acts on the C-axis.
Compensated axis:
X-axis
Compensated axis:
Y-axis
Interactive force
- 406 -
First moving axis: C-axis

Second moving axis: -
Movement on
rotary axis
B-65270EN/07
Compensated axis:
C-axis
Interactive force
First moving axis: X-axis

Second moving axis: Y-axis
Movement
on linear
axes
(Parameter setting)
No.
No.2292#7
No.2455
No.2456
No.2292#6
No.2292#5,4,3
No.2292#2
No.2292#1,0
No.2478
No.2479
No.2293#6
No.2293#5,4,3
No.2293#2
No.2293#1,0
No.2480
No.2481
Description
Moving axis specification
Integer part of the number of pulses
Exponent part of the number of pulses
Calculation of interactive force from the first

moving axis
Servo axis number specification for the first
moving axis
Enabling compensation for interactive force
from the first moving axis
Type of compensation for interactive force
from the first moving axis
Compensation gain for interactive force from
the first moving axis
Angle data offset for the first moving axis
Calculation of interactive force from the
second moving axis
Servo axis number specification for the
second moving axis
Enabling compensation for interactive force
from the second moving axis
Type of compensation for interactive force
from the second moving axis
Compensation gain for interactive force from
the second moving axis
Angle data offset for the second moving axis
X-axis
Setting
Y-axis
C-axis
1 *1
0
0
1 *1
0
0
1 *1
16384
7
101
101
01
01
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
001
*3
000
1
*4
00
Adjusted value
1
00
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
*1) All axes are moving axes. So, set bit 7 of No. 2292 to 1 for all
axes.
*2) The X-axis and Y-axis are linear axes. So, set 0 as the number of
pulses per revolution. The C-axis is a rotary axis, so the number
of pulses per revolution needs to be set. When using iCZ
1024A, set 16384 in No. 2455, and set 7 in No. 2456.
*3) Considering the C-axis as the first moving axis for the X-axis
and Y-axis, set the C-axis as the first moving axis for the -axis
and Y-axis. Moreover, considering the X-axis as the first moving
axis for the C-axis, set the X-axis as the first moving axis for the
C-axis.
*4) The linear axes (X-axis and Y-axis) are affected by an interactive
force from the rotary axis (C-axis). So, set type R for the X-axis
and Y-axis.
The rotary axis (C-axis) is affected by an interactive force from
the linear axes (X-axis and Y-axis). So, set type L for the C-axis.
*5) Considering the Y-axis as the second moving axis for the C-axis,
set the Y-axis as the second moving axis for the C-axis.
- 407 -
*2
*5
B-65270EN/07

For interactive force compensation, two parameters, one for angle data
offset and the other for compensation gain, need to be adjusted. The
method of adjustment is described below.
NOTE
To use the interactive force compensation function,
Various parameters need to be set. Before starting
parameter adjustment, Set bit 2 of No. 2292 to 0
and set bit 2 of No. 2293 to 0 (to disable
interactive force compensation). If these bit
parameters are set to 0, interactive force
compensation is not actually enabled but
calculated compensation data can be observed. At
the initial stage of adjustment, disable
compensation.
(a) Checking the angle data of a rotary axis
When a rotary axis is to be set as a compensated axis or moving axis,
the angle data of the rotary axis is required. Check that the number of
pulses per revolution (No. 2455 and No. 2456) is set correctly and the
angle data is calculated correctly. For all rotary axes that are used for
interactive force compensation, check that phase data is output
correctly, by using the method described below.
Check method
By making a movement on a rotary axis by a certain amount,
observe the change in angle data. If the number of pulses per
revolution is set correctly, the angle data changes by 4096 when
a movement is made on the rotary axis by 360. Check whether
the actual amount of movement matches the change in phase
data.
For example, check that when a movement of 90 is made on a
rotary axis, the change in phase data is 1024 (= 409690/360).
If the actual amount of movement does not match the change in
phase data, recheck the settings of No. 2455 and No. 2456.
(Parameter setting for observing angle data with diagnosis No. 353)
By setting the following parameters, angle data can be observed with
diagnosis No. 353:
Series 90D0
No. 1023
Series 90E0
No. 1023
No. 2151
No. 2115
2n+1
2n+2
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
5916
6044
12060
12188
0
0
0
0
- 408 -
B-65270EN/07
(b) Setting angle data (No. 2479 and No. 2481)

Move the eccentric load on a rotary axis to the reference position
shown below and observe the value of phase data. Set the observed
value in the angle data parameter (No. 2479 or No. 2481).
Linear axis (positive
direction)
Reference position
Rotary table
If the eccentric load cannot be moved to the reference position, find a

value by estimation from the angle data at a position to which the
eccentric load can be moved.
For example, if a phase data of 2000 is observed when the eccentric
load is moved to a position of 90 away from the reference position,
the value to be set as angle data is:
2000409690/360 = 976
(If the result of calculation is a negative value, add 4096 to the result
to make a value from 0 to 4095.)
If the accurate position of the eccentric load is unknown, set an
approximate position with the method above then make a fine
adjustment according to "(c) Adjusting compensation gain" below.
(c) Adjusting compensation gain (No. 2478 and No. 2480)

The method of compensation gain adjustment is described below.
The example described below uses a rotary table as a moving axis and
uses a linear axis as a compensated axis in configuration 1, and uses a
waveform produced by making reciprocating motions in the arrow
directions. It is supposed that each reciprocating motion is made by
270 through the reference position.
B
Reciprocating
motion
A
Linear axis
(positive
direction)
C
D
- 409 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
The magnitude of interactive force varies,
depending on the position (angle) of an eccentric
load on the rotary table. Depending on the position
of an eccentric load, no interactive force is
produced. So, when making a compensation gain
adjustment, make a check by making movements
fully across the movable range on the rotary axis.
If acceleration/deceleration is performed on the
linear axis in the left-hand figure, no interactive
force is produced on the rotary axis at positions
A and C.
At positions A and C, acceleration/deceleration
performed on the rotary axis produces no
interactive force on the linear axis. However,
interactive force due to centrifugal force is
produced.
At positions B and D, interactive force due to the
centrifugal force of the rotary axis is not
produced on the linear axis. However,
interactive force due to acceleration/deceleration
is produced.
<1> Checking the influence of interactive force
While making no movement on the compensated axis to which
the interactive force compensation function is applied, make a
movement on the moving axis. At this time, observe the
waveform of the torque command (TCMD) and position
feedback (POSF) on the compensated axis with SERVO GUIDE.
Interactive force due to centrifugal force
Moving axis POSF

Compensated axis
TCMD
Compensated axis
POSF
Interactive force due to acc./dec.

The position on the compensated axis varies, depending on movement on the moving axis.
- 410 -
B-65270EN/07
<2> Checking interactive force compensation data

When interactive force compensation is disabled (bit 2 of No.
2292=0, bit 2 of No. 2293=0), adjust the compensation gain (No.
2478, No. 2480).
A torque command change occurring on the compensated axis
according to a movement on the moving axis is considered to be
a torque produced to cancel the influence of interactive force.
Accordingly, the torque command waveform observed at this
time is about equal to the interactive force. So, observe the
torque command and interactive force compensation data on the
compensation axis present when a movement is made on the
moving axis (IFCMP1 for the first moving axis/IFCMP2 for the
second moving axis), and adjust the compensation gain so that
the torque command approximately matches the compensation
data.
See the next item for the setting of SERVO GUIDE for
observing interactive force compensation data.
Compensated axis
TCMD
Compensation data
(IFCMPx)
If the accurate position of the eccentric load cannot be identified

in angle data adjustment of item (b), gain adjustment alone may
not produce a waveform match. Make a fine adjustment of the
angle data offset (No. 2479, No. 2481).
- 411 -
B-65270EN/07
Compensated axis
TCMD
Compensation data
(IFCMPx)
The timing of a maximum interactive force due to centrifugal force

matches, so the angle data offset is considered to be adjusted
correctly.
NOTE
1 Be sure to enable feed-forward.
2 When the motor rotation direction of a
compensated axis (No. 2022) is set to -111 (CW
direction), the polarity of compensation data is
opposite to that of the torque command. So, make
an adjustment so that IFCMPx is TCMD inverted
upside down.
SERVO GUIDE channel setting (Interactive

compensation data: IFCMP1, IFCMP2)
Axis
Kind
Unit
Conv. Coef
Conv. Base
Origin value
- 412 -
:
:
:
:
:
:
force
Select a target compensated axis.

Select IFCMP1 or IFCMP2.
Select %.
Set 100.
Set 29128.
Set 0.
B-65270EN/07
When SERVO GUIDE does not support IFCMP1 and

IFCMP2
Axis
: Select a target compensated axis.
Type
: Select TCMD.
Unit
: Select %.
Conversion coefficient : Set 100.
Conversion reference : Set 29128.
Origin value
: Set 0.
Extended address
: Set the value corresponding to the
servo
axis
number
of
a
compensated axis according to the
table below.
Series 90D0
No. 1023
Series 90E0
No. 1023
Extended
address
(IFCMP1)
Extended
address
(IFCMP2)
2n+1
2n+2
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
5923
6051
12607
12195
5931
6059
12615
12203
Shift
: Set 0.
<3> Checking the effect of interactive force compensation

After adjusting the compensation gain parameter, enable the
interactive force compensation function (First moving axis: Bit 2
of No. 2292=1, Second moving axis: Bit 2 of No. 2293=1) then
observe the waveform of position feedback (POSF) on the
compensated axis.
Check that when a movement is made on the moving axis, the
change in position feedback is reduced.
Make a fine adjustment of the compensation gain parameter so
that the change in position feedback is minimized.
Without compensation (Bit 2 of No. 2292=0)
Moving axis POSF

Compensated axis
TCMD
Compensated axis
POSF
- 413 -
B-65270EN/07
With compensation (Bit 2 of No. 2292=1)
Moving axis POSF

Compensated axis
TCMD
Compensated axis
POSF
The change in position on the compensated axis is

improved.
- 414 -
B-65270EN/07
4.18
TORQUE CONTROL FUNCTION
(1) Overview
In PMC axis control, the torque control function can be used. The
servo motor produces a torque as specified by the NC. Note that the
user can switch between position control and torque control.
(2) Control types

Two types of torque control are supported: type 1 and type 2. The two
types are explained below.
(i)
Torque control type 1

The motor produces a torque according to a torque command
specified by the PMC. A servo alarm is issued if the speed of the
motor exceeds the excessive speed alarm level specified by the
PMC.
A block diagram of torque control type 1 is shown below.
PMC
Servo
Torque
command
Maximum
allowable speed
Speed
monitoring
Actual
speed
Excessive speed
alarm
Fig. 4.18 (a) Torque control type 1
(ii) Torque control type 2

The motor produces a torque according to a torque command
specified by the PMC.
When the motor is loaded, it produces a torque according to a
torque command. When it is not loaded, it rotates at a constant
(allowable) speed.
PMC
Servo
Torque
command
Maximum
allowable speed
Speed
control
Torque
limiter
Fig. 4.18 (b) Torque control type 2
Basically, torque control type 2 performs speed control to cause

the limiter to operate on a command from the speed controller
according to a torque command specified by the PMC. This
causes the motor to produce a torque that matches the torque
command when it is loaded and to rotate at a constant (allowable)
speed when it is not loaded.
- 415 -
B-65270EN/07

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,18i-B,21i-B,0i-B,Power Mate i)
(Series 0i-C,20i-B)

This manual describes servo-related parameters only.
NOTE
For details about the setting of the torque control
function for each CNC, refer to "PMC Axis Control"
in the respective CNC Connection Manual
(Function).
#7
1951 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#1
#0
FRCAXS
2007 (FS30i, 16i)
FRCAXS (#7)
Torque control is:

0: Not used
1: Used To be set
#7
#6
#5
1743 (FS15i)
FRCAX2
2203 (FS30i, 16i)
FRCAX2 (#4)
Torque control type 2 is:

0: Not used (Torque control type 1 is used.)
1: Used To be set (Usually, use type 2.)
#7
#6
#5
1808 (FS15i)
#4
#3
PIEN
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
PIEN (#3)
The velocity control method to be used is:

0: I-P control
1: PI control To be set
- 416 -
#2
B-65270EN/07
1998 (FS15i)
Torque constant
2105 (FS30i, 16i)
This parameter is used to specify a motor-specific torque constant.

The units are as follows:
0.00001 Nm/(torque command) for a rotary motor
0.001 Nm/(torque command) for a linear motor
NOTE
1 When the initial parameter setting function (Sec.
2.1) is used, a motor-specific value is set
automatically.
2 When torque control is set, the following functions
are disabled:
- Velocity loop high cycle management function
- Acceleration feedback function
- 417 -
4.19
B-65270EN/07

Optional function
(POSITION TANDEM)
(1) Overview
This function suppresses vibration caused by interference between the
master axis and slave axis in position tandem (simple synchronous or
synchronous) control.
NC
command
Disturbance
Servo
Position
control
+
-
Master axis
Velocity
control
Velocity fbm
Kt/Jms
Master motor
Velocity fbm
Tandem disturbance elimination control
Velocity fbs
Slave axis
Position
control
Velocity
control
Slave motor
Kt/Jms
+
+
Disturbance
Velocity fbs

(Series 0i-C)
(3) Cautions
This function is optional. (To enable the position tandem function, the option of axis
synchronous control (FS30i), simple synchronous control (FS16i), or synchronous
control (FS15i) is additionally needed.)
This function can be used only for two-axis (simple) synchronous control. This
function cannot be used for more than two axes.
In servo axis arrangement, the main axis must be an odd-numbered axis, and the
sub-axis must be a subsequent even-numbered axis.
This function cannot be used with a mechanism that allows the mechanical
coupling of two axes to be released.
Servo HRV4 control exercises one-axis control with one CPU, so that this function
cannot be used together with servo HRV4 control.
- 418 -
B-65270EN/07

Tcmd(M)
Velocity fbm
Tandem disturbance
elimination control
2325(M)
1/s
Ki
Phase
compensation
Kc
2036(S)
2325(S)
2036(M)
M : Master axis
S : Slave axis
Tcmd(S)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1709 (FS15i)
Velocity fbs
#1
#0
TANDMP
2019 (FS30i, 16i)
TANDMP (#1)
(Set this parameter for the master axis only.)

Tandem disturbance elimination control is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
#7
#6
#5
1952 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VFBAVE
2008 (FS30i, 16i)
VFBAVE (#2)

The velocity feedback average function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Usually, set this parameter to 0. The velocity feedback average
function has an effect equivalent to that of tandem disturbance
elimination control for machines that have a certain rigidity. In general,
this function is not used together with tandem disturbance elimination
control. When using this function together with tandem disturbance
elimination control, set integral gain Ki and proportional gain Kc to 0.
*
With Series 90B3 and 90B7, a different bit position is assigned,
that is, bit 6 for the slave axis is used.
1721 (FS15i)
Proportional gain Kc
2036 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]

0 to 32767 (0<Kc<0.5)
0
This parameter is not used generally, but is used for machines with a
large friction. This parameter has the same function as damping
compensation gain Kc of the tandem control function. (See Subsec.
4.21.2.)
- 419 -
1721 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Phase compensation coefficient
2036 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
(Set this parameter for the slave axis only.)

51 to 512 (0.1< <1)
0 (512 internally)
This parameter has the same function as damping compensation of the
tandem control function. When 512 is specified, the advance amount
is 0 degree. (See Subsec. 4.21.2.)
2738 (FS15i)
Integral gain Ki
2325 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]
2738 (FS15i)

0 to 4000
This parameter compensates for a machine spring element. Set a large
value when the rigidity is high. Set a small value for a motor with a
greater torque constant.
Phase compensation coefficient 2T/t
2325 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]
2746 (FS15i)
(Set this parameter for the slave axis only.)

0 to 32767
0 (40 internally)
This parameter is used with coefficient to compensate the
compensation delay. When the resonance frequency is 100 Hz or more,
set = 100 and 2T/t = 6.
Incomplete integral time constant
2333 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Typical setting]

0 to 32767
0 (30877 internally)
As integral gain Ki increases, vibration in the low frequency area (10
Hz or less) may occur. In such a case, set the incomplete integral time
constant to decrease the time constant. Set a parameter value listed
below.
Table 4.19.1 Setting in the incomplete integral time constant parameter
(when HRV1, HRV2, HRV3 is used)
Time constant (sec)
Parameter setting
0.1
0.05
0.02
- 420 -
30887
29307
25810
B-65270EN/07
(5) Adjustment method
Check the torque commands for the master axis and slave axis
and velocity feedback vibration by using a check board. (See
Item (6).)
If the vibration phase is shifted by 180 degrees, the cause of
resonance is assumed to be inter-axis interference.
Enable tandem disturbance elimination control, and adjust
integral gain Ki.
Increase the value of integral gain Ki gradually from 0, and
observe vibration. Ki has an optimal value. When the value of Ki
is increased excessively, vibration becomes stronger.
When the velocity loop gain is changed, the frequency of
vibration changes. So, adjust Ki to minimize vibration.
If the frequency of vibration exceeds 100 Hz, the effect of
tandem disturbance elimination control decreases. In such a case,
set phase compensation coefficients and 2T/t or increase the
current loop gain with the current 1/2 PI control function.
Effect of tandem disturbance elimination control

Main axis velocity
feedback resonance 50 Hz
Interference is
improved.
Sub-axis
vibration
Velocity feedback and vibration frequency when the slave axis is

vibrated
- 421 -
B-65270EN/07
(6) Method of checking the frequency of vibration

In this adjustment, use the disturbance input function for the slave axis,
measure the velocity feedback for the master axis, check for
interference between the axes, and check and adjust the effect of
tandem disturbance elimination control.
The following explains how to use the disturbance input function and
how to make settings for data measurement.
(a) Setting parameters related to disturbance input

Parameters related to the disturbance input function are set for the
slave axis.
(About the disturbance input function)
The disturbance input function applies vibration to an axis by
inputting a sine wave disturbance to the torque command. In the
adjustment of tandem disturbance elimination control, this function is
used for the slave axis to observe the interference status between the
axes when vibration is applied to the slave axis.
For the slave axis, set parameters related to the disturbance input
function.
#7
2683 (FS15i)
DSTIN
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DSTTAN DSTWAV
2270 (FS30i, 16i)
DSTIN(#7)
DSTTAN(#6)
DSTWAV(#5)
Disturbance input
0: Stop
1: Start (Disturbance input starts on the rising edge from 0 to 1.)
Set 0.
Set 0.
2739 (FS15i)
Disturbance input gain
2326 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
2740 (FS15i)
500
(*) Set the amplitude of the applied vibration (torque). (Value 7282
is equivalent to the maximum current of the amplifier.)
First, set about 500 to apply vibration to the machine so that light
sound is generated. If it is difficult to observe the vibration status,
increase the parameter value gradually.
Disturbance input function: Start frequency (Hz)
2327 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
0
(*) If 0 is set, the default (10 Hz) is assumed to be the vibration start
frequency.
- 422 -
B-65270EN/07
2741 (FS15i)
Disturbance input end frequency
2328 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
2742 (FS15i)
0
(*) If 0 is set, the default (200 Hz) is assumed to be the vibration end
frequency.
Number of disturbance input measurement points
2329 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
0
(*) If 0 is set, the default (3) is assumed as the number of disturbance
input measurement points.
[Cautions]
1
Disable the functions that operate only in the stop state, such as
the variable proportional gain function in the stop state and the
overshoot compensation function.
2
When characteristics at the time of cutting are measured,
cutting/rapid switching functions should be treated carefully.
3
Decrease the position gain to about 1000.
(b) Channel setting with SERVO GUIDE

With SERVO GUIDE, make settings for data acquisition. Two types
of data including disturbance frequency data (the master axis) and
velocity feedback data (the slave axis) are acquired at the same time.
From the graph window menu of SERVO GUIDE, select [Setting]
then [Channel].
Channel 1: Disturbance frequency
Specify the slave axis as the axis, and set the data type to
"FREQ". (The other items are automatically set when FREQ is
selected.)
Channel 2: Master axis velocity feedback
Specify the master axis as the axis, and set the data type to
"SPEED".
Set the conversion coefficient to 1, and set the conversion base

data to 1.
- 423 -
B-65270EN/07
Check the check box of the extended address, and set an address
as listed in the table below. (The setting varies depending on the
value set in parameter No. 1023.) Set the shift amount to 0.
No.1023
Series 90D0
Series 90B0, Series 90B1, Series 90B5, Series 90B6
Series 90B3, Series 90B7
No.1023 (n:0,1,2,..)
Series 90E0
Even
596
340
2048
724
468
2176
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
596
724
6740
6868
(c) Setting for sampling

Set the sampling cycle to 250 s.
- 424 -
Odd
B-65270EN/07
(d) Usage
When the rising edge of the disturbance input bit (DSTIN) is detected,
application of vibration is started. Vibration is automatically stopped
after a sine sweep is performed from the start frequency to the end
frequency. The operation is stopped by a reset or an emergency stop.
After the emergency stop is released, disturbance input is resumed
starting with the start frequency by setting the function bit off then on
again.
[Example of setting]
No.2326 = 500 Gain = 500
No.2327 = 0 Start frequency = 10Hz
No.2328 = 0 End frequency = 200Hz
No.2329 = 0 Number of measurement points = 3
By using SERVO GUIDE, obtain data, and display the frequency
(ch1) and velocity feedback (ch2) in the XY-YT mode.
Gain
characteristic
Input sine wave

frequency
Resonance point
Velocity feedback
Frequency
As shown in the above waveform, the envelope of the velocity

feedback indicates the gain characteristic at each frequency, and a
swell portion in the waveform shows a resonance point.
Adjust the tandem disturbance elimination control parameters so that
the degree of the gain swell at the resonance point is reduced.
(7) Notes on Series 90B3 and 90B7

Series 90B3 and 90B7 are used for applications that require learning
control. It is assumed that the mechanical coupling between two
rotation axes, C1 and C2, is released. So, only when the two axes are
mechanically coupled with each other, tandem disturbance elimination
control functions. Whether the two axes are mechanically coupled
with each other can be checked using the input of the external signal
G139 (coupling flag). For details of the external signal interface, refer
to the description of "Tandem leaning control" in "Learning Function
Operator's Manual (A-63639E-034)".
- 425 -
4.20
B-65270EN/07
SYNCHRONOUS AXES AUTOMATIC COMPENSATION
(1) Overview
With synchronized axes having a long stroke, a machine twist may
occur due to the absolute precision of the scale and thermal expansion
of the machine. In such a case, the master motor and slave motor of
the synchronized axes pull each other, and if a large current flows for
the pull, an overheat problem or OVC alarm is raised.
The fundamental cause of this is a measurement position error. Pitch
error compensation can compensate for the scale error but cannot
compensate for thermal expansion due to change in temperature.
The synchronous axes automatic compensation function is useful for
such cases. The function monitors a torque error between the master
and slave and corrects the position on the slave side slowly to reduce
the torque error.
(Structure of the synchronous axes automatic compensation function)
Master axis
Velocity
control
Separate
detector
Position error
Low-pass
filter
Slave axis
Limit
Velocity
control
Position error
Separate
detector

Series 90D0/N(14) and subsequent editions
Series 90E0/N(14) and subsequent editions
NOTE
Servo HRV4 control exercises one-axis control with
one CPU, so that this function cannot be used
together with servo HRV4 control.
- 426 -
B-65270EN/07
The following parameters are all set for the slave axis (the axis
for which an even number is set in parameter No. 1023) only.
#7
#6
#5
2688 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ASYN
2275 (FS30i, 16i)
ASYN (#3)
2816 (FS15i)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Synchronous axes automatic compensation coefficient (K)
2403 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
2817 (FS15i)
Detection unit / TCMD unit 4096

-32767 to 32767
From the relationship between the current value generated in the
stopped state when this function is disabled and the position error
between the synchronized axes, determine the coefficient (K)
according to the following expression:
K = position error/current value (in TCMD) 4096 ....................... <1>
When the current value is measured on the servo tuning screen, the
current value is indicated in amperes or as the percentage to the rated
current value. So, use expression <2> or <3> for calculation.
K = position error/{current value (%) Ir 7282/6554} 4096
..................................................................................... <2>
Ir: Rated current in parameter No. 2086 (Series 16i) or No. 1979
(Series 15i)
K = position error/{current value (A)/Amax 7282} 4096
..................................................................................... <3>
Amax: Maximum current value of the amplifier
Measure the current value when the problem of a pull is being
observed at the release of emergency stop. The position error between
the synchronized axes is obtained from the difference in position error
between the master axis and slave axis at the time of emergency stop.
Normally, the position error of the master axis at the time of
emergency stop is 0, so you need to check the position error of the
slave axis only.
Example)
Suppose that the position error of the slave at the time of
emergency stop is 200, the current value at the release of
emergency stop is 60% (the percentage to the rating), and 1437 is
set in parameter No. 2086 (rated current value for the Series 16i):
Settings = 200 / { 1437 60/100 7282/6554 } 4096 = 855
Synchronous axes automatic compensation: Maximum compensation
2404 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
Detection unit
0 to 5000
Set the maximum compensation amount in synchronous axes
automatic compensation.
- 427 -
2818 (FS15i)
B-65270EN/07
Synchronous axes automatic compensation: Filter time constant
2405 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
[Typical setting]
sec
0 to 10
0 (1 second is applied.)
Set the time constant for reflecting the twist in position compensation.
As a larger time constant is set, compensation to release the twist is
performed more slowly.
NOTE
1 This function reduces the difference in torque
between the master and slave axes by adding
compensation pulses to the slave axis. In the
steady state, position error equivalent to the
compensation amount is accumulated in the slave
axis.
2 This function cannot be used together with the dual
position feedback function.
3 Set parameters on the even-numbered axis side.
4 When assigning servo axes to the synchronous
master and slave axes, ensure that an
odd-numbered axis is assigned to the master axis,
and an even-numbered axis ((master axis) + 1) is
assigned to the slave axis.
With the following servo software, a dead-band width can be set:
Set the following parameter for the odd-numbered axis side (the
master axis) only:
2817 (FS15i)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation: Dead-band width
2404 (FS30i, 16i)
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range]
Percentage (%) with respect to rated current

0 to 800
If the difference in torque command between the master axis and slave
axis is within the dead-band width, the synchronous axes automatic
compensation value becomes 0.
- 428 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Application example

The figure below shows how synchronous axes automatic
compensation works effectively.
When the master axis and slave axis, which are synchronized axes
connected mechanically, indicate different positions as position B, the
master axis and slave axis pull each other, and their TCMD
waveforms increase in the opposite directions.
Use of this function allows the position of the slave axis to move
slowly to such a position that is balanced with the master axis position,
so the problem that the axes pull each other does not occur.
Synchronous axes automatic compensation
function: enables
Synchronous axes automatic

compensation function: disabled
Master axis
Scale position B
Master axis
Scale position A
Slave axis
Scale position A
Slave axis
Scale position B
Master axis
Scale position A
Slave axis
Scale position A
Master axis
Scale position B
Slave axis
Scale position B
Actual
federate
Actual
federate
Master axis TCMD
Master axis TCMD

Slave axis TCMD
Slave axis TCMD

Slave axis compensation
Position A
Position B
Position A
- 429 -
Position A
Position B
Position A
4.21
B-65270EN/07
TORQUE TANDEM CONTROL FUNCTION Optional function
(1) Overview
If a single motor is not capable of producing sufficient torque to drive
a large table, for example, tandem control allows two motors to
produce movement along one axis.
A motor of the same specification is used for both the main motor and
sub-motor.
Only the main motor is responsible for positioning. The sub-motor
only produces a torque. In this way, double the torque can be obtained
(load sharing mode).
By applying a preload torque to produce tension between the main
motor and sub-motor, the backlash between gears can be reduced
(anti-backlash mode).
Tandem control is used to run linked linear motors and motors with a
winding tandem (iS300/2000, iS500/2000, iS1000/2000HV).
WARNING
When torque tandem control is used, position
control and velocity control are not exercised on
the sub-motor side. Use care.
When two motors are not connected with each
other, applying a force to the main motor side is
very dangerous, because the sub-motor may make
an extremely high-speed rotation.
(2) Applicable servo software series and editions

(Series 0i-C)
NOTE
Servo HRV4 control exercises one-axis control with
one CPU, so that this function cannot be used
together with servo HRV4 control.
- 430 -
B-65270EN/07
Submotor
Main
motor
Reducer
Reducer
Pinion
Pinion
Rack
Fig. 4.21 (a) Example of tandem control application (1)
Gear
Main
motor
Table
Ball screw
Submotor
Fig. 4.21 (b) Example of tandem control application (2)

Servo amplifier
Servo amplifier
Slider
Slider
FB cable
Magnet
Fig. 4.21 (c) Example of exercising tandem control (linking linear motors)
Power
supply
cable
Servo
amplifier
iS300
iS500
iS1000HV
Servo
amplifier
FB cable
Fig. 4.21 (d) Example of exercising tandem control (winding tandem)
- 431 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Start-up procedure

To start tandem control, follow the procedure below.
Start-up
procedure
Set tandem axis

(See <1> in Sec. 4.21(1))
Set direction of motor rotation

(See <2> in Sec. 4.21(2))
Set position feedback

(See <3> in Sec. 4.21(3))
Winding tandem?
Yes
No
Linear motor link?
Enable the motor feedback

sharing function
(See Subsec. 4.21.5)
Yes
No
Full-preload?
Yes
Set full-preload function

No
To adjustment
To usual
adjustment
Fig. 4.21 (e) Start-up procedure flowchart
<1> Tandem axis setting

Tandem control is an optional function.
Refer to the Parameter Manual of CNC for details.
#7
1817 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TANDEM
1817 (FS30i, 16i)
TANDEM (#6)
1:
Enables tandem control. (Set this parameter for the main- and
sub-axes.)
Number of CNC controlled axes (for Series 16i and so on)
1010 (FS16i)
As with the PMC axis, specify a number obtained by subtracting the

number of tandem sub-axes from the number of controlled axes.
If an invalid-parameter alarm is occurred, check whether the value set
in this parameter is correct.
- 432 -
B-65270EN/07
1021 (FS15i)
Parallel-axis name (for Series 15i only)
Specify 77 and 83 for the main axis and sub-axis, respectively.

1023 (FS15i)
Servo axis arrangement
1023 (FS30i, 16i)
This parameter specifies servo axis arrangement.

Set an odd number for the main axis and set an even number ((main
axis) + 1) for the sub-axis.
If 3 is set for a main axis, for example, set 4 for the sub-axis.
NOTE
Specify a tandem sub-axis after a CNC-controlled
axis (command axis) (by referencing the following
examples of setting).
Example of tandem axis setting
(1) For Series 30i, 16i, and so on ( indicates a tandem axis.)
Number of controlled axes = 6
Number of CNC-controlled axes (No. 1010) = 3 (for Series 16i
and so on)
Axis
Axis
number name
1
2
3
4
5
6
X
Y
Z
A
B
C
Position
Servo axis
Tandem
display
arrangement
No. 1817#6
No. 3115#0
No. 1023
1
3
5
2
4
6
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
Remark
CNC axis (main axis)
CNC axis
Tandem control sub-axis (sub-X-axis)
Tandem control sub-axis (sub-Y-axis)
PMC axis
(2) For Series 15i ( indicates a tandem axis.)

Axis
number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Servo axis
Tandem
Axis
arrangement
No. 1817#6
name
No. 1023
XM
YM
Z
A
B
XS
YS
1
3
5
6
7
2
4
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
- 433 -
Parallel
axis
No. 1021
Remark
77
77
0
0
0
83
83

CNC axis
CNC axis
CNC axis
Tandem control sub-axis (sub-X-axis)
Tandem control sub-axis (sub-Y-axis)
B-65270EN/07
<2> Direction of motor rotation

1879 (FS15i)
Direction of motor rotation (DIRCT)
2022 (FS30i, 16i)
Main axis: With a forward direction specified, 111 specifies that the
main axis motor rotates counterclockwise as viewed from
the motor shaft side, while -111 specifies the opposite
direction.
Sub-axis: To cause the sub-axis motor to rotate in the same direction
as for the main axis, specify the same value for both the
sub-axis and the main axis because of their mechanical
structure. To cause the sub-axis motor to reverse, specify a
value whose sign is opposite to that for the normal
direction. For winding tandem, be sure to specify the
values with the same sign.
<3> Position feedback setting

Specify position feedback for both main axis and sub-axis. (See
Subsec. 4.21.8 for a concrete example.)
*
Assume position feedback shown in Fig. 4.21.8 (a) not only for
the main axis but also for the sub-axis.
Series 30i,16i, Series 15i
and so on
Semi-closed or full-closed loop setting No. 1815#1
No. 1815#1
No. 1807#3
CMR setting
No. 1820
No. 1820
Setting the reference counter capacity
No. 1821
No. 1896
Setting the high-resolution Pulsecoder No. 2000#0
No. 1804#0
Setting the number of velocity detection pulses
No. 2023
No. 1876
Setting the number of position detection pulses
No. 2024
No. 1891
Flexible feed gear (numerator) setting
No. 2084
No. 1977
Flexible feed gear (denominator) setting No. 2085
No. 1978
(4) Descriptions of servo parameters for adjustment

The load inertia ratio to be specified for axes subjected to tandem
control differs from that for ordinary axes.
1875 (FS15i)
Load inertia ratio (LDINT)
2021 (FS30i, 16i)
[Standard setting]
(NOTE)
Example of setting
(Load inertia/motor inertia) 256

In typical tandem control, the total load inertia of the machine is borne
by two motors. So, calculate the load inertia for the above formula as
follows:
(Load inertia) = (Total load inertia of machine)/2
The example shown in Fig. 4.21 (a) is used. Assume that the inertia of
each section applied to the motor shaft as follows:
Inertias of the reducers of the main- and sub-axes: J1m, J1s
Inertias of the pinions of the main- and sub-axes: J2m, J2s
Inertia of the rack: J3

(Total load inertia of the machine) = J1m + J2m + J3 + J1s + J2s
- 434 -
B-65270EN/07
When the total load inertia of the machine is double that of the motor
inertia, for example, set the following:
When typical tandem control is used:
(Load inertia ratio) = (2/2) 256 = 256
The result obtained from the above formula may cause oscillation due
to the mechanical structure. In such a case, set a smaller value.
Notes on stable tandem control operation
To ensure stable tandem control operation, the machine must be
capable of performing back-feed.
Back-feed is the moving of the sub-motor from the main motor,
or vice versa, through the connected transmission feature. Then
the back-feed capability is disabled, unstable operation results. In
this case, machine adjustment becomes necessary.
The user can check whether the back-feed capability is enabled.
To make this check in the case of the example shown in Figs.
4.21 (a) and (b), turn the main motor with the power line for the
sub-motor disconnected, and check that the main motor can be
turned with one-third or less of the rated torque of the motor (See
(2) in Subsec. 4.21.8).
- 435 -
4.21.1
B-65270EN/07
Preload Function
By applying an offset to the torque controlled by position (velocity)
feedback, torques of opposite directions can be applied to the main(main motor) and sub-axes (sub-motor) to maintain tension at all times.
This function can reduce the backlash between the main- and sub-axes,
caused by the tandem connection of two motors through gears.
However, this function does not reduce the backlash between the ball
screw and table, which are a feature of the machine system.
For example, set preload +Pre for the main axis and preload -Pre for
the sub-axis. Then, torques are produced as shown below.
If a torque is required during acc./dec., a torque of the same direction
is produced with the two motors. (Load sharing mode)
If no torque is required, for example, during stop state, preload torques
produce tension between the two axes. (Anti-backlash mode)
Sub-axis
Main axis
Pre
+Pre
Stopped
Table
Sub-axis
Main axis Drive torque
Drive torque
Pre
+Pre
Accelerated
Direction of
movement
Sub-axis
Main axis Drive torque
Drive torque
Pre
+Pre
At constant
speed
Drive torque
When friction torque < preload torque
Direction of
movement
When friction torque > preload torque
Direction of
movement
Sub-axis
Drive torque
Main axis
+Pre
Pre
Decelerated
Direction of
movement
Fig. 4.21.1 (a) Changes of torque during movement
- 436 -
B-65270EN/07
Torque command
Torque limit
Main motor
+preload
Required
torque
+preload
preload
Required torque =
(drive torque)/2
(Drive torque)/2 = (main + sub)/2

Sub-motor
Torque limit
Fig. 4.21.1 (b) Relationship between required torque and torque

command for each motor
1980 (FS15i)
Preload value (PRLOAD)
2087 (FS30i, 16i)
Set this parameter for the main- and sub-axes.
CAUTION
Set a value that is as small as possible but greater
than the static friction torque. A set preload torque
is applied to each motor at all times. So, set a
value that does not exceed the rated static torque
of each motor. As a guideline, specify a value
equal to one-third of the rated static torque.
As shown in Fig. 4.21.11 (a) in Subsec. 4.21.11, a
preload torque is added in any case. So, set the
preload torque directions as follows:
When the rotation directions of the main axis
and sub-axis are the same: Different signs
When the rotation directions of the main axis
and sub-axis are different: Same sign
- 437 -

Example of setting
B-65270EN/07
For the iF4/4000 (Servo amplifier i SV 40)

When a preload torque of 1 Nm is to be applied, the torque constant is
0.52 Nm/Arms according to the specifications of the servo motor.
So, the peak value is 0.368 Nm/Ap. The torque is converted to a
current value as follows:
1/0.368 = 2.72 Ap.
The amplifier limit is 40 Ap, so that the value to be set is:
2.72/40 7282 = 495
So, set 495 for the main axis, and -495 for the sub-axis (when the
directions of rotation of the two motors are the same).
When movement of the table is stopped, check whether the system is
in tension. If not, increase this value gradually.
WARNING
When two motors are not connected, always set a
preload value of 0.
The sub-axis motor may rotate at extremely high
speed, which is very dangerous. ( See Subsec.
4.21.10, Tandem Speed Difference Alarm
Function.)
- 438 -
B-65270EN/07
4.21.2
Damping Compensation Function

To enable more stable tandem control, a torque offset can be applied
to the sub-axis, or to both the main- and sub-axes to eliminate a
difference in speed, if any, between the main- and sub-axes.
This function is particularly useful for controlling the vibration (with a
frequency of several Hz to 30 or 40 Hz) that may occur in a machine
system with low spring rigidity.
Torque
command
Current
control
Detector
Preload (main)
Backlash
Spring
Velocity feedback
Damping compensation
Main
motor
+
Kc
Phase
compensation
Table
Velocity feedback
Preload (sub)
Detector
Submotor
Backlash
Spring
Current
control
Fig. 4.21.2 (a) Damping compensation function

#7
1952 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
LAXDMP
2008 (FS30i, 16i)
LAXDMP (#7)
1721 (FS15i)
0:
Enables the damping compensation function for the sub-axis

only.
1: Enables the damping compensation function for the main- and
sub-axes.
Usually, set this bit to 0. (Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
Damping compensation gain Kc (ABPGL)
2036 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Setting method]
Set this parameter for the main axis only.

0 to 32767
Kc 32768 (0 Kc < 0.5)
A function bit is not supported for the damping compensation
function; the damping compensation function is enabled at all times.
When 0 is set in this parameter, the damping compensation function is
ineffective.
- 439 -
B-65270EN/07
Damping compensation phase coefficient (ABPHL)
1721 (FS15i)
2036 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Setting method]
(Example of adjustment)
Set this parameter for the sub-axis only.

51 to 512
512 (0.1 1.0)
When 0 is set in this parameter, this setting is internally handled as
512 ( = 1), When = 1, phase compensation is not performed.
Instead, the set value is output to Kc as is.
The speeds of the motors are checked using the Servo Guide (when
the motors rotate in the same direction).
This function may be useful when the oscillation frequencies (several
Hz to 30 or 40 Hz) are the same, and the phases are opposite as shown
below.
NOTE
1 When the directions of rotation of the main motor
and sub-motor are different, the phase relationship
is reversed.
2 When the phase difference is not 180, the phase
coefficient must be adjusted. Start with 512, then
decrease the value gradually.
Motor speed (main)
Motor speed (sub)
0.5
sec
Fig. 4.21.2 (b) Motor speed vibration
- Adjustment procedure for damping compensation

1
2
Enable the velocity feedback average function.

[No. 1952#2 (Series 15i), No. 2008#2 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)
= 1]
Set an adequate preload value.
[No. 1980 (Series 15i), No. 2087 (Series 30i, 16i, and so on)]
Set a value slightly larger than the load applied during
movement.
- 440 -
B-65270EN/07
4.21.3
If dual-position feedback function is used, set a time constant of

200 [No. 1973 (Series 15i), No. 2080 (Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)].
Adjust the setting of the parameter to ensure stable axis
movement.
Set 0 or 512 as phase coefficient .
[Sub-axis No.1721 (Series 15i), No. 2036 (Series 30i, 16i, and so
on)]
If 512 is set, the value may have to be reduced when the
vibration phase difference between the motors is other than 180.
(See Fig. 4.21.2 (b).)
Set a damping gain of 3277.
[Main axis No. 1721 (Series 15i), No. 2036 (Series 30i, 16i, and
so on)]
To reduce the vibration, this value must be increased or
decreased.
Be careful not to increase this value excessively. Otherwise,
high-frequency vibration will occur.
When adjusting this parameter, apply the maximum axis load.
Repeat steps 2 through 5 until smooth movement is achieved.
Velocity Feedback Average Function

As can be seen from the tandem control block diagram shown in Fig.
4.21.10(a) in Subsec. 4.21.10, velocity control is not applied to the
sub-axis motor. For this reason, the sub-axis may vibrate and become
unstable due to a backlash such as, for example, in the gears, in a
machine with a large backlash. In such a case, the machine can be
made stable by applying velocity control to the sub-axis as well.
This function is referred to as the velocity feedback average function.
#7
#6
#5
1952 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VFBAVE
2008 (FS30i, 16i)
VFBAVE (#2)
1:
Enables the velocity feedback average function. Usually, set this

bit to 1. (Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
- 441 -
4.21.4
B-65270EN/07
Servo Alarm 2-axis Simultaneous Monitor Function

If an alarm occurs in either of two axis motors used to operate a
machine in concert as in synchronization control or tandem control, it
is necessary to stop the other axis immediately so as to prevent the
machine from being twisted.
This function monitors two axes (controlled by the same DSP)
simultaneously for servo alarm conditions. If an alarm condition is
detected in either of the two axes, the function can promptly turn off
activation (MCC) for the other axis.
This function is not confined to tandem axes. It can be used also axes
(controlled by the same DSP) under synchronization control.
#7
#6
#5
1951 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
IGNVRO ESP2AX
2007 (FS30i, 16i)
ESP2AX (#0) 1:
Enables the servo alarm two-axis monitor function.

(Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
IGNVRO(#1) 1:
An alarm condition is released 2 seconds after the servo alarm 2-axis

simultaneous monitor function holds the alarm condition.
(Series 9096, and Series 90B0/B(02) and earlier editions are not
supported.)
Some systems have a configuration in which the ESP line of the PSM
is cut off with an interlocked machine door, independently of the
emergency stop button, for safety purposes. In these systems, the
amplifier is turned off with an emergency stop not in effect, and
therefore, a "V ready-off alarm" is occurred. This alarm is evaded by
using the "VRDY OFF alarm invalidation signal."
Conventionally, however, it was impossible to use "PSM cut-off based
on the VRDY OFF alarm invalidation signal" along with the "servo
alarm 2-axis simultaneous monitor function." This is because the
"servo alarm 2-axis simultaneous monitor function" holds an alarm
condition in the servo software and will not activate a motor even after
the ESP line is connected.
To evade this problem, a function has been added which clears
information about an alarm condition from the servo software 2
seconds after the alarm condition is detected. This way, it is possible
to use the "servo alarm 2-axis simultaneous monitor function" along
with "PSM cut-off based on the VRDY OFF alarm invalidation
signal."
- 442 -
B-65270EN/07
NOTE
It is necessary to release the VRDY OFF alarm
invalidation signal 2 seconds after the PSM ESP
signal is turned off.
ESP
Alarm
detected
2 seconds
VRDY OFF alarm

invalidation
To be tuned off 2 seconds after the ESP is turned off
- 443 -
4.21.5
B-65270EN/07
Motor Feedback Sharing Function

To achieve improved thrust, two linear motors may be connected in
series.
When linear motors are connected in series, one position feedback
signal, which is originally available for the main axis, is to be shared
by the sub-axis as well. In this case, the motor feedback sharing
function can be used.
This function can also be used when a motor (iS300/2000,
iS500/2000, iS1000/2000HV) with the wire tandem specification
is used.
NOTE
When using this function in a full-closed loop
system, the main axis shares its separate detector
feedback loop with the sub-axis.
#7
1960 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PFBCPY
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
PFBCPY (#7) 1:
The motor feedback signal for the main axis is shared with the
sub-axis motor.
(Set this parameter for the sub-axis only.)
NC
Feedback cable
Main axis feedback
Linear motor
Linear motor
Copy
Magnet
Sub-axis feedback
Fig. 4.21.5 Motor feedback sharing function
NOTE
If the scale of an axis for which this function is used
is based on the A/B phase, the sub-axis side
cannot perform absolute position communication.
Accordingly, note that this function cannot be used
with an absolute system.
- 444 -
B-65270EN/07
4.21.6
Full-closed Feedback Sharing Function

If a feedback cable cannot be divided into two as in the case of a serial
cable, this function enables one separate position feedback to be
shared by the main axis and sub-axis by means of software.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
1740 (FS15i)
#1
#0
FULLCP
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
FULLCP(#1)
1:
A separate position feedback is shared by the main axis and the

sub-axis.
(To be set for the sub-axis only.)
NC
Main axis motor FB
Sub-axis motor FB
Main axis separate FB

Copy
Sub-axis separate FB
Main
motor
Separate FB cable
Scale
Sub
motor
Fig. 4.21.7 (d) Full-closed feedback sharing function
NOTE
If the scale of an axis for which this function is used
is based on the A/B phase, the sub-axis side
cannot perform absolute position communication.
Accordingly, note that this function cannot be used
with an absolute system.
- 445 -
4.21.7
B-65270EN/07
Adjustment
(1) Examples of parameter setting

This section gives examples of parameter setting.
<1> Full-closed loop system using a 1-m increment system,
8080P/motor revolution for scale feedback, a scale detection unit
of 0.5 m/P, and an iA1000 Pulsecoder (conventional tandem)
Main
CMR
Position command
4040P/rev
4
2
8080P/rev
Position
control
Motor
i Pulsecoder
FFG
4
1000000P/rev
Motor position feedback
4
Reference
counter
capacity
DMR
4
8080P/rev
Machine position feedback
Sub
CMR
+
4
2
Machine
8080P/rev
Position
control
Motor
i Pulsecoder
FFG
101
1000000P/rev
Motor position feedback
12500
Reference
counter
capacity
8080P/rev
DMR
4
4
Fig. 4.21.8 (a) Example of position feedback setting
Tandem axis
Full-closed loop
CMR
High-resolution Pulsecoder
Number of velocity detection pulses
Number of position detection pulses
Flexible feed gear
Flexible feed gear
Series 30i, 16i, and so on Series 15i

No. 1817#6
No. 1817#1
No. 1815#1
No. 1815#1
No. 1807#3
No. 1820
No. 1820
No. 1821
No. 1896
No. 2000#0
No. 1804#0
No. 2023
No. 1876
No. 2024
No. 1891
No. 2084
No. 1977
No. 2085
No. 1978
- 446 -
Main
1
1
1
4
8080
0
8192
8080
0
0
Sub
1
0
0
4
8080
0
8192
12500
101
12500
B-65270EN/07
<2> Semi-closed loop system using a 1/1000deg increment system,

rotary axis with a gear reduction ratio of 1/984, and an iA1000
Pulsecoder (conventional tandem)
Tandem axis
Semi-closed loop

No. 1817#6
No. 1815#1
No. 1820
No. 1821
No. 2000#0
No. 2023
No. 2024
No. 2084
No. 2085
CMR
Flexible feed gear
Flexible feed gear
(NOTE)
360000/984
1000000
36
98400
Series 15i
No. 1817#1
No. 1815#1
No. 1807#3
No. 1820
No. 1896
No. 1804#0
No. 1876
No. 1891
No. 1977
No. 1978
Main
1
0
0
2
15000
0
8192
12500
3
8200
Sub
1
0
0
2
15000
0
8192
12500
3
8200
3
8200
<3> Assuming a semi-closed loop system with an increment system

of 0.1 m, 10 mm stroke per motor revolution, and iS300
motor (winding tandem):
Tandem axis
CMR
Motor feedback sharing function
Flexible feed gear
Flexible feed gear

No. 1817#6
No. 1820
No. 1821
No. 2000#0
No. 2018#7
No. 2023
No. 2024
No. 2084
No. 2085
- 447 -
Series 15i
No. 1817#1
No. 1820
No. 1896
No. 1804#0
No. 1960#7
No. 1876
No. 1891
No. 1977
No. 1978
Main
Sub
1
2
100000
1
0
819
1250
10
100
1
2
100000
1
1
819
1250
10
100
B-65270EN/07
(2) Back-feed confirmation method

Back-feed means the feasibility that the axis can be driven not only
from motor side but also from machine table side.
(a) Check whether back-feed is possible when the machine is
connected and the power line is removed.
If back-feed is impossible, unstable control will result, and
machine adjustment such as a gear box adjustment will be
necessary.
<1> Making a check manually
First, turn the shaft of the main motor manually to check
that the sub-motor turns. Next, turn the shaft of the
sub-motor manually to check that the main motor turns. If
these checks are successful, back-feed is possible.
<2> Making a check using NC commands
After checking (b) and (c) below, remove the sub-motor
power line. Then, enter a plus (+) command or minus (-)
command to rotate the main motor. Check that the main
motor can be turned with one-third or less of its rated static
torque. When this check is successful, back-feed is possible.
(b) With the machine connected, activate the motors. At this time,
release the emergency stop state after reducing the torque limit
by a factor of about 10.
Check the motor current on the servo adjustment screen. If the
current increases gradually, the directions of rotation of the mainand sub-motors may not be set correctly.
(c) Check the operation by entering a plus (+) command and minus
(-) command.
If the error persists due to friction load, increase the torque limit.
(d) If the operation is normal, return the torque limit to its original
value, and then set a preload value.
- 448 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Adjustment items

If vibration occurs:
Check the position feedback setting (<3> in Sec. 4.21(3)).
With SERVO GUIDE, check VCMD, TCMD, and POSF (VT

display). (With the check board, check the Vcmd, Tcmd, and
SPEED signals.)
(a) A higher gear reduction ratio tends to produce more backlash,
such that unstable operation will result from the sub-axis running
between backlashes.
Enable the velocity feedback average function.
(No. 1952#2 = 1) Series 15i
(No. 2008#2 = 1) Series 30i, 16i, and so on
(b) The main axis and sub-axis vibrate at the same frequency
(several Hz to 30 or 40 Hz) as a result of the spring rigidity being
low.
(The twist rigidity is proportional to the second power of the gear
reduction ratio, so that the frequency is probably a lower
resonant frequency.)
Enable damping compensation.
(See the adjustment procedure described in Subsec. 4.21.2.)
(No. 1952#2 = 1) Series 15i
(No. 2008#2 = 1) Series 30i, 16i, and so on
(c) The operation of a full-closed-loop system is unstable.
Check the position feedback setting (<3> in Sec. 4.21(3).)
If the parameters are set correctly, place the system in
semi-closed loop mode, then adjust the system to achieve
stable operation.
Then, return the system to full-closed loop mode. If the
operation is still unstable, apply a function such as the dual
position feedback function.
(d) In the stop state, no tension is established between the main axis
and sub-axis.
Set a preload value of 0, and check the torque in the stop
state.
Then, set a preload value greater than the stop-state torque.
(No. 1980) Series 15i
(No. 2087) Series 30i, 16i, and so on
(e) Position-dependent vibration occurs.
Change the feedrate to determine whether the vibration
frequency is constant or proportional to the feedrate.
If the vibration frequency is proportional to the feedrate,
position-dependent vibration is occurring. Check
position-related items such as the number of gear teeth.
- 449 -
4.21.8
B-65270EN/07
Cautions for Controlling One Axis with Two Motors
(1) Tandem control and synchronous control (position tandem control)

selection criteria
Two control methods are supported to enable the control of one axis
using two motors: tandem control and synchronous control. The
(simple) synchronous control method controls the position of the
master axis and slave axis by using the same command. Position
control is exercised separately on each of the master axis and slave
axis. Control exercised when the master axis and slave axis are
allocated on the same CPU is particularly referred to as position
tandem control.
The tandem control method exercises position control over the main
axis only; this method exercises torque control over the sub-axis only.
(For clarity, the terms master and slave are used for synchronous
control, while main and sub are used for tandem control.)
When building an actual machine system, select a control method
suitable for the system, understanding the differences between the two
control methods.
In general, synchronous control, which controls the positions of two
axes, enables higher-precision control than torque tandem control.
Basically, use synchronous control in cases other than the following:
(Cases where torque tandem control is mainly used)
When the output torques of two motors should be the same
When the influence of backlash between two axes on a large

machine should be eliminated
When an inter-axis interference occurs to make control unstable

if synchronous control is used
Main
motor
Submotor
Reducer
Reducer
Fig. 4.21.9 (a) Example of tandem control (machine system supporting back-feed)
Main
motor
Main
motor
Submotor
Submotor
Fig. 4.21.9 (b) Example of synchronous control

(to suppress the effect of a position difference)
- 450 -
Fig. 4.21.9 (c) Example of tandem control

(when a torque two times greater is required)
B-65270EN/07
4.21.9
Velocity loop integrator copy function

If the velocity loop integrator gets unbalanced between the master and
slave during synchronous or velocity command tandem control, the
axes may get twisted, leading to an OVC alarm.
This problem can be solved using a function that copies the velocity
loop integrator from the master axis to the slave axis, thereby
preventing integrator imbalance between the master and slave.
#7
#6
#5
2686 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
WSVCP
2273 (FS30i, 16i)
WSVCP(#1) 1:
The loop integrator of the master axis is copied to the slave axis.
(Specify only the slave axis.)
(Series 9096, and Series 90B0/M(13) and earlier editions are not
supported.)
2
3
4
5
CAUTION
When using this function, ensure that an
odd-numbered servo axis is assigned to the master
axis, and an even-numbered servo axis ((master
axis) + 1) is assigned to the slave axis.
No compatibility problem occurs between this
function and the system software.
This function bit is usable when simple
synchronous control or velocity command tandem
control is in use.
This function cannot be used together with the
preload function.
It is impossible to specify functions related to the
velocity loop integrator (such as the incomplete
integral or low-speed integral function) separately
for the master axis and slave axis.
This function cannot be used together with servo
HRV4 control.
- 451 -
4.21.10
B-65270EN/07
Tandem Speed Difference Alarm Function
(1) Overview
Torque tandem control is a method of control for driving a rigidly
connected machine by using two motors. The speed of the sub-axis
side is not controlled. This means that if the mechanical connection is
canceled and a force is applied to the main axis side, the sub-axis can
rotate at an unnecessarily high speed. This function monitors the
speed difference between the main axis and sub-axis, and when the
parameter-set threshold is exceeded, "SV0641 SPEED DIFFERENCE
ALARM" is detected.

(Series 0i-C)
NOTE
The NC software of the following series and editions supports the message display
of alarm SV0641. Note that if NC software that does not support the message
display of alarm SV0641 is used, the message "SV0448 UNMATCHED
FEEDBACK ALARM" is displayed when this alarm is issued.
Series 30i-A
Series G002, G012, G022 / 21.0 and subsequent editions
Series G003, G013, G023 / first edition and subsequent editions
Series 31i-A
Series G101, G111 / 21.0 and subsequent editions
Series G103, G113 / first edition and subsequent editions
Series 31i-A5
Series G121, G131 / 21.0 and subsequent editions
Series G123, G133 / first edition and subsequent editions
Series 32i-A
Series G201 / 21.0 and subsequent editions
Series G203 / first edition and subsequent editions
Series 16i-MB
Series B0HA / 18 and subsequent editions
Series 16i-TB
Series B1HA / 25 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-MB
Series BDHA / 18 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-TB
Series BEHA / 25 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-MB5 Series BDHE / 08 and subsequent editions
Series 21i-MB
Series DDHA / 18 and subsequent editions
Series 21i-TB
Series DEHA / 25 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-C
Not applied to this function currently
Series 0iMate-C Not applied to this function currently
Power Mate i-D Series 88E1 / 06 and subsequent editions
Series 88E3 / 04 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-H Series 88F2 / 13 and subsequent editions
Series 88F3 / 04 and subsequent editions
There is no plan for enabling the Series 15i-MB and Series 0i-B to support the
message display of alarm SV0641. (Alarm SV0448 is issued at all times.)
- 452 -
B-65270EN/07

Set new parameters only with the slave axis of tandem control.
#7
#6
#5
1951(FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
VLDALM
2007(FS30i,16i)
VLDALM (#4)
2770(FS15i)
The tandem speed difference alarm function is:

0: Used. (The tandem speed difference alarm function is enabled by
default.)
1: Not used.
Maximum permitted tandem speed difference
2357(FS30i,16i)
[Valid data range]

[Unit of data]
0 to 2000
min-1 (10 mm/min when a linear motor is used)
When 0 is set in this parameter, the threshold for the tandem speed
difference alarm function is set to 1000 by default.
When a negative value is set in this parameter, this function is
disabled.
- 453 -
Command
Scale
Full-closed loop
Semi-closed loop
1/2
+
+
+
+
- 454 +
Fig. 4.21.11 Tandem control (typical)
Preload (sub)
Damping
compensation
Velocity feedback
Torque command
(main)
Current
control
Velocity feedback
Torque command
(sub)
Current
control
Velocity feedback averaging
Velocity
control
Torque
command
+
Position
control
Velocity command
Submotor
Servo
amplifier
Main
motor
Servo
amplifier
Machine
4.21.11
Preload (main)

B-65270EN/07
Block Diagrams
(1) Tandem control
B-65270EN/07
4.22
SERVO TUNING TOOL SERVO GUIDE
4.22.1
SERVO GUIDE
(1) Overview
The servo tuning tool SERVO GUIDE has the following features.
PC-based integrated tuning tool for servo spindles
Can be connected easily with a PCMCIA-LAN card from the

front of the CNC
GUI-based ease of use
Automatic tuning with the tuning navigator (Ver. 2.00 or later)
[Software ordering information]

A08B-9010-J900 (supplied on a CD-ROM)
[Upgrade ordering information]
A08B-9010-J901 (supplied on a CD-ROM)
To install software from an upgrade CD, SERVO GUIDE or i TUNE
of an older edition must have been installed on the personal computer
used.
- 455 -
B-65270EN/07
(2) Operating environment

The following table lists operating environments for the servo tuning
tool SERVO GUIDE. The operating environment must be configured
with the listed hardware and software.
CNC
Series 30i, 31i, 32i -MODEL A or later

Series 16i, 18i, 21i, 20i -MODEL Bor later
Series 0i -MODEL B, C
Series 0i Mate -MODEL B, C
Power Mate i -MODEL D, H
Pulse input type digital servo adapter
(Note 1)
Personal computer
PC/AT compatible
Ethernet port (for Ethernet connection)
FANUC HSSB board (for HSSB connection)
or
CNC display unit with PC functions (PANEL i)
OS
Microsoft Windows 98/Me

Microsoft Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Vista
Microsoft Windows 2000 or later is recommended.
Viewing online help requires Internet Explorer 4.01 or later.
CPU
The recommended operating environment of the OS must be followed.

98/Me
: Pentium 200MHz or later
NT4.0/2000 : Pentium 200MHz or later
XP
: Pentium III 500MHz or later
Vista
: Pentium III 1GHz or later
Memory
The recommended operating environment of the OS must be followed.

98/Me
: 64MB or more (Recommended 128MB or more)
NT4.0/2000 : 128MB or more (Recommended 256MB or more)
XP
: 256MB or more (Recommended 512MB or more)
Vista
: 512MB or more (Recommended 1GB or more)
Hard disk
35MB or more
(70MB during installation)
Display resolution
SVGA (800 600) or higher

(XGA (1024 768) or higher is recommended.)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
(Note 5)
(Note 6)
(Note 7)
Printer
Printer added by printer setting on Windows
PCMCIA LAN card

(for Ethernet connection)
Card specified by FANUC (A02B-0281-K710)
Others
Cross Ethernet cable and coupler (required for Ethernet connection)

(Note 9)
*
*
(Note 8)
Microsoft, Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft

Corporation.
This manual contains the program names or device names of
other companies, some of which are registered trademarks of
respective owners.
- 456 -
B-65270EN/07
Note 1 The following software series and editions support SERVO

GUIDE.
[System software]
Series 30i-A
G001/23 and subsequent editions,
G00A/01 and subsequent editions,
G022/01 and subsequent editions
(SERVO GUIDE Ver. 3.00 or later)
Series 31i-A
Series 31i-A5
Series 32i-A
Series 16i-MB
B0H1/05 and subsequent editions
B0HA/01 and subsequent editions
B0HK/01 and subsequent editions
B0K1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 16i-TB
B1H1/06 and subsequent editions (*)
B1HA/01 and subsequent editions (*)
B1HK/01 and subsequent editions (*)
B1K1/01 and subsequent editions (*)
Series 18i-MB
BDH1/05 and subsequent editions
BDHA/01 and subsequent editions
BDHK/01 and subsequent editions
BDK1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-MB5
BDH5/01 and subsequent editions
BDHE/01 and subsequent editions
BDK5/01 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-TB
BEH1/06 and subsequent editions (*)
BEHA/01 and subsequent editions (*)
BEHK/01 and subsequent editions (*)
BEK1/01 and subsequent editions (*)
Series 21i-MB
DDH1/05 and subsequent editions
DDHA/01 and subsequent editions
DDHK/01 and subsequent editions
DDK1/01 and subsequent editions
- 457 -
B-65270EN/07
DEH1/06 and subsequent editions (*)

DEHA/01 and subsequent editions (*)
DEHK/01 and subsequent editions (*)
DEK1/01 and subsequent editions (*)
Series 20i-FB
D0H1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 20i-TB
D1H1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-MC
D4B1/01 and subsequent editions
D4C1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-TC
D6B1/01 and subsequent editions
D6C1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-TTC
D6D1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i Mate-MC D511/01 and subsequent editions
D521/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i Mate-TC D711/01 and subsequent editions
D721/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-MB
D4A1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i-TB
D6A1/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i Mate-MB D501/01 and subsequent editions
Series 0i Mate-TB D701/01 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-D
88E0/18 and subsequent editions
Power Mate i-H
88F2/01 and subsequent editions
Pulse input type digital servo adapter [A03B-0818-B121]
88F2/01 and subsequent editions
Series 21i-TB
(*) For some of the T series CNCs, the system software of the
following editions is required to make a rigid tapping
synchronization error measurement:
Series 16i-TB B1H1/15 and subsequent editions
Series 18i-TB BEH1/15 and subsequent editions
Series 21i-TB DEH1/15 and subsequent editions
[Relationship between the Ethernet and open CNC]
For Series 30i, 31i, 32i
656E/06 and subsequent editions
656F/07 and subsequent editions
- 458 -
B-65270EN/07
For Series 30i, 31i, 32i (when a 15 display is used)

Software for 15 display control
A02B-0207-J595#60VB 1.3 and subsequent editions
A02B-0207-J595#60VB 1.7 and subsequent editions
For Series 310is, 310is, 320is
WindowsCE.NET customized OS
A02B-0207-J594 1.2 and subsequent editions
WindowsCE.NET FOCAS2/HSSB library
A02B-0207-J808 1.5 and subsequent editions (SERVO
GUIDE Ver. 4.00 or later)
A02B-0207-J808 1.7 and subsequent editions (I/O
Link i)
WindowsCE.NET standard application/library
For Series 16i, 18i, 21i
656A/03 and subsequent editions (Edition 656A/07
does not support the use of the PCMCIA LAN card.)
656A/04 and subsequent editions (when a sub-CPU is
provided)
656A/13 and subsequent editions (I/O Link i)
For Series 0i-C, 20i-B
656V/01 and subsequent editions
For Series 0i-B
656A/05 and subsequent editions (Edition 656A/07
does not support the use of the PCMCIA LAN card.)
For Power Mate i
6567/01 and subsequent editions
6567/17 and subsequent editions (I/O Link i)
For
pulse
input
type
digital
servo
adapter
[A03B-0818-B121]
6567/19 and subsequent editions
[Servo software]
For Series 30i,31i,32i
90D0/03(C) and subsequent editions,
90E0/03(C) and subsequent editions
For Series 16i,18i,21i,20i,0i,Power Mate i
90B0/06(F) and subsequent editions
(Note that using the tuning navigator requires
90B0/20(T) and subsequent editions.)
90B6/01(A) and subsequent editions,
90B8/01(A) and subsequent editions
For Series 21i, 0i, Power Mate i
9096/01(A) and subsequent editions
(They do not support the tuning navigator.)
- 459 -
B-65270EN/07
[Spindle software]
For Series 30i,31i,32i
9D70/02 and subsequent editions
(For i series spindle)
For Series 16i,18i,21i,0i,Power Mate i
(For i series spindle)
For Series 16i,18i,21i,0i,Power Mate i
(For series spindle)
(For some series spindles, restrictions are placed on
data acquisition.)
[Related to I/O Link i]
Control software for I/O Link i
88A6/03(C) and subsequent editions
Power Mate CNC manager (J674)
Option
For Series 16i,18i,21i,Power Mate i
Power Mate CNC manager function (for i)
8A01/03(C) and subsequent editions
SERVO GUIDE may operate on combinations other than stated
above. For i series models, however, SERVO GUIDE can run
only on the combinations stated above.
In SERVO GUIDE version 3.00 and later versions, the parameter
window and program window also support the multipath CNC.
Note 2 It has yet to be verified whether SERVO GUIDE operates on
Windows 95.
Note 3 To use this software on Windows NT 4.0, install Service Pack
3 or later. Service Pack is available from Microsoft.
Note 4 On Windows 98/Me, opening multiple parameter and graph
windows at a time may result in insufficient resources. We
recommend Windows 2000 or later be used.
Note 5 Online help cannot be displayed unless Internet Explorer 4.01
or later is available.
Note 6 In addition to the program area, a storage area is necessary to
hold measured data.
Note 7 SERVO GUIDE can operate also on SVGA. If multiple
windows are open on SVGA, however, they overlap on one
another, impairing legibility.
Note 8 If you are using a Windows CE-based "is Series" CNC (160is,
180is, 210is), you do not need this card, because no LAN card
can be used to connect between the PC and CNC. (Use a
built-in Ethernet port for connection.)
With the is Series of the Series 30i (the 300is, 310is, and
320is), connection using a LAN card is also possible.
- 460 -
B-65270EN/07
For use with the Power Mate i or pulse input type digital servo
adapter, connection using the PCMCIA-LAN card is disabled.
Get ready the following:
For the Power Mate i
- Fast Ethernet board (A02B-0259-J293)
- Fast Ethernet option (A02B-0259-J862)
- Ethernet software (A02B-0259-J555#6567)
- Extended basic 1 function option (A02B-0259-J878)
- Extended driver/library (A02B-0259-J847)
For the pulse input type digital servo adapter
- Fast Ethernet board (A02B-0259-J293)
- Fast Ethernet option (A03B-0818-J909)
- Ethernet software (A02B-0259-J555#6567)
Note 9 A FANUC-supplied LAN card is provided with a straight
cable with an RJ45 male connector attached. The following
figure shows how the cable is used to connect directly
between the PC and CNC.
Coupler
Cross cable
Straight cable
(The cross cable and coupler are available from general PC

stores.)
The following figure shows how a hub is used to connect
between the PC and CNC. No coupler is needed. However,
you need to prepare a straight cable.
hub
Straight cable
Straight cable
If you are using an HSSB, you may probably use an optical

cable to connect between the CNC and PC as shown below.
Using SERVO GUIDE does not require any additional
connection.
* Even if you are using a CNC display unit with PC functions,
such as the 160i, no additional connection is needed.
Optical cable
- 461 -
B-65270EN/07
(3) Software specification overview

The servo tuning tool SERVO GUIDE has four windows ("parameter
window," "graph window," "program window," and "tuning
navigator"). The software specification overview of each window
follows.
(a) Parameter window
Reads parameters from the NC, categorizes them by function,

and displays them.
Supports servo and spindle parameters.
Supports the automatic acc./dec. function for high speed and high
precision.
Lets you modify NC parameters on the PC.

*
The multipath system is supported by Version 3.00 and later
versions.
Supports reading of the parameters of a CNC that employs the

FANUC Remote Option System.
*
Version 4.00 and later versions.
(Details of supported functions)
System setting
Servo axis setting
Acceleration/deceleration
Current control
Velocity control
Position control
Contour error
suppression
Overshoot improvement
High-speed positioning
Stop
Unexpected disturbance
torque detection
Linear motor
Spindle system setting
Spindle system
configuration
Extracting and displaying information related to servo

sections from CNC options.
Whether there is a separate detector, rotary/linear
motor, CMR, flexible feed gear, etc.
Time constants for acc./dec. before interpolation and
acc./dec. after interpolation, speed difference related to
automatic deceleration at corner, arc radius-based
feedrate clamp setting, and acceleration-based
deceleration setting (ordinary control, advanced preview
control, AI advanced preview control, AI contour control,
AI nano-contour control, high-precision contour control,
AI nano high-precision contour control, AI contour
control I/II)
HRV, HRV2, HRV3, or HRV4 control
Velocity loop gain setting, setting related to filters for
measures for vibration in machine sections, vibration
control, and dual position feedback
Setting of position gain
Setting related to feed-forward, backlash acceleration,
and fine acc./dec. (for Series 16i and so on)
Setting for overshoot correction
Setting of FAD + advanced preview feed-forward and
position gain line graph
Setting related to brake control and quick stop at
emergency stop
Estimated disturbance value tuning and alarm detection
level
Setting of AMR conversion coefficient and smoothing
compensation
Extracting and displaying information related to spindles
from CNC options.
Motor edge sensor setting, spindle edge sensor setting,
and gear ratio setting (main and sub)
- 462 -
B-65270EN/07
Spindle ordinary velocity

control
Orientation
Rigid tapping
Cs contour control
Spindle synchronous
control
Velocity loop gain setting and filter setting for

anti-vibration (main and sub) or resonance elimination
filter
Basic setting, stop position setting, velocity control
setting, position control setting, resonance elimination
filter, optimum orientation setting, and high-speed
orientation setting
Command setting, velocity control setting (main and
sub), position control setting, and fine acc./dec. (for
Series 16i and so on)
Command setting, velocity control setting, position
control setting, fine acc./dec. (for Series 16i and so on),
and resonance elimination filter
Velocity control setting, position control setting, and
resonance elimination filter
Function categories
- Acceleration/deceleration
- Velocity control
- Rigid tapping, etc.
Tip on parameters
pattern display
Parameter setting
Parameter window (example)
(b) Graph window
Data measurement and display

Horizontal axis time mode
Ordinary mode, first-order differential mode, second-order
differential mode (YT mode)
Feed smoothness measurement mode (DXDY mode)
Tangential velocity display mode (XTVT mode)
Synchronization error measurement mode (Synchro mode)
XY mode (Polar coordinate interpolation and coordinate
conversion under angular axis control are possible.)
Arc path error expansion mode (Circle mode)
Arbitrary figure path error expansion mode (Contour mode)
Frequency spectrum analysis mode (Fourier mode)
Velocity loop frequency characteristic measurement mode
(Bode mode)
Data can be measured on both servo and spindle sections (even if
mixed)
- 463 -
B-65270EN/07
For non-i series spindles, restrictions are placed on

measured data.
Simultaneous measurement is possible on up to eight channels
(with Version 4.10 or later, or up to six channels with earlier
versions).
*
Up to four channels for two servo axes
*
Up to two channels per spindle
When I/O Link i axes are measured, up to two channels can be
measured simultaneously.
*
Only one I/O Link i axis can be measured at a time.
*
Different I/O Link i axes cannot be measured
simultaneously.
*
An I/O Link i axis and another CNC axis cannot be
measured simultaneously.
Display data can be printed output.
*
Bit map data can be read via the clip board.
The highest-speed sampling period equals the current control
period or 62.5 us, whichever longer (servo axis only).
*
Example of measuring contour errors under Cs

contour axis control
Example of measuring velocity loop frequency

characteristics
Graph window (example)
- 464 -
B-65270EN/07
Linear motor smoothing compensation parameter

determination function
(Can be used with SERVO GUIDE Ver. 2.00 or later)
This function can easily determine the parameter for the
smoothing compensation function used to improve the feed
smoothness of a linear motor/synchronous built-in servo motor.
(Screen example)
Magnetic
pole position
(Tuning example)
Before tuning of smoothing compensation
After tuning of smoothing compensation
Torque command
- 465 -
B-65270EN/07
Cursor function
Area expansion mode selection
Cursor display panel

Display of waveform information
Display of the vertical cursor
Display of the horizontal cursor
Cursor
Waveform information
By using the horizontal and vertical cursors, a waveform

measurement can be made.
The type of possible measurement depends on the display mode
as described below.
YT mode
: Inter-cursor differential measurement (time
measurement)
Measurements of a maximum value (Max),
minimum value (Min), average (Ave), and
root-mean-square (RMS) value in an
inter-cursor area
XY mode
: Inter-cursor differential measurement
Fourier mode : Frequency, magnitude, phase
Bode mode
: Frequency, gain, phase
Area expansion function

In the area expansion mode, a rectangular area can be selected by
dragging the left mouse button within the graph display area. By
left-clicking in the selected area, the selected area can be
enlarged.
Left-click in a selected rectangular area.
- 466 -
B-65270EN/07
(c) Program window
Test program creation assistance

One-axis linear acc./dec.
Arc
Rectangle
Rectangle with rounded corners
Rigid tapping
Cs contour
Test program path display
Sending test programs to NC memory and executing them
(The operator must press the start button.)
Selecting and executing a program from NC memory
(The operator must press the start button.)
Printing a created program
The multipath system is supported by Version 3.00 and later
versions.
Program
command
path
Settings of
conditions
- Distance
- Radius
- Velocity, etc.
Character
strings in an
automatically
created
program
Program window (example)
- 467 -
B-65270EN/07
(d) Tuning navigator
Conditions for use

-
Automatic tuning of velocity loop gain and filters

High-speed and high-precision function setup support
Automatic tuning of rapid traverse time constant
Automatic quadrant protrusion compensation function
NOTE
Some functions cannot be used, depending on the
version of SERVO GUIDE and the series and
editions of CNC and servo software.
[Automatic tuning of velocity loop gain and filters] (Version 2.00
and later versions)
Measures the frequency characteristics of a velocity loop
while making the tool move along an axis to automatically
determine the values of the velocity loop gain and
resonance elimination filter parameters. Submitted
parameter values can be fine-tuned to verify their effects.
(This function is not supported by servo software Series
9096.)
Filter tuning (example)
- 468 -
B-65270EN/07
[High-speed and high-precision function setup support] (Version

2.00 and later versions)
In a program for a square with corner rounding, the support
adjusts the parameters for high-speed and high-precision
functions while confirming overshoots. High-speed and
high-precision functions have multiple tuning parameters.
FANUC-recommended parameter sets (sets that give
priority to speed and those that give priority to precision)
are provided, and values between them can be selected
easily with a single operation on the slider.
High-speed and high-precision function tuning (example)
- 469 -
B-65270EN/07
[Automatic tuning of rapid traverse time constant] (Version 4.00

and later versions)
By measuring the velocity and torque when a movement is
made on an axis by rapid traverse, this function
automatically determines a rapid traverse time constant.
With this function, a rapid traverse time constant can be
determined quickly.
Example of tuning
85%
Velocity
15%
Torque command
Linear time constant 300 ms
Linear time constant 32 ms
Bell-shaped time constant 96 ms
Bell-shaped time constant 32 ms
- 470 -
B-65270EN/07
[Automatic quadrant protrusion compensation function] (Version

4.00 and later versions)
By making several circular motions, this function
automatically determines the parameter for automatic
quadrant protrusion compensation. With this function,
quadrant protrusion tuning on an arc can be performed
quickly and easily.
This function is usable with the Series 30i, 31i, and 32i.
Example of tuning
<1> During learning
Result of learning
<2> Recognition of optimum compensation
Compensation value calculation
<3> <1> to <2> are executed at three different feedrates.

<4> Parameter presentation
<5> Result check (Compensation

parameter application to the horizontal
axis)
- 471 -
B-65270EN/07
(4) Tuning procedure overview

<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
Specify parameters from the parameter window.

In the program window, create, send, and execute test programs.
In the graph window, measure data.
Repeat steps <1> to <3> to make optimum tunings while
watching the graphed data.
For details of usage, refer to "FANUC SERVO GUIDE Operator's

Manual (B-65404EN)" or the online manual after software
installation.
- 472 -
5.DETAILS OF PARAMETERS
B-65270EN/07
DETAILS OF PARAMETERS
Chapter 5, "DETAILS OF PARAMETERS", consists of the following
sections:
5.1 DETAILS OF THE SERVO PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i,
31i, 32i, 15i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, 20i, Power Mate i (SERIES 90D0,
90E0, 90B0, 90B1, 90B6, 90B5, AND 9096)...........................474
- 473 -
5.1
B-65270EN/07
DETAILS OF THE SERVO PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i,

31i, 32i, 15i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, 20i, Power Mate i (SERIES
90D0, 90E0, 90B0, 90B1, 90B6, 90B5, AND 9096)
The descriptions of parameters follow.
For parameters for which a specification method is not described, do
not change the parameters from the values set up automatically during
servo parameter initialization.
The parameter in the top left cell applies to Series 15i; the one in the
bottom left cell, to Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 16i, 18i, 20i, 21i, 0i, 20i,
Power Mate i.
: Do not change.
#7
#6
#5
1815 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
APCX
#1
#0
OPTX
1815 (FS30i, 16i)
OPTX (#1)
[Reference item]
APCX (#5)
[Reference item]
A separate detector is:

0: Used.
1: Not used.
Subsection 2.1.3
An absolute detector is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 2.1.3
#7
1817 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TANDEM
1817 (FS30i, 16i)
TANDEM (#6)
[Reference item]
Tandem control (optional function) is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Specify this parameter for both main axis and sub-axis.
Section 4.21
#7
#6
#5
1804 (FS15i)
#4
#3
PGEX
PRMC
#2
#1
#0
DGPR
PLC0
2000 (FS30i, 16i)
PLC0 (#0)
[Reference item]
DGPR (#1)
[Reference item]
Specifies whether to multiply the number of velocity and position

pulses by ten internally as follows:
0: Not to multiply by ten.
1: To multiply by ten.
Subsection 2.1.3
When power is switched on, the motor-specific standard servo
parameter is:
0: Specified.
1: Not specified.
Subsection 2.1.3
- 474 -
B-65270EN/07
PRMC (#3)
Do not change. ( )
PGEX (#4)
The position gain range is:

0: Not expanded .
1: Expanded by 8 times.
Subsection 2.1.5
[Reference item]
1806 (FS15i)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
AMR6
AMR5
AMR4
AMR3
AMR2
AMR1
AMR0
2001 (FS30i, 16i)
AMR0 to AMR7 (#0 to #7)
[Related parameters]
Specify the AMR value according to the Pulsecoder model for the
motor.
AMR
3 2
16-pole servo motors

iS2000/2000HV, iS3000/2000HV
Other than 16-pole servo motor

(8-pole servo motors)
2608#5 (15i), 2220#5 (16i etc.)

#7
#6
#5
#4
1807 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
PFSE
2002 (FS30i, 16i)
PFSE (#3)
[Reference item]
1808 (FS15i)
A separate detector is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Specify this parameter only in the Series 15i.
In the Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, and Power Mate i, setting
bit 1 of parameter No. 1815 (OPT) to 1 automatically specifies this
parameter.
Subsection 2.1.3
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
VOFS
OVSC
BLEN
NPSP
PIEN
OBEN
TGAL
#0
2003 (FS30i, 16i)
TGAL (#1)
OBEN (#2)
[Reference item]
The software disconnection alarm detection level is:

0: Standard setting.
1: Lower sensitivity specified elsewhere.
1892 (15i), 2064 (16i etc.)
The velocity control observer function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.5.6
1859 (15i), 2047 (16i etc.), 1862 (15i), 2050 (16i etc.), 1863 (15i),
2051 (16i etc.)
- 475 -
B-65270EN/07
PIEN (#3)
The velocity control method to be used is:

0: I-P
1: PI
NPSP (#4)
The N pulse suppression function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.4.4
1992 (15i), 2099 (16i etc.)
[Reference item]
BLEN (#5)
[Reference item]
OVSC (#6)
[Reference item]
The backlash acceleration function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsections 4.6.6 and 4.6.7
1860 (15i), 2048 (16i etc.)
The overshoot compensation function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Section 4.7
1857 (15i), 2045 (16i etc.)
VOFS (#7)
The VCMD offset function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
[Related parameters] 1970 (15i), 2077 (16i etc.)
#7
#6
#5
#4
1809 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
TRW1
TRW0
TIB0
TIA0
2004 (FS30i, 16i)
TIA0 (#0), TIB0 (#1), TRW0 (#2), TRW1 (#3)

The setting of these bits varies according to the HRV control method.
TRW1
TRW0
TIB0
TIA0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
For HRV1 control

For HRV2, HRV3, HRV4 control
[Related parameters] 1707 (15i), 2013 (16i etc.)
1883 (FS15i)
#7
#6
#5
SFCM
BRKC
#4
#3
#2
#1
FEED
2005 (FS30i, 16i)
FEED (#1)
[Reference item]
BRKC (#6)
[Reference item]
The feed-forward function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsections 4.6.1 to 4.6.5
1961 (15i), 2068 (16i etc.), 1985 (15i), 2092 (16i etc.)
The brake control function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Section 4.10.
1976 (15i), 2083 (16i etc.)
- 476 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
SFCM (#7)
[Reference item]
The static friction compensation function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.6.8
1808 (15i), 2003 (16i etc.), 1965 (15i), 2072 (16i etc.), 1966 (15i),
2073 (16i etc.)
#7
#6
#5
1884 (FS15i)
#4
#3
ACCF
#2
#1
PKVE
#0
FCBL
2006 (FS30i, 16i)
FCBL (#0)
[Reference item]
PKVE (#2)
ACCF (#4)
1951 (FS15i)
During full-closed feedback, backlash compensation is:

0: Applied to the position.
1: Not applied to the position.
Speed-dependent current loop gain variable function is:
0: Not used
1: Used
( Do not change)
1967 (15i), 2074 (16i etc.)
Specifies the amount of velocity feedback data to be used as follows:
0: Velocity feedback for the latest 2 ms.
1: Velocity feedback for the latest 1 ms.
#7
#6
FRCAXS
FAD
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
IGNVRO ESP2AX
2007 (FS30i, 16i)
ESP2AX (#0)
[Reference item]
IGNVRO (#1)
[Reference item]
FAD (#6)
[Reference item]
FRCAXS (#7)
[Reference item]
The servo alarm 2-axis simultaneous monitor function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.21.4
An alarm condition is:
0: Not released 2 seconds after the servo alarm 2-axes simultaneous
monitor holds the alarm condition.
1: Released 2 seconds after the servo alarm 2-axes simultaneous
monitor holds the alarm condition.
Subsection 4.21.4
The fine acc./dec. function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.8.3
1702 (15i), 2109 (16i etc.)
Torque control function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Section 4.18
- 477 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
1952 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
LAXDMP PFBSWC VCMDTM SPPCHG SPPRLD VFBAVE
#1
#0
TNDM
2008 (FS30i, 16i)
TNDM (#1)
VFBAVE (#2)
[Reference item]
SPPRLD (#3)
[Reference item]
SPPCHG (#4)
This bit is automatically set to 1 when bit 6 (tandem axis) of parameter

No. 1817 is set to 1. (In the Series 15i, this bit is kept at 0.) This bit
cannot be set directly.
1:
Enables the velocity feedback average function. (Usually, set this

bit to 1. Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
Section 4.19 and Subsection 4.21.3
1:
Enables the full preload function. (Set this parameter for the main
axis only.)
Subsection 4.21.6
[Reference item]
The motor output torque polarities are as follows:

0: Outputs only the positive polarity to the main axis, and outputs
only the negative polarity to the sub-axis.
1: Outputs only the negative polarity to the main axis, and outputs
only the positive polarity to the sub-axis. (Set this parameter for
the main axis only.)
Subsection 4.21.6
VCMDTM (#5)
1:
PFBSWC (#6)
1:
[Reference item]
LAXDMP (#7)
[Reference item]
1953 (FS15i)
Enables velocity command tandem control.

Switches position feedback according to the direction of a torque

command. (Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
Subsection 4.21.7
0:
1:
Enables damping compensation for the sub-axis only.

Enables damping compensation with both the main axis and
sub-axis. Usually, set this bit to 1. (Set this parameter for the
main axis only.)
Subsection 4.21.2
#7
#6
BLST
BLCU
#5
#4
#3
ANALOG
2009 (FS30i, 16i)
DMY (#0)
[Reference item]
ANALOG(#4)
The serial feedback dummy function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.9.1
Analog servo interface function is:
0: Not used
1: Used
- 478 -
#2
#1
#0
DMY
B-65270EN/07
BLCU(#6)
[Reference item]
BLST (#7)
[Reference item]
The function that validates the backlash acceleration function only at

cutting is:
0: Invalidated.
1: Validated.
The backlash acceleration stop function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.6.6
1975 (15i), 2082 (16i etc.)
#7
1954 (FS15i)
#6
POLE
#5
#4
#3
#2
HBBL
HBPE
BLTE
LINEAR
#1
#0
2010 (FS30i, 16i)
LINEAR (#2)
[Reference item]
BLTE (#3)
[Reference item]
HBPE (#4)
[Reference item]
HBBL (#5)
[Reference item]
POLE (#7)
Linear motor control is:

0: Not exercised.
1: Exercised.
This bit is set automatically when the parameters of the linear motor
are initialized. Check that this bit is set before the linear motor is
driven.
Subsec. 4.14.1.
The function to multiply the backlash acceleration amount by 10 is:
0: Invalidated.
1: Validated.
When the dual position feedback function is used, a pitch error
compensation is added to the error counter of:
0: Full-closed loop. Standard setting
1: Semi-closed loop.
Subsection 4.5.8
When the dual position feedback function is used, a backlash
compensation amount is added to the error counter of:
0: Semi-closed loop. Standard setting
1: Full-closed loop.
Subsection 4.5.8
The punch/laser switching function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
#7
1955 (FS15i)
TMPABS
#6
#5
RCCL
2011 (FS30i, 16i)
EGB (#0)
The EGB function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
- 479 -
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FFAL
EGB
FFAL (#1)
[Reference item]
RCCL (#5)
TMPABS (#7)
B-65270EN/07
Feed-forward control always is:

1: Enabled in all modes.
Subsection 4.6.1
1961 (15i), 2068 (16i etc.)
The actual current torque limit variable function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
1995 (15i), 2102 (16i etc.)
( Do not change)
Temporary absolute coordination setting function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
#7
1956 (FS15i)
#6
STNG
#5
#4
VCM2
VCM1
#3
#2
#1
#0
MSFE
2012 (FS30i, 16i)
MSFE (#1)
[Reference item]
The machine speed feedback function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.5.9
1981 (15i), 2088 (16i etc.)
VCM1 (#4)
The VCMD waveform signal conversion on the check board is

switched.
VCM2 (#5)
Switches the VCMD waveform conversion value according to the

following list:
For rotary type motor
VCM2
VCM1
Number of velocity commandrevolution/5 V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0.9155 min-1
14 min-1
234 min-1
3750 min-1
For linear motor (P in the table below represents a scale signal pitch.)
[Reference item]
STNG (#7)
VCM2
VCM1
Number of velocity commandrevolution/5 V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0.00375 P m/min
0.06 P m/min
0.96 P m/min
15.36 P m/min
Item (5) in Appendix I

In velocity command mode, a software disconnection alarm is:
0: Detected.
1: Ignored.
- 480 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
1707 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
APTG
#0
HR3
2013 (FS30i, 16i)
HR3 (#0)
[Reference item]
APTG (#7)
[Reference item]
HRV3 current control is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.2.1
The Pulsecoder software disconnection monitor is:
0: Not ignored.
1: Ignored .
Section 3.2
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
1708 (FS15i)
#0
HR4
2014 (FS30i, 16i)
HR4 (#0)
[Reference item]
1957 (FS15i)
HRV4 current control is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.2.2
#7
#6
#5
BZNG
BLAT
TDOU
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
SSG1
PGTW
2015 (FS30i, 16i)
PGTW (#0)
[Reference item]
SSG1 (#1)
[Reference item]
TDOU (#5)
[Reference item]
BLAT (#6)
[Reference item]
BZNG (#7)
The position gain switching function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.8.1
1713 (15i), 2028 (16i etc.)
The low-speed integral function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.8.2
1714 (15i), 2029 (16i etc.), 1715 (15i), 2030 (16i etc.)
Switches the check board output data as follows:
0: TCMD is output.
1: Estimated load torque is output.
Appendix I
The two-stage backlash acceleration function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.6.7
1860 (15i), 2048 (16i etc.), 1724 (15i), 2039 (16i etc.)
When a separate detector is used, the battery alarm for the built-in
Pulsecoder is:
0: Not ignored.
1: Ignored .
- 481 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
1958 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
PK2VDN
#0
ABNT
2016 (FS30i, 16i)
ABNT (#0)
[Reference item]
PK2VDN (#3)
[Reference item]
The unexpected disturbance torque detection function (option) is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.12.1
1997 (15i), 2104 (16i etc.)
The variable proportional gain function in the stop state is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.4.3
1730 (15i), 2119 (16i etc.)
#7
1959 (FS15i)
PK2V25
#6
#5
RISCFF
#4
#3
#2
#1
HTNG COMSRC
#0
DBST
2017 (FS30i, 16i)
DBST (#0)
[Reference item]
COMSRC(#3)
[Reference item]
HTNG (#4)
RISCFF (#5)
[Reference item]
PK2V25 (#7)
[Reference item]
The quick stop type 1 at emergency stop is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.11.1
1883 (15i), 2005 (16i etc.), 1976 (15i), 2083 (16i etc.)
The detector on the semi-closed side is:
0: Automatically identified.
1: i/i pulse coder at all times.
Subsection 2.1.9
In velocity command mode, the hardware disconnection alarm of a
separate detector is:
0: Detected.
1: Ignored .
0:
When RISC is used, the feed-forward response characteristics

remain as is.
1: When RISC is used, the feed-forward response characteristics are
improved.
Subsection 4.6.3
Velocity loop high cycle management function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.4.1
- 482 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
1960 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
PFBCPY
#2
OVR8
#1
#0
MOVOBS RVRSE
2018 (FS30i, 16i)
RVRSE (#0)
MOVOBS (#1)
[Reference item]
OVR8 (#2)
[Reference item]
PFBCPY (#7)
[Reference item]
The signal direction for the separate detector is:

0: Not reversed.
1: Reversed.
Series 9096 does not support this parameter.
The disable function for observer in the stop state is:
0: Not used.
1: Used
Subsection 4.5.6
The stage-2 acceleration amount override format is on the basis of:
0: 4096 .
1: 256.
Subsection 4.6.7
1:
The motor feedback signal for the main axis is shared by the
sub-axis. (Set this parameter for the sub-axis only.)
#7
1709 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
DPFB
#1
#0
TANDMP
2019 (FS30i, 16i)
TANDMP (#1)
[Reference item]
DPFB(#7)
[Reference item]
The tandem disturbance elimination control function (option) is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Section 4.19
The dual position feedback function (option) is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.5.8
1971 (15i), 2078 (16i etc.), 1972 (15i), 2079 (16i etc.), 1973 (15i),
2080 (16i etc.)
#7
1740 (FS15i)
#6
#5
P2EX
RISCMC
#4
#3
#2
ABG0
IQOB
#1
#0
OVSP
2200 (FS30i, 16i)
OVSP (#0)
A feedback mismatch alarm is:

0: Detected.
1: Not detected.
IQOB (#2)
1:
[Reference item]
Eliminates the effect of voltage saturation on unexpected

disturbance torque detection.
Subsection 4.12.1
- 483 -
ABG0(#3)
[Reference item]
RISCMC (#5)
[Reference item]
P2EX (#6)
[Reference item]
B-65270EN/07
1:
When an unexpected disturbance torque is detected, a threshold

is set separately for cutting and rapid traverse.
Subsection 4.12.2
1997 (15i), 2104 (16i etc.), 1765 (15i), 2142 (16i etc.)
When a RISC processor is used:

0: The response to a positioning command is the same as before.
1: The response to a positioning command is improved.
Subsection 4.6.3
The velocity loop proportional gain (PK2V) format is:
0: Standard format. (See Item (5) of Subsec. 4.14.1.)
1: Converted format.
Supplement 4 of Subsection 2.1.5
#7
1741 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
CPEE
#1
#0
RNLV
CROFS
2201 (FS30i, 16i)
CROFS (#0)
[Reference item]
The function for obtaining current offsets upon an emergency stop is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Section 4.13
RNLV (#1)
Specifies the detection level for the feedback mismatch alarm as

follows:
0: 600 min-1
1: 1000 min-1
CPEE (#6)
The actual current display peak hold function is:

0: Not used
1: Used
Subsection 3.1.3
[Reference item]
#7
#6
#5
1742 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DUAL0W
OVS1
PIAL
VGCCR
FADCH
2202 (FS30i, 16i)
FADCH (#0)
[Reference item]
VGCCR (#1)
[Reference item]
The cutting/rapid FAD switching function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
1702 (15i), 2109 (16i etc.), 1766 (15i), 2143 (16i etc.), 1951 (15i),
2007 (16i etc.)
The cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
1700 (15i), 2107 (16i etc.)
- 484 -
B-65270EN/07
PIAL (#2)
[Reference item]
OVS1 (#3)
[Reference item]
DUAL0W (#4)
[Reference item]
When rapid traverse is selected by the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain

switching function, the 1/2 PI control function is:
0: Automatically disabled.
1: Always enabled.
Subsection 4.4.5
1:
Overshoot compensation is valid only once after the termination

of a move command.
Section 4.7
For zero-width judgment:

0: Semi-full error only is used.
1: Both of a position error and semi-full error are used.
Subsection 4.5.8
1974 (15i), 2081 (16i etc.)
#7
#6
1743 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
TCMD4X FRCAX2
#2
#1
#0
CRPI
2203 (FS30i, 16i)
CRPI (#2)
[Reference item]
FRCAX2 (#4)
[Reference item]
TCMD4X (#5)
[Reference item]
The current loop 1/2 PI control function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.4.5
Torque control type 2 is:
0: Not exercised .
1: Exercised.
Section 4.18
The check board output voltage of the TCMD signal is:
0: As usual (default).
1: Multiplied by 4.
Appendix I
#7
1744 (FS15i)
DBS2
#6
#5
#4
PGTWN2
#3
#2
#1
#0
HSTP10
2204 (FS30i, 16i)
HSTP10 (#1)
[Reference item]
PGTWN2 (#5)
[Reference item]
The valid speed increment system for the high-speed positioning

function is:
0: 0.01mm-1 (rotary motor), 0.01mm/min (linear motor).
1: 0.1mm-1 (rotary motor), 0.1mm/min (linear motor).
Position gain switching type 2 is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.8.1
1713 (15i), 2028 (16i etc.)
- 485 -
DBS2 (#7)
[Reference item]
B-65270EN/07
Quick stop type 2 at emergency stop is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.11.2
#7
#6
#5
1745 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
HDIS
HD2O
FULDMY
#1
#0
2205 (FS30i, 16i)
FULDMY (#2)
[Reference item]
HD2O (#3)
[Reference item]
HDIS (#4)
[Reference item]
The dummy separate detector function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.9.1
detector is:
0: Not applied to axes under synchronous control.
1: Applied to axes under synchronous control .
Subsection 4.11.4
detector is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.11.4
#7
1746 (FS15i)
#6
#5
HSSR
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
HBSF
2206 (FS30i, 16i)
HBSF (#4)
[Reference item]
HSSR (#7)
[Reference item]
The backlash compensation amount and pitch error compensation

amount are added:
0: Selectively according to the conventional parameter (No. 2010
(Series 16i etc.) and No. 1954 (Series 15i))If this parameter is set
to 1 (enabled), the settings of parameter No. 2010 (Series 16i
etc.) and parameter No. 1954 (Series 15i) are ignored.
1: Simultaneously for the full-closed and semi-closed sides.
Subsection 4.5.8
High-speed data output to the check board is:
0: Not performed.
1: Performed.
Appendix I
- 486 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
1747 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
PK2D50
#0
NEGSHC
2207 (FS30i, 16i)
NEGSHC (#0)
[Reference item]
Overcurrent alarm (software) is:

0: Not ignored.
1: Ignored .
Section 3.2
1749#4 (15i), 2209#4 (16i etc.)
CAUTION
If the emergency stop state is released without
connecting the power line in a test such as a test
for machine start-up, the overcurrent alarm
detected by the servo software may be issued. In
such a case, the alarm can be avoided temporarily
by setting this bit parameter to 1. However, be sure
to return the bit parameter to 0 before starting up in
the normal operation state after completion of a
test.
PK2D50 (#3)
[Reference item]
Specifies a variable proportional gain function in the stop state as

follows:
0: 75% down.
1: 50% down.
Subsection 4.4.3
1730 (15i), 2119 (16i etc.)
#7
1749 (FS15i)
#6
#5
PGAT
#4
#3
HCNGL FADPGC
#2
#1
#0
FADL
2209 (FS30i, 16i)
FADL (#2)
[Reference item]
FADPGC (#3)
[Reference item]
0: FAD bell-shaped type

1: FAD linear type
Subsection 4.8.3
1702 (15i), 2109 (16i etc.)
0:
Synchronization is not established in the FAD setting rigid

tapping mode.
1: Synchronization is established in the FAD setting rigid tapping
mode.
Subsection 4.8.3
- 487 -
HCNGL (#4)
B-65270EN/07
0:
The overcurrent alarm avoidance function based on amplifier

hardware is disabled.
The overcurrent alarm avoidance function based on amplifier
hardware is enabled.
1:
NOTE
1 If an abnormal level of current that causes the
overcurrent alarm to be issued is detected
momentarily, processing is performed to suppress
the level of current without issuing the alarm.
2 Even if this function is used, the overcurrent alarm
is issued:
- When a complete short circuit occurs, or
- When the processing above for suppressing the
level of current is continuously performed.
PGAT (#6)
0:
Automatic format change for position gain is enabled.1:

Automatic format change for position gain is disabled.
(available in Series 90B0/01 (A) and later editions)
#7
1750 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
ESPTM1 ESPTM0
#2
#1
#0
PK12S2
2210 (FS30i, 16i)
PK12S2 (#2)
[Reference item]
ESPTM0(#5), ESPTM1(#6)
[Reference item]
The current gain internally 4 times function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.14.1
Set the timer built into the i amplifier to delay emergency stop.
ESPTM1
ESPTM0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Delay time
50ms (default)
100ms
200ms
400ms
Section 4.11
#7
#6
#5
1751 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
PHCP
2211 (FS30i, 16i)
PHCP (#1)
The phase lag compensation during deceleration is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
1756 (15i), 2133 (16i etc.), 1757 (15i), 2134 (16i etc.)
- 488 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
2600 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
OVQK
2212 (FS30i, 16i)
OVQK (#7)
[Reference item]
When a quick stop function at the OVC and OVL alarm is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.11.6
#7
2601 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#1
#0
OCM
2214 (FS30i, 16i)
OCM (#7)
[Reference item]
Pole position detection function (optional) is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.15.1
#7
#6
#5
2602 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
FFCHG
2214 (FS30i, 16i)
FFCHG (#4)
[Reference item]
The cutting/rapid feed-forward switching function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.6.4
#7
2603 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
ABT2
#1
#0
TCPCLR
2215 (FS30i, 16i)
TCPCLR (#1)
[Reference item]
ABT2 (#7)
[Reference item]
A function of setting the velocity loop integrator with a value for

canceling a torque offset at an emergency stop is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.12.1
Cutting/rapid unexpected disturbance torque detection function type 2
is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.12.2
#7
2608 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
P16
2220 (FS30i, 16i)
DECAMR (#0)
[Reference item]
A non-binary detector is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.15.1
1705 (15i), 2112 (16i etc.), 1761 (15i), 2138 (16i etc.)
- 489 -
#0
DECAMR
P16 (#5)
[Reference item]
B-65270EN/07
16-pole servo motor is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.16.3
1806 (15i), 2001 (16i etc.)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
2609 (FS15i)
#2
#1
#0
VFFNCH LNOTCH
2221 (FS30i, 16i)
LNOTCH (#1)
[Reference item]
VFFNCH (#2)
[Reference item]
0: Uses resonance elimination filter 4.

Subsection 4.5.5
Resonance elimination filter L is applied to:
0: Feed-forward part only of the velocity command
1: Entire velocity command
Subsection 4.5.5
#7
2611 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
BLCUT2
#0
DISOBS
2223 (FS30i, 16i)
DISOBS (#0)
[Reference item]
BLCUT2 (#7)
[Reference item]
The disturbance elimination filter function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.5.4
The backlash acceleration function is:
0: Enabled for both cutting feed and rapid traverse
1: Enabled only for cutting feed
Subsection 4.6.6
#7
#6
#5
2613 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
TSA05
TCMD05
2225 (FS30i, 16i)
TCMD05 (#1)
[Reference item]
TSA05 (#2)
[Reference item]
The check board output voltage of the TCMD signal is:

1: Halved.
Appendix I
The check board output voltage of the SPEED signal is:
1: Halved (7500 min-1/5 V).
Appendix I
- 490 -
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
2616 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#2
#1
#0
ELSAL
2228 (FS30i, 16i)
ELSAL (#3)
[Reference item]
In pole detection, the motor saliency is:

0: Lq>Ld
1: Lq<Ld
Subsection 4.15.1
#7
#6
#5
2617 (FS15i)
#4
#3
FORME WATRA
#0
ABSEN
2229 (FS30i, 16i)
ABSEN (#0)
[Reference item]
WATRA (#3)
[Reference item]
In pole detection, the AMR offset is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.15.1
1762 (15i), 2139 (16i etc.)
After pole detection, an abnormal operation is:
0: Monitored.
1: Not monitored.
Subsection 4.15.1
NOTE
This function can be used with Series 90B1/B(02)
or later (FS15i, 16i, etc.) or Series 90D0 and
90E0/J(10) or later (FS30i, etc.).
FORME (#4)
[Reference item]
The operation mode for pole detection is:

0: Automatic selection mode (minute operation mode + stop mode)
1: Minute operation mode
Subsection 4.15.1
NOTE
This function can be used with Series 90B1/B(02)
or later (FS15i, 16i, etc.) or Series 90D0 and
90E0/J(10) or later (FS30i, etc.).
#7
2683 (FS15i)
DSTIN
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
DSTTAN DSTWAV
2270 (FS30i, 16i)
AMR60 (#0)
[Reference item]
DSTWAV(#5)
[Reference item]
The valid setting range of the AMR offset is from:

0: -45 degrees to +45 degrees.
1: -60 degrees to +60 degrees.
Section 4.14
The input waveform of disturbance input is:
0: Sine wave. (Usually, select the sine wave.) .
1: Square wave.
Appendix H
- 491 -
#1
#0
AMR60
DSTTAN(#6)
[Reference item]
DSTIN(#7)
[Reference item]
B-65270EN/07
Disturbance is:
0: Input for one axis only.
1: Input for both the L and M axes (To be set only for the L axis
side of synchronous axes or tandem axes).
Appendix H
The disturbance input function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Appendix H
#7
#6
2684 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
2NDTMG
#2
#1
#0
RETR2
2271 (FS30i, 16i)
RETR2 (#2)
2NDTMG (#5)
[Reference item]
When an unexpected disturbance torque is detected, the simultaneous

two-axis retract function is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Two-stage acceleration type 2 of two-stage backlash acceleration is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 4.6.7
#7
2686 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
EGBFFG EGBEX POA1NG
#2
#1
#0
WSVCP
2273 (FS30i, 16i)
WSVCP (#0)
[Reference item]
When the simple synchronous control is used, the loop integrator of

the master axis :
0: Can not be copied to the slave axis.
1: Can be copied to the slave axis.
(Specify only the slave axis.)
Subsection 4.21.9
POA1NG (#4)
In the calculation of the observer coefficient (POA1), the load inertia

ratio (LDINT) is:
0: Considered.
1: Not considered.
EGBEX (#5)
The EGB automatic phase matching function is:

0: In the normal mode (deceleration not performed between the
master and detector).
1: In the extended mode (deceleration performed between the
master and detector).
EGBFFG(#6)
FFG is:
0: Not considered in the EGB ratio.
1: Considered in the EGB ratio.
- 492 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
2687 (FS15i)
#0
HP2048
2274 (FS30i, 16i)
HP2048 (#0)
[Reference item]
A 2048-time interpolation circuit (position detection circuit H or C) is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 2.1.4 and Section 4.14
#7
#6
#5
2688 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
ASYN
#1
#0
RCNCLR 800PLS
2275 (FS30i, 16i)
800PLS (#0)
[Reference item]
RCNCLR (#1)
[Reference item]
ASYN (#3)
[Reference item]
When the RCN723 or RCN223 is used, the reference counter setting is

made in reference to:
0: 1/8 turns of the detector.
1: 1 turn of the detector.
Subsection 2.1.4
The speed data is:
0: Not cleared.
1: Cleared. (To use the RCN223 or RCN723, set it to 1.)
Subsection 2.1.4
2807 (15i), 2394 (16i etc.)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Section 4.20
#7
2690 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
ACC1ON ACC2ON ACC3ON ACCNEG
2277 (FS30i, 16i)
ACCNEG (#4)
[Reference item]
ACC3ON (#4)
[Reference item]
ACC2ON (#4)
[Reference item]
ACC1ON (#4)
[Reference item]
The sign of acceleration feedback is:

0: Not inverted.
1: Inverted.
Subsection 2.1.7
Acceleration feedback in the third direction is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 2.1.7
Acceleration feedback in the second direction is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 2.1.7
Acceleration feedback in the first direction is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 2.1.7
- 493 -
#1
#0
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
2691 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
PM2ACC PM2SCB PM1SCB PM2TP
#0
PM1TP
2278 (FS30i, 16i)
PM1TP (#0)
[Reference item]
PM2TP (#1)
[Reference item]
PM1SCB (#2)
[Reference item]
PM2SCB (#3)
[Reference item]
PM2ACC (#4)
[Reference item]

0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 2.1.7
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Subsection 2.1.7
The first or third servo check interface unit is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Appendix J
0: Not used.
1: Used.
Appendix J
Acceleration sensor data is:
0: Read from the first or third separate detector interface unit
counted from the CNC, or no acceleration sensor is used.
1: Read from the second or fourth separate detector interface unit
counted from the CNC.
Subsection 2.1.7
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
2692 (FS15i)
#0
DMCON
2279 (FS30i, 16i)
DMCON (#0)
[Reference item]
In emergency stop cancellation with the dummy function enabled:

0: The ready signal is not output.
1: The ready signal is output.
Subsection 4.9.2
#7
2695 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
FSAQS
2282 (FS30i, 16i)
FSAQS (#0)
[Reference item]
The quick stop function for separate serial detector alarms is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.11.5
- 494 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
2696 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
BLSTP2
#0
NOG54
2283 (FS30i, 16i)
NOG54(#0)
High-speed HRV current control mode (servo HRV3 control) is:

0: Used only when both G5.4Q1 and G01 are specified.
1: Used when G01 is specified. (G5.4Q1 is not monitored.)
NOTE
This function can be used when servo HRV3
control is used with the servo software for the
Series 30i/31i/32i (Series 90D0 and 90E0).
This function cannot be used when servo HRV4
control is used.
[Reference item]
BLSTP2 (#7)
Section 4.2
The function for disabling backlash acceleration after a stop is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
#7
2701 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
MPCEF
2288 (FS30i, 16i)
MPCEF (#0)
[Reference item]
Machining point control is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.5.10
#7
#6
#5
#4
2703 (FS15i)
#3
#2
#1
#0
ACCMON ACCHLD ACCOUT
2290 (FS30i, 16i)
ACCOUT(#0)
[Reference item]
ACCHLD(#1)
[Reference item]
ACCMON(#2)
[Reference item]
To the diagnosis screen (No. 354), acceleration data output is:

0: Not performed.
1: Performed.
Subsection 3.1.4
A peak acceleration rate is:
0: Not held.
1: Held (for 1 second).
Subsection 3.1.4
Machining point control outputs:
0: Acceleration data at all times
1: Remaining acceleration data after a stop (The acceleration data is
cleared to 0 during movement and for 16 ms after a stop.)
Subsection 3.1.4
- 495 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
2705 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
MOVAXS MV1IFC MV1ID2 MV1ID1 MV1ID0 IFC1ON
#1
#0
C1TYP1
C1TYP0
2292 (FS30i, 16i)
C1TYP0,1(#0,1)
[Reference item]
IFC1ON(#1)
[Reference item]
MV1ID0-2(#3,4,5)
[Reference item]
MV1IFC(#6)
[Reference item]
MOVAXS(#7)
[Reference item]
Sets a compensation type (for the first moving axis).

Section 4.17
first moving axis.
0: Does not compensate for interactive force from the first moving
axis.
1: Compensates for interactive force from the first moving axis.
Section 4.17
Specifies a servo axis number for the first moving axis.
Section 4.17
Sets calculation of interactive force from the first moving axis.
0: Disables calculation of interactive force from the first moving
axis.
1: Enables calculation of interactive force from the first moving
axis.
Section 4.17
Specifies whether the axis is a moving axis used with the interactive
force compensation function.
0: The axis is not a moving axis.
1: The axis is a moving axis.
Section 4.17
#7
2706 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
MV2IFC MV2ID2 MV2ID1 MV2ID0 IFC2ON
#1
#0
C2TYP1
C2TYP0
2293 (FS30i, 16i)
C2TYP0,1(#0,1)
[Reference item]
IFC2ON(#1)
[Reference item]
MV2ID0-2(#3,4,5)
[Reference item]
MV2IFC(#6)
[Reference item]
Sets a compensation type (for the second moving axis).

Section 4.17
second moving axis.
0: Does not compensate for interactive force from the second
moving axis.
1: Compensates for interactive force from the second moving axis.
Section 4.17
Specifies a servo axis number for the second moving axis.
Section 4.17
Sets calculation of interactive force from the second moving axis.
0: Disables calculation of interactive force from the second moving
axis.
1: Enables calculation of interactive force from the second moving
axis.
Section 4.17
- 496 -
B-65270EN/07
#7
2713 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
CKLNOH
#3
#2
THRMO
DO
#1
#0
HRVEN
2300 (FS30i, 16i)
HRVEN(#0)
The extended HRV function is:

0: Not used.
1: Used.
NOTE
Set this function when using servo HRV4 control.
[Reference item]
DD (#2)
[Reference item]
THRMO (#3)
[Reference item]
CKLNOH (#7)
[Reference item]
Section 4.2
Synchronous built-in servo motor control is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Subsection 4.15.1
This bit is automatically set when the synchronous built-in servo
motor parameters are initialized. However, before driving a
synchronous built-in servo motor, check that this bit is set to 1.
When bit 7 of No. 2300 is set to 1, the overheat alarm of a motor is:
0: Obtained from a DI signal via the PMC.
1: Obtained from the iCZ detection circuit, linear motor position
detection circuit, or temperature detection circuit.
Subsection 4.14.2
The overheat alarm of a motor is:
0: Obtained from the pulse coder (for an i/i motor).
1: Obtained from a DI signal via the PMC, or from the iCZ
detection circuit, linear motor position detection circuit, or
Subsection 4.14.2
#7
2714 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TQCT10
2301 (FS30i, 16i)
TQCT10 (#7)
The torque control setting range extension function is:

0: Disabled. (The setting of the torque constant parameter is used
without modification.)
1: Enabled. (The setting of the torque constant parameter is
increased by a factor of 10 for use in the NC.)
- 497 -
B-65270EN/07
: Parameters set up automatically at initialization

: Parameters that can be kept at the automatically set values
Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
Details
1896
1825
1851
1821
1825
1851
1874
2020
1875
2021

Position loop gain (position gain)
Backlash compensation value
Motor ID No.
Motor ID number that can be specified
Load inertia ratio (LDINT)
Load inertia
256
Rotor inertia
1879
1876
1891
1713
1714
2022
2023
2024
2028
2029
Increase velocity loop gain parameters PK1V and PK2V by

(1 + LDINT/256) times
Rotation direction of the motor
Number of velocity pulse
Number of position pulse
Velocity enabling position gain switching
Acceleration-time velocity enabling integral function for low speed
1715
2030
Deceleration-time velocity enabling integral function for low speed
1718
1719
2033
2034
1721
2036
1724
2039
1852
1853
1854
1855
2040
2041
2042
2043

Vibration damping control gain
Tandem control/damping compensation gain (main axis)
Tandem control/damping compensation phase coefficient
(sub-axis)
Two-stage backlash acceleration function : stage 2 acceleration
amount
Velocity loop integral gain (PK1V)
1856
2044
Velocity loop proportional gain (PK2V)
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
1861
1862
1863
2048
2049
2050
2051
1864
2052
Velocity loop gain (PK4V)

This parameter is adjusted when the unexpected disturbance
torque detection and two-stage backlash functions are used.
NOTE: If the velocity gain (load inertia ratio) is changed, this
parameter must be re-adjusted.
Maximum dual position feedback amplitude
Observer gain (POK1)
Observer gain (POK2)
When only the unexpected disturbance torque detection function is
used, these parameters must be changed.
Not used
- 498 -
2.1.3
3.1.1
4.6.6, 4.6.7
2.1.2
Initial setting
Adjust for individual
machines
separately.
2.1.2
Initial setting
4.8.1
4.8.2
4.5.7
4.21.2, 4.19
4.6.7
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
Adjust for individual
machines
separately.
Motor-specific
4.7
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
4.6.7, 4.12
4.6.6, 4.6.7
4.5.8
Motor-specific
4.12
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
Details
1865
1866
2053
2054
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
1872
2060
1873
1877
1878
2061
2062
2063
Current dead-band compensation (PPMAX)

Current dead-band compensation (PDDP)
The standard setting for i motors is 1894.
Current dead-band compensation (PHYST)
Variable current loop gain during deceleration (EMFCMP)
Phase D current at high-speed (PVPA)
Phase D current limit (PALPH)
Back electromotive force compensation (EMFBAS)
Torque limit
The standard setting represents the maximum current of the
amplifier.
Back electromotive force compensation (EMFCMP)
Overload protection coefficient (POVC1)
Overload protection coefficient (POVC2)
1892
2064
Software disconnection alarm level
1893
1894
1895
1961
1962
1963
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
1964
2071
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1984
1985
1987
1988
2091
2092
2094
2095
Soft thermal coefficient (POVCLMT)

Backlash acceleration timing
Time during which backlash acceleration is effective,
Static friction compensation count
Static friction compensation amount
Stop state judgment parameter
Current loop gain variable with velocity
Not in use at present.
Not in use at present.
Overshoot compensation counter
Dual position feedback: Conversion coefficient (numerator)
Dual position feedback: Conversion coefficient (denominator)
Dual position feedback: Constant of first-order lag
Dual position feedback: Zero zone
Backlash acceleration stop amount
Brake control timer (msec)
Rated current parameter
Torque offset
Tandem control/Preload value
Machine speed feedback gain
Two-stage backlash acceleration function : stage-2 end
magnification
Nonlinear control parameter
Backlash acceleration amount in the negative direction
- 499 -
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
3.2
Motor-specific
4.4.2
4.5.2
4.6.1 to 4.6.5
4.6.6, 4.6.8
4.6.8
Motor-specific
4.7
4.5.8
4.6.6, 4.6.7
4.10
2.1.2
Initial setting
Motor-specific
4.6.7, 4.12
4.21.1
4.5.9
4.6.7
4.6.2
4.6.6, 4.6.7
4.6.5
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
1989
1990
1991
1992
1994
1995
2096
2097
2098
2099
2101
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
1700
2105
2107
1702
2109
1703
1704
1705
1706
2110
2111
2112
2113
1725
2114
1726
1727
2115
2116
1729
2118
1730
1732
1733
1737
1735
1736
1752
1753
1754
1755
2119
2121
2122
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1760
2137
1761
1762
2138
2139
1765
2142
1766
1767
1768
2143
2144
2145
Details
Machining point control: Timing adjustment parameter (MPCTIM)
Static friction compensation stop parameter
Current phase lead compensation coefficient
N pulses suppression function
Overshoot compensation valid level
Final clamp value for the actual-current limit
Track back amount applied when an unexpected disturbance
torque is detected
Unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level (cutting when
switching is used)
Torque constant
Velocity loop gain magnification for cutting
Fine acc./dec. time constant (rapid traverse when switching is
used)
Magnetic saturation compensation
Torque limit at deceleration
Linear motor AMR conversion coefficient 1
Resonance elimination filter 1: attenuation center frequency
Backlash acceleration function : acceleration amount override
amount override
For internal data output: Usually to be kept at 0.
Unexpected disturbance torque detection : dynamic friction cancel
Dual position feedback
Semi-closed/full-closed error overestimation level
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : Stop level
4.5.10
4.6.8
Motor-specific
4.4.4
4.7
Motor-specific
4.12
4.12
4.18
4.3
4.3 and 4.8.3
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
4.14
4.5.3
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.12
4.5.8
4.4.3, 4.5.6
Not used
Tandem control/position feedback switching time constant
Non-interference control coefficient (NINTCT)
Coefficient for magnetic flux weaken compensation (MFWKCE)
Coefficient for magnetic flux weaken compensation (MFWKBL)
Coefficient for phase lag compensation during deceleration
(PHDLY1)
Coefficient for phase lag compensation during deceleration
(PHDLY2)
amount override
Linear motor AMR conversion coefficient 2
Linear motor AMR offset
Unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level in rapid
traverse
Fine acc./dec. time constant 2 (in cutting)
Position feed-forward coefficient for cutting
- 500 -
4.21.7
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
4.14.3
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
4.6.7
4.14
4.12.2
4.3, 4.8.3
4.3, 4.6.4, 4.8.3
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
Details
Deceleration decision level (HRV control)
Usually to be kept at 0.
For internal data output: Usually, be sure to set 0.
Static friction compensation function : decision level for movement
restart after stop.
Torque command filter (at rapid traverse)
OVC magnification at a stop (OVCSTP)
Soft thermal coefficient 2 (POVC21)
Soft thermal coefficient 2 (POVC22)
Soft thermal coefficient 2 (POVCLMT2)
4.6.7
Usually adjustment
is not needed.
Motor-specific
2177
2179
2182
Maximum amplifier current

amount offset
Distance to lift for the lifting function against gravity at emergency
stop
Resonance elimination filter 1: attenuation bandwidth
Reference counter size (denominator)
Current A for pole detection (DTCCRT_A)
2628
2185
2641
2642
2676
2678
2679
2198
2199
2263
2265
2266
2681
2268
2315
Current B for pole detection (DTCCRT_B)

Current C for pole detection (DTCCRT_C)
Detection unit setting
Machining point control: gain 2 (MPCK2)
Machining point control: gain 1 (MPCK1)
(MFMPMD)
Servo check interface unit output signal setting
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
Disturbance elimination filter : gain

Disturbance elimination filter : inertia ratio
Disturbance elimination filter : inverse function gain
Disturbance elimination filter : time constant
Disturbance elimination filter : acceleration feedback limit
2736
2323
2737
2324
2738
2325
Variable current PI rate

4.4.5
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : arbitrary
4.4.3
magnification at a stop (for cutting only)
Tandem disturbance elimination control function/integral gain
(main axis)
4.19
Tandem disturbance elimination control function/phase coefficient
(sub-axis)
2739
2740
2741
2742
2326
2327
2328
2329
1769
2146
1771
2148
1774
1775
1776
2151
2152
2153
1777
2154
1779
1784
1785
1786
1787
2156
2161
2162
2163
2164
1788
2165
1790
2167
1796
2173
2620
2622
2625
Disturbance input : gain

Disturbance input : start frequency
Disturbance input : end frequency
- 501 -
4.6.8
4.3, 4.5.2
Motor-specific
Motor-specific
4.6.7
4.11.3
4.5.3
2.1.3
4.15.1
2.1, 2.1.8
Initial setting
4.15.1
2.1.7
4.5.10
4.15.1
Appendix J
4.5.4
Appendix H
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
2746
2333
2747
2334
2748
2335
2751
2338
2752
2339
Details
Tandem disturbance elimination control function /incomplete
integral time constant (main axis)
In high-speed HRV current control mode: Current loop gain
magnification
In high-speed HRV current control mode: Velocity loop gain
magnification
Backlash acceleration function : acceleration amount limit value
Two-stage backlash acceleration function : stage-2 acceleration
amount limit value
4.19
4.2
4.6.6
4.6.7
2754
2341
2755
2756
2342
2343
2758
2345
2759
2346
2768
2769
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2355
2357
2356
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362

amount (negative direction)
Backlash acceleration function : acceleration amount override
(negative direction)
Backlash acceleration function : Acceleration amount override
amount limit value (negative direction)
amount limit value (negative direction)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Acceleration threshold
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Alarm level for high
acceleration
Disturbance estimation function : dynamic friction compensation
value in the stop state
Disturbance estimation function : dynamic friction compensation
limit value
Machining point control: Center frequency of band-pass filter
Tandem speed difference alarm threshold
Resonance elimination filter L: Feed-forward filter exclusion rate
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Post-acceleration timer
Resonance elimination filter 1 : damping
Resonance elimination filter 2 : attenuation center frequency
Resonance elimination filter 2 : attenuation bandwidth
2776
2777
2778
2363
2364
2365

4.5.3
2779
2366
2780
2367
4.5.3, 4.5.5
2781
2368
Resonance elimination filter 4 / Resonance elimination filter L :

attenuation center frequency
attenuation bandwidth
damping
2753
2340
- 502 -
4.6.7
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.12.3
4.12.1
4.5.10
4.21.10
4.5.5
4.12.3
4.5.3
4.5.3
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
2782
2369
2783
2370
2784
2371
2785
2786
2787
2790
2791
2372
2373
2374
2377
2378
2793
2794
2380
2381
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2800
2387
2801
2388
2802
2389
2803
2390
2804
2391
2805
2392
2806
2393
2807
2394
2808
2395
2815
2402
2816
2403
2817
2404
2818
2405
Details
Smoothing compensation performed twice per pole pair (negative
direction)
Serial EGB exponent setting
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : Distance to lift
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : Lifting time
Torsion preview control: maximum compensation value (LSTCM)
Torsion preview control: acceleration torsion compensation value
K1 (LSTK1)
K2 (LSTK2)
K3 (LSTK3)
Torsion preview control: torsion delay compensation value KD KD
(LSTKD)
Torsion preview control: torsion delay compensation value KDN
(LSTKDN)
K1N (LSTK1N)
K2N (LSTK2N)
K3N (LSTK3N)
Number of data mask digits
Feed-forward timing adjustment function (for use when FAD is
enabled)
Torsion preview control: torsion torque compensation coefficient
(LSTKT)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function : coefficient
(K)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function : maximum
compensation (sub axis)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function : dead-band
width (main axis)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function : filter
coefficient
- 503 -
4.14.3
4.11.3
4.15.3
4.15.3
4.6.9
4.6.9
4.6.9
4.6.9
4.6.9
2.1.4
4.6.5
4.6.9
4.20
4.20
4.20
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Series 30i, 16i,
Series 15i
and so on
-
2455
2456
2478
2479
2480
2481
Details
4.17
Integer part of the number of pulses per revolution
4.17
Exponent part of the number of pulses per revolution
Interactive Force Compensation: Compensation gain (for the first
moving axis)
Interactive Force Compensation: Angle data offset (for the first
moving axis)
4.17
Interactive Force Compensation: Compensation gain (for the
second moving axis)
Interactive Force Compensation: Angle data offset (for the second
moving axis)
- 504 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETER LIST
Chapter 6, "PARAMETER LIST", consists of the following sections:
6.1 PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL ................................506
6.2 PARAMETERS FOR HRV2 CONTROL ................................516
6.3 PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL (FOR Series 0i-A) ..531
- 505 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
6.1
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL

August, 2007
Series 9096
Series 90B0
Series 90B1 and 90B8
- 506 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
L1500B1
/4is
444-B210
90
L3000B2
/2is
445-B110
91
L6000B2
/2is
447-B110
92
L9000B2
/2is
449-B110
93
L15000C2
/2is
456-B110
94
iS300
2000
0292
115
L3000B2
/4is
445-B210
120
L6000B2
/4is
447-B210
121
L9000B2
/4is
449-B210
122
L15000C2
/3is
456-B210
123
L300A1
/4is
441-B200
124
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1890
-7180
-2647
19
-260
0
-8235
-4371
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
227
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4804
-14453
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
455
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4804
-13138
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
5036
-16000
-2660
14
-195
0
-8235
-5849
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32685
1041
4
3087
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1293
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1481
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
1420
-5600
-2663
10
-131
0
-8235
-8681
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32712
703
4
2086
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1063
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1357
-4212
-2710
114
-1023
0
-8235
3709
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3850
-800
0
7282
120
32352
5196
4
15494
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2385
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
10931
0
0
0
0
16
1606
0
0
0
5500
791
0
0
0
1556
20494
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1620
-11180
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
455
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
2626
-10051
-2660
10
-135
0
-8235
-8463
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32740
345
4
1024
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
744
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1450
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4944
-11831
-2660
16
-211
0
-8235
-5399
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1367
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
2392
-8448
-2657
10
-128
0
-8235
-8861
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32732
452
4
1340
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
852
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3168
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
526
-2141
-2618
16
-217
0
-8235
-8755
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5826
120
32720
596
4
589
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
564
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
52
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
- 507 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
B-65270EN/07
L600A1
/4is
442-B200
125
L900A1
/4is
443-B200
126
L6000B2
/4is
(160A)
127
L9000B2
/2is
(160A)
128
L9000B2
/4is
(360A)
129
L15000C2
/2is
(360A)
130
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
717
-3333
-2618
9
-122
0
-8235
-9339
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6554
120
32720
596
4
589
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
564
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
390
-2009
-2618
13
-179
0
-8235
-6367
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32721
583
4
1326
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1751
-6701
-2660
15
-202
0
-8235
-5642
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32706
777
4
2304
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1117
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
966
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000110
00000110
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
6198
-19692
-2660
12
-158
0
-8235
-7199
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5917
120
32713
687
4
2038
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1050
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1823
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
7416
-17747
-2660
10
-141
0
-8235
-8099
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32737
388
4
1151
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
789
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
2130
-8400
-2663
7
-87
0
-8235
-13022
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32743
313
4
927
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
708
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4656
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
- 508 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS2
4000HV
0062
151
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
225
-1100
-2467
78
-700
0
-8235
-1085
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32538
2879
4
8560
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1507
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
10000
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1050
11600
0
0
2345
1000
2574
0
0
0
7188
8990
0
0
0
32766
19
3617
10
iF1
5000
0202
152
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
672
-2294
-2514
66
-594
0
-8235
6384
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
0
0
0
7282
0
32613
1933
4
5739
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1234
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
72
0
0
0
0
32
7710
0
0
1188
570
3211
0
0
0
2571
12850
0
0
0
32767
13
2425
25
iS2
4000
0061
153
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
280
-1080
-1112
78
-698
0
-8235
-1089
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32531
2963
4
8811
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1050
11600
0
0
1172
3000
2574
0
0
0
7188
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
3723
25
iS2/4000
SVSP40A
0061
154
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00010000
00010000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
560
-2160
-1112
39
-349
0
-8235
-2178
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10245
-500
0
3277
0
32531
2963
4
2203
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
764
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
7500
0
0
238
0
0
0
0
564
11600
0
0
1172
6000
2574
0
0
0
7188
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
931
45
iF2
5000
0205
155
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
680
-2247
-2568
76
-680
0
-8235
5578
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
-10256
-3300
0
7282
0
32497
3390
4
10085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1636
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
12000
0
0
109
0
0
0
0
32
6460
0
0
1276
855
3211
0
0
0
2565
12850
0
0
0
32766
23
4261
25
- 509 -
iS4
4000
0063
156
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
288
-960
-1144
112
-1008
0
-8235
-753
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20
-7700
-2240
0
7282
0
32289
5988
4
17873
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2178
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
782
7790
0
0
796
1000
3130
0
0
0
7691
8976
0
0
0
32765
42
7551
25
iS4/4000
SVSP40A
0063
157
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
576
-1920
-1144
56
-504
0
-8235
-1506
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7690
-1120
0
3641
0
32289
5988
4
4468
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1089
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
292
0
0
0
0
284
7790
0
0
796
2000
3130
0
0
0
7691
8976
0
0
0
32765
42
1888
45
iS8
3000
0075
158
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
450
-1840
-1234
164
-1476
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
-5144
-2700
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2780
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
226
0
0
0
0
1805
7930
0
0
1442
3500
1552
0
0
0
3852
8990
0
0
0
32762
74
12305
25
iS8/3000
SVSP40A
0075
159
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
900
-3680
-1234
82
-738
0
-8235
-1029
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5133
-1350
0
3641
0
32289
5994
4
4472
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1390
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
452
0
0
0
0
794
7930
0
0
1442
7000
1552
0
0
0
3852
8990
0
0
0
32762
74
3076
45
iS2
5000
0212
162
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
600
-1900
-2504
39
-350
0
-8235
10853
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
-10250
-2000
0
7282
0
32528
3005
4
8936
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1540
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
117
0
0
0
0
40
7745
0
0
1137
1000
3851
0
0
0
2565
12825
0
0
0
32766
20
3776
25
iS2
5000HV
0213
163
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
420
-1369
-2504
39
-351
0
-8235
-1081
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10254
-2300
0
7282
0
32532
2953
4
8782
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1526
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
7500
0
0
117
0
0
0
0
40
7700
0
0
1137
1250
3847
0
0
0
7688
12850
0
0
0
32766
20
3711
10
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS4
4000HV
0064
164
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
309
-1092
-2496
112
-1010
0
-8235
-751
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7700
-3000
0
7282
0
32299
5865
4
17504
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2155
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
777
7790
0
0
1592
1000
3339
0
0
0
7686
8976
0
0
0
32765
41
7395
10
B-65270EN/07
iS4
5000
0215
165
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
400
-1154
-2553
64
-574
0
-8235
6614
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-5140
-10262
-3500
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2824
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
127
0
0
0
0
24
10310
0
0
646
2500
3847
0
0
0
2563
12820
0
0
0
32762
77
12702
25
iS4
5000HV
0216
166
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
280
-988
-2533
64
-574
0
-8235
-661
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8978
-4000
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2824
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
8500
0
0
127
0
0
0
0
32
10290
0
0
500
3000
5122
0
0
0
7692
12850
0
0
0
32762
77
12702
10
iS8 3000HV iS12/2000

SVSP 40A
0076
0077
167
168
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
580
-2070
-2600
166
-1482
0
-8235
5118
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5144
-3500
0
7282
0
32301
5842
4
17435
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2793
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
225
0
0
0
0
1805
7930
0
0
2885
1500
1552
0
0
0
3848
8990
0
0
0
32762
75
12424
10
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
951
-3525
-1246
115
-1027
0
-8235
7390
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3862
-2200
0
3641
0
32646
1520
4
4511
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1563
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
630
0
0
0
0
1282
3940
0
0
1350
8000
280
0
0
0
1812
7700
0
0
0
32766
21
3890
45
- 510 -
iS12
2000
0077
169
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
320
-1958
-1246
230
-2054
0
-8235
3695
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3884
-4400
0
7282
0
32284
6045
4
18045
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3126
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
315
0
0
0
0
1
3940
0
0
1350
4000
280
0
0
0
1832
8980
0
0
0
32760
99
15559
25
iS12
3000HV
0079
170
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
361
-1521
-2604
170
-1524
0
-8235
4978
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5140
-3200
0
7282
0
32435
4164
4
12399
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2356
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
420
0
0
0
0
1814
7930
0
0
2388
3000
2056
0
0
0
5133
8978
0
0
0
32764
50
8836
25
C4
3000i
0221
171
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001000
00000000
00000000
926
-4063
-2619
115
-1034
0
-8235
3670
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5915
-1500
0
7282
0
32406
4529
4
13493
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1892
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1289
3900
0
0
2544
5000
1812
0
0
0
3855
8995
0
0
0
32766
31
5701
25
iS12
3000
0078
172
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
400
-1550
-1243
170
-1530
0
-8235
4960
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
-5140
-2700
0
7282
0
32205
7041
4
21044
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2363
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
418
0
0
0
0
1814
7930
0
0
1194
3000
2056
0
0
0
5133
8978
0
0
0
32764
51
8891
45
iF4
4000
0223
173
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
659
-2463
-2623
106
-953
0
-8235
3980
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20
-11789
-180
0
8010
0
32446
4029
4
11998
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1784
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
201
0
0
0
0
32
5130
0
0
1443
2000
3338
0
0
0
6670
8980
0
0
0
32766
27
5069
45
iS22
2000
0085
174
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
750
-3280
-1296
242
-2172
0
-8235
3496
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3616
-2800
0
7282
0
32106
8275
4
24770
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2618
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
692
0
0
0
0
0
2866
0
0
2459
4500
562
0
0
0
3089
8982
0
0
0
32763
64
10913
45
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iF4
4000HV
0225
175
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
525
-2056
-2619
113
-1009
0
-8235
3762
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32433
4184
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1888
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1032
12388
0
0
2573
4000
3348
0
0
0
6670
8980
0
0
0
32766
31
5676
25
C8
2000i
0226
176
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1096
-4638
-2651
150
-1342
0
-8235
2827
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3854
-1236
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
277
0
0
0
0
1552
3880
0
0
2380
4500
1550
0
0
0
3860
8990
0
0
0
32763
63
10709
25
iF8
3000
0227
177
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
712
-3187
-2651
113
-1009
0
-8235
3760
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6418
-3000
0
8010
0
32383
4807
4
14327
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1950
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
786
5180
0
0
2103
1500
1815
0
0
0
5140
8985
0
0
0
32765
33
6053
45
iS22
2000HV
0086
178
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1025
-4010
-2665
244
-2182
0
-8235
3478
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3616
-2800
0
7282
0
32433
4185
4
12462
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2611
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
689
0
0
0
0
0
2866
0
0
5149
2500
562
0
0
0
3089
8982
0
0
0
32763
64
10854
25
iF8
3000HV
0229
179
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
886
-3174
-2645
113
-1008
0
-8235
3764
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6159
-1261
0
8010
0
32433
4184
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
782
0
0
0
4191
6000
1810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
33
6042
25
- 511 -
iS0.5
6000
0115
181
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
141
-511
-2415
7
-59
0
-8235
-6462
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
6918
0
32674
1178
4
3497
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1376
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1009
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32767
16
3015
25
iS1
6000
0116
182
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
398
-1137
-2388
6
-53
0
-8235
-7176
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-11530
-1000
0
7282
0
32695
915
4
2714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1212
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
89
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1763
0
0
0
0
0
11560
12880
0
0
0
32767
12
2340
25
iS8/3000
FS0i
0075-Bxx6
183
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
450
-1840
-1234
164
-1476
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-30
-5144
-2700
0
7282
0
32381
4835
4
14410
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2780
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
226
0
0
0
0
1805
7930
0
0
1442
3500
1552
0
0
0
3852
8990
0
0
0
32764
51
8896
25
iS8
4000
0235
185
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
544
-2352
-2616
33
-294
0
-8235
-1289
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7691
-2000
0
7282
0
32609
1993
4
5920
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1253
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
562
0
0
0
0
519
7780
0
0
2106
4000
2580
0
0
0
5652
8990
0
0
0
32767
13
2501
85
iS8
4000HV
0236
186
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
694
-2700
-2636
34
-306
0
-8235
-1240
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7690
-2000
0
7282
0
32596
2153
4
6396
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1302
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
541
0
0
0
0
519
7268
0
0
5103
4500
2580
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32767
14
2702
45
iS12
4000
0238
188
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
657
-2522
-2639
52
-466
0
-8235
-815
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5904
-2400
0
7282
0
32534
2923
4
8692
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1518
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
696
0
0
0
0
521
5170
0
0
1592
3000
2570
0
0
0
5135
9000
0
0
0
32766
19
3672
85
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS12
4000HV
0239
189
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
783
-3006
-2666
52
-470
0
-8235
-808
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20
-5904
-3000
0
7282
0
32530
2976
4
8848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1532
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
690
0
0
0
0
521
6159
0
0
4904
2000
2575
0
0
0
6174
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
3738
45
B-65270EN/07
C12
2000i
0241
191
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
3809
-8197
-2679
280
-2504
0
-8235
1516
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1804
-2500
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3020
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
350
0
0
0
0
0
2168
0
0
4150
12000
1044
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32761
91
14518
25
iF12
3000
0243
193
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1072
-3835
-2630
192
-1721
0
-8235
2204
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-5140
-8199
-747
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
517
0
0
0
0
32
0
0
0
2388
2000
2568
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
38
6924
85
iS8/3000
FS0i 40A
0075-Bxx6
194
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
900
-3680
-1234
82
-738
0
-8235
-1029
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5133
-1350
0
3641
0
32671
1214
4
3603
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1390
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
452
0
0
0
0
794
7930
0
0
1442
7000
1552
0
0
0
3852
8990
0
0
0
32767
12
2224
45
iF12
3000HV
0245
195
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1044
-3677
-2679
193
-1727
0
-8235
2197
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20
-8214
-2350
0
7282
0
32548
2755
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2092
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
516
0
0
0
0
774
0
0
0
4787
4000
2320
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
39
6969
45
- 512 -
C22
2000i
0246
196
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1755
-6536
-2694
271
-2426
0
-8235
1565
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2597
-1942
0
8010
0
32114
8171
4
24454
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
680
0
0
0
0
1548
2600
0
0
3695
4000
1046
0
0
0
2070
9000
0
0
0
32761
83
13493
45
iF22
3000
0247
197
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1458
-5416
-2690
198
-1775
0
-8235
2137
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-2590
-5136
-2800
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
929
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
3272
4500
1301
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
40
7229
85
iS12/2000
FS0i
0077-Bxx6
198
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
320
-1958
-1246
230
-2054
0
-8235
3695
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3884
-4400
0
7282
0
32323
5566
4
16603
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3126
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
315
0
0
0
0
1
3940
0
0
1350
4000
280
0
0
0
1832
8980
0
0
0
32763
60
10250
25
iF22
3000HV
0249
199
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1532
-5641
-2692
197
-1765
0
-8235
2150
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4392
-2824
0
7282
0
32548
2755
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2118
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
934
0
0
0
0
787
0
0
0
6547
6000
1808
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
40
7142
45
iS12/2000
FS0i 40A
0077-Bxx6
200
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
951
-3525
-1246
115
-1027
0
-8235
7390
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3862
-2200
0
3641
0
32646
1520
4
4511
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1563
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
630
0
0
0
0
1282
3940
0
0
1350
8000
280
0
0
0
1812
7700
0
0
0
32767
15
2785
45
C30
1500i
0251
201
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2644
-10345
-2695
166
-1486
0
-8235
2553
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1545
-1300
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1655
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1630
0
0
0
0
2059
2148
0
0
6680
14000
539
0
0
0
1054
9000
0
0
0
32766
23
4361
85
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model iS22/1500

FS0i
Motor specification 0084-Bxx6
Motor ID No.
202
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
1809
2004
00000110
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000000
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00000000
1708
2014
00000000
1750
2210
00000000
1751
2211
00001110
2713
2300
00000000
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
1048
1853
2041
-4337
1854
2042
-2659
1855
2043
280
1856
2044
-2507
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
3027
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
0
1869
2057
-2110
1870
2058
-4691
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
7282
1873
2061
0
1877
2062
32319
1878
2063
5617
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
16756
1894
2066
-10
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
8192
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
3012
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
597
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
1025
1704
2111
2248
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
3290
1736
2128
5500
1752
2129
1032
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
2580
1757
2134
8990
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
32763
1786
2163
60
1787
2164
10345
1788
2165
25
iF30
3000
0253
203
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
597
-2334
-2694
230
-2057
0
-8235
1845
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5170
-1000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2306
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1170
0
0
0
0
1032
7735
0
0
1688
2500
2829
0
0
0
5140
8995
0
0
140
32764
48
8466
165
iS22/1500 iS2/4000
FS0i 40A
FS0i
0084-Bxx6 0061-Bxx6
205
206
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
4342
-11170
-1329
140
-1254
0
-8235
6054
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2079
-2342
0
3641
0
32655
1411
4
4189
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1506
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1194
0
0
0
0
514
2248
0
0
3290
11000
1032
0
0
0
2580
4382
0
0
0
32767
14
2586
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
280
-1080
-1112
78
-698
0
-8235
-1089
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32652
1455
4
4317
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1050
11600
0
0
1172
3000
2574
0
0
0
7188
8990
0
0
120
32757
140
2665
25
iF40
3000
0257
207
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1289
-5048
-2696
191
-1712
0
-8235
2216
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2570
-2000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1957
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1839
0
0
0
0
1291
5140
0
0
3041
2000
1553
0
0
0
3087
8990
0
0
140
32765
33
6099
165
- 513 -
iF40
3000Fan
0257
208
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1289
-5048
-2696
191
-1712
0
-8235
2216
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2570
-2000
0
7282
0
32431
4212
4
12545
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1839
0
0
0
0
1291
5140
0
0
3041
2000
1553
0
0
0
3087
8990
0
0
140
32718
629
10707
165
iS2/4000 iS4/4000 iS4/4000

FS0i 40A
FS0i
FS0i 40A
0061-Bxx6 0063-Bxx6 0063-Bxx6
210
211
212
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00010000
00010000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
560
-2160
-1112
39
-349
0
-8235
-2178
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10245
-500
0
3277
0
32739
364
4
1079
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
764
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
7500
0
0
238
0
0
0
0
564
11600
0
0
1172
6000
2574
0
0
0
7188
8990
0
0
120
32765
34
666
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
288
-960
-1144
112
-1008
0
-8235
-753
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20
-7700
-2240
0
7282
0
32532
2945
4
8758
-10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2178
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
782
7790
0
0
796
1000
3130
0
0
0
7691
8976
0
0
120
32745
294
5407
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
576
-1920
-1144
56
-504
0
-8235
-1506
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7690
-1120
0
3641
0
32709
738
4
2189
-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1089
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
292
0
0
0
0
284
7790
0
0
796
2000
3130
0
0
0
7691
8976
0
0
120
32762
70
1352
45
iS22
4000
0265
215
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
714
-2904
-2674
69
-616
0
-8235
6163
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7689
-2000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1627
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1216
0
0
0
0
519
6224
0
0
2041
2500
2580
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
140
32766
23
4214
165
iS22
4000HV
0266
216
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
709
-2806
-1345
76
-685
0
-8235
5538
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7684
-1000
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1093
0
0
0
0
513
6194
0
0
4264
2000
3092
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32766
28
5218
85
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS30
4000
0268
218
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
689
-2675
-2683
82
-733
0
-8235
5175
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6415
-3000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1836
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1470
0
0
0
0
775
6450
0
0
1871
4000
2574
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
140
32766
29
5369
165
B-65270EN/07
iS30
4000HV
0269
219
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
816
-3277
-2696
82
-738
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6415
-3000
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1460
0
0
0
0
775
6430
0
0
5117
3000
2574
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32766
30
5432
85
iS40
4000
0272
222
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
748
-3055
-2682
92
-827
0
-8235
4589
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5648
-3000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2073
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1701
0
0
0
0
776
5682
0
0
1853
4000
2063
0
0
0
5150
8988
0
0
140
32765
38
6846
165
iS40
4000HV
0273
223
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
860
-3457
-2700
93
-831
0
-8235
4569
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5652
-3600
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2083
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1693
0
0
0
0
769
5682
0
0
5230
4000
2063
0
0
0
5150
8988
0
0
0
32765
38
6908
85
iS50
3000
0275
224
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
528
-2088
-2690
69
-622
0
-8235
6099
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5646
-2000
0
7282
0
32558
2627
4
7810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1439
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3312
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
2046
6500
2063
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32754
174
3300
365
- 514 -
iS50
3000Fan
0275
225
iS50
3000HVFan
0276
226
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
528
-2088
-2690
69
-622
0
-8235
6099
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5646
-2000
0
7282
0
32348
5245
4
15639
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2037
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3312
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
2046
6500
2063
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32739
365
6608
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
680
-2961
-2697
70
-628
0
-8235
6039
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5646
-2000
0
7282
0
32371
4967
4
14807
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2057
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3279
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
4861
2500
2068
0
0
0
5140
9000
0
0
0
32738
373
6736
185
iS50
3000HV
0276
227
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
680
-2961
-2697
70
-628
0
-8235
6039
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5646
-2000
0
7282
0
32554
2680
4
7968
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1454
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3279
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
4861
2500
2068
0
0
0
5140
9000
0
0
0
32754
178
3366
185
iS100
2500Fan
0285
230
iS100
2500HVFan
0286
231
iS200
2500Fan
0288
234
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
874
-4483
-2717
91
-819
0
-8235
4632
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4368
-1359
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4589
0
0
0
0
776
3787
0
0
3520
6500
1297
0
0
0
2570
8970
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
980
-4082
-2718
91
-819
0
-8235
4636
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
10000
0
0
4423
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
6952
2000
1549
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1309
-5199
-2719
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3090
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3013
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1290
0
0
0
3518
4000
1298
0
0
0
2068
12820
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS100
2500
0285
235
iS100
2500HV
0286
236
iS200
2500HVFan
0289
237
iS200
2500
0288
238
iS200
2500HV
0289
239
iS300
2000HV
0293
243
iS500
2000
0295
245
iS500
2000HV
0296
246
iS1000
2000HV
0298
248
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
874
-4483
-2717
91
-819
0
-8235
4632
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4368
-1359
0
7282
0
32310
5728
4
15662
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1960
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4589
0
0
0
0
776
3787
0
0
3520
6500
1297
0
0
0
2570
8970
0
0
106
32750
223
6581
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
980
-4082
-2718
91
-819
0
-8235
4636
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32474
3672
4
15982
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2033
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
10000
0
0
4423
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
6952
2000
1549
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
140
32759
112
6752
185
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1194
-5535
-2719
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3088
-3000
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3013
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1291
3428
0
0
6729
4000
1551
0
0
0
2575
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1309
-5199
-2719
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3090
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2712
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1290
0
0
0
3518
4000
1298
0
0
0
2068
12820
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1194
-5535
-2719
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3088
-3000
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2712
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1291
3428
0
0
6729
4000
1551
0
0
0
2575
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1077
-5101
-2712
114
-1025
0
-8235
3703
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32391
4714
4
23263
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2483
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
10871
0
0
0
0
1296
0
0
0
7634
5000
1301
0
0
0
2574
12814
0
0
140
32738
375
13952
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1943
-6970
-2711
134
-1199
0
-8235
3164
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2068
-2600
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2980
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
15096
0
0
0
0
1296
0
0
0
4175
4000
1041
0
0
0
2069
8981
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1713
-6505
-2713
134
-1199
0
-8235
3164
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-2070
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2980
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
15096
0
0
0
0
1293
3714
0
0
8341
4500
788
0
0
0
2324
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1053
-3316
-2722
234
-2096
0
-8235
1811
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3097
-2000
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2834
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
28573
0
0
0
0
1296
3172
0
0
8637
6000
1047
0
0
0
2580
8985
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
- 515 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
6.2
B-65270EN/07

Series 90B0
Series 90D0 and 90E0
- 516 -
August, 2007
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS2
4000HV
0062
251
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
348
-1676
-1232
78
-700
0
-8235
-1085
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32538
2879
4
8560
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1507
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1048
11600
0
0
2345
1000
3358
0
0
0
7192
8990
0
0
0
32766
19
3617
10
iF1
5000
0202
252
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
620
-3034
-1256
66
-594
0
-8235
6384
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-5130
0
0
0
7282
0
32613
1933
4
5739
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1234
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
72
0
0
0
0
32
10260
0
0
1188
1667
3858
0
0
0
7690
12840
0
0
0
32767
13
2425
25
iS2
4000
0061
253
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
360
-1920
-1237
78
-698
0
-8235
-1089
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32531
2963
4
8811
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1048
11600
0
0
1172
2500
3358
0
0
0
7192
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
3723
25
iS2/4000
SVSP40A
0061
254
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00010000
00010000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
720
-3840
-1237
39
-349
0
-8235
-2178
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10245
-500
0
3277
0
32531
2963
4
2203
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
764
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
238
0
0
0
0
815
11600
0
0
1172
5000
3358
0
0
0
7192
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
931
45
iF2
5000
0205
255
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
760
-3743
-1283
76
-680
0
-8235
5578
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-10
-12298
-1275
0
7282
0
32497
3390
4
10085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1636
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
109
0
0
0
0
32
10280
0
0
1276
2000
3862
0
0
0
7693
12840
0
0
0
32766
23
4261
25
- 517 -
iS4
4000
0063
256
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
400
-1920
-1253
112
-1008
0
-8235
-753
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7694
-2800
0
7282
0
32289
5988
4
17873
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2178
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
780
7790
0
0
796
3000
3392
0
0
0
8992
12864
0
0
0
32765
42
7551
25
iS4/4000
SVSP40A
0063
257
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
800
-3840
-1253
56
-504
0
-8235
-1506
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7687
-1400
0
3641
0
32289
5988
4
4468
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1089
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
292
0
0
0
0
532
7790
0
0
796
6000
3392
0
0
0
8992
9024
0
0
0
32765
42
1888
45
iS8
3000
0075
258
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
650
-3831
-1299
164
-1476
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-2570
-5140
-3200
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2780
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
226
0
0
0
0
1807
7930
0
0
1442
3500
1298
0
0
0
3858
8990
0
0
0
32762
74
12305
25
iS8/3000
SVSP40A
0075
259
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1160
-5600
-1299
82
-738
0
-8235
-1029
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5131
-1600
0
3641
0
32289
5994
4
4472
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1390
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
452
0
0
0
0
1045
7930
0
0
1442
7000
1298
0
0
0
3858
8990
0
0
0
32762
74
3076
45
iS0.2
5000
0111
260
iS0.3
5000
0112
261
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
123
-510
-1069
4
-36
0
-8235
-10638
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32725
533
4
3163
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1929
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
1
7710
0
0
379
0
0
0
0
0
7700
12825
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
210
-970
-1146
4
-33
0
-8235
-11550
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32725
533
4
3163
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1929
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
14
0
0
0
0
1
7700
0
0
852
3000
3880
0
0
0
7695
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
B-65270EN/07
iS2
5000
0212
262
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
530
-2543
-1251
39
-350
0
-8235
10853
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-2000
0
7282
0
32528
3005
4
8936
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1540
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
117
0
0
0
0
32
8995
0
0
1137
1000
3851
0
0
0
7690
12840
0
0
0
32766
20
3776
25
iS2
5000HV
0213
263
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
400
-2312
-1251
39
-351
0
-8235
-1081
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10252
-1600
0
7282
0
32532
2953
4
8782
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1526
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
117
0
0
0
0
40
10260
0
0
4548
1250
3847
0
0
0
7690
12850
0
0
0
32766
20
3711
10
iS4
4000HV
0064
264
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
331
-1560
-1246
112
-1010
0
-8235
-751
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7694
-2800
0
7282
0
32299
5865
4
17504
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2155
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
780
7790
0
0
1592
500
3339
0
0
0
8972
12816
0
0
0
32765
41
7395
10
iS4
5000
0215
265
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
420
-1748
-1276
64
-574
0
-8235
-661
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8974
-3641
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2824
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
127
0
0
0
0
8
10295
0
0
646
1667
3847
0
0
0
7690
12840
0
0
0
32762
77
12702
25
iS4
5000HV
0216
266
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
425
-1641
-1266
64
-574
0
-8235
-661
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10262
-3300
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2824
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
127
0
0
0
0
40
10260
0
0
1293
3000
5122
0
0
0
7685
12850
0
0
0
32762
77
12702
10
- 518 -
iS8 3000HV iS12/2000

SVSP 40A
0076
0077
267
268
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
605
-3028
-1300
166
-1482
0
-8235
5118
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5140
-3200
0
7282
0
32301
5842
4
17435
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2793
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
225
0
0
0
0
1807
7930
0
0
2885
1000
1298
0
0
0
3848
8990
0
0
0
32762
75
12424
10
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1094
-6578
-1305
115
-1027
0
-8235
7390
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3862
-2175
0
3641
0
32646
1525
4
4511
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1563
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
630
0
0
0
0
1282
3940
0
0
1350
8000
280
0
0
0
3614
4372
0
0
0
32766
21
3890
45
iS12
2000
0077
269
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
547
-3289
-1305
230
-2054
0
-8235
3695
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3884
-4350
0
7282
0
32284
6045
4
18045
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3126
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
315
0
0
0
0
1
3940
0
0
1350
4000
280
0
0
0
3614
8980
0
0
0
32760
99
15559
25
iS12
3000HV
0079
270
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
427
-2301
-1302
170
-1524
0
-8235
4978
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5140
-3500
0
7282
0
32435
4164
4
12399
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2356
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
420
0
0
0
0
1814
7930
0
0
2388
3000
2056
0
0
0
5138
6430
0
0
0
32764
50
8836
25
C4
3000i
0221
271
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1240
-6415
-1309
115
-1034
0
-8235
3670
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5915
-1500
0
7282
0
32406
4529
4
13493
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1892
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1289
3900
0
0
2544
5000
1812
0
0
0
3855
8995
0
0
0
32766
31
5701
25
iS12
3000
0078
272
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
402
-2217
-1304
170
-1530
0
-8235
4960
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5140
-3500
0
7282
0
32205
7041
4
21044
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2363
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
418
0
0
0
0
1814
7930
0
0
1194
3000
2056
0
0
0
5138
8990
0
0
0
32764
51
8891
45
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iF4
4000
0223
273
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
993
-4260
-1311
106
-953
0
-8235
3980
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-5130
-11789
-180
0
8010
0
32446
4029
4
11998
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1784
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
201
0
0
0
0
32
5130
0
0
1443
2000
3338
0
0
0
6670
8980
0
0
0
32766
27
5069
45
iS22
2000
0085
274
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1184
-6800
-1331
242
-2172
0
-8235
3496
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-5130
-3612
-3000
0
7282
0
32106
8275
4
24770
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2618
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
692
0
0
0
0
0
2866
0
0
2459
5000
562
0
0
0
3350
8979
0
0
0
32763
64
10913
45
iF4
4000HV
0225
275
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
570
-3578
-1309
113
-1009
0
-8235
3762
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32433
4184
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1888
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1032
0
0
0
2573
4000
3348
0
0
0
5130
8990
0
0
0
32766
31
5676
25
C8
2000i
0226
276
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1276
-6288
-1326
150
-1342
0
-8235
2827
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3854
-1236
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
277
0
0
0
0
1552
3880
0
0
2380
4500
1550
0
0
0
3860
8990
0
0
0
32763
63
10709
25
iF8
3000
0227
277
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
787
-4184
-1325
113
-1009
0
-8235
3760
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6420
-2000
0
8010
0
32383
4807
4
14327
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1950
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
776
3870
0
0
2103
3500
1815
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
33
6053
45
- 519 -
iS22
2000HV
0086
278
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1446
-5822
-1332
244
-2182
0
-8235
3478
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3612
-3000
0
7282
0
32433
4185
4
12462
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2611
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
689
0
0
0
0
0
2866
0
0
5149
3000
562
0
0
0
3352
8989
0
0
0
32763
64
10854
25
iF8
3000HV
0229
279
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1222
-5890
-1322
113
-1008
0
-8235
3764
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6159
-1261
0
8010
0
32433
4184
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
782
0
0
0
4191
6000
1810
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32765
33
6042
25
iS0.4
5000
0114
280
iS0.5
6000
0115
281
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
100
-430
-2463
7
-61
0
-8235
-6249
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
5826
0
32640
1603
4
4759
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1605
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
22
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32766
22
4104
25
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
138
-673
-1205
7
-59
0
-8235
-6462
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
7282
0
32674
1178
4
3497
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1376
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
25
10290
0
0
504
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32767
16
3015
25
iS1
6000
0116
282
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
312
-1360
-1203
6
-53
0
-8235
-7176
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-15420
-1000
0
7282
0
32695
915
4
2714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1212
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
89
0
0
0
0
1556
10290
0
0
881
1500
5135
0
0
0
15400
12840
0
0
0
32767
12
2340
25
iS8/3000
FS0i
0075-Bxx6
283
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
650
-3831
-1299
164
-1476
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-2570
-5140
-3200
0
7282
0
32381
4835
4
14410
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2780
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
226
0
0
0
0
1807
7930
0
0
1442
3500
1298
0
0
0
3858
8990
0
0
0
32764
51
8896
25
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
B-65270EN/07
iS2
6000
0218
284
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
552
-2288
-1252
48
-429
0
-8235
-884
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-13062
-1000
0
7282
0
32415
4413
4
13146
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1868
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
96
0
0
0
0
1555
11550
0
0
1137
3000
4112
0
0
0
7690
7740
0
0
0
32766
30
5554
25
iS8
4000
0235
285
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
550
-3449
-1307
33
-294
0
-8235
-1289
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7685
-2000
0
7282
0
32609
1993
4
5920
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1253
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
562
0
0
0
0
519
7268
0
0
2106
4000
2580
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32767
13
2501
85
iS8
4000HV
0236
286
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
694
-3858
-1318
34
-306
0
-8235
-1240
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7685
-2000
0
7282
0
32596
2153
4
6396
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1302
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
541
0
0
0
0
519
7268
0
0
5103
4500
2580
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32767
14
2702
45
iS2
6000HV
0219
287
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
497
-2371
-1249
48
-429
0
-8235
-884
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-13062
-1200
0
7282
0
32416
4405
4
13123
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1866
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
96
0
0
0
0
1555
11550
0
0
2302
2200
4112
0
0
0
7690
7740
0
0
0
32766
30
5544
10
iS12
4000
0238
288
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
570
-3358
-1319
52
-466
0
-8235
-815
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5898
-3000
0
7282
0
32534
2923
4
8692
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1518
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
696
0
0
0
0
521
6174
0
0
1592
2000
2575
0
0
0
6174
8990
0
0
0
32766
19
3672
85
- 520 -
iS12
4000HV
0239
289
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
783
-4294
-1333
52
-470
0
-8235
-808
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5898
-3000
0
7282
0
32530
2976
4
8848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1532
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
690
0
0
0
0
521
6159
0
0
4904
2000
2575
0
0
0
6174
8990
0
0
0
32766
20
3738
45
iS8
6000
0232
290
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
460
-1760
-1305
53
-478
0
-8235
-794
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-16398
-1000
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2075
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
346
0
0
0
0
1284
10255
0
0
801
1000
5388
0
0
0
10250
12830
0
0
0
32765
38
6857
85
C12
2000i
0241
291
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1875
-9137
-1339
280
-2504
0
-8235
1516
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1804
-2500
0
7282
0
32289
5994
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3020
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
350
0
0
0
0
0
2168
0
0
4150
12000
1044
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32761
91
14518
25
iS8
6000HV
0233
292
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
381
-1749
-1305
53
-478
0
-8235
-794
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-16398
-1000
0
7282
0
32548
2755
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2075
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
346
0
0
0
0
1284
10255
0
0
1600
1400
5390
0
0
0
10260
12835
0
0
0
32765
38
6857
45
iF12
3000
0243
293
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1701
-6391
-1315
192
-1721
0
-8235
2204
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8199
-747
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
517
0
0
0
0
32
0
0
0
2388
2000
2568
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
38
6924
85
iS8/3000
FS0i 40A
0075-Bxx6
294
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1160
-5600
-1299
82
-738
0
-8235
-1029
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5131
-1600
0
3641
0
32671
1214
4
3603
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1390
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
452
0
0
0
0
1045
7930
0
0
1442
7000
1298
0
0
0
3858
8990
0
0
0
32767
12
2224
45
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS16i,30i,etc
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2210
2211
2300
2301
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
FS15i
1808
1809
1883
1884
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1707
1708
1750
1751
2713
2714
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1877
1878
1892
1893
1894
1895
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1735
1736
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
iF12
3000HV
0245
295
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1200
-6059
-1339
193
-1727
0
-8235
2197
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8203
-1178
0
7282
0
32548
2755
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2092
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
516
0
0
0
0
774
0
0
0
4787
4000
2320
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
39
6969
45
C22
2000i
0246
296
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2320
-10593
-1347
271
-2426
0
-8235
1565
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2597
-1942
0
8010
0
32114
8171
4
24454
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
680
0
0
0
0
1548
2600
0
0
3695
4000
1046
0
0
0
2070
9000
0
0
0
32761
83
13493
45
iF22
3000
0247
297
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1750
-6000
-1345
198
-1775
0
-8235
2137
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5136
-2800
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
929
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
3272
4500
1301
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
40
7229
85
iS12
2000
FS0i
0077-Bxx6
298
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
547
-3289
-1305
230
-2054
0
-8235
3695
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3884
-4350
0
7282
0
32323
5566
4
16603
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3126
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
315
0
0
0
0
1
3940
0
0
1350
4000
280
0
0
0
3614
8980
0
0
0
32763
60
10250
25
iF22
3000HV
0249
299
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1919
-9132
-1346
197
-1765
0
-8235
2150
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5136
-2824
0
7282
0
32548
2755
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2118
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
934
0
0
0
0
787
0
0
0
6547
6000
1808
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
32765
40
7142
45
- 521 -
iS12
2000
FS0i 40A
0077-Bxx6
300
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
1094
-6578
-1305
115
-1027
0
-8235
7390
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3862
-2175
0
3641
0
32646
1525
4
4511
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1563
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
630
0
0
0
0
1282
3940
0
0
1350
8000
280
0
0
0
3614
4372
0
0
0
32767
15
2785
45
C30
1500i
0251
301
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2238
-13330
-1347
166
-1486
0
-8235
2553
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1545
-1300
0
7282
0
32520
3101
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1655
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1630
0
0
0
0
2059
2148
0
0
6680
14000
539
0
0
0
1054
9000
0
0
0
32766
23
4361
85
iS22
1500
FS0i
0084-Bxx6
302
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
2171
-8178
-1329
280
-2507
0
-8235
3027
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2110
-4691
0
7282
0
32319
5617
4
16756
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3012
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
597
0
0
0
0
1025
2248
0
0
3290
5500
1032
0
0
0
2580
8990
0
0
0
32763
60
10345
25
iF30
3000
0253
303
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
768
-4492
-1347
230
-2057
0
-8235
1845
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20500
-8465
-1657
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2306
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1170
0
0
0
0
1032
7735
0
0
1688
2500
2829
0
0
0
5140
8995
0
0
140
32764
48
8466
165
iS22
1500
FS0i 40A
0084-Bxx6
305
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
4342
-16356
-1329
140
-1254
0
-8235
6054
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2079
-2342
0
3641
0
32655
1411
4
4189
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1506
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1194
0
0
0
0
514
2248
0
0
3290
11000
1032
0
0
0
2580
4382
0
0
0
32767
14
2586
45
iS2/4000
FS0i
0061-Bxx6
306
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000100
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
360
-1920
-1237
78
-698
0
-8235
-1089
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10250
-1000
0
6554
0
32652
1455
4
4317
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
119
0
0
0
0
1048
11600
0
0
1172
2500
3358
0
0
0
7192
8990
0
0
120
32757
140
2665
25
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iF40
3000
0257
307
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1613
-7446
-1348
191
-1712
0
-8235
2216
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2570
-2000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1957
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
12000
0
0
1839
0
0
0
0
1291
5220
0
0
3041
6000
1560
0
0
0
2590
8990
0
0
140
32765
33
6099
165
B-65270EN/07
iF40
3000Fan
0257
308
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1613
-7446
-1348
191
-1712
0
-8235
2216
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2570
-2000
0
7282
0
32431
4212
4
12545
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
12000
0
0
1839
0
0
0
0
1291
5140
0
0
3041
2000
1553
0
0
0
3085
8990
0
0
140
32718
629
10707
165
iS2/4000 iS4/4000 iS4/4000

FS0i 40A
FS0i
FS0i 40A
0061-Bxx6 0063-Bxx6 0063-Bxx6
310
311
312
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00010000
00010000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
720
-3840
-1237
39
-349
0
-8235
-2178
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-10245
-500
0
3277
0
32739
364
4
1079
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
764
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
238
0
0
0
0
815
11600
0
0
1172
5000
3358
0
0
0
7192
8990
0
0
120
32765
34
666
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
400
-1920
-1253
112
-1008
0
-8235
-753
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7694
-2800
0
7282
0
32532
2945
4
8758
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2178
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
0
0
0
780
7790
0
0
796
3000
3392
0
0
0
8992
12864
0
0
120
32745
294
5407
25
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001110
00001110
00000000
00001110
00000000
00000000
800
-3840
-1253
56
-504
0
-8235
-1506
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7687
-1400
0
3641
0
32709
738
4
2189
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1089
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
292
0
0
0
0
532
7790
0
0
796
6000
3392
0
0
0
8992
9024
0
0
120
32762
70
1352
45
- 522 -
iS22
4000
0265
315
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
581
-3844
-1337
69
-616
0
-8235
6163
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7687
-2000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1627
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1216
0
0
0
0
519
6224
0
0
2041
2500
2580
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
140
32766
23
4214
165
iS22
4000HV
0266
316
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
709
-4008
-1345
76
-685
0
-8235
5538
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7683
-1000
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1093
0
0
0
0
513
6194
0
0
4264
2000
3092
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32766
28
5218
85
iS30
4000
0268
318
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
799
-4447
-1317
82
-733
0
-8235
5175
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6412
-2300
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1836
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1470
0
0
0
0
775
6450
0
0
1871
4000
2574
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
140
32766
29
5369
165
iS30
4000HV
0269
319
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
816
-4681
-1348
82
-738
0
-8235
5143
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6412
-2300
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1460
0
0
0
0
775
6430
0
0
5117
3000
2574
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32766
30
5432
85
iS40
4000
0272
322
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
712
-4138
-1341
92
-827
0
-8235
4589
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5645
-3000
0
7282
0
32511
3215
4
9565
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2073
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1701
0
0
0
0
776
5682
0
0
1853
4000
2063
0
0
0
5150
8988
0
0
140
32765
38
6846
165
iS40
4000HV
0273
323
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
860
-4938
-1350
93
-831
0
-8235
4569
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5648
-3000
0
7282
0
32501
3332
4
9912
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2083
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1693
0
0
0
0
769
5682
0
0
5230
4000
2063
0
0
0
5150
8988
0
0
0
32765
38
6908
85
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
iS50
3000
0275
324
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
547
-3423
-1345
69
-622
0
-8235
6099
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5638
-1000
0
7282
0
32558
2627
4
7810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1439
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3312
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
2046
6500
2063
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32754
174
3300
365
iS50
3000Fan
0275
325
iS50
3000HVFan
0276
326
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
547
-3423
-1345
69
-622
0
-8235
6099
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5638
-1000
0
7282
0
32348
5245
4
15639
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2037
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3312
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
2046
6500
2063
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32739
365
6608
365
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
705
-4855
-1348
70
-628
0
-8235
6039
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5638
-1000
0
7282
0
32371
4967
4
14807
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2057
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3279
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
4861
2500
2068
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32738
373
6736
185
iS50
3000HV
0276
327
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
705
-4855
-1348
70
-628
0
-8235
6039
0
0
956
510
0
31979
3
319
0
-5638
-1000
0
7282
0
32554
2680
4
7968
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1454
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3279
0
0
0
0
519
6174
0
0
4861
2500
2068
0
0
0
5150
8990
0
0
0
32754
178
3366
185
iS100
2500Fan
0285
330
iS100
2500HVFan
0286
331
iS200
2500Fan
0288
334
iS100
2500
0285
335
iS100
2500HV
0286
336
iS200
2500HVFan
0289
337
iS200
2500
0288
338
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1020
-7093
-1359
91
-819
0
-8235
4632
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4368
-1359
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4589
0
0
0
0
776
3787
0
0
3520
6500
1297
0
0
0
2570
8970
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1790
-5915
-1359
91
-819
0
-8235
4636
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2848
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
10000
0
0
4423
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
6952
2000
1549
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1834
-7805
-1360
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3090
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3013
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1290
0
0
0
3518
4000
1298
0
0
0
3092
12826
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1020
-7093
-1359
91
-819
0
-8235
4632
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4368
-1359
0
7282
0
32310
5728
4
15662
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1960
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4589
0
0
0
0
776
3787
0
0
3520
6500
1297
0
0
0
2570
8970
0
0
106
32750
223
6581
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1790
-5915
-1359
91
-819
0
-8235
4636
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32474
3672
4
15982
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2033
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
10000
0
0
4423
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
6952
2000
1549
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
140
32759
112
6752
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2080
-8139
-1359
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3088
-3000
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3013
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1291
3428
0
0
6729
4000
1551
0
0
0
2575
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1834
-7805
-1360
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3090
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2712
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1290
0
0
0
3518
4000
1298
0
0
0
3092
12826
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
- 523 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
B-65270EN/07
iS200
2500HV
0289
339
iS2000
2000HV
0091
340
iS300
2000
0292
342
iS300
2000HV
0293
343
iS500
2000
0295
345
iS500
2000HV
0296
346
iS1000
2000HV
0298
348
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2080
-8139
-1359
115
-1026
0
-8235
3699
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3088
-3000
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2712
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5973
0
0
0
0
1291
3428
0
0
6729
4000
1551
0
0
0
2575
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
185
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000001
00000000
00000000
00011110
00000000
00000000
643
-3600
-1358
502
-4500
0
-8235
843
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
-12825
-2120
-2800
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2893
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
6221
0
0
0
0
2068
1430
0
0
3449
4200
1060
0
0
0
1297
12828
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
0
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1659
-8045
-1354
114
-1025
0
-8235
3709
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3081
-700
0
7282
0
32391
4714
4
23263
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2386
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
10871
0
0
0
0
1296
0
0
0
3817
7000
1301
0
0
0
2574
12814
0
0
140
32738
375
13952
365
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1327
-7279
-1356
114
-1025
0
-8235
3703
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3846
-900
0
7282
0
32391
4714
4
23263
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2483
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
10871
0
0
0
0
1296
0
0
0
7634
5000
1298
0
0
0
2574
12814
0
0
140
32738
375
13952
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2660
-10235
-1355
134
-1199
0
-8235
3164
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2068
-2600
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2980
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
15096
0
0
0
0
1296
0
0
0
4175
4000
1041
0
0
0
2069
8981
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2255
-10049
-1356
134
-1199
0
-8235
3164
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-2070
-2700
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2980
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
15096
0
0
0
0
1293
0
0
0
8341
4500
788
0
0
0
2324
8984
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
00001000
01000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
840
-5329
-1361
234
-2096
0
-8235
1811
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-2320
-2500
0
7282
0
32309
5734
4
27346
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2834
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
28573
0
0
0
0
1296
3172
0
0
8637
6000
1047
0
0
0
2580
8985
0
0
140
32745
292
13952
365
- 524 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
LiS300
A1/4
(200V)
Motor specification 0441-B200
Motor ID No.
351
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
1809
2004
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000100
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00000000
1708
2014
00000000
1750
2210
00000000
1751
2211
00000000
2713
2300
10000000
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
1968
1853
2041
-7138
1854
2042
-2618
1855
2043
16
1856
2044
-217
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
-8755
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
-6400
1869
2057
0
1870
2058
0
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
5826
1873
2061
120
1877
2062
32720
1878
2063
596
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
589
1894
2066
0
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
-24576
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
564
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
68
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
793
1704
2111
0
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
0
1736
2128
0
1752
2129
0
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
0
1757
2134
0
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
0
1786
2163
0
1787
2164
0
1788
2165
25
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
LiS600
A1/4
(200V)
0442-B200
353
LiS900
A1/4
(200V)
0443-B200
355
LiS1500
B1/4
(200V)
0444-B210
357
LiS1500
B1/4
(400V)
0444-B210
358
LiS3000
B2/2
(200V)
0445-B110
360
LiS3000
B2/2
(400V)
0445-B110
361
LiS3000
B2/4
(200V)
0445-B210
362
LiS4500
B2/2HV
(400V)
0446-B010
363
LiS4500
B2/2
(200V)
0446-B110
364
LiS4500
B2/2
(400V)
0446-B110
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1868
-6536
-2618
9
-122
0
-8235
-9339
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-6400
0
0
0
6554
120
32720
596
4
589
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
564
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
137
0
0
0
0
792
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1594
-6162
-2618
13
-179
0
-8235
-6367
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-6400
0
0
0
7282
120
32721
583
4
1326
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
28672
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
137
0
0
0
0
786
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1512
-11488
-2647
19
-260
0
-8235
-4371
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
227
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
409
-2068
-2689
19
-260
0
-8235
-4371
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
227
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
961
-5781
-2667
14
-194
0
-8235
-5866
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32711
719
4
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1074
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
502
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00000000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
602
-3127
-1330
14
-194
0
-8235
-5866
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32711
719
4
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1074
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
502
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
324
-4472
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
455
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
2590
-6505
-2697
11
-149
0
-8235
-7658
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6554
120
32714
681
4
1549
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
915
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
884
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
2834
-10862
-2696
10
-131
0
-8235
-8705
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5462
120
32707
758
4
1199
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
805
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1005
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
802
-4726
-2696
10
-131
0
-8235
-8705
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5462
120
32707
758
4
1199
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
805
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1005
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
- 525 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
LiS6000
B2/2Hv
(400V)
Motor ID No.
367
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00000000
1809
2004
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000100
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00000110
1708
2014
00000110
1750
2210
00000100
1751
2211
00001000
2713
2300
10000000
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
1469
1853
2041
-9936
1854
2042
-1330
1855
2043
7
1856
2044
-96
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
-11870
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
-7680
1869
2057
0
1870
2058
0
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
4369
1873
2061
120
1877
2062
32749
1878
2063
232
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
688
1894
2066
0
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
20480
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
610
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
1768
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
0
1704
2111
0
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
0
1736
2128
0
1752
2129
0
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
0
1757
2134
0
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
0
1786
2163
0
1787
2164
0
1788
2165
85
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
B-65270EN/07
LiS6000
B2/2
(200V)
0447-B110
368
LiS6000
B2/2
(400V)
0447-B110
369
LiS6000
B2/4
(200V)
0447-B210
370
LiS7500
B2/2Hv
(400V)
0448-B010
371
LiS7500
B2/2
(200V)
0448-B110
372
LiS7500
B2/2
(400V)
0448-B110
373
LiS7500
B2/4
(200V)
0448-B210
374
LiS9000
B2/2
(200V)
0449-B110
376
LiS9000
B2/2
(400V)
0449-B110
377
LiS9000
B2/4
(200V)
0449-B210
378
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
961
-5255
-2660
13
-169
0
-8235
-6746
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32711
719
4
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1074
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1005
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
766
-4195
-2696
13
-169
0
-8235
-6746
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32711
719
4
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1074
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1005
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1401
-10722
-2660
15
-202
0
-8235
-5642
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32708
753
4
2233
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
1742
-6205
-2697
9
-117
0
-8235
-9690
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5462
120
32714
680
4
1075
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
763
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1768
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
848
-5532
-2696
8
-103
0
-8235
-11014
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-7936
0
0
0
4551
120
32707
765
4
832
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
671
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2010
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001000
00001000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
1123
-6625
-2696
7
-92
0
-8235
-12391
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4046
120
32709
739
4
858
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
671
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2261
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001000
00001000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
946
-6400
-1331
8
-101
0
-8235
-11240
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-7680
0
0
0
4046
120
32687
1010
4
799
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
658
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000110
00000110
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
1240
-7877
-2660
12
-158
0
-8235
-7199
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5917
120
32707
758
4
1199
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
805
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2010
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00000000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000010
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
834
-4701
-1330
9
-128
0
-8235
-8929
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-9216
0
0
0
5259
120
32709
737
4
947
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
716
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2261
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
1483
-7099
-2660
10
-141
0
-8235
-8099
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32696
895
4
1151
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
789
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
- 526 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
LiS3300
C1/2
(200V)
Motor ID No.
380
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
1809
2004
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000100
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00000000
1708
2014
00000000
1750
2210
00000100
1751
2211
00001000
2713
2300
10000000
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
1346
1853
2041
-6448
1854
2042
-2695
1855
2043
9
1856
2044
-126
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
-9048
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
0
1869
2057
0
1870
2058
0
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
5462
1873
2061
120
1877
2062
32708
1878
2063
749
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
1184
1894
2066
0
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
0
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
801
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
741
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
0
1704
2111
0
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
0
1736
2128
0
1752
2129
0
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
0
1757
2134
0
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
0
1786
2163
0
1787
2164
0
1788
2165
85
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
LiS3300
C1/2
(400V)
0451-B110
381
LiS9000
C2/2
(200V)
0454-B110
384
LiS9000
C2/2
(400V)
0454-B110
385
LiS11000
C2/2HV
(400V)
0455-B010
387
LiS11000
C2/2
(200V)
0455-B110
388
LiS11000
C2/2
(400V)
0455-B110
389
LiS15000
C2/3HV
(400V)
0456-B010
391
LiS15000
C2/2
(200V)
0456-B110
392
LiS15000
C2/3
(200V)
0456-B210
394
LiS10000
C3/2
(200V)
0457-B110
396
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
636
-3246
-2695
9
-126
0
-8235
-9048
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5462
120
32708
749
4
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
801
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
741
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
587
-3839
-2696
8
-110
0
-8235
-10377
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6372
120
32729
489
4
1112
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
776
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2087
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
910
-4971
-2696
7
-98
0
-8235
-11674
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5663
120
32728
494
4
879
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
689
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2348
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
605
-3361
-2694
10
-136
0
-8235
-8363
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32723
560
4
1661
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2087
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
431
-3377
-2695
10
-136
0
-8235
-8363
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32723
560
4
1661
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2087
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
702
-4479
-2695
9
-121
0
-8235
-9409
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6877
120
32730
474
4
1312
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
843
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2348
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
989
-6312
-2695
10
-131
0
-8235
-8681
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32730
471
4
1396
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
869
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
1704
-13440
-2663
7
-87
0
-8235
-13022
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32729
483
4
621
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
579
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4656
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
478
-3379
-2657
10
-128
0
-8235
-8861
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32732
452
4
1340
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
852
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3168
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00000000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
158
-1761
-2695
10
-141
0
-8235
-8077
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32722
582
4
1719
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
964
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1865
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
- 527 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
LiS10000
C3/2
(400V)
Motor ID No.
397
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
1809
2004
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000100
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00000000
1708
2014
00000000
1750
2210
00000100
1751
2211
00000000
2713
2300
10000000
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
839
1853
2041
-4103
1854
2042
-2695
1855
2043
9
1856
2044
-125
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
-9086
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
0
1869
2057
0
1870
2058
0
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
6877
1873
2061
120
1877
2062
32720
1878
2063
597
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
1358
1894
2066
0
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
20480
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
857
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
2098
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
0
1704
2111
0
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
0
1736
2128
0
1752
2129
0
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
0
1757
2134
0
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
0
1786
2163
0
1787
2164
0
1788
2165
185
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
B-65270EN/07
LiS17000
C3/2
(200V)
0459-B110
400
LiS17000
C3/2
(400V)
0459-B110
401
DiS22
/600
(200V)
0482-B10x
421
DiS22
/600
(400V)
0482-B10x
422
DiS85
/400
(200V)
0483-B20x
423
DiS85
/400
(400V)
0483-B20x
424
DiS110
/300
(200V)
0484-B10x
425
DiS110
/300
(400V)
0484-B10x
426
DiS260
/300
(200V)
0484-B30x
427
DiS260
/300
(400V)
0484-B30x
428
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000000
00000000
2182
-8540
-2696
7
-99
0
-8235
-11497
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6887
120
32711
709
4
981
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
729
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4197
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
253
-3693
-2696
7
-99
0
-8235
-11497
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6877
120
32711
709
4
981
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
729
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4197
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000110
00000000
621
-2202
-2946
157
-1410
0
-8235
5982
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32689
988
4
2826
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1237
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
448
0
0
0
0
1793
8568
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00001000
10000110
00000000
374
-1042
-2946
157
-1410
0
-8235
5982
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32689
988
4
2826
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1237
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
448
0
0
0
0
1793
25660
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
344
-2368
-2491
242
-2164
0
-8235
3897
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32683
1069
4
3172
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1167
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
172
-1184
-2491
242
-2164
0
-8235
3897
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32683
1069
4
3172
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1167
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
156
-1045
-2448
420
-3763
0
-8235
2241
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1510
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
78
-523
-2448
420
-3763
0
-8235
2241
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1510
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
313
-2146
-2485
326
-2919
0
-8235
2889
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3570
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
157
-1073
-2485
326
-2919
0
-8235
2889
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3570
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
- 528 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
DiS260
/600
(200V)
Motor specification 0484-B31x
Motor ID No.
429
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
1809
2004
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
1954
2010
00000000
1955
2011
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
1707
2013
00001000
1708
2014
00001000
1750
2210
00000100
1751
2211
00000000
2713
2300
10000100
2714
2301
00000000
1852
2040
571
1853
2041
-4138
1854
2042
-2573
1855
2043
240
1856
2044
-2146
1857
2045
0
1858
2046
-8235
1859
2047
3931
1860
2048
0
1861
2049
0
1862
2050
956
1863
2051
510
1864
2052
0
1865
2053
21
1866
2054
1894
1867
2055
319
1868
2056
0
1869
2057
0
1870
2058
0
1871
2059
0
1872
2060
5352
1873
2061
0
1877
2062
32679
1878
2063
1111
1892
2064
4
1893
2065
1710
1894
2066
0
1895
2067
0
1961
2068
0
1962
2069
0
1963
2070
0
1964
2071
0
1965
2072
0
1966
2073
0
1967
2074
0
1970
2077
0
1971
2078
0
1972
2079
0
1973
2080
0
1974
2081
0
1975
2082
0
1976
2083
0
1979
2086
963
1980
2087
0
1981
2088
0
1982
2089
0
1983
2090
0
1984
2091
0
1985
2092
0
1986
2093
0
1987
2094
0
1988
2095
0
1989
2096
0
1990
2097
0
1991
2098
0
1992
2099
400
1993
2100
0
1994
2101
0
1995
2102
0
1996
2103
0
1997
2104
0
1998
2105
4857
1999
2106
0
1700
2107
0
1701
2108
0
1702
2109
0
1703
2110
0
1704
2111
0
1705
2112
0
1706
2113
0
1735
2127
0
1736
2128
0
1752
2129
0
1753
2130
0
1754
2131
0
1755
2132
0
1756
2133
0
1757
2134
0
1782
2159
0
1783
2160
0
1784
2161
0
1785
2162
0
1786
2163
0
1787
2164
0
1788
2165
165
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
DiS260
/600
(400V)
0484-B31x
430
DiS370
/300
(200V)
0484-B40x
431
DiS370
/300
(400V)
0484-B40x
432
DiS1200/
250
(200V)
0485-B50x
435
DiS1200/
250
(400V)
0485-B50x
436
DiS1500/
200
(200V)
0486-B30x
437
DiS1500/
200
(400V)
0486-B30x
438
DiS2100/
150
(200V)
0487-B30x
439
DiS2100/
150
(400V)
0487-B30x
440
DiS3000/
150
(200V)
0487-B40x
441
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001000
00001000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
321
-2327
-2573
213
-1907
0
-8235
4422
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4758
0
32679
1111
4
1351
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
856
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
5464
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
478
-3338
-2515
264
-2361
0
-8235
3572
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32705
782
4
2322
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1121
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
6020
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
239
-1669
-2515
264
-2361
0
-8235
3572
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32705
782
4
2322
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1121
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
6020
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001000
00001000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
517
-3361
-2408
430
-3850
0
-8235
2190
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5648
0
32677
1113
4
1940
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1028
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
21246
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001000
00001000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
291
-1891
-2408
382
-3422
0
-8235
2464
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5020
0
32678
1130
4
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
914
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
23902
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
640
-4779
-2619
839
-7513
0
-8235
1122
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
20598
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
360
-2688
-2619
746
-6678
0
-8235
1263
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6473
0
32700
845
4
2507
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1165
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
23173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
637
-4762
-2620
1760
-15770
0
-8235
535
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
25635
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
00000000
359
-2679
-2620
1565
-14017
0
-8235
602
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
28839
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000100
10000000
817
-6084
-2616
1635
-14643
0
-8235
576
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32682
1069
4
3173
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1310
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3667
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
- 529 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
DiS3000/
DiS85
DiS110
DiS260
150
/1000
/1000
/1000
(400V)
(200V)
(200V)
(200V)
Motor specification 0487-B40x
0483-B22x
0484-B12x
0484-B32x
Motor ID No.
442
443
445
447
FS15i
FS16i,30i,etc
1808
2003
00001000
00001000
00001000
00001000
1809
2004
00000011
00000011
00000011
00000011
1883
2005
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1884
2006
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1951
2007
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1952
2008
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1953
2009
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1954
2010
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1955
2011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1956
2012
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1707
2013
00000000
00000001
00000001
00000001
1708
2014
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1750
2210
00000100
00000100
00000100
00000100
1751
2211
00000000
00001000
00001000
00001000
2713
2300
10000100
10000110
10000110
10000110
2714
2301
10000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1852
2040
459
480
301
290
1853
2041
-3422
-1395
-1001
-916
1854
2042
-2616
-3002
-3024
-3016
1855
2043
1453
220
292
243
1856
2044
-13016
-1971
-2614
-2178
1857
2045
0
0
0
0
1858
2046
-8235
-8235
-8235
-8235
1859
2047
648
4278
3227
3871
1860
2048
0
0
0
0
1861
2049
0
0
0
0
1862
2050
956
956
956
956
1863
2051
510
510
510
510
1864
2052
0
0
0
0
1865
2053
21
21
21
21
1866
2054
1894
1894
1894
1894
1867
2055
319
319
319
319
1868
2056
0
0
0
0
1869
2057
0
-12846
-20535
-10266
1870
2058
0
-2731
-1183
-1821
1871
2059
0
0
0
0
1872
2060
7282
7282
7282
7282
1873
2061
0
0
0
0
1877
2062
32682
32346
32434
32580
1878
2063
1069
5276
4174
2354
1892
2064
4
4
4
4
1893
2065
3173
15735
12437
6423
1894
2066
0
0
0
0
1895
2067
0
0
0
0
1961
2068
0
0
0
0
1962
2069
0
0
0
0
1963
2070
0
0
0
0
1964
2071
0
0
0
0
1965
2072
0
0
0
0
1966
2073
0
0
0
0
1967
2074
0
20480
8192
8192
1970
2077
0
0
0
0
1971
2078
0
0
0
0
1972
2079
0
0
0
0
1973
2080
0
0
0
0
1974
2081
0
0
0
0
1975
2082
0
0
0
0
1976
2083
0
0
0
0
1979
2086
1310
2919
2595
1865
1980
2087
0
0
0
0
1981
2088
0
0
0
0
1982
2089
0
0
0
0
1983
2090
0
0
0
0
1984
2091
0
0
0
0
1985
2092
0
0
0
0
1986
2093
0
0
0
0
1987
2094
0
0
0
0
1988
2095
0
0
0
0
1989
2096
0
0
0
0
1990
2097
0
0
0
0
1991
2098
0
0
0
0
1992
2099
400
400
400
400
1993
2100
0
0
0
0
1994
2101
0
0
0
0
1995
2102
0
0
0
0
1996
2103
0
0
0
0
1997
2104
0
0
0
0
1998
2105
4125
1281
2175
4784
1999
2106
0
0
0
0
1700
2107
0
0
0
0
1701
2108
0
0
0
0
1702
2109
0
0
0
0
1703
2110
0
2313
1027
1537
1704
2111
0
11647
14212
11620
1705
2112
0
0
0
0
1706
2113
0
0
0
0
1735
2127
0
0
0
0
1736
2128
0
10500
15000
9800
1752
2129
0
278
533
287
1753
2130
0
0
0
0
1754
2131
0
0
0
0
1755
2132
0
0
0
0
1756
2133
0
0
0
0
1757
2134
0
0
0
0
1782
2159
0
0
0
0
1783
2160
0
0
0
0
1784
2161
0
0
0
0
1785
2162
0
0
0
0
1786
2163
0
0
0
0
1787
2164
0
0
0
0
1788
2165
185
45
85
165
Motor model
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
- 530 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
6.3
PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL (FOR Series 0i-A)

9066 series (Series 0i-A)
August, 2007
NOTE
The parameters listed below cannot be loaded
automatically.
In parameter No. 2020 for entering a motor ID
number, enter an appropriate number (15, for
example), and perform automatic loading. Then,
overwrite these parameters manually.
- 531 -
6.PARAMETER LIST
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
0iM-A
Symbol
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2210
2211
2300
2301
PK1
2040
PK2
2041
PK3
2042
PK1V
2043
PK2V
2044
PK3V
2045
PK4V
2046
POA1
2047
BLCMP
2048
DPFMX
2049
POK1
2050
POK2
2051
RESERV
2052
PPMAX
2053
PDDP
2054
PHYST
2055
EMFCMP
2056
PVPA
2057
PALPH
2058
PPBAS
2059
TQLIM
2060
EMFLMT
2061
POVC1
2062
POVC2
2063
TGALMLV
2064
POVCLMT
2065
PK2VAUX
2066
FILTER
2067
FALPH
2068
VFFLT
2069
ERBLM
2070
PBLCT
2071
SFCCML
2072
PSPTL
2073
AALPH
2074
OSCTPL
2077
PDPCH
2078
PDPCL
2079
DPFEX
2080
DPFZW
2081
BLENDL
2082
MOFCTL
2083
RTCURR
2086
TDPLD
2087
MCNFB
2088
BLBSL
2089
ROBSTL
2090
ACCSPL
2091
ADFF1
2092
VMPK3V
2093
BLCMP2
2094
AHDRTL
2095
RADUSL
2096
SMCNT
2097
DEPVPL
2098
ONEPSL
2099
INPA1
2100
INPA2
2101
DBLIM
2102
ABVOF
2103
ABTSH
2104
TRQCST
2105
LP24PA
2106
VLGOVR
2107
RESERV
2108
BELLTC
2109
MGSTCM
2110
DETQLM
2111
AMRDML
2112
NFILT
2113
NINTCT
2127
MFWKCE
2128
MFWKBL
2129
LP2GP
2130
LP4GP
2131
LP6GP
2132
PHDLY1
2133
PHDLY2
2134
DGCSMM
2159
TRQCUP
2160
OVCSTP
2161
POVC21
2162
POVC22
2163
POVCLMT2
2164
MAXCRT
2165
1
5000i
0202
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
672
-2294
-2514
66
-594
0
-8235
6384
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32692
948
4
5739
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1234
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
72
0
0
0
0
32
7710
0
0
1188
570
3211
0
0
0
2571
12850
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
B-65270EN/07
2
5000i
0205
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
680
-2247
-2568
76
-680
0
-8235
5578
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-20485
-10256
-3300
0
7282
0
32635
1664
4
10085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4096
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1636
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
12000
0
0
109
0
0
0
0
32
6460
0
0
1276
855
3211
0
0
0
2565
12850
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C4
3000i
0221
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001000
00000000
00000000
926
-4063
-2619
115
-1034
0
-8235
3670
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5915
-1500
0
7282
0
32590
2225
4
13493
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1892
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1289
3900
0
0
2544
5000
1812
0
0
0
3855
5155
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
4
4000i
0223
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
659
-2463
-2623
106
-953
0
-8235
3980
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-11789
-180
0
8010
0
32610
1979
4
11998
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1784
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
201
0
0
0
0
32
5130
0
0
1443
2000
3338
0
0
0
6670
5140
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
4
4000HVi
0225
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
525
-2056
-2619
113
-1009
0
-8235
3762
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32591
2216
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1888
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
1032
0
0
0
2573
4000
3348
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C8
2000i
0226
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1096
-4638
-2651
150
-1342
0
-8235
2827
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3854
-1236
0
7282
0
32434
4170
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
277
0
0
0
0
1552
3880
0
0
2380
4500
1550
0
0
0
3860
5150
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
- 532 -
8
3000i
0227
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
712
-3187
-2651
113
-1009
0
-8235
3760
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6418
-3000
0
8010
0
32579
2363
4
14327
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1950
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
786
5180
0
0
2103
1500
1815
0
0
0
5140
5145
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
8
3000HVi
0229
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
886
-3174
-2645
113
-1008
0
-8235
3764
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6159
-1261
0
8010
0
32579
2358
4
12461
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
369
0
0
0
0
782
0
0
0
4191
6000
1810
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
M0.5
M1
0115
0116
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
141
-511
-2415
7
-59
0
-8235
-6462
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
6918
0
32674
1178
4
3497
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1376
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1009
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
398
-1137
-2388
6
-53
0
-8235
-7176
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-11530
-1000
0
7282
0
32695
915
4
2714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1212
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
89
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1763
0
0
0
0
0
11560
12880
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C12
2000i
0241
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
3809
-8197
-2679
280
-2504
0
-8235
1516
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1804
-2500
0
7282
0
32317
5644
4
17889
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3020
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
350
0
0
0
0
0
2168
0
0
4150
12000
1044
0
0
0
5150
5150
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
12
3000i
0243
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1072
-3835
-2630
192
-1721
0
-8235
2204
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8199
-747
0
7282
0
32552
2702
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2085
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
517
0
0
0
0
32
0
0
0
2388
2000
2568
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
6.PARAMETER LIST
B-65270EN/07
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
0iM-A
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2210
2211
2300
2301
PK1
2040
PK2
2041
PK3
2042
PK1V
2043
PK2V
2044
PK3V
2045
PK4V
2046
POA1
2047
BLCMP
2048
DPFMX
2049
POK1
2050
POK2
2051
RESERV
2052
PPMAX
2053
PDDP
2054
PHYST
2055
EMFCMP
2056
PVPA
2057
PALPH
2058
PPBAS
2059
TQLIM
2060
EMFLMT
2061
POVC1
2062
POVC2
2063
TGALMLV
2064
POVCLMT
2065
PK2VAUX
2066
FILTER
2067
FALPH
2068
VFFLT
2069
ERBLM
2070
PBLCT
2071
SFCCML
2072
PSPTL
2073
AALPH
2074
OSCTPL
2077
PDPCH
2078
PDPCL
2079
DPFEX
2080
DPFZW
2081
BLENDL
2082
MOFCTL
2083
RTCURR
2086
TDPLD
2087
MCNFB
2088
BLBSL
2089
ROBSTL
2090
ACCSPL
2091
ADFF1
2092
VMPK3V
2093
BLCMP2
2094
AHDRTL
2095
RADUSL
2096
SMCNT
2097
DEPVPL
2098
ONEPSL
2099
INPA1
2100
INPA2
2101
DBLIM
2102
ABVOF
2103
ABTSH
2104
TRQCST
2105
LP24PA
2106
VLGOVR
2107
RESERV
2108
BELLTC
2109
MGSTCM
2110
DETQLM
2111
AMRDML
2112
NFILT
2113
NINTCT
2127
MFWKCE
2128
MFWKBL
2129
LP2GP
2130
LP4GP
2131
LP6GP
2132
PHDLY1
2133
PHDLY2
2134
DGCSMM
2159
TRQCUP
2160
OVCSTP
2161
POVC21
2162
POVC22
2163
POVCLMT2
2164
MAXCRT
2165
Symbol
12
3000HVi
0245
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1044
-3677
-2679
193
-1727
0
-8235
2197
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8214
-2350
0
7282
0
32550
2719
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2092
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
516
0
0
0
0
774
0
0
0
4787
4000
2320
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
C22
2000i
0246
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
1755
-6536
-2694
271
-2426
0
-8235
1565
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2597
-1942
0
8010
0
32348
5248
4
24454
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
680
0
0
0
0
1548
2600
0
0
3695
4000
1046
0
0
0
2070
5160
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
22
3000i
0247
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1458
-5416
-2690
198
-1775
0
-8235
2137
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5136
-2800
0
7282
0
32542
2820
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2131
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
929
0
0
0
0
1291
0
0
0
3272
4500
1301
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
22
3000HVi
0249
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1532
-5641
-2692
197
-1765
0
-8235
2150
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-4392
-2824
0
7282
0
32545
2786
4
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2118
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
934
0
0
0
0
787
0
0
0
6547
6000
1808
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
C30
1500i
0251
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
2644
-10345
-2695
166
-1486
0
-8235
2553
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-1545
-1300
0
7282
0
32632
1704
4
9224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1655
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1630
0
0
0
0
2059
2148
0
0
6680
14000
539
0
0
0
1054
5160
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
30
3000i
0253
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
485
-1896
-2694
283
-2531
0
-8235
1499
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5181
-1231
0
7282
0
32369
4989
4
14489
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2838
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
951
0
0
0
0
1030
7735
0
0
1688
2031
2829
0
0
0
5140
5155
0
0
140
0
0
0
135
- 533 -
40
3000i
0257
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1047
-4102
-2696
235
-2107
0
-8235
1801
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2572
-2462
0
7282
0
32480
3600
4
14489
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2409
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1494
0
0
0
0
1544
5140
0
0
3041
1625
1553
0
0
0
3087
5150
0
0
140
0
0
0
135
40
3000iFan
0258
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1047
-4102
-2696
235
-2107
0
-8235
1801
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-2572
-2462
0
7282
0
32264
6300
4
19003
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3191
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1494
0
0
0
0
1544
5140
0
0
3041
1625
1553
0
0
0
3087
5150
0
0
140
0
0
0
135
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
A.ANALOG SERVO INTERFACE

SETTING PROCEDURE
ANALOG SERVO INTERFACE SETTING

PROCEDURE
(1) Overview
Appendix A describes the method of setting parameters required when
using the analog servo function with an analog servo interface unit.
CAUTION
1 For the CNCs that support this function, contact
FANUC.
2 For analog servo axes, only the feed-forward,
backlash compensation, pitch error compensation,
and position gain switch functions can be used as
digital servo functions.

(Series 15i-B,16i-B,Power Mate i)

(1) Setting start: Switch on the CNC power from an emergency stop.
(2) Set up the FSSB. Switch the power off and on again.
(3) Initialize the servo parameters. Switch the power off and on
again.
(4) Enable the analog servo interface function. Switch the power off
and on again. Now setting is completed.
(4) FSSB setting

(a) Connecting the analog servo interface unit requires that the FSSB
be set up manually. (The FSSB setting screen cannot be used.)
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
1090 (FS15i)
#1
#0
FMD
1902 (FS30i,16i)
FMD (#0)
#2
Specifies the FSSB set mode as follows:

0: Automatic setting mode
1: Manual setting mode To be set
- 537 -
A. ANALOG SERVO INTERFACE

SETTING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(b) Directly enter all parameters listed in the following table.

Before doing this, understand the meaning of each parameter
sufficiently. For detailed descriptions about parameter setting,
refer to the respective CNC Connection Manuals and Parameter
Manuals. Analog and digital servo axes can be used together as
shown in the reference examples below.
FS15i
Parameter number
FS16i, PMi
FS30i
1023
1093#6, #7
1080 to 1089
1120 to 1129
1094
1095
-
1023
1905#6, #7
1910 to 1919
1970 to 1979
1936
1937
-
1023
1905#6, #7, #1, #2
14340 to 14357
14358 to 14375
1936
1937
1938
1939
14376 to 14383
14384 to 14391
14392 to 14400
14401 to 14407
14408 to 14425
14444 to 14451
14452 to 14459
1100 to 1109
1130 to 1139
1110 to 1119
1140 to 1149
- 538 -
Meaning
Servo axis number for each axis
Selection of interface unit used
Conversion table value for slave number
Connector number for interface unit 1
Conversion table value for connector number of
interface unit 1
interface unit 2
interface unit 3
interface unit 4
Conversion table value for number of slave connected
to 1st axis card on additional-axis board
Conversion table value for number of slave connected
to 2nd axis card on additional-axis board
Conversion table value for slave number on
additional-axis board
interface unit 1 on additional-axis board
interface unit 2 on additional-axis board
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX

SETTING PROCEDURE
NOTE
1 The FSSB settings for the analog servo interface
unit are also used for the separate detector
interface unit.
(Bits 6, 7, 1, and 2 of No. 1905 (Series 30i, 16i,
etc.) or bits 6 and 7 of No. 1093 (Series 15i) are
shared.)
2 The slave number of an analog servo axis must be
added to behind the last slave number of the units
actually connected to the FSSB line. (See the
setting examples provided below.)
3 With the FS15i, 16i, and PMi, when an analog
servo interface unit is used, HRV3 control
(high-speed HRV current control) cannot be used.
4 With the FS30i, up to two interface units (separate
detector interface unit and (or) analog servo
interface unit) can be connected per FSSB line.
Therefore, the first and second interface units are
connected to the FSSB1 line, and the third and
fourth interface units are connected to the FSSB2
line.
With the FS15i, 16i, and PMi, up to two units
(separate detector interface unit, analog servo
interface unit, FSSB I/O unit, and (or) servo check
interface unit) can be connected to the entire FSSB
line of one axis card.
- 539 -

SETTING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(Reference)
FSSB setting example where an analog servo interface unit is
used
[Setting example 1: Two analog servo axes]
Let the analog servo interface unit be slave 1. Assume that
analog amplifiers are connected behind the analog servo interface
unit, and let them be slaves 2 and 3 sequentially.
FSSB
Analog servo
interface unit 1
JV11L
X-axis
Analog amplifier 1
Slave 2
JV12L
(Basic unit)
Slave 1
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi)
Set value
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
Slave 3
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
16
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
14340
14341
14342
14343 to 14357
64
-96
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi)
(FS30i)
X axis
Y axis
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
Y-axis
Analog amplifier 2
CNC
No.1023
No.1093
No.1094
No.1095
No.1023
No.1905
No.1936
No.1937
1
2
01000000
01000000
0
1
0
0
14376
14377
14378 to 14407
32
- 540 -

SETTING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
[Setting example 2: One digital servo axis + one analog servo axis]
The digital servo amplifier and analog servo interface unit are
slaves 1 and 2, as in the sequence in which they are connected to
the FSSB. Assuming that the axis connected to the analog servo
amplifier is behind the analog servo interface unit, it is slave 3.
FSSB
X-axis
Digital servo amplifier

Slave 1
FSSB
CNC
Analog servo
interface unit 1
JV11L
Y-axis
Analog amplifier 1
Slave 3
(Basic unit)
Slave 2
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi)
Set value
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
16
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
14340
14341
14342
14343 to 14357
64
-96
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi)
(FS30i)
X axis
Y axis
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
No.1023
No.1093
No.1094
No.1095
No.1023
No.1905
No.1936
No.1937
1
2
00000000
01000000
0
0
0
0
14376
14377 to 14407
32
- 541 -

SETTING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
[Setting example 3: Five analog servo axes + two digital servo axes]
The first analog servo interface unit (including expansion) is
slave 1, two digital servo amplifiers are slaves 2 and 3, the
second analog servo interface unit is slave 4, as in the sequence
in which they are connected to the FSSB. Assuming that the
analog amplifiers are connected behind the analog servo interface
unit, they are slaves 5 to 9.
FSSB
JV11L
Analog servo
interface unit
Slave 5
(Basic unit)

Slave 1
CNC
X-axis
Analog amplifier 1
Y-axis
JV12L
Analog amplifier 2
Slave 6
JV13L
Analog servo
interface unit
FSSB
Analog amplifier 3
Z-axis
Slave 7
(Expansion unit)
A-axis
JV14L
Analog amplifier 4
Slave 8
Slave 2
Digital servo amplifiers

(two axes)
Slave 3
FSSB
C-axis
Analog servo
interface unit
JV11L
U-axis
Analog amplifier 5
(Basic unit)
Slave 9
Slave 4
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi)
Set value
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
16
48
40
14340
14341
14342
14343
14344
14345
14346
14347
14348
14349 to
14357
64
-56
-96
Parameter No.
(FS15i)
Parameter No.
(FS16i, PMi), (FS30i)
X axis
Y axis
Z axis
A axis
B axis
C axis
U axis
Parameter No.
(FS30i)
Set value
B-axis
No.1023
No.1093
No.1094
No.1095
No.1023
No.1905
No.1936
No.1937
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
01000000
01000000
01000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
0
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14376
14377
14378
14379
14380
to 14383
14384
14385
to 14407
32
32
- 542 -

SETTING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(5) Servo parameter initialization

For axes connected to an analog servo circuit, initialize the servo
parameters as listed below.
Parameter number
Name
Set value
2000
Initialization bit
00000000
1874
2020
Motor ID number
1806
2001
AMR
1820
1820
CMR
1977
2084
FFG (numerator)
1978
2085
FFG (denominator)
1879
2022
Direction of movement
1896
1821
Reference counter
1876
2023
Number of velocity
pulses
1891
2024
Number of position
pulses
FS15i
FS30i,16i, etc.
1804
50 (for HRV1)
252 (for HRV2)
00000000
Perform the same initialization as for digital servo according to
your machine tool.
111 (counterclockwise) or 111 (clockwise)
Specify the number of pulses per motor revolution (after FFG) in
the same manner as for the digital servo circuit.
Set value = 1536.797 E
where E is the voltage (V) that corresponds to a velocity
command of 1000 min-1.
Specify the number of pulses per motor revolution (before FFG)
in the same manner as for the digital servo circuit.
NOTE
Although difference in HRV setting is not directly
related to analog servo axes, they must be
initialized with the same HRV setting by reason of
the relationship with the settings of other digital
servo axes.
The Series 30i does not support HRV1 control, so
it is necessary to perform initialization with the
motor ID number (252) for HRV2.
(6)
Setting the analog servo function

To enable the analog servo function, set the following parameters for
the axes to be connected to an analog servo circuit. (It is also
necessary to enable the dummy serial feedback function.)
#7
#6
#5
1953 (FS15i)
#4
#3
ANALOG
#2
#1
#0
DMY
2009 (FS30i,16i)
DMY (#0)
ANALOG (#4)
The serial feedback dummy function is:

0: Not used
1: Used To be set
The analog servo interface function is:
0: Not used
1: Used To be set
1788 (FS15i)
Maximum amplifier current
2165 (FS30i,16i)
Specify 0 for the axis to be connected to an analog servo circuit.

- 543 -
B. PARAMETERS SET WITH

VALUES IN DETECTION UNITS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS SET WITH VALUES IN

DETECTION UNITS
If the detection unit is changed with a CMR or flexible feed gear, it is
also necessary to change the parameters that are set with values in
detection units. This appendix lists these parameters.
For details of these parameters, refer to the respective CNC parameter
manuals.
Appendix B, "PARAMETERS SET WITH VALUES
DETECTION UNITS", consists of the following sections:
B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
IN
PARAMETERS FOR Series 15i...............................................545

PARAMETERS FOR Series 16i, 18i, 21i, AND 0i..................547
PARAMETERS FOR THE Power Mate i ................................549
PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i, 31i, AND 32i.......................551
- 544 -
B-65270EN/07
B.1
No.
1718
1729
1730
1827
1828
1829
1830
1832
1837
1841
1843
1844
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1881
1896
1912
1913
1914
1917
1971
1972
1975
1994
1996
2676
2786
2795
2799
2800
2801
2804
2805
2806
2817
5226
5227
5423
5428
5433
5449
APPENDIX
B.PARAMETERS SET WITH

PARAMETERS FOR Series 15i

Description
For vibration damping control : position pulses conversion coefficient
Dual position feedback function : alarm detection level of Semi-Full error
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : stop judgement level
Effective area (in-position check) for individual axis
Position error limit for individual axis during movement
Position error limit for individual axis at stop
Position error limit for individual axis with servo off
Position error limit for individual axis with feed at stop
Position error limit during rigid tapping movement
Servo error amount within which reference position return is assumed to be possible
Position error limit with torque limit skipped
Grid shift for reference position shift function
Distance for starting second stage compensation in smooth backlash compensation
Distance for ending second stage compensation in smooth backlash compensation
First stage compensation value in smooth backlash compensation
Backlash compensation for individual axis at rapid traverse
Grid shift for individual axis
Backlash compensation for individual axis
Permissible error amount for starting chopping compensation
Mark 1 intervals on linear scale having reference marks
Zero-width synchronization error for each axis
Maximum permissible synchronization error for each axis at rapid traverse
Maximum permissible synchronization error for each axis at stop
Zero-width synchronization error for each axis No.2
Dual position feedback function : conversion coefficient (numerator)
Dual position feedback function : conversion coefficient (denominator)
Second stage start/end parameter (when the two-stage backlash acceleration function is used)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection pull-back amount
Detection unit parameter
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : distance to lift
Torsion preview control: acceleration torsion compensation value K1 (LSTK1)
Torsion preview control: acceleration torsion compensation value K1N (LSTK1N)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function : maximum compensation value
Distance from origin to reference position on linear scale having reference marks
Pitch error compensation magnification
Pitch error compensation (absolute value) at reference position for movement to reference position in
direction opposite to origin return direction
Second cyclic pitch error compensation magnification
Three-dimensional error compensation magnification
- 545 -

No.
5450
5451
5471
5472
5473
5474
5504
5551
5552
5553
5554
5561
5562
5563
5564
5571
5572
5573
5574
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
APPENDIX
Description

Compensation at compensation point number a for individual axis
Compensation at compensation point number b for individual axis
Compensation at compensation point number c for individual axis
Compensation at compensation point number d for individual axis
Compensation point number d for movement axis 1 subjected to straightness compensation
Compensation at compensation point number a for movement axis 1
Compensation at compensation point number b for movement axis 1
Compensation at compensation point number c for movement axis 1
Compensation at compensation point number d for movement axis 1
Compensation magnification 1 for movement axis 1 subjected to straightness compensation
- 546 -
B-65270EN/07
B-65270EN/07
B.2
No.
1821
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1832
1836
1846
1847
1848
1850
1851
1852
1876
1877
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
2033
2082
2078
2079
2101
2103
2118
2119
2173
2263
2373
2382
2386
2387
2388
2391
2392
2393
2404
3623
5300
5302
5304
5310
5312
5314
5350
5352
APPENDIX

PARAMETERS FOR Series 16i, 18i, 21i, AND 0i

Description
Reference counter capacity for individual axis
Effective area (in-position check) for individual axis at cutting feed
Grid shift/reference position shift for individual axis
Inductosyn 1-pitch interval
Inductosyn shift
Permissible cumulative movement value during torque control (PMC axis control)
Position error with torque control canceled (PMC axis control)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection amount retrace distance
Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state : stop judgement level
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : distance to lift (When SWDBSx=1)
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : distance to liftWhen SWDBSx=
Pitch error compensation magnification for individual axis
Rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Second-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Third-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Second-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Second-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
- 547 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
No.
Description
5354
5356
5761
5762
5763
5764
5771
5772
5773
5774
5781
5782
5783
5784
5871
5872
5873
5874
Third-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Third-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Compensation at compensation point number a for movement axis 1 (straightness compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number b for movement axis 1 (straightness compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number c for movement axis 1 (straightness compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number d for movement axis 1 (straightness compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number a for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number b for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number c for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number d for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Limit to difference in position error between master and slave axes (pair under simplified synchronization
control)
Maximum compensation for synchronization (pair under simplified synchronization control)
Difference in reference counter between master and slave axes (pair under simplified synchronization control)
Limit to difference in position error between master and slave axes (more than one pair under simplified
synchronization control)
Maximum compensation for synchronization (more than one pair under simplified synchronization control)
Difference in reference counter between master and slave axes (more than one pair under simplified
8313
8315
8316
8323
8325
8326
Setting data for shifting external machine coordinate systems
- 548 -
B-65270EN/07
B.3
No.
1821
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1832
1836
1850
1851
1852
1872*
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
2033
2078
2079
2082
2101
2103
2118
2119
2173
2263
2373
2404
3623
5300(D)
5310(D)
5312(D)
5314(D)
5761
5762
5763
5764
5771
5772
5773
5774
5781
5782
5783
5784
8313
8315
APPENDIX

PARAMETERS FOR Power Mate i

Description
Servo error amount within which reference position return is assumed to be possible (when ISC is in use)
Servo position error check value
Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state : stop judgement level
Lift amount in lifting function against gravity at emergency stop (When SWDBSx=1)
Lift amount in lifting function against gravity at emergency stop (When SWDBSx=0)
Pitch error compensation magnification for individual axis (H is optional)
Rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Limit to difference in position error between master and slave axes (pair under simplified synchronization
control)
Maximum compensation for synchronization (pair under simplified synchronization control)
- 549 -

No.
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Description
8316
Difference in reference counter between master and slave axes (pair under simplified synchronization control)
Limit to difference in position error between master and slave axes (more than one pair under simplified
8323(H)
control)
8325(H) Maximum compensation for synchronization (more than one pair under simplified synchronization control)
Difference in reference counter between master and slave axes (more than one pair under simplified
8326(H)
The parameter No. indicated with an asterisk (*) is related to a

function unique to the Power Mate.
The parameter No. suffixed with "(D)" are related to the functions
dedicated to the Power Mate i-D.
The parameter No. suffixed with "(H)" are related to the functions
dedicated to the Power Mate i-H.
- 550 -
B-65270EN/07
B.4
No.
1821
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1832
1836
1844
1846
1847
1848
1850
1851
1852
1876
1877
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
2033
2078
2079
2082
2101
2103
2118
2119
2173
2263
2373
2382
2386
2387
2388
2391
2392
2393
2404
3623
3627
5300
5302
5304
5306
APPENDIX

PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i, 31i, AND 32i

Description
Distance from the point at which deceleration dog is turned off to first grid point when reference position shift
of the reference position shift function is set to 0
Inductosyn 1-pitch interval
Inductosyn shift
Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state : stop judgment level
Lift amount in lifting function against gravity at emergency stop (Bit 7 of No. 2298=0 when SWDBSx=1)
Lift amount in lifting function against gravity at emergency stop (Bit 7 of No. 2298=0 when SWDBSx=0)
Torsion preview control: Acceleration torsion compensation value K1 (LSTK1)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation : Maximum compensation
Pitch error compensation magnification for individual axis
Pitch error compensation value at reference position when movement to reference position is made in the
direction opposite to reference position return direction
First-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Second-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Third-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
Fourth-spindle rigid tapping effective area (in-position check) for tapping axis
- 551 -

No.
5310
5312
5350
5352
5354
5356
5358
5360
5761
5762
5763
5764
5771
5772
5773
5774
5781
5782
5783
5784
5871
5872
5873
5874
6287
7772
7773
7782
7783
8181
8323
8326
8331
8332
8333
8335
8377
14010
14988
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Description
First-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
First-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Second-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Second-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Third-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Third-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Fourth-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis during movement
Fourth-spindle rigid tapping position error limit for tapping axis at stop
Compensation at compensation point number a for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number b for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number c for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Compensation at compensation point number d for individual axis (gradient compensation)
Position error limit at torque limit skip
Number of pulses from position detector per rotation of EGB master axis (tool axis) [path type]
Number of pulses from position detector per rotation of EGB slave axis (workpiece axis) [path type]
Number of pulses from position detector per rotation of EGB master axis [axis type]
Number of pulses from position detector per rotation of EGB slave axis [axis type]
Synchronous error limit for each axis (axis recomposition)
Limit of position error check in feed axis synchronous control
Difference in reference counter value between master axis and slave axis
Maximum permissible synchronous error in synchronous error excess alarm 1
Maximum permissible synchronous error in synchronous error excess alarm 2
Synchronous error zero width for each axis
Synchronous error zero width 2 for each axis
Permissible error at start of chopping compensation
Maximum permissible movement amount at reference position setup of linear scale with absolute addressing
reference marks
Magnification of cycle type second pitch error compensation for each axis
Setting data for shifting external machine coordinate systems
- 552 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
C.FUNCTION-SPECIFIC SERVO
PARAMETERS
FUNCTION-SPECIFIC SERVO
PARAMETERS
: Parameters set up automatically or cleared at initialization
Parenthesized parameters : Common parameters that are also used for other functions
Parameter number
Meaning
FS15i FS30i,16i,etc.
[Servo initialization functions]
1804
2000
Initialization bits
1874
2020
Motor ID number
1806
2001
AMR
1820
1820
CMR
1977
2084
1978
2085
1879
2022
Move direction
1876
2023
1891
2024
2628
2185
1804#0
2000#0
1: Multiplies the number of velocity pulses and position pulses by 10.
1896
1821
2622
2179
Reference counter capacity (denominator)
1875
2021
Load inertia ratio
3111#0
1: Displays the servo setting screen.
[HRV control]
1707#0
2013#0
1: Servo HRV3 control
2014#0
1: Servo HRV4 control
2300#0
1: Extended HRV function
2747
2334
High-speed HRV current control mode: Current loop gain magnification
2748
2335
High-speed HRV current control mode: Velocity loop gain magnification
[Vibration suppression functions in the stop state]
1959#7
2017#7
Velocity loop high cycle management function
1894
2066
250 s acceleration feedback gain
1958#3
2016#3
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : stop judgement
1730
2119
level
1747#3
2207#3
Function for changing the proportional gain in the stop state : arbitrary
2737
2324
magnification
1808#4
2003#4
N pulse suppression function
1992
2099
N pulse suppression level
1743#2
2203#2
1: Enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function.
1742#1
2202#1
1742#2
2202#2
2736
1895
1779
2323
2067
2156
1: Enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function for cutting only.
(Shared by the cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function)
1: Always enables the current loop 1/2 PI control function when the bit
above is used.
Current control PI rate
Torque command filter coefficient for rapid traverse
- 553 -
2.1.2
4.2
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.3
4.3
4.5.2
C. FUNCTION-SPECIFIC SERVO
PARAMETERS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Meaning
[Machine-resonance suppression functions]
[Resonance elimination filter]
1706
2113
2620
2177
2772
2359
2773
2360
2774
2361
2775
2362
2776
2363
2777
2364
2778
2365
(2779)
(2366)
(2780)
(2367)
(2781)
(2368)
[Disturbance elimination filter]
2611#0
2223#0
1: disturbance elimination filter function
2731
2318
Disturbance elimination filter : gain
2732
2319
Disturbance elimination filter : inertia ratio
2733
2320
Disturbance elimination filter : gain for inverse model
2734
2321
Disturbance elimination filter : filter time constant
2735
2322
Disturbance elimination filter : acceleration feedback limit
[Resonance elimination filter L]
2609#1
2221#1
2609#2
2221#2
1: Resonance elimination filter L is applied to VCMD/0: Resonance
elimination filter L is applied to feedback part only.
(2779)
(2366)
Resonance elimination filter L : attenuation center frequency
(2780)
(2367)
Resonance elimination filter L : attenuation bandwidth
(2781)
(2368)
Resonance elimination filter L : damping
(2769)
(2356)
Resonance elimination filter L : Filter exclusion rate
[Observer]
1808#2
2003#2
Observer function
1859
2047
Observer coefficient (POA1)
1862
2050
1863
2051
1960#1
2018#1
Disable function for observer in the stop state
Disable function for observer in the stop state : judgment level for
1730
2119
stop state
[Vibration damping control]
1718
2033
Position feedback pulse count (vibration damping control)
1719
2034
Vibration damping control gain
[Machining point control]
2701#7
2288#7
1: Machining point control is enabled.
2768
2355
Machining point control: Center frequency of band-pass filter
2096
1989
Machining point control: Timing adjustment parameter
2679
2266
Machining point control: gain 1
2678
2265
Machining point control: gain 2
- 554 -
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.10
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS

Parameter number
[Dual position feedback]
1709#7
2019#7
1861
2049
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1729
2118
1954#5
2010#5
1954#4
2010#4
1746#4
2206#4
Meaning
Dual position feedback function (optional function)

Dual position feedback function : maximum amplitude
Dual position feedback function : primary delay time constant
Dual position feedback function : zero zone
Dual position feedback function : alarm detection level of Semi-Full
error (Only this function can be used even if there is no option.)
1: The backlash compensation amount is added to the error counter
on the full-closed side.
1: The pitch error compensation amount is added to the error counter
on the semi-closed side.
1: The backlash compensation amount and pitch amount are added to
the error counters on both the full- and semi-closed sides.
1: Improvement of judge on zero width
1742#4
2202#4
[Feed-forward functions]
1956#1
2012#1
Machine speed feedback function
1981
2088
Machine speed feedback gain
[Contour error suppression functions]
[Feed-forward functions]
1808#3
2003#3
PI control
1883#1
2005#1
Feed-forward function
1961
2068
1962
2069
1985
2092
1959#5
2017#5
1: The response of feed-forward is improved when RISC is used.
1: The response of the position command is improved when RISC is
1740#5
2200#5
used.
1800#3
1800#3
1988
2095
2808
2395
(1742#0)
(2202#0)
2602#3
2214#4
1767
1768
(1985)
(1962)
2144
2145
(2092)
(2069)
Enables feed-forward in rapid traverse.

Feed-forward timing adjustment coefficient (for use when FAD is
enabled)
Switches the feed-forward coefficient between cutting and rapid
traverse.
(This parameter is also used for the cutting/rapid traverse-specific fine
acc./dec. function.)
Switches the feed-forward coefficient between cutting and rapid
traverse.
(This function is independent of fine acc./dec..)
Position feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse
- 555 -
4.5.8
4.5.9
4.6.1 to 4.6.3
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.3
4.8.3
4.6.5
4.3
4.6.4
4.8.3
PARAMETERS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Meaning
[Backlash acceleration functions]
1808#5
2003#5
1860
2048
1964
2071
Period during which backlash acceleration remains effective
(1725)
(2114)
Acceleration amount override
(2751)
(2338)
Limit of acceleration amount
(1987)
(2094)
Backlash acceleration amount (for reverse from negative to positive
direction)
(2753)
(2340)
Acceleration amount override (for reverse from negative to positive
direction)
(2754)
(2341)
Limit of acceleration amount (for reverse from negative to positive
direction)
1953#7
2009#7
Backlash acceleration stop
1975
2082
Timing at which the backlash acceleration is stopped
1953#6
2009#6
1: Enables the backlash acceleration function during cutting feed only.
1851
1851
1884#0
2006#0
1: Does not reflect the backlash compensation in positions.
1957#6
(1808#5)
2015#6
(2003#5)
(1860)
(2048)
1987
2094
1760
1975
1982
1724
1790
1725
2751
2137
2082
2089
2039
2167
2114
2338
2752
2339
2753
2340
2754
2341
1960#2
1953#6
2018#2
2009#6
2611#7
2223#7
(1980)
(2603#1)
(2087)
(2215#1)
4.6.6
4.6.6 to 4.6.7
Two-stage backlash acceleration function

(The backlash acceleration function is also enabled.)
First stage acceleration amount
First stage acceleration amount from negative direction to positive
direction
First stage acceleration override
Second stage start position
Second stage end scale factor
Second stage offset
Second stage acceleration override
Second stage acceleration amount limit value
Second stage acceleration amount (for turn-over from negative
direction to positive direction)
Second stage acceleration amount override (for turn-over from
negative direction to positive direction)
Second stage acceleration amount limit value (for turn-over from
negative direction to positive direction)
The format of the second stage acceleration override is changed.
1: Enables backlash acceleration only during cutting feed.
1: When bit 3 of parameter No. 1800 = 1, the backlash acceleration
function is enabled only for cutting feed.
Torque offset
Torque offset canceling when an emergency stop is released
- 556 -
4.6.7
4.6.7
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS

Parameter number
[Static friction compensation]
1883#7
(1808#5)
2005#7
(2003#5)
Meaning
Static friction compensation function

(The backlash acceleration function is also enabled.)
(1964)
(2071)
Compensation count
1965
2072
Static friction compensation
1966
2073
Stop state judgement parameter
(1953#7)
(2009#7)
Stop of static friction compensation
1990
2097
Parameter for stopping static friction compensation
[Torsion preview control]
2795
2382
(Setting maximum compensation value enables torsion preview
control.)
2796
2383
2797
2384
2798
2385
Torsion preview control: acceleration torsion compensation value K1
2799
2386
(LSTK1)
2800
2387
(LSTK2)
2801
2388
(LSTK3)
2802
2389
Torsion preview control: torsion delay compensation value KD (LSTKD)
Torsion preview control: torsion delay compensation value KDN
2803
2390
(LSTKDN)
Torsion preview control: acceleration torsion compensation value K1N
2804
2391
(LSTK1N)
2805
2392
(LSTK2N)
2806
2393
(LSTK3N)
Torsion preview control: torsion torque compensation coefficient
2815
2402
(LSTKT)
[Overshoot compensation functions]
1808#6
2003#6
Overshoot compensation function
1857
2045
1970
2077
Overshoot compensation counter
1994
2101
1742#3
2202#3
Overshoot compensation type 2
[High-speed positioning functions]
1957#0
2015#0
Position gain switch function
1714
2029
Limit speed for enabling position gain switching
1: Increases the increment system for the effective switch velocity to
1744#1
2204#1
10 times.
1957#0
2015#0
Position gain switch function type 2
1744#5
2204#5
- 557 -
4.6.8
4.6.9
4.7
4.8.1
PARAMETERS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
1957#1
1714
1716
(1744#1)
1951#6
1749#2
Meaning
2015#1
2029
2030
(2204#1)
2007#6
2209#2
Low-speed integration function

Limit speed for disabling low-speed integration at acceleration
Limit speed for enabling low-speed integration at deceleration
1: Increases the increment system for the switch velocity to 10 times.
Fine acc./dec. (FAD) function
0: FAD bell-shaped, 1: FAD linear type
Position feed-forward coefficient
(1985)
(2092)
(This parameter is also used for look-ahead control.)
1742#0
2202#0
Cutting/rapid traverse-specific fine acc./dec. function
1800#3
1800#3
Enables feed-forward in rapid traverse.
1702
2109
1766
2143
Fine acc./dec. time constant 2
(1767)
(2144)
(1768)
(2145)
(1985)
(2092)
Position feed-forward coefficient for rapid traverse
(1962)
(2069)
1: Synchronization is established in the rigid tapping mode when FAD
1749#3
2209#3
is specified.
[Serial feedback dummy functions]
1953#0
2009#0
Dummy serial feedback function
1800#1
1800#1
1: Ignores the V-READY ON alarm.
1745#2
2205#2
Separate detector-based dummy feedback function
2692#0
2279#0
The ready signal is output to the amplifier when the dummy function is
enabled.
[Brake control functions]
1883#6
2005#6
Brake control function
1976
2083
Brake control timer
2686#7
2273#7
Torque limit setting function during brake control
2788
2375
Torque limit magnification during brake control
[Stop distance reduction functions]
1959#0
2017#0
Emergency stop distance reduction function type 1 (VCMD0)
1744#7
2204#7
Emergency stop distance reduction function type 2 (return)
2786
2373
2787
2374
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop : lifting time
2173
(When SWDBSx=1)
2298#7
1: The parameter for specifying a distance to lift is set in m.
Separate detector hardware disconnection stop distance reduction
1745#4
2205#4
function
1745#5
2205#5
For axes under synchronization control, this bit is also set.
2695#5
2282#5
Quick stop function for separate serial detector alarms
2600#7
2212#7
OVL and OVC alarm stop distance reduction function
- 558 -
4.8.2
4.8.3
4.3
4.8.3
4.8.3
4.9
4.10
4.11.1
4.11.2
4.11.3
4.11.4
4.11.5
4.11.6
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS

Parameter number
Meaning
[Unexpected disturbance torque detection functions] (Optional functions)
1958#0
2016#0
Unexpected disturbance torque detection function
1740#5
2200#5
Improvement in the accuracy of an estimated disturbance load
Improvement in the accuracy of an estimated disturbance load (A
2716
2302
Q-phase current phase lag is compensated for.)
1980
2087
Torque offset
1727
2116
2758
2345
Dynamic friction compensation value in the stop state
2759
2346
Dynamic friction compensation limit value
1997
2104
1996
2103
Retrace distance
Cutting/traverse unexpected disturbance torque detection switching
1740#3
2200#3
function
Cutting/traverse unexpected disturbance torque detection switching
2603#7
2215#7
function type-2
(1997)
(2104)
Unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level for cutting
1765
2142
Unexpected disturbance torque detection alarm level for rapid traverse
2-axes simultaneous retract function at unexpected disturbance torque
2684#2
2271#2
detection
2603#1
2215#1
Torque offset canceling when an emergency stop is released
2342
2755
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Acceleration threshold
2343
2756
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Alarm level for high
acceleration
2771
2358
Unexpected disturbance torque detection: Post-acceleration timer
[Linear motor functions]
1954#2
2010#2
Linear motor control function
1705
2112
1761
2138
1762
2139
AMR offset
2683#0
2270#0
AMR offset setting range expansion from -60 degrees to +60 degrees
(2628)
(2185)
Position pulse conversion coefficient
1740#6
2200#6
The velocity loop proportional gain format is changed.
1750#2
2210#2
Current gain internally 4 times function
Overheat signal connection destination setting
2713#7
2713#3
2300#7
2300#3
1753
1754
1755
2782
2130
2131
2132
2369
2783
2370
2784
2371
1743#6
2203#6
2713#7
2713#3
4.12.1
4.12.2
4.12.3
4.14.1
OH connection destination
Connected to DI signal of PMC
4.14.2
Connected to linear motor detection

circuit or temperature detection circuit

Smoothing compensation performed twice per pole pair (negative
direction)
Smoothing compensation performed four times per pole pair (negative
direction)
Smoothing compensation performed six times per pole pair (negative
direction)
Linear motor quadruple smoothing compensation
- 559 -
4.14.3
PARAMETERS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Meaning
[Synchronous built-in servo motor functions]
1954#2
2300#2
Synchronous built-in servo motor control
1806
2001
AMR
2608#0
2220#0
Non-binary detector
1705
2112
1761
2138
1762
2139
AMR offset
2601#7
2213#7
Pole position detection function (optional)
2616#3
2228#3
Motor saliency 0: Lq>Ld, 1: Lq<Ld
2617#0
2229#0
1: AMR offset is used.
2617#3
2229#3
0: After pole detection, an abnormal movement is monitored.
2617#4
2229#4
0: Automatic selection mode (minute operation mode + stop mode)
1: Minute operation mode
Current A for pole detection
2182
2625
Current B for pole detection
2198
2641
Current C for pole detection
2199
2642
2681
2268
2790
2377
2791
2378
Smoothing compensation performed 1.5 times per pole pair (negative
direction)
2793
2380
2794
2381
Smoothing compensation performed three times per pole pair (negative
direction)
Overheat signal connection destination setting
2713#7
2713#3
2300#7
2300#3
2713#7
2713#3
4.15
OH connection destination
Connected to DI signal of PMC
Connected to iCZ or
temperature detection circuit
[Torque control functions]
2292#7
Moving axis setting
2292#6
Calculation of interactive force from the first moving axis
Servo axis number for the first moving axis

2292#5
2292#4
2292#3
2292#2
Compensation for interactive force from the first moving axis
2292#1
Compensation type for the first moving axis
2292#0
2293#6
Calculation of interactive force from the second moving axis
Servo axis number for the second moving axis

2293#5
2293#4
2293#3
2293#2
Compensation for interactive force from the second moving axis
2293#1
Compensation type for the second moving axis
2293#0
2478
Compensation gain for the first moving axis
2479
Angle data offset for the first moving axis
2480
Compensation gain for the second moving axis
2481
Angle data offset for the second moving axis
- 560 -
4.14.2
4.17
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
PARAMETERS

Parameter number
Meaning
(2455)
Integer part of the number of pulses per revolution
(2456)
Exponent part of the number of pulses per revolution
[Torque control functions]
1951#7
2007#7
1743#4
2203#4
1998
2105
Torque constant
2301#7
Torque command unit increase by a factor of 10
[Tandem disturbance elimination control] (Optional functions)
1709#1
2019#1
Enables tandem disturbance elimination control.
Enables the velocity feedback average function. (Set this parameter for
1952#2
2008#2
the main axis only.)
Tandem disturbance elimination control proportional gain (Set this
1721
2036
parameter for the main axis only.)
Tandem disturbance elimination control phase compensation
1721
2036
coefficient (Set this parameter for the sub-axis only.)
Tandem disturbance elimination control integral gain (Set this
2738
2325
parameter for the main axis only.)
Tandem disturbance elimination control phase compensation
2738
2325
coefficient (Set this parameter for the sub-axis only.)
Tandem disturbance elimination control incomplete integral time
2746
2333
constant (Set this parameter for the main axis only.)
[Synchronous axes automatic compensation function]
Enables synchronous axes automatic compensation. (Set this
2688#3
2275#3
parameter for the sub-axis.)
2816
2403
Synchronous axes automatic compensation: coefficient (K) (sub-axis)
Synchronous axes automatic compensation:
2817
2404
maximum compensation value (sub-axis), dead-band width (main-axis)
2818
2405
Synchronous axes automatic compensation : filter coefficient (sub-axis)
[Tandem control functions] (Optional functions)
1817#6
1817#6
Tandem control function (main- and sub-axes)
1010
Number of CNC controlled axes
1021
Parallel-axis name (main axis: 77, sub-axis: 83)

1980
2087
Preload value
1952#7
2008#7
Damping compensation function
Damping compensation gain (main axis) and damping compensation
1721
2036
phase (sub-axis)
1952#2
2008#2
Velocity feedback average function
1951#1
2007#1
Servo alarm two-axis monitor function
1960#7
2018#7
Motor feedback sharing function (sub-axis)
1940#1
2200#1
Full-closed loop feedback sharing function (sub-axis)
2686#1
2273#1
Integrator copy (sub-axis)
2007#4
Tandem speed difference alarm (sub-axis)
2357
Tandem speed difference alarm (sub-axis)
- 561 -
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.21.1
4.21.2
4.21.3
4.21.4
4.21.5
4.21.6
4.21.9
4.21.10
PARAMETERS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Parameter number
Meaning
[Servo check board functions]
1956#5
2012#5
VCMD output magnification
1956#4
2012#4
00: 1, 01: 16, 10: 162, 11: 163
1: Outputs an estimated load to the check board.
1957#5
2015#5
(The estimated load is output to the torque command channel.)
1: Enables the four-times torque command output.
1743#5
2203#5
(Small-torque command output can be measured.)
For internal data output: Must be kept at 0.
1726
2115
The output of the SPEED signal (number of revolutions) is disabled.
(Series 9096)
1774
2151
Internal data output: Always specify 0. (Other than Series 9096)
1775
2152
1776
2153
1: Performs high-speed data output to the check board (Other than
1746#7
2206#7
Series 9096).
2613#1
2225#1
1: TCMD signal check board output 1/2 (Other than Series 9096)
1: SPEED signal check board output 1/2 (7500 min-1/5 V) (Other than
2613#2
2225#2
Series 9096)
2208#3
1: Arbitrary data screen is displayed.
DGN353
DGN for internal data display
DGN354
DGN for internal data display
2278#2
The first or third servo check interface unit is used.
2278#3
The second or fourth servo check interface unit is used.
2315
[Related to simplified frequency characteristics measurement]
2683#7
2270#7
1: Starts disturbance input.
1: Inputs disturbance for both of an odd-numbered axis and
2683#6
2270#6
even-numbered axis simultaneously. (Used for synchronous axes or
tandem axes)
1: The input waveform of disturbance input is a square wave.
2683#5
2270#5
(Usually, select 0: Sine wave.)
2739
2326
2740
2327
Disturbance input start frequency
2741
2328
2742
2329
- 562 -
Appendix I
4.6.7, 4.12
4.14,
Appendix I
4.14,
Appendix I
4.14
Appendix I
Appendix I
4.14
Appendix J
Appendix H
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
D.PARAMETERS RELATED TO
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
PRECISION OPERATIONS
PARAMETERS RELATED TO
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH PRECISION
OPERATIONS
The i series CNCs are provided with some functions for high-speed
and high precision operations. This appendix lists parameters
categorized by model and function and their standard setting values so
as to make it easy to tune the functions.
Appendix D consists of the following two items:
(1) CNC model-specific information
This section lists high-speed and high precision functions and
parameters related to them for individual CNC models.
The parameter tables in this section contain standard setting
values.
(2) Servo parameters
This section lists servo parameters common to all CNC models
and standard setting values for them.
NOTE
1 Use the standard setting values included in the parameter tables as
reference data for initialization.
If a parameter needs tuning based on the machine type, determine
a final setting for the parameter according to the characteristic of
the machine and how to use it.
To reduce machining time, change parameters from standard
settings to speed priority I to speed priority II while checking the
operation status. (The settings for speed priority II can reduce
much more machining time than the settings for speed priority I.)
2 For the specifications of CNC models and detailed explanations
about their functions, refer to the respective CNC manuals.
3 In the following table, the circle indicates that the item is supported,
the triangle indicates partial support, and the cross indicates
non-support.
Appendix D, "PARAMETERS SET WITH VALUES
DETECTION UNITS", consists of the following sections:
IN
D.1 MODEL-SPECIFIC INFORMATION .....................................563

D.1.1 Series 15i-MB ..............................................................564
D.1.2 Series 16i/18i/21i/0i/0i Mate-MB, 0i/0i Mate-MC/
20i-FB ..........................................................................567
D.1.3 Series 30i/31i/32i-A, 31i-A5 ........................................577
D.2 SERVO PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED
AND HIGH PRECISION OPERATIONS................................580
- 563 -
D. PARAMETERS RELATED TO
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
D.1
MODEL-SPECIFIC INFORMATION
D.1.1
Series 15i-MB
[Functions related to high-speed and high precision operations]

High-speed high precision functions
Look-ahead acc./dec.
before interpolation
Fine HPCC
Linear/Bell-shaped
Linear/Bell-shaped/
Smooth bell-shaped
None
None
Series 15i-MB
Type
Time constant setting for individual axes
Velocity control
Automatic corner deceleration
Arc radius-based velocity control
Acceleration-based velocity control
Cutting load-based velocity control
Jerk control
Optimum torque acc./dec.
Other functions
Nano interpolation
5-axis machining function
Smooth interpolation
NURBS
Nano smoothing
Additional hardware
[Parameters]
Use the standard setting values included in the parameter tables as
reference data for initialization. If a parameter needs tuning based on
the machine type, determine a final setting for the parameter according
to the characteristic of the machine and how to use it.
Standard settings (precision priority)

When there is vibration or significant impact, or when machining
is to be performed more precisely, make settings based on the
standard settings.
Cutting time-priority setting

To reduce machining time, make settings for speed priority I then
for speed priority II in stages. The settings for speed priority II
can reduce much more machining time than the settings for speed
priority I.
- 564 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
- Parameters that need tuning based on the machine type

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
priority I
priority II
1478
400.0
500.0
1000.0
1635
24
16
16
1656
64
48
32
1660
700.0
2000.0
4000.0
1663
525.0
1500.0
3000.0
1665
525.0
1500.0
3000.0
Description
Allowable speed difference (mm/min) in acceleration-dependent
on speed difference at corners
Time constant (msec) for acc./dec. after interpolation
Time constant (msec) for bell-shaped acc./dec. before
interpolation (portion with the time fixed)
Acceleration of linear-/bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
(portion with the acceleration fixed)
(Acceleration is specified in mm/sec2 units for individual axes.)
2
Allowable acceleration (mm/sec ) during acceleration-dependent
deceleration (HPCC mode)
(Acceleration is specified in mm/sec2 for individual axes.)
2
Allowable acceleration (mm/sec ) at arc interpolation during
acceleration-dependent deceleration (non-HPCC mode)
- Parameters that do not usually need tuning so often and can be left at fixed values
Parameter
No.
Standard
setting value
1483
100.0
1491
100.0
1517#6
1600#4
1603#6
1/0
1473
mm / inch
10000.0/3937.0
2401#6
7565#7
7567
7565#4
0/1
7697#1
0/1
7698
80
Description
Lower speed limit to acceleration-dependent deceleration (HPCC mode) (mm/min)
Lower speed limit to deceleration acceleration-dependent (non-HPCC mode)
(mm/min)
Speed difference- or acceleration-dependent deceleration type
0: Compatible with the 15B (by making the most of allowable speed difference and
acceleration for each axis)
1: Fixed speed regardless of the direction of movement as long as the same contour
is involved.
0: Linear- or bell-shaped acc./dec. after interpolation enabled (Note 1)
1: Exponential acc./dec. after interpolation enabled
When using the function for changing the time constant of bell-shaped acc./dec.
before interpolation, set 1.
Reference speed in the function for changing the time constant of bell-shaped
acc./dec. before interpolation (mm/min / inch/min)
Setting this parameter to 1 enables look-ahead acc./dec. before interpolation and
multibuffer when the power is switched on and in the cleared state. Fine HPCC is
also enabled if available.
If it is reset to 0, it is turned on with the G05.1Q1 command.
Setting this parameter to 1 causes a specified speed to be ignored and assumes that
a speed set in parameter No. 7567 is specified
Specified clamp value in the fine HPCC mode (mm/min (input unit))
If the parameter setting is 0, no clamp takes place except for the maximum cutting
speed specified in parameter No. 1422.
Set this parameter to 1 if the cutting load-based deceleration function is to be
enabled. (This parameter is used if the mechanical rigidity of the Z-axis is low.)
When using the slant type for override by cutting load, set 1. (Note 2)
Override of area 1 in deceleration by cutting load (This setting is unnecessary if bit 4
of parameter No. 7565 is set to 0 or bit 1 of parameter No. 7697 is set to 0.) (%) (Note
2)
7591
80
Region 2 override (%) for the cutting load-based deceleration function (needn't be
specified if bit 4 of parameter No. 7565 = 0)
- 565 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
Parameter
No.
Standard
setting value
7592
70
7593
60
8495#0
0/1
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Description
When using smooth velocity control as velocity control by acceleration, set 1. (Note 2)
NOTE
1 To perform bell-shaped acc./dec. after cutting feed
interpolation, the option for bell-shaped acc./dec.
after cutting feed interpolation is required.
2 Only fine HPCC can be used.
- 566 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
D.1.2
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
Series 16i/18i/21i/0i/0i Mate-MB, 0i/0i Mate-MC/20i-FB

AI
AI nano
Advanced
advanced AI contour contour
High-speed and high precision preview
preview
control
control
control
function
control
(AICC)
(AI nano
(APC)
(AI-APC)
CC)
AI nano
High
AI high
high
precision precision precision
contour
contour
contour
control
control
control
(HPCC) (AI-HPCC) (AI nano
HPCC)
Series 0i Mate M-C

Series 0i-MC
Series20i-FB
Series 0i Mate-MB
Series 0i-MB
Series21i-MB
Series18i-MB
Series16i-MB
Linear/
Type
Linear
Linear/
Linear/
Bell-shaped/ Bell-shaped/
Bell-shaped
Smooth
Smooth
Linear/
Linear/
Bell-shaped
bell-shaped bell-shaped
Linear/
Bell-shaped/ Bell-shaped/
Smooth
Smooth
bell-shaped bell-shaped
Time constant setting for

individual axes
Velocity control
Automatic corner deceleration
Arc radius-based velocity control
Acceleration-based velocity
control
Cutting load-based velocity
control
Jerk control (Note 1)
Other functions
Nano interpolation
5-axis machining function
Smooth interpolation
NURBS
Nano smoothing
Additional hardware
None
None
None
None
RISC board is necessary.
NOTE
1 Jerk control can be used in the Series
16i-MB/18i-MB.
[Parameters]
Described below are the parameters that must be specified for
individual high-speed and high precision cutting machines separately.
- 567 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

standard settings.
priority I.
NOTE
1 Performing bell-shaped acc./dec. after interpolation
requires the look-ahead bell-shaped acc./dec. after
interpolation option.
2 Performing linear-shaped acc./dec. after cutting
feed interpolation requires the linear-shaped
acc./dec. after cutting feed interpolation option.
3 Performing bell-shaped acc./dec. after cutting feed
interpolation requires the bell-shaped acc./dec.
after cutting feed interpolation option.
4 Performing bell-shaped acc./dec. in rapid-traverse
requires the bell-shaped acc./dec. in rapid-traverse
option.
- 568 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(1) Advanced preview control

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
priority I priority II
1432
1620
1621
1730
1731
1732
1768
3060
5000
100
24
5150
5000
100
16
7275
5000
100
16
1770
10000
10000
10000
1771
240
80
40
1783
400
500
1000
1784
Description
Maximum cutting feedrate (mm/min) for individual axes
Time constant (msec) for linear-shaped acc./dec. in rapid-traverse
for individual axes
Time constant T2 (msec) for bell-shaped acc./dec. in
rapid-traverse for individual axes
Feedrate upper limit (mm/min) for arc radius R
Arc radius R (1 m) for arc radius-based feedrate upper limit
Arc radius-based feedrate clamp lower speed limit (mm/min)
Time constant (msec) for acc./dec. after cutting feed interpolation
Maximum cutting feedrate (mm/min) during acc./dec. before
interpolation
Time (msec) allowed before a maximum cutting feedrate during
acc./dec. before interpolation is reached
Allowable speed difference (mm/min) in acceleration-dependent on
speed difference at corners
Speed (mm/min) at occurrence of overtravel alarm
To be specified according to the overrun distance at overtravel
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
1602#0
1602#4
1
1
#6,#3
1,0
1602#6,#3
1,1
1802#7
0/1
3403#0
Description
The type of linear-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation is B.
Automatic deceleration at corners is under speed difference-dependent control
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a linear type (to be specified when FAD is used)
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (to be specified when FAD is
not used)
To be set to 1 if the CMR setting is 2 or greater (parameter No. 1820 setting is 4
or greater).
To be set to the standard setting value.
- 569 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(2) AI advanced preview control

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
priority I
priority II
1432
1620
1621
1730
1731
1732
1768
3060
5000
100
24
5150
5000
100
16
7275
5000
100
16
1770
10000
10000
10000
1771
240
80
40
1772
64
48
32
1783
400
500
1000
1784
1785
320
112
56
Description
Time constant (msec) for linear-shaped acc./dec. in
interpolation
Time constant of bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation (for
constant-time part) (msec)
Parameter (msec) for determining an allowable acceleration in
determining acceleration-dependent speed. The parameter is to
be set with the time allowed before a maximum cutting feedrate
(parameter No. 1432) is reached.
A maximum cutting feedrate of 10000 mm/min is used as the
standard setting value.
Parameter
No.
1602#6,#3
Standard setting
value
#6,#3
1,0
1,1
1603#7
1802#7
0/1
Description
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a linear type (to be specified when FAD is used)
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (to be specified when FAD is
not used)
Acc./dec. before interpolation is of bell-shaped type. (0: Linear-shaped acc./dec.
before interpolation)
or greater).
- 570 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(3) AI contour control

Parameter
No.

Description
Standard
setting
Speed
priority I
Speed
priority II
1432
1620
1621
1730
3060
5150
7275
1731
5000
5000
5000
1732
100
100
100
1768
24
16
16
1770
10000
10000
10000
1771
240
80
40
1772
64
48
32
1783
400
500
1000
1784
1785
320
112
56

for individual axes

interpolation
Time constant (msec) for bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
(portion with the time fixed)
determining acceleration-dependent speed. The parameter is to be
set with the time allowed before a maximum cutting feedrate
(parameter No. 1432) is reached. A maximum cutting feedrate of
10000 mm/min is used as the standard setting value.
Parameter No.
Description
#6,#3
1602#6,#3
1,0
1,1
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a linear type (if bell-shaped acc./dec.

before interpolation is used)
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (if linear-shaped
acc./dec. before interpolation is used)
Acc./dec. before interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (0: Linear-shaped
acc./dec. before interpolation)
To be set to 1 if the CMR setting is 2 or greater (parameter No. 1820
setting is 4 or greater).
1603#7
1802#7
0/1
7050#5
7050#6
7052#0
0/1
To be set to 1 for the PMC and Cs axes.
7055#3
1/0
To be set to 1 if a function of changing the time constant for bell-shaped

acc./dec. before interpolation is to be used.
7058
7066
mm / inch
10000/3937
To be set to standard value.

Reference speed (mm/min / inch/min) for a function of changing
the time constant for bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
- 571 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(4) AI nano contour control

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
1432
1620
1621
1730
1731
1732
1768
3060
5000
100
24
5150
5000
100
16
7275
5000
100
16
1770
10000
10000
10000
1771
240
80
40
1772
64
48
32
1783
400
500
1000
1784
1785
320
112
56
Description
for individual axes
interpolation
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
Description
#6,#3
1602#6,#3
1,0
1,1
1603#7
1802#7
0/1
7052#0
7053#0
0/1
0
7055#3
1/0
7058
0
mm / inch
10000/3937
7066
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a linear type (if bell-shaped acc./dec. before

interpolation is used)
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (if linear-shaped acc./dec.
Acc./dec. before interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (0: Linear-shaped acc./dec.
before interpolation)
or greater).
To be set to 1 for the PMC and Cs axes.
AI nano contour control (1: AI contour control is enabled.)
To be set to standard value.
Reference speed (mm/min / inch/min) for a function of changing the time
constant for bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
- 572 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(5) High-precision contour control

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
1432
1620
1621
1768
24
16
16
8400
10000
10000
10000
8401
240
80
40
8410
400
500
1000
8416
64
48
32
8470
320
112
56
Description
Time constant (msec) for linear-shaped acc./dec. in
interpolation
Time constant (msec) for bell-shaped acc./dec. before
interpolation (portion with the time fixed)
determining acceleration-dependent speed. The parameter is to
be set with the time allowed before a maximum cutting feedrate
(parameter No. 1432) is reached.
A maximum cutting feedrate of 10000 mm/min is used as the
standard setting value.
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
Description
#6,#3
1602#6,#3
1,0
1,1
1802#7
0/1
7510
8402#7,#1,
1603#3
8402#4
8402#5
8403#7,#1,
8404#1,#0
8420
8451#0
1,1
1
0
1
1,1
1,1
180
1
8451#4
0/1
8456
80
8457
70

or greater).
Largest of controlled-axis numbers for which high precision contour control is
performed
Acc./dec. before interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (with the acceleration
change fixed)
No alarm is raised on an M, S, T, B, or rapid traverse command.
Rapid traverse is processed on the RISC side.
Number of blocks to be looked ahead (0: 120 blocks)
Set this parameter to 1 if cutting load-dependent override is to be used.
(This parameter is used if the mechanical rigidity of the Z-axis is low.)
Region 2 override (%) for the cutting load-based deceleration function
(neednt be specified if bit 4 of parameter No. 8451 = 0)
Region 3 override (%) for the cutting load-based deceleration function)
- 573 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
8458
60
8459#0
8459#1
8475#2
0
1
1
8475#3
8480#4
0/1
8480#5
8480#6
0
0
8485#0
1/0
8485#1
1/0
8485#2
1/0
8485#4
1/0
8485#5
1/0
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Description
Automatic deceleration at corners is enabled.
Acceleration-dependent determination of speed during arc interpolation is
enabled.
To be set to 1 if the software series on the RISC side is B435. Otherwise, to be
reset to 0.
Scaling/coordinate system rotation in high precision contour control mode is
enabled/disabled.
(An option is necessary.)
A canned cycle in high precision contour control mode is enabled/disabled.
A helical interpolation in high precision contour control mode is
enabled/disabled.
A involute interpolation in high precision contour control mode is
enabled/disabled.
A smooth interpolation in high precision contour control mode is
enabled/disabled.
- 574 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(6) AI high precision contour control, AI nano high precision contour control
Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
1432
1620
1621
1768
24
16
16
8400
10000
10000
10000
19510
240
80
40
8410
400
500
1000
8416
64
48
32
8470
320
112
56
Description
for individual axes
interpolation
Time (msec) allowed before a maximum cutting feedrate is
reached for an individual axis during acc./dec. before interpolation.
If this parameter is 0, a setting in parameter No. 8401 is used.
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
Description
#6,#3
1602#6,#3
1,0
1,1
1802#7
0/1
7510
8402#7,#1
1,1
8403#1
8451#4
0/1
19516
80
8456
80
8457
70
8458
60
8480#4

or greater).
Largest of controlled-axis numbers for which high precision contour control is
performed
Acc./dec. before interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (with the acceleration
change fixed)
No alarm is raised on an M, S, T, B, or rapid traverse command.
(This parameter is used if the mechanical rigidity of the Z-axis is low.)
- 575 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
Parameter
No.
Standard setting
value
8480#5
8480#6
0
0
19501#6
1/0
19504#0
1
mm / inch
10000/3937
19520
19600#0
0/1
19600#1
0/1
19600#2
0/1
19600#3
0/1
19600#4
0/1
19600#5
0/1
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Description
Bell-shaped rapid traverse acc./dec. is used.
Reference speed (mm/min / inch/min) for a function of changing the time
constant for bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
Scaling is performed on the CNC side or, as 5-axis control mode, on the RISC
side. (An option is necessary.)
Programmable mirror image is performed on the CNC side or, as 5-axis control
mode, on the RISC side. (An option is necessary.)
Rotary dynamic fixture offset is performed on the CNC side or, as 5-axis control
mode, on the RISC side. (An option is necessary.)
Coordinate rotation is performed on the CNC side or, as 5-axis control mode, on
the RISC side. (An option is necessary.)
Three-dimensional coordinate conversion is performed on the CNC side or, as
5-axis control mode, on the RISC side. (An option is necessary.)
Cutter compensation C is performed on the CNC side or, as 5-axis control mode,
on the RISC side. (An option is necessary.)
- 576 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
D.1.3
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
Series 30i/31i/32i-A, 31i-A5

High-speed and high precision
function
Series30i-A
Series31i-A/A5
Series32i-A
AI contour
control I
AI contour control II (Note 1)
+
High-speed processing (Note 2)

Type
Acceleration setting for each axis
Velocity control
Velocity control by speed
difference among axes
Velocity control by acceleration in
circular interpolation
Acceleration-based velocity
control
Cutting load-based velocity
control
Jerk control
Other functions
Nano interpolation
5-axis machining functions (Note 3)
Smooth interpolation (Note 4)
NURBS (Note 4)
Nano smoothing (Note 4)
Linear/
Bell-shaped
Linear/
Linear/
Bell-shaped/
Bell-shaped/
Smooth bell-shaped
Smooth bell-shaped
NOTE
1 In FS30i systems controlling more than four paths
and more than 20 axes, this function cannot be
used.
2 In FS30i and FS31i systems controlling more than
two paths and more than 12 axes, this function
cannot be used.
3 These functions can be used with the FS30i-A and
FS31i-A5 only.
4 These functions cannot be used with the FS32i.
- 577 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
[Parameters]
Described below are the parameters that must be specified for
individual high-speed and high precision cutting machines separately.

standard settings.

priority I.
- 578 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(1) AI contour control I, AI contour control II

Parameter
No.

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
1432
1620
1621
1769
24
16
16
1660
700.0
2000.0
4000.0
1772
64
48
32
1783
400.0
500.0
1000.0
1737
525.0
1500.0
3000.0
1735
525.0
1500.0
3000.0
Description
for individual axes
Acceleration in acc./dec. before interpolation
(for constant-acceleration part)
Time constant of bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation (msec)
(for constant-acceleration part)
Permissible acceleration in deceleration by acceleration
Permissible acceleration in deceleration by acceleration in circular
interpolation
Parameter
No.
Standard
setting value
1602#6,#3
#6,#3
1,0
1,1
7055#3
1/0
19503#0
mm / inch
10000.0/3937.0
0/1
8451#4
0/1
19515#1
0/1
19516
80
8456
80
8457
70
8458
60
7066
Description
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a linear type
Acc./dec. after interpolation is of a bell-shaped type (Note 1)
To be set to 1 if a function of changing the time constant for bell-shaped acc./dec.
before interpolation is to be used.
Reference speed (mm/min / inch/min) for a function of changing the time constant for
bell-shaped acc./dec. before interpolation
When using smooth velocity control as velocity control by acceleration, set 1. (Note 2)
(This parameter is used if the mechanical rigidity of the Z-axis is low.) (Note 2)
When using the slant type for override by cutting load, set 1. (Note 2)
Region 1 override (%) for the cutting load-based deceleration function (neednt be
specified if bit 4 of parameter No. 8451 or bit 1 of parameter No. 19515 = 0) (Note 2)
(neednt be specified if bit 4 of parameter No. 8451 = 0) (Note 2)
NOTE
1 To perform bell-shaped acc./dec. after cutting feed interpolation, the option for
bell-shaped acc./dec. after cutting feed interpolation is required.
2 These functions cannot be used with AI contour control I.
- 579 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
D.2
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
SERVO PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED AND

HIGH PRECISION OPERATIONS
Described below are the servo parameters that need setting and tuning
for high-speed and high precision operations.
To specify parameters, follow this procedure.
1. First specify one of items (1) to (3) about fixed parameters that
are dependent on the CNC model and mode to be used.
2. Specify item (4) about parameters to be tuned in common to all
CNC models and modes. (See Chapters 3 and 4 of this parameter
manual for explanations about how to tune the parameters and
detailed descriptions of the related functions.)
3. If you want to use SERVO HRV control, specify item (5).
- 580 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(1) When HRV2 and fine ACC./Dec. is used (Series 16i/18i/21i/20i/0i)
Using advanced preview control in the Series 16i/18i/21i

Using AI advanced preview control in the Series 21i/20i/0i
(servo software Series 90B0)
For the above cases, make the following settings for using HRV2
control and fine acc./dec.
Parameter No.
FS16i, etc.
2003#3
2003#5
Description
1
1
0X000011
2004
Enables PI control function

HRV2 current control
(Note 1)
2005#1
2006#4
2007#6
2015#6
2016#3
2017#7
1
1
1
1
1
1
2018#2
2040
2041
2092
Standard parameter for HRV2 (Note 2)

10000
2 (detection unit 1 m)
20 (detection unit 0.1m)
50
1
1
2119
2146
2202#1
2209#2
Uses the latest feedback data for velocity feedback.
Enables FAD (Fine acc./dec.)
Enables stage-2 backlash acceleration.
Changes the second override format for stage-2 backlash
acceleration.
Advanced preview (position) feed-forward coefficient
judgment level for stop state (specified in detection units)
Stage-2 backlash acceleration end timer
NOTE
1 Keep the bit indicated with X (bit 6) at the standard
setting.
2 For motors not supporting the HRV2 standard
parameters, change the parameter settings to the
settings for HRV2 according to the instructions
described in Section G.4.
- Parameters whose settings must be changed according to the size of the
machine but neednt tuning once set up
Parameter No.
2109

Standard
Speed
Speed
setting
priority I
priority II
24
16
16
Description
FAD time constant
- 581 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(2) When HRV2 is used, but fine acc./dec. is not (Series 30i/31i/32i/15i/16i/18i/21i/0i)
When using AI contour control I, AI contour control II, look-ahead
acc./dec. before interpolation, Fine HPCC, AI nano high precision
contour control, AI high precision contour control, AI nano contour
control, AI contour control, or high precision contour control, make
the following settings.
Parameter No.
FS30i,16i, etc.
FS15i
2003#3
1808#3
2003#5
1808#5
2004
1809
2005#1
1883#1
2006#4
1884#4
2015#6
1957#6
2016#3
1958#3
2017#7
1959#7
2018#2
1960#2
2040
1852
2041
1853
2092
1985
2119
1730
2146
1769
2202#1
1742#1
Description
0X000011 (Note 1)
Enables two-stage backlash acceleration

acceleration.
10000
20 (detection unit 0.1 m)

judgment level for stop state
(specified in detection units)
50
NOTE
setting.
- 582 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(3) When using HRV1 and FAD (Series 21i/0i)

To use AI advanced preview control in the Series 21i/0i (servo
software Series 9096), make the following settings for using HRV1
control and fine acc./dec.
Parameter No.
FS21i
2003#3
2003#5
2004
2005#1
2006#4
2007#6
2015#6
2016#3
2017#7
1
1
Standard parameter for HRV1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2018#2
2040
2041
2092

10000
20 (detection unit 0.1m)
50
1
1
2119
2146
2202#1
2209#2
Description
Enables FAD (Fine acc./dec.)
Enables two-stage backlash acceleration
acceleration.
judgment level for stop state (specified in detection units)
- Parameters whose settings must be changed according to the size of the

machine but neednt tuning once set up
Parameter No.
Standard
setting
Speed
priority I
Speed
priority II
2109
24
16
16
Description
FAD time constant
- 583 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(4) Parameters common to all CNC models (requiring tuning)

- Parameters requiring tuning for finding optimum values
Parameter No.
FS30i ,16i, etc. Setting at tuning start
FS15i
2021
1875
2107
1700
1825
2069
1962
2047
1859
2087
1980
2048
1860
2039
1724
2082
1975
2089
1982
2114
1725
300
150
Description
Items to be referenced in tuning
Load inertia ratio (velocity gain)

* When the cutting/rapid
velocity gain switching
function is used, this
parameter is applied to rapid
traverse.
Cutting load inertia ratio
override (in % units)
* When the cutting/rapid
velocity gain switching
function is used, the gain
magnified by this parameter
setting is applied to cutting.
While checking vibration at stop, abnormal

sound during low-speed movement,
vibration during high-speed rotation, and so
on, find the vibration limit, and set about
70% of the limit.
See 3.3.1(6)
While checking vibration at stop, abnormal
sound during low-speed movement,
vibration during high-speed rotation, and so
on, find the vibration limit, and set about
70% of the limit.
See 3.3.1(6) and 4.3.
After determining the velocity loop gain, find
the upper limit of the range in which hunting
(low frequency vibration) does not occur.
See 3.3.1(6).
Standard: 3000
Speed priority I: 5000 Position gain
Speed priority II: 10000
Standard: 50
Make adjustment while observing the
When nano interpolation
Velocity feed-forward coefficient shape of rounded corners.
is used, see Note 2.
See 3.3.1(11).
200
Make adjustment while observing estimated
Standard parameter Observer parameter
disturbance value on the check board.
See 4.12.1.
Make adjustment while measuring positive
0
Torque offset
and negative torque commands at a
constant low feedrate.
Stage-1 acceleration amount for
quadrant protrusion size.
30
two-stage backlash acceleration
See 4.6.7.
100
2nd-stage acceleration amount
Stage-2 start distance
10
(detection unit)
Stage-2 end distance (set with a
50
ratio to the start distance
specified in 10% units)
10
Stage-2 override
NOTE
1 There is the following relationship between the load inertia ratio and velocity loop
gain (%).
Velocity loop gain (%) = (1 + load inertia ratio/256) 100
2 The phrase "using nano interpolation" means using AI contour control I, AI contour
control II, Fine HPCC, look-ahead acc./dec. before interpolation, AI nano high
precision contour control, or AI nano contour control.
- 584 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
(5) Parameters common to all CNC models (parameters needed to use HRV3)
Parameter No.
FS30i ,16i, etc.
FS15i
2004
1809
2013#0
1707#0
2202#1
1742#1
2040
1852
2041
1853
2334
2747
Description
HRV2 current control (in a mode other than high-speed
HRV control)
In the G05.4Q1 command, high-speed HRV control
(HRV3 current control)
0X000011 (Note 1)
1
1
Cutting/rapid velocity loop gain switching function

Current loop gain magnification for high-speed HRV
current control
150
NOTE
setting.
- Parameters that need tuning
Parameter No.
FS30i ,16i, etc.
FS15i
2107
1700
2335
2748
Setting
Description
150

200

when high-speed HRV
current control is in use
While checking vibration at stop, abnormal sound during

low-speed movement, vibration during high-speed
rotation, and so on, find the vibration limit, and set about
70% of the limit.
low-speed movement, vibration during high-speed
rotation, and so on, find the vibration limit, and set about
70% of the limit.
- 585 -
HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(6) Parameters for Series 30i and 31i (parameters needed to use HRV4)
Parameter No.
FS30i

0X000011
2004
HRV3 current control (in a mode other than high-speed HRV

control)
In the G05.4Q1 command, high-speed HRV control (HRV4
current control)
(Note 1)
2014#0
2300#0
Extended HRV function
2202#1
2040
2041
2334
Description

Current loop gain magnification for high-speed HRV current
control
150
NOTE
setting.
- Parameters that need tuning
Parameter No.
FS30i, etc.
Setting
Description
2107
150


low-speed movement, vibration during high-speed rotation, and
so on, find the vibration limit, and set about 70% of the limit.
200

when high-speed HRV
current control is in use

low-speed movement, vibration during high-speed rotation, and
so on, find the vibration limit, and set about 70% of the limit.
2335
- 586 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
E.VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN

SERVO SOFTWARE
VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN SERVO

SOFTWARE
(1) Overview
The feed axis velocity is subject to the feedrate limits that depend on
the internal processing of the system itself and that of the servo
software. These velocity limit values on the feed axis are explained
below.
NOTE
The permissible speeds listed below do not take
detector hardware limitations into account.
- For the maximum permissible speed of a motor,
refer to the specifications of the motor.
- For the maximum permissible speed of a
detector itself, refer to the specifications of the
detector.
(2) Velocity feedback (rotation speed) limit

The following limits apply to the rotation speed of motors according
to the type of motor speed detector.
Detector type
Resolution
Allowable rotation
speed
i Pulsecoder
20
24
2 , 2 pulse/rev
20
2 pulse/rev
223pulse/rev
227pulse/rev
7500min-1
7500min-1
937min-1 (*1)
937min-1 (*1)
HEIDENHAIN RCN220
HEIDENHAIN RCN223, 723
HEIDENHAIN RCN727
(*1) The following servo software enables these permissible speeds to

be increased by a factor of up to 16 (15000 min-1) by setting bit 6
of No. 2271 to 1.
Even if any of the above detectors is used as a position detector, the
same speed limits as those given above apply as the speed limits on
the detector.
- 587 -
E. VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN

SERVO SOFTWARE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Limit values related to linear motors

If a linear motor is used, its speed detector is a linear scale. So, a
velocity rather than a rotation speed is involved, but the same
limits as stated above are applied.
Detector type
Resolution
HEIDENHAIN LS486 (incremental)

20/512
with high-resolution serial output circuit
m/pulse
Sony BS75A (incremental)
0.1379/512
with high-resolution serial output circuit
m/pulse
HEIDENHAIN LC191F (absolute)
0.1 m/pulse
HEIDENHAIN LC491F (absolute)
0.05 m/pulse
- 588 -
Allowable speed
300m/min
2.1m/min
786m/min
393m/min

SERVO SOFTWARE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(3) Position feedback (axis feedrate) limits

The following feedrate limits may be applied according to each of the
functions because of a weight on data that is handled in detection units
within the servo software.
- When ordinary position control is exercised

(Series 15i-B, 16i-B, 18i-B, 21i-B, 20i-B, 0i-B/C, 0i Mate-B/C, Power
Mate i)
Function used
Allowable feedrate
Hi-speed and high precision

function
Feed-forward
Fine acc./dec.
None
None
None
None
None
Advanced preview control
AI contour control
High precision contour control
AI nano contour control
AI high precision contour control
AI nano high precision contour
control
Fine HPCC
Electric gear box
Performed (conventional
type)
Not performed/ performed
(conventional type)
Performed (advanced
preview type)
Performed (advanced
preview type)
Not performed/
performed
Automatically
switched off
Performed (advanced
preview type)
Automatically
switched off
Performed (advanced
preview type)
type)
Automatically
switched off
Detection unit of
1 m
Detection unit of
0.1 m
IS-B : 196m/min
IS-C : 100m/min
24m/min (*1)
None
Performed
None
IS-B : 240m/min
IS-C : 100m/min
98m/min
98m/min (*2)
IS-B : 196m/min
IS-C : 100m/min
IS-B : 999m/min
IS-C : 100m/min
IS-B : 240m/min
IS-C : 100m/min
24m/min (*1)
- When speed control based on a PMC axis is exercised using a position command
(Series 15i-B, 16i-B, 18i-B, 21i-B, 20i-B, 0i-B/C, 0i Mate-B/C, Power
Mate i)
Allowable feedrate
Function used
PMC-axis-based speed control (position command)
Detection unit of
1/1000 deg
-1
5461min
Detection unit of
1/10000 deg
546min-1
- When ordinary position control is exercised

Function used
Hi-speed and high
precision function
None
AI contour control I
Electric gear box
Feed-forward
(advanced preview type)
(advanced preview type)
type)
Allowable feedrate
Detection unit Detection unit Detection unit
of 1 m
of 0.1 m
of 0.01 m
Detection unit
of 0.001 m
IS-B:999m/min IS-B:999m/min IS-D:10m/min

IS-E:1m/min
IS-C:100m/min IS-C:100m/min 100m/min(*3) 100m/min(*3)
IS-B:240m/min
IS-C:100m/min
- 589 -
24m/min (*1)
2.4m/min
0.24m/min
100m/min(*3) 100m/min(*3)

SERVO SOFTWARE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
- When rotary tool control based on a servo motor is used

Function used
Extension of
permissible speed
Allowable feedrate
Upper speed limit

Detection unit of Detection unit of Detection unit of Detection unit of
increase by a
1/1000 deg
1/10000 deg
1/100000 deg
1/1000000 deg
factor of 10
Performed
(No.1013#7=0)
Performed
(No.1408#3=0)
Performed
(No.1408#3=1)
Performed
(No.1013#7=1)
(No.2282#3=1)
Performed
(No.1408#3=0)
Performed
(No.1408#3=1)
IS-B:2777min-1
IS-C: 277min-1
IS-B:27777min-1
IS-C: 2777min-1
IS-B:2777min-1
IS-C: 277min-1
IS-B:27777min-1
IS-C: 27777min-1
-1
IS-B:2777min
IS-C: 277min-1
IS-B:27777min-1
IS-C: 2777min-1
-1
IS-B:2777min
IS-C: 277min-1
IS-B:27777min-1
IS-C: 2777min-1
IS-D:27min-1
IS-E:2min-1
IS-D:277min-1
IS-E:27min-1
IS-D:277min-1
IS-E:27min-1
IS-D:2777min-1
IS-E:349min-1
In the table, the values enclosed in a box are the limits due to the
internal processing of the servo software. For the limits due to
the internal processing of the servo software, if CMR is increased
to decrease the detection unit, the permissible feedrate decreases
in proportion to the detection unit. (Reducing the detection unit
from 0.1 m to 0.05 m causes the permissible feedrate to be
halved.)
If a semi-closed system (rotary or linear motor) where a detector
with a high resolution is used, using also nano interpolation
enables these functions to be used for position control at the
highest limit to the detector resolution even if the detection unit
is not subdivided.
If you are using these functions with a larger detection unit
because of feedrate limits placed by the detection units stated
above, velocity feedback data that can seriously affect velocity
loop control is used for control at the highest limit to the detector
resolution.
(*1) If conventional feed-forward is used, the permissible
feedrate is decreased.
To avoid this, take one of the following actions:
Disable feed-forward when not using the high
precision function.
Use fine acc./dec. at the same time.
(*2) For AI nano contour control, AI high precision contour
control, and AI nano high precision contour control, the
limit is 98 m/min on the NC and 196 m/min on the servo
software. If CMR is increased to further decrease the
detection unit, the feedrate limit on the NC is invariable, but
the feedrate limit on the servo software decreases in
proportion to the detection unit. If the detection unit is
decreased, therefore, the feedrate limit will be the smaller
one.
- 590 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
Detection unit

SERVO SOFTWARE
Limit on the servo

software
0.1m
98m/min
196m/min
0.05m
98m/min
98m/min
0.02m
98m/min
39m/min
0.01m
98m/min
19.6m/min
(*3) With the servo software and system software indicated
below, the allowable feedrate value applicable when an
increment system is selected from IS-D and IS-E is
extended. A feedrate of up to 100 m/min can be specified
with the increment system IS-D or IS-E by using matching
servo software and system software and setting the
following parameters:

Series and editions of applicable system software

Series 30i-A:
Series G002, G012, and G022/04.0 and subsequent
editions
Series 31i-A:
Series G101, G111/04.0 and subsequent editions
Series 31i-A5:
Series G121, G131/04.0 and subsequent editions
Series 32i-A:
Series G201/04.0 and subsequent editions (IS-E is
not supported.)
Parameter setting method

To extend the feedrate with the increment system IS-D
or IS-E, both of parameter No. 1013 and No. 2282
must be set to 1. (The increment systems IS-D and
IS-E are optional functions.)
- 591 -
Limit on the NC

SERVO SOFTWARE
APPENDIX
#7
1013FS30i
IESP(#7)
#6
#5
B-65270EN/07
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
IESP
When the increment system IS-D or IS-E is used, the function that can
set a value range wider than the conventionally allowed one for speed
and acceleration parameters is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
With an axis for which this parameter is set, a value range wider than
the conventionally allowed one can be set for parameters to be set in
speed and acceleration units when the increment system IS-D or IS-E
is selected.
Moreover, a movement can be made at a parameter-set speed.
The number of fractional digits displayed on the parameter input
screen for an axis with this parameter set is also modified. When IS-D
is used, the number of fractional digits is reduced by 1 from the
conventional number of fractional digits. When IS-E is used, the
number of fractional digits is reduced by 2 from the conventional
number of fractional digits.
NOTE
#7
#6
#5
2282 (FS30i)
ISE64(#3)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
ISE64
The speed limit on feed-forward (bit 1 (FEED) of parameter No. 2005

= 1) is:
0: Applied as conventionally done.
1: Extended.
When feed-forward is enabled, the speed limit on an axis for which
this parameter is set is extended if the increment system is IS-D or
IS-E.
- 592 -
F
Name of function
F.SERVO FUNCTIONS
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
SERVO FUNCTIONS
Servo software series 9 9 9 9
0 0 00
9 B BB
6 0 65
99
00
BB
81
9
0
D
0
9
0
E
0
Reference items in
this manual
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
F
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
J
J
J
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
J
J
J
A
2.1
2.1.8 Supplementary 3
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.4
4.14.1
2.1.4
2.1.4
4.15.1
2.1.5
2.1.6
[Servo initial setting]

Flexible feed gear function
Position feedback pulses conversion coefficient
Supporting a fraction in reference counter setting
Supporting serial-type separate detectors
Supporting high-resolution serial output circuits H and C
Supporting linear motor position detection circuits H and C
Improving the reference counter when the RCN723 or RCN223 is used
Supporting RCN723 (serial separate detector)
Supporting RCN723 (synchronous built-in servo)
Supporting analog input separate detector interface unit
Supporting iCZ512AS,1024AS (serial separate detector)
A
-
Supporting iCZ512A,1024A (synchronous built-in servo)
A A 2.1.6, 4.15.1
Supporting iCZ768AS (serial separate detector)
A A 2.1.6
Supporting iCZ768A (synchronous built-in servo motor)
- - - A A
- A
A A
A
A
A
C
F
K
A
A
A
J
L
P
A
A
A
J
L
P
A
A
A
2.1.6, 4.15.1
2.1.7
2.1.7
2.1.8
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4.1
4.1.1
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.4.1
4.4.1, 4.21
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.3
A A 4.4.3
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Acceleration sensor
Illegal parameter setting alarm detail output
Automatic format change for position gain
Expanding the position gain setting range
[Servo functions]
SERVO HRV control
SERVO HRV2 control
SERVO HRV3 control (high-speed HRV current control)
SERVO HRV4 control (high-speed HRV current control)
1/2 PI is always enabled for cutting/rapid velocity gain
Upper limit to cutting/rapid velocity loop gain loop of 400%
Velocity loop high cycle management function
Supporting the tandem velocity loop high cycle management function
Acceleration feedback function
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : supporting 50%
Variable proportional gain function in the stop state : supporting arbitrary
magnification
Addition of N pulses suppression function
Current loop 1/2 PI control function
Current loop 1/2 PI control function always enabled
Current loop PI control function current control PI ratio variable
TCMD filter
- 593 -
A
A
A
A
Q
Q
Q
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.5
4.4.5
4.5.2
F.SERVO FUNCTIONS
Name of function
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

0 0 00
9 B BB
6 0 65
TCMD filter (cutting/rapid)

Resonance elimination filter : stage 1
Resonance elimination filter : stage 4
Active resonance elimination filter
Resonance elimination filter L
Observer function
Observer function (with the disable function for observer in the stop
state added)
Vibration damping control function
Dual position feedback function
Machine speed feedback function
Machine speed feedback function (normalization)
Feed-forward function
Advanced preview feed-forward function
RISC feed-forward function
Feed-forward timing adjustment
Feed-forward timing adjustment (for supporting FAD)
Supporting backlash acceleration override function
Backlash acceleration stop function
Two-stage backlash acceleration function
Two-stage backlash acceleration function : second stage acceleration
limit
Two-stage backlash acceleration function : second stage acceleration
direction-specific setting
Two-stage backlash acceleration function: second stage acceleration
(type 2)
Backlash acceleration function : enabled only for cutting
Backlash acceleration function : improvement on "enabled only for
cutting"
Torsion preview control
Overshoot compensation function
Overshoot compensation function type 2
Position gain switching function
position gain switching function type 2
Expanding the velocity setting range for high-speed positioning function
Low-speed integral function
Fine acc./dec. function
Cutting/rapid fine acc./dec. switching function
Synchronization in rigid tapping mode when the FAD function is used
Serial feedback dummy function
Dummy function for separate detector
Dummy axis ready signal output
Brake control function
- 594 -
A
A
99
00
BB
81
9
0
D
0
9
0
E
0
A
A
A
A
A
P
A
Reference items in
this manual
A
A
J
P
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
I
A
A
A
A
A
A
P
A
A A
A A 4.5.6
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
J
B
A
W
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
I
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
P
A
A
A
A
A
J
A
A
A A 4.6.7
A A 4.6.7
A A 4.6.7
A A
A A 4.6.7
A A 4.6.7
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
W
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F
A
A
M
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
P
A
A
A
A
A
J
A
A
A
M
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
A
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.3
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.5.9
4.5.9
4.5.10
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.5
4.6.5
3.4, 4.6.4
4.6.6
4.6.6
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.6.8
4.6.9
4.7
4.7
4.8.1
4.8.1
4.8.1
4.8.2
4.8.3
3.4, 4.8.3
4.8.3
4.9.1
4.9.1
4.9.2
4.10
B-65270EN/07
Name of function
F.SERVO FUNCTIONS
APPENDIX
0 0 00
9 B BB
6 0 65
Quick stop type 1 at emergency stop

Quick stop type 2 at emergency stop
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop
Switching based on the DI signal for the lifting function against gravity at
emergency stop
Quick stop function for hardware disconnection of separate detector
Quick stop function for separate detector alarms
Quick stop function at the OVC and OVL alarm
Unexpected disturbance torque detection function
Improvement on dynamic friction compensation for estimated
disturbance
2-axes simultaneous retract function related to unexpected disturbance
torque detection
Cutting/rapid unexpected disturbance torque detection switching
function
Unexpected disturbance torque detection switching function depending
on acc.
Current offset acquisition at an emergency stop
Supporting linear motors
Expanding the AMR offset setting range for linear motors
Current gain internally 4 times function
Function of changing the velocity loop proportional gain format
Overheat via the PMC
Overheat via the iCZ, linear motor detection circuit, or temperature
detection circuit
Linear motor smoothing compensation
Linear motor smoothing compensation : supporting direction-specific
operations
Support for a synchronous built-in servo motor
Support for the pole position detection function
Support for the detach function for the pole position detection function
Support for RCN727 for synchronous built-in servo motor
Non-binary detector for synchronous built-in servo motor
Smoothing compensation for synchronous built-in servo motor
Support for the PWM distribution module (PDM)
PWM distribution module (PDM) current monitor
PWM distribution module (PDM) ready output
Interactive Force Compensation
Torque control function type 1
Torque control function type 2
Tandem disturbance elimination control function
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function
Synchronous axes automatic compensation function (dead-band width)
Tandem disturbance elimination control function
Tandem control function (preload function)
Tandem control function (damping compensation function)
Tandem control function (velocity feedback average function)
Tandem control function (servo alarm 2-axes simultaneous monitor)
- 595 -
99
00
BB
81
9
0
D
0
9
0
E
0
Reference items in
this manual
A A
A A
- P
A
A
A
A
A
A
A A 4.11.1
A A 4.11.2
A A 4.11.3.1
P P 4.11.3.2
A A
- A A
A A
A
A
A
A
E
A
A
A
L
A
A
A A 4.12.1
A A 4.12.1
A A
A A 4.12.2
P P 4.12.3
A
A
A
-
A
A
C
A
A
-
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
J
P P 4.14.2
A A
A A 4.14.3
A A 4.14.3
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
V
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
F
C
E
A
F
H
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
M
J
J
L
P
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
J
A
A
M
J
J
L
P
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4.11.4
4.11.5
4.11.6
4.12.1
4.13
4.14.1
4.14.1
4.14.1
4.14.1
4.14.2
4.15.1
4.15.1
4.15.1
4.15.1
4.15.1
4.15.1
4.16.3
4.16.4
4.16.4
4.17
4.18
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.20
4.21
4.21.1
4.21.2
4.21.3
4.21.4
F.SERVO FUNCTIONS
Name of function
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

0 0 00
9 B BB
6 0 65
Servo alarm 2-axes simultaneous monitor : supporting VRDY OFF

invalidation
Tandem control function (motor feedback sharing function)
Tandem control function (position feedback switching)
Velocity loop integrator copy function
Tandem speed difference alarm function
Supporting SERVO GUIDE
Supporting SERVO GUIDE and tuning navigator
Disturbance input function (frequency characteristic measurement)
High-speed data output to the check board
Servo check board interface unit
Changing the check board output magnification for TCMD and SPEED
signals
[CNC functions]
Supporting PMC-based velocity loop gain override
Supporting the EGB function
Supporting the high-speed response function
Supporting nano interpolation
- 596 -
99
00
BB
81
9
0
D
0
9
0
E
0
Reference items in
this manual
A A 4.21.4
A
A
A
-
A
A
N
F
T
A
A
-
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
-
A
A
A
L
C
C
A
N
A A Appendix I, Appendix J
A
-
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
C
C
A
N
A
A
A
A
4.21.5
4.21.7
4.21.9
4.21.10
4.22
4.22
Appendix H
Appendix I
Appendix J
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
G.PARAMETERS FOR AND

OTHER SERIES
PARAMETERS FOR AND OTHER

SERIES
The motor ID numbers necessary to automatically set parameters for
the series, series, and conventional linear motors are explained
below.
Search for the motor ID number of the motor used, based on the motor
model and the drawing number (4-digit number in the middle of
A06B-****-B***).
NOTE
The motor ID numbers for consecutive (odd and
even) servo controlled axis numbers must be for
one of servo HRV1, servo HRV2, or servo HRV3.
Appendix G, "PARAMETERS FOR AND OTHER SERIES",
consists of the following sections:
G.1 MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS.................598
G.2 MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS .................600
G.3 MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF CONVENTIONAL LINEAR
MOTORS..................................................................................601
G.4 PARAMETERS FOR SERVO HRV2 CONTROL..................602
G.5 HRV1 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR SERIES, SERIES,
AND CONVENTIONAL LINEAR MOTORS ........................603
G.6 HRV2 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR M SERIES
MOTORS..................................................................................612
- 597 -
G. PARAMETERS FOR AND

OTHER SERIES
G.1
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS

series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
1/3000
2/2000
2/3000
3/3000
6/2000
6/3000
12/2000
12/3000
22/1500
22/2000
22/3000
30/1200
30/2000
30/3000
40/2000
40/2000FAN
65/2000
100/2000
150/2000
300/1200
300/2000
400/1200
400/2000
1000/2000
0371
0372
0373
0123
0127
0128
0142
0143
0146
0147
0148
0151
0152
0153
0157
0158
0331
0332
0333
0135
0137
0136
0138
0131
61
46
62
15
16
17
18
19
27
20
21
28
22
23
30
29
39
40
41
113
115
114
116
117
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
S
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
98
99
24
25
26
100
101
110
108 (360-A driving)
109 (240-A driving)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
The motor ID numbers are for servo HRV1.

M series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
M/3000
M2.5/3000
M3/3000
M6/3000
M9/3000
M22/3000
M30/3000
M40/3000
0376
0377
0161
0162
0163
0165
0166
0169
M40/3000FAN
0170
- 598 -
B-65270EN/07

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
L series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
L3/3000
L6/3000
L9/3000
L25/3000
L50/2000
0561
0562
0564
0571
0572
68
69
70
59
60
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

C series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
/2000
C6/2000
C12/2000
C22/1500
0121
0126
0141
0145
7
8
9
10
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
1
2
3
4 (40-A driving)
102 (60-A driving)
5 (40-A driving)
103 (60-A driving)
118
A
A
A
A
A
A

HV series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
3/3000HV
6/3000HV
12/3000HV
0171
0172
0176
22/3000HV
0177
30/3000HV
0178
40/3000HV
0179

MHV series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
M6/3000HV
M9/3000HV
M22/3000HV
M30/3000HV
M40/3000HV
0182
0183
0185
0186
0189
104
105
106
107
119
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
- 599 -

OTHER SERIES
G.2
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS

series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
0.5/3000
1/3000
2/3000
3/3000
6/2000
0113
0031
0032
0033
0034
14 (20-A driving)
11 (20-A driving)
12 (20-A driving)
33
34
N
N
N
A
A
D
D
D
A
A

M series servo motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
M0.2/4000
M0.3/4000
M0.4/4000
M0.5/4000
M1/4000
0111
0112
0114
0115
0116
* (260)
* (261)
* (280)
181(281)
182(282)
N
N
N
N
N
*
*
*
D
D
The motor ID numbers not enclosed in parentheses are for servo

HRV1, and the motor ID numbers enclosed in parentheses are for
servo HRV2 and HRV3.
*
For M0.2, M0.3, and M0.4, HRV1 control cannot be used. It
cannot, therefore, be used in Series 9096.
(Reference)
In the parameter table in item 4, two motor ID numbers are
assigned to the same series servo motor. One of them is the
parameter for driving the motor with an / series servo
amplifier (12A). Use caution not to use the wrong type number.
Motor model
servo amplifier drive

Maximum
amplifier
Motor ID No.
current [A]
0.5/3000
1/3000
2/3000
12
12
12
- 600 -
13
35
36
i servo amplifier drive

Maximum
amplifier
Motor ID No.
current [A]
20
20
20
14
11
12
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
G.3

OTHER SERIES
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF CONVENTIONAL LINEAR

MOTORS
Linear motor
Motor model
Motor
specification
Motor ID No.
90B0
9096
300D/4
600D/4
900D/4
1500A/4
3000B/2
3000B/4
6000B/2
6000B/4
9000B/2
9000B/4
15000C/2
15000C/3
0421
0422
0423
0410
0411
0411-B811
0412
0412-B811
0413
0413-B811
0414
0414-B811
124
125
126
90
91
120
92
127 (160-A driving)
128 (160-A driving)
129 (360-A driving)
130 (360-A driving)
123
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
R
N
Q
Q
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
A
The motor ID numbers are for servo HRV1. Loading is possible with
the servo software of the series and edition listed above or subsequent
editions.
(Reference)
In the parameter table in item 4, two motor ID numbers are
assigned to the same linear motor. One of them is the parameter
for driving the motor with an series servo amplifier (130A or
240A). Use caution not to use the wrong type number.
Motor
model
6000B/4
9000B/2
9000B/4
15000C/2
servo amplifier drive

Maximum
amplifier
Motor ID No.
current [A]
240
130
240
240
- 601 -
121
93
122
94
i servo amplifier drive

Maximum
amplifier
Motor ID No.
current [A]
160
160
360
360
127
128
129
130

OTHER SERIES
G.4
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
PARAMETERS FOR SERVO HRV2 CONTROL

By converting parameter settings as shown below, servo HRV1
control parameters can be changed to parameters for servo HRV2
control.
NOTE
This section explains the conversion method to be
applied when only servo HRV1 control parameters
are provided. For motors for which servo HRV2
control parameters are provided, use these servo
HRV2 control parameters.
<1> To set the current control period to 125 s, set the following:
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
Conventional
setting
DLY1
#7
DLY0
TIB1
DLY2
TRW1
TRW0
TIB0
TIA0
When servo HRV2 control is used
DLY1
DLY0
TIB1
DLY2
TRW1
TRW0
TIB0
TIA0
1809 (FS15i)
2004 (FS30i, 16i)
The standard setting at the bit marked by X (bit 6) must be left

unchanged.
<2> Changing the current loop gain (integral)
1852 (FS15i)
2040 (FS30i, 16i)
Set a value obtained by multiplying the standard parameter value by

0.8.
<3> Changing the current loop gain (proportional)
1853 (FS15i)
2041 (FS30i, 16i)
Set a value obtained by multiplying the standard parameter value by

1.6.
- 602 -
B-65270EN/07
G.5
APPENDIX

OTHER SERIES
HRV1 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR SERIES,

SERIES, AND CONVENTIONAL LINEAR MOTORS
The HRV1 control parameters for the series, series, and conventional
linear motors are given in the table below.
9096 series
90B0 series
- 603 -

OTHER SERIES
Motor model
3HV
Motor
0171
specification
Motor ID No.
1
Symbol
FS15i FS16i,etc.
1808
2003 00001000
1809
2004 01000110
1883
2005 00000000
1884
2006 01000100
1951
2007 00000000
1952
2008 00000000
1953
2009 00000000
1954
2010 00000000
1955
2011 00100000
1956
2012 00000000
1707
2013 00000000
1708
2014 00000000
1750
2210 00000000
1751
2211 00000000
2713
2300 00000000
2714
2301 00000000
PK1
1852
2040
687
PK2
1853
2041
-2510
PK3
1854
2042
-2617
PK1V
1855
2043
107
PK2V
1856
2044
-955
PK3V
1857
2045
0
PK4V
1858
2046
-8235
POA1
1859
2047
3972
BLCMP
1860
2048
0
DPFMX
1861
2049
0
POK1
1862
2050
956
POK2
1863
2051
510
RESERV
1864
2052
0
PPMAX
1865
2053
21
PDDP
1866
2054
3787
PHYST
1867
2055
319
EMFCMP
1868
2056
2500
PVPA
1869
2057
2200
PALPH
1870
2058
70
PPBAS
1871
2059
5
TQLIM
1872
2060
7282
EMFLMT
1873
2061
120
POVC1
1877
2062
32686
POVC2
1878
2063
1031
TGALMLV
1892
2064
4
POVCLMT
1893
2065
3059
1894
2066
0
PK2VAUX
FILTER
1895
2067
0
FALPH
1961
2068
0
VFFLT
1962
2069
0
ERBLM
1963
2070
0
PBLCT
1964
2071
0
SFCCML
1965
2072
0
PSPTL
1966
2073
0
AALPH
1967
2074
0
OSCTPL
1970
2077
0
PDPCH
1971
2078
0
PDPCL
1972
2079
0
DPFEX
1973
2080
0
DPFZW
1974
2081
0
BLENDL
1975
2082
0
MOFCTL
1976
2083
0
RTCURR
1979
2086
1287
TDPLD
1980
2087
0
MCNFB
1981
2088
0
BLBSL
1982
2089
0
ROBSTL
1983
2090
0
ACCSPL
1984
2091
0
ADFF1
1985
2092
0
VMPK3V
1986
2093
0
BLCMP2
1987
2094
0
AHDRTL
1988
2095
0
RADUSL
1989
2096
0
SMCNT
1990
2097
0
DEPVPL
1991
2098
5145
ONEPSL
1992
2099
400
INPA1
1993
2100
0
INPA2
1994
2101
0
DBLIM
1995
2102
15000
ABVOF
1996
2103
0
ABTSH
1997
2104
0
TRQCST
1998
2105
205
LP24PA
1999
2106
0
VLGOVR
1700
2107
0
RESERV
1701
2108
0
BELLTC
1702
2109
0
MGSTCM
1703
2110
2568
DETQLM
1704
2111
6244
AMRDML
1705
2112
0
NFILT
1706
2113
0
NINTCT
1735
2127
1700
MFWKCE
1736
2128
3333
MFWKBL
1752
2129
2578
LP2GP
1753
2130
0
LP4GP
1754
2131
0
LP6GP
1755
2132
0
PHDLY1
1756
2133
0
PHDLY2
1757
2134
0
DGCSMM
1782
2159
0
TRQCUP
1783
2160
0
OVCSTP
1784
2161
0
POVC21
1785
2162
0
POVC22
1786
2163
0
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
0
MAXCRT
1788
2165
25
6HV
0172
2
00001000
01000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
828
-3129
-2638
127
-1141
0
-8235
3326
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
4000
-7692
-1920
5
7282
120
32637
1639
4
4866
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1623
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5145
400
0
0
15000
0
0
325
0
0
0
0
0
3870
0
0
300
4286
2076
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
APPENDIX
12HV
0176
3
00001000
01000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
730
-3038
-2638
188
-1683
0
-8235
2254
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
-12840
-6925
-2832
5
7282
120
32568
2505
4
7445
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2008
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5170
400
0
0
15000
0
0
527
0
0
0
0
16
5140
0
0
3420
2000
2581
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
22HV
0177
(40A)
4
30HV
0178
(40A)
5
00001000
01000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
800
-3190
-2694
271
-2426
0
-8235
1564
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
3500
-6671
-3000
5
7282
120
32370
4981
4
14847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2836
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10250
400
0
0
15000
0
0
684
0
0
0
0
2592
3915
0
0
700
2667
2574
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
01000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1100
-3886
-2663
293
-2625
0
-8235
1446
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
4000
-4113
-3400
5
7282
120
32359
5110
4
15235
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2872
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15370
400
0
0
15000
0
0
921
0
0
0
0
2576
3147
0
0
900
3636
1813
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
- 604 -
B-65270EN/07
C3
0121
7
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1600
-5059
-2608
107
-955
0
-8235
3974
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3046
-6405
-250
5
7282
120
32686
1030
4
3056
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1286
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
15000
0
0
205
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
2729
4000
1048
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C6
0126
8
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1800
-6105
-2641
127
-1140
0
-8235
3329
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4381
-3858
-2500
5
7282
120
32637
1636
4
4858
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1622
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17920
400
0
0
0
0
0
326
0
0
0
0
24
5220
0
0
3326
6500
1047
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C12
0141
9
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
3000
-9750
-2687
251
-2245
0
-8235
1690
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4000
-3094
-4000
5
7282
120
32412
4446
4
13245
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2678
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17920
400
0
0
0
0
0
395
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
4520
6000
785
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
C22
0145
10
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
2330
-6831
-2694
271
-2426
0
-8235
1564
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4000
-3872
-2800
5
7282
120
32370
4981
4
14847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2836
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
0
0
0
684
0
0
0
0
24
2660
0
0
3298
7000
1042
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
1/3
0031
(20A)
11
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001100
00001100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
598
-1882
-2564
61
-550
0
-8235
-690
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2500
2100
43
5
4369
120
32605
2034
4
2014
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1044
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80
400
0
0
0
0
0
86
0
0
0
0
1536
7784
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
2/3
0032
(20A)
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00001100
00001100
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1173
-4002
-2596
37
-667
0
-8235
5692
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3300
-10246
-960
5
4369
120
32522
3077
4
3051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1285
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2786
400
0
0
7200
0
0
139
0
0
0
0
1536
7740
0
0
0
5000
4128
0
0
0
5140
7720
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
Motor model
Motor specification
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
Motor ID No.
FS15i FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
0.5/3
0113
(12A)
13
0.5/3
0113
(20A)
14
3/3
0123
6/2
0127
15
16
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
220
-540
-2556
9
-79
0
-8235
-4789
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
1200
2000
77
5
7282
120
32585
2288
4
6797
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1918
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5160
400
0
0
15000
0
0
29
0
0
0
0
0
7790
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00001100
00001100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
367
-900
-2556
5
-48
0
-8235
-7981
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
1200
2000
46
5
4369
120
32570
2470
4
2447
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1151
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5160
400
0
0
9000
0
0
49
0
0
0
0
0
7790
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1183
-2941
-3052
87
-781
0
-8235
4858
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2000
-7690
-800
5
7282
120
32713
690
4
2045
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1052
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
251
0
0
0
0
32
6214
0
0
2047
1500
1812
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
2054
-4194
-3052
99
-887
0
-8235
4279
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3500
-6415
-1600
5
7282
120
32689
991
4
2940
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1261
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10265
400
0
0
15000
0
0
419
0
0
0
0
32
3960
0
0
2729
5000
1556
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
6/3
0128
17
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
754
-2363
-2633
91
-818
0
-8235
4639
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12820
-3845
-650
5
7282
120
32698
877
4
2601
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1187
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
400
0
0
15000
0
0
454
0
0
0
0
32
5170
0
0
1706
1000
2076
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80
- 605 -
12/2
0142
12/3
0143
22/2
0147
22/3
0148
30/2
0152
30/3
0153
18
19
20
21
22
23
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
3121
-4953
-3052
188
-1683
0
-8235
2254
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-6440
-5135
-1500
5
7282
120
32568
2505
4
7445
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2008
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
0
0
0
527
0
0
0
0
0
5220
0
0
4037
5000
1045
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1324
-3671
-3052
165
-1474
0
-8235
2574
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12840
-7690
-1500
5
7282
120
32614
1922
4
5709
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1758
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5145
400
0
0
15000
0
0
601
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
2615
2000
1551
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1975
-4041
-3052
203
-1821
0
-8235
2084
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4000
-3590
-2000
5
7282
120
32543
2811
4
8358
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2127
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7680
400
0
0
15000
0
0
911
0
0
0
0
0
3468
0
0
2956
6000
1300
0
0
0
3880
12820
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
881
-2759
-3052
214
-1921
0
-8235
1976
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12820
-8970
-1226
5
7282
120
32518
3128
4
9305
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2245
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2585
400
0
0
15000
0
0
864
0
0
0
0
24
5170
0
0
1663
2000
2571
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
3173
-5522
-3052
144
-1293
0
-8235
2935
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12840
-3097
-1120
5
7282
120
32668
1245
4
3695
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1414
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10240
400
0
0
0
0
0
1870
0
0
0
0
20
4040
0
0
4989
6000
1044
0
0
0
3880
12820
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1175
-3088
-3052
240
-2153
0
-8235
1763
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4500
-5130
-2500
5
7282
120
32493
3443
4
10245
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2355
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5145
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1123
0
0
0
0
0
3890
0
0
2000
6000
2581
0
0
0
5160
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
135

OTHER SERIES
Symbol
PK1
PK2
PK3
PK1V
PK2V
PK3V
PK4V
POA1
BLCMP
DPFMX
POK1
POK2
RESERV
PPMAX
PDDP
PHYST
EMFCMP
PVPA
PALPH
PPBAS
TQLIM
EMFLMT
POVC1
POVC2
TGALMLV
POVCLMT
PK2VAUX
FILTER
FALPH
VFFLT
ERBLM
PBLCT
SFCCML
PSPTL
AALPH
OSCTPL
PDPCH
PDPCL
DPFEX
DPFZW
BLENDL
MOFCTL
RTCURR
TDPLD
MCNFB
BLBSL
ROBSTL
ACCSPL
ADFF1
VMPK3V
BLCMP2
AHDRTL
RADUSL
SMCNT
DEPVPL
ONEPSL
INPA1
INPA2
DBLIM
ABVOF
ABTSH
TRQCST
LP24PA
VLGOVR
RESERV
BELLTC
MGSTCM
DETQLM
AMRDML
NFILT
NINTCT
MFWKCE
MFWKBL
LP2GP
LP4GP
LP6GP
PHDLY1
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
TRQCUP
OVCSTP
POVC21
POVC22
POVCLMT2
MAXCRT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Motor model
Motor specification
M3
0161
Motor ID No.
FS15i FS16i,etc
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
1852
2040
1853
2041
1854
2042
1855
2043
1856
2044
1857
2045
1858
2046
1859
2047
1860
2048
1861
2049
1862
2050
1863
2051
1864
2052
1865
2053
1866
2054
1867
2055
1868
2056
1869
2057
1870
2058
1871
2059
1872
2060
1873
2061
1877
2062
1878
2063
1892
2064
1893
2065
1894
2066
1895
2067
1961
2068
1962
2069
1963
2070
1964
2071
1965
2072
1966
2073
1967
2074
1970
2077
1971
2078
1972
2079
1973
2080
1974
2081
1975
2082
1976
2083
1979
2086
1980
2087
1981
2088
1982
2089
1983
2090
1984
2091
1985
2092
1986
2093
1987
2094
1988
2095
1989
2096
1990
2097
1991
2098
1992
2099
1993
2100
1994
2101
1995
2102
1996
2103
1997
2104
1998
2105
1999
2106
1700
2107
1701
2108
1702
2109
1703
2110
1704
2111
1705
2112
1706
2113
1735
2127
1736
2128
1752
2129
1753
2130
1754
2131
1755
2132
1756
2133
1757
2134
1782
2159
1783
2160
1784
2161
1785
2162
1786
2163
1787
2164
1788
2165
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
538
-1652
-3052
53
-471
0
-8235
-806
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2500
2400
70
5
7282
120
32697
886
4
2627
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1193
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
400
0
0
15000
0
0
221
0
0
0
0
24
5220
0
0
1990
2000
2588
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
950
-2582
-3052
38
-328
0
-8235
-1156
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3500
-3590
-1440
5
7282
120
32727
516
4
1529
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
31672
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
910
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5145
400
0
0
15000
0
0
581
0
0
0
0
24
5220
0
0
2729
2500
1298
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
748
-2402
-2632
61
-550
0
-8235
-690
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3000
-6407
-1600
5
7282
120
32692
955
4
2832
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1238
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
653
0
0
0
0
32
5220
0
0
853
2000
2570
0
0
0
5140
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
2330
-6381
-2694
271
-2426
0
-8235
1564
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4000
-3872
-2800
5
7282
120
32370
4981
4
14847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2836
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
0
0
0
684
0
0
0
0
24
2660
0
0
3298
7000
1042
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
47
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
5060
-9923
-2705
147
-1313
0
-8235
2891
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
8000
-2078
-1800
5
7282
120
32665
1283
4
3809
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1436
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
0
0
0
1842
0
0
0
0
28
0
0
0
7846
9500
788
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1649
-5395
-2700
201
-1801
0
-8235
2107
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12820
-3855
-2400
5
7282
120
32361
5090
4
15175
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2867
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1756
0
0
0
0
20
3920
0
0
3326
7000
1300
0
0
0
20
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00000000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
1649
-5395
-2700
201
-1801
0
-8235
2107
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12820
-3855
-2400
5
7282
120
32579
2358
4
7007
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1948
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12800
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1756
0
0
0
0
20
3920
0
0
3326
7000
1300
0
0
0
20
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
629
-2093
-2622
144
-2587
0
-8235
1467
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3000
-10250
-1600
5
7282
120
32456
3897
4
11600
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2506
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1476
400
0
0
15000
0
0
107
0
0
0
0
0
2640
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6164
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
M6
0162
M9
0163
22/1.5
0146
30/1.2
0151
- 606 -
40/FAN
0158
40/2
0157
3/3
0033
6/2
0034
34
1/3
0031
(12A)
35
2/3
0032
(12A)
36
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
990
-3544
-2632
144
-2587
0
-8235
1467
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3200
-6420
-1600
5
7282
120
32456
3897
4
11600
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2506
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
400
0
0
12000
0
0
215
0
0
0
0
0
3890
0
0
0
5000
2064
0
0
0
2573
12850
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
359
-1129
-2564
102
-916
0
-8235
4141
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2500
2100
71
5
7282
120
32617
1884
4
5594
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1740
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80
400
0
0
0
0
0
51
0
0
0
0
0
7784
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
704
-2401
-2596
62
-1111
0
-8235
3415
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
3300
-10250
-1600
5
7282
120
32540
2850
4
8474
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2142
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-2786
400
0
0
12000
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
7740
0
0
0
3000
4128
0
0
0
5140
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
1894
2066
PK2VAUX
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
PDPCH
1971
2078
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
MOFCTL
1976
2083
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
ACCSPL
1984
2091
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
INPA1
1993
2100
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
ABVOF
1996
2103
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
MGSTCM
1703
2110
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
NFILT
1706
2113
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
PHDLY2
1757
2134
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165
Symbol

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
65/2
0331
100/2
0332
150/2
0333
2/2
0372
L25
0571
L50
0572
1/3
0371
2/3
0373
L3
0561
L6
0562
L9
0564
39
40
41
46
59
60
61
62
68
69
70
00001000
01000110
00000000
00010000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
790
-3473
-2714
121
-1085
0
-8235
3498
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
4444
-4617
-1620
20
7282
120
32482
3569
4
10622
0
1100
0
0
0
0
0
0
28672
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2398
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
2438
0
0
0
0
12
2148
0
0
0
3600
1551
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
01000110
00000000
00010000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1578
-4761
-2714
102
-916
0
-8235
4141
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
4884
-4617
-1620
20
7282
120
32529
2987
4
8881
0
1100
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2193
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
4103
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4800
1294
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
00010000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1574
-4809
-2718
120
-1072
0
-8235
3541
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
6668
-3849
-1890
20
7282
120
32332
5452
4
16262
0
1100
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2968
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
4548
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3500
1033
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1170
-2289
-2485
91
-812
0
-8235
4674
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2147
-7690
-1000
0
7282
120
32627
1766
4
5245
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1685
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
104
0
0
0
0
0
6194
0
0
4800
2500
1806
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
574
-2254
-2700
92
-825
0
-8235
4599
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4500
-7692
-2200
5
7282
120
32476
3644
4
10844
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2423
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
400
0
0
15000
0
0
928
0
0
0
0
20
50
0
0
0
2000
2567
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
700
-2000
-2701
116
-1035
0
-8235
3666
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
4800
-6430
-3300
5
7282
120
32214
6929
4
20705
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3349
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1343
0
0
0
0
24
0
0
0
2402
4000
2321
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
390
-1053
-2480
111
-997
0
-8235
3806
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2800
2330
57
5
7282
120
32623
1811
4
5377
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1680
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1706
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
400
0
0
15000
0
0
51
0
0
0
0
0
7715
0
0
785
0
0
0
0
0
7710
12830
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000110
00000000
00000000
530
-1653
-2490
128
-1146
0
-8235
3311
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2520
-6156
-1200
5
7282
120
32519
3112
4
9256
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8194
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2239
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
74
0
0
0
0
0
7780
0
0
2300
3000
3088
0
0
0
7710
12830
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
757
-3394
-2652
18
-158
0
-8235
-2395
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2000
0
0
5
7282
120
32693
940
4
2787
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1228
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
219
0
0
0
0
64
2650
0
0
2000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
855
-3610
-2676
17
-155
0
-8235
-2455
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
2000
0
0
5
7282
120
32696
894
4
2653
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
28672
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1198
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
450
0
0
0
0
64
2620
0
0
2500
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
737
-2588
-2673
35
-309
0
-8235
-1227
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
1240
-10249
-800
5
7282
120
32607
2010
4
5970
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1798
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
450
0
0
0
0
16
5160
0
0
2500
2500
2586
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
- 607 -

OTHER SERIES
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
1894
2066
PK2VAUX
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
1971
2078
PDPCH
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
1976
2083
MOFCTL
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
1984
2091
ACCSPL
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
1993
2100
INPA1
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
1996
2103
ABVOF
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
1703
2110
MGSTCM
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
1706
2113
NFILT
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
1757
2134
PHDLY2
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165
Symbol
APPENDIX
1500A
0410
Linear
90
3000B
0411
Linear
91
6000B
0412
Linear
92
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1890
-7180
-2647
19
-260
0
-8235
-4371
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
227
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4804
-14453
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
455
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4804
-13138
-2660
16
-214
0
-8235
-5321
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32670
1222
4
3626
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
911
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
9000B
0413
Linear
93
(130A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
5036
-16000
-2660
14
-195
0
-8235
-5849
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32685
1041
4
3087
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1293
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1481
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
15000C
0414
Linear
94
(240A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
1420
-5600
-2663
10
-131
0
-8235
-8681
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32712
703
4
2086
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1063
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
- 608 -
B-65270EN/07
M2
0376
M2.5
0377
M22
0165
M30
0166
22/3HV
0177
30/3HV
0178
102
(60A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1050
-3811
-2694
181
-1618
0
-8235
2346
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6412
-2240
0
7282
0
32590
2221
4
6599
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1890
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1026
0
0
0
0
2584
5145
0
0
4200
2778
1554
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60
103
(60A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1100
-4300
-2663
195
-1750
0
-8235
2168
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3856
-3000
0
7282
0
32586
2279
4
6771
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1915
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1381
0
0
0
0
2592
4658
0
0
5885
4000
1287
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60
98
99
100
101
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
600
-1957
-2476
31
-274
0
-8235
-1383
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-9230
-1400
0
7282
0
32685
1041
4
3089
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1293
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
139
0
0
0
0
2600
6440
0
0
1322
2000
2578
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
400
-1154
-2547
56
-500
0
-8235
-759
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-8722
-1800
0
7282
0
32645
1535
4
4556
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1730
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
143
0
0
0
0
2584
7780
0
0
625
2500
3847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
555
-2698
-2686
97
-867
0
-8235
4378
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7695
-2700
0
7282
0
32587
2260
4
6714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1907
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
943
0
0
0
0
40
5220
0
0
1802
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
736
-2623
-2696
128
-1142
0
-8235
3322
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3870
-2240
0
7282
0
32567
2514
4
7473
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8192
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2012
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1341
0
0
0
0
24
5220
0
0
1756
3000
2577
0
0
0
2590
12815
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
Symbol
FS15i
FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
PK2VAUX
1894
2066
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
PDPCH
1971
2078
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
MOFCTL
1976
2083
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
ACCSPL
1984
2091
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
INPA1
1993
2100
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
ABVOF
1996
2103
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
MGSTCM
1703
2110
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
NFILT
1706
2113
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
PHDLY2
1757
2134
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
M6HV
0182
104
M9HV
0183
105
M22HV
0185
106
M30HV
0186
107
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
783
-2832
-2607
37
-329
0
-8235
-1154
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-7690
-1800
0
7282
0
32725
538
4
1596
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
28672
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
929
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
580
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
5572
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
542
-2277
-2640
66
-595
0
-8235
6373
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6408
-1800
0
7282
0
32678
1119
4
3321
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1341
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
603
0
0
0
0
40
5220
0
0
853
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
430
-2470
-2682
94
-845
0
-8235
4490
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-5135
-2000
0
7282
0
32596
2149
4
6385
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
24576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1859
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
967
0
0
0
0
40
3940
0
0
4051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
648
-2532
-2692
161
-1444
0
-8235
2628
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-6422
-3226
0
7282
0
32447
4009
4
11935
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2542
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1061
0
0
0
0
24
5220
0
0
2388
1000
3221
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
0170
108
(360A)
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1046
-4459
-2664
43
-386
0
-8235
-983
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3852
-1800
0
7282
0
32613
1937
4
5752
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1453
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
4330
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5116
2000
1287
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
- 609 -
0170
109
(240A)
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
968
-3716
-2664
65
-579
0
-8235
-656
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3858
-2700
0
7282
0
32420
4345
4
12943
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2180
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
2887
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3411
5000
1551
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
0169
110
(130A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
822
-2254
-2664
119
-1069
0
-8235
3551
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3873
-4950
0
7282
0
32279
6107
4
18231
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2302
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1563
0
0
0
0
1
4174
0
0
1848
2000
2051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135
300/1.2
0135
113
400/1.2
0136
114
300/2
0137
115
400/2
0138
116
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1715
-5809
-2711
116
-1035
0
-8235
3668
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-2323
-2000
0
8010
120
32343
5312
4
15843
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2412
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
10808
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
0
7500
787
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
2910
-7671
-2712
112
-1003
0
-8235
3782
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-1822
-4000
0
8010
120
32366
5020
4
14964
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2344
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
14575
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
0
5000
272
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1357
-4212
-2710
114
-1023
0
-8235
3709
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-3850
-800
0
7282
120
32352
5196
4
15494
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2385
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
10931
0
0
0
0
16
1606
0
0
0
5500
791
0
0
0
1556
20494
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1593
-5395
-2711
113
-1016
0
-8235
3736
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-2838
-2000
0
7282
120
32356
5145
4
15339
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12288
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2373
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
14398
0
0
0
0
24
1636
0
0
0
6500
784
0
0
0
1550
20494
0
0
0
0
0
0
365

OTHER SERIES
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
1894
2066
PK2VAUX
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
PDPCH
1971
2078
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
MOFCTL
1976
2083
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
ACCSPL
1984
2091
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
INPA1
1993
2100
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
ABVOF
1996
2103
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
MGSTCM
1703
2110
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
NFILT
1706
2113
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
PHDLY2
1757
2134
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165
Symbol
1000/2
0131
40HV
0179
APPENDIX
M40HV
0189
117
118
119
00001000
01000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
1170
-3684
-2722
234
-2100
0
-8235
1807
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
19379
-3097
-2000
5
6473
120
31823
7334
4
27745
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16384
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2838
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
28519
0
0
0
0
2334
2607
0
0
0
6500
1042
0
0
0
2581
15381
0
0
140
32667
1264
21831
365
00001000
01000110
00000000
01000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
715
-3141
-2699
230
-2061
0
-8235
1841
0
0
956
510
0
21
3787
319
0
-6429
-1529
0
7282
120
32518
3119
4
9277
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2241
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1534
0
0
0
0
24
5722
0
0
4054
2000
3075
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00100000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
600
-2020
-2680
120
-1077
0
-8235
3522
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
-3859
-3186
0
7282
0
32368
4997
4
14897
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2339
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
15000
0
0
1538
0
0
0
0
0
5160
0
0
2047
2000
3584
0
0
0
5135
12820
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
3000B/4N 6000B/4N
0411-B811 0412-B811
Linear
Linear
120
121
(240A)
00001000 00001000
00000110 00000110
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000100 00000100
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
10000000 10000000
00000000 00000000
1620
2626
-11180
-10051
-2660
-2660
16
10
-214
-135
0
0
-8235
-8235
-5321
-8463
0
0
0
0
956
956
510
510
0
0
21
21
1894
1894
319
319
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7282
4855
120
120
32698
32740
873
345
4
4
2590
1024
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
744
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
455
1450
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
85
245
- 610 -
B-65270EN/07
9000B/4N
0413-B811
Linear
122
(240A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
4944
-11831
-2660
16
-211
0
-8235
-5399
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32698
873
4
2590
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1184
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1367
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
245
15000C/3N
0414-B811
Linear
123
300D/4
0421
Linear
124
600D/4
0422
Linear
125
900D/4
0423
Linear
126
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
2392
-8448
-2657
10
-128
0
-8235
-8861
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32732
452
4
1340
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
852
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
3168
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
526
-2141
-2618
16
-217
0
-8235
-8755
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5826
120
32720
596
4
589
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
564
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
52
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
717
-3333
-2618
9
-122
0
-8235
-9339
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
6554
120
32720
596
4
589
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
564
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
390
-2009
-2618
13
-179
0
-8235
-6367
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32721
583
4
1326
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
847
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
6000B/4N
0412-B811
Linear
127
(160A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
1751
-6701
-2660
15
-202
0
-8235
-5642
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
120
32706
777
4
2304
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1117
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
966
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
FS15i
FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
1894
2066
PK2VAUX
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
PDPCH
1971
2078
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
MOFCTL
1976
2083
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
ACCSPL
1984
2091
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
INPA1
1993
2100
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
ABVOF
1996
2103
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
MGSTCM
1703
2110
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
NFILT
1706
2113
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
PHDLY2
1757
2134
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165
Symbol

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
9000B
0413
Linear
128
(160A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00000110
00000110
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
6198
-19692
-2660
12
-158
0
-8235
-7199
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
5917
120
32713
687
4
2038
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1050
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
1823
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
165
9000B/4N
0413-B811
Linear
129
(360A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000000
00000000
10000000
00000000
7416
-17747
-2660
10
-141
0
-8235
-8099
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32737
388
4
1151
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
789
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
2051
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
15000C
0414
Linear
130
(360A)
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000100
00000000
00000000
00001010
00001010
00000100
00000000
10000000
00000000
2130
-8400
-2663
7
-87
0
-8235
-13022
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
4855
120
32743
313
4
927
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
708
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
4656
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
365
M0.5
0115
181
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
141
-511
-2415
7
-59
0
-8235
-6462
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
6918
0
32674
1178
4
3497
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1376
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1009
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32767
16
3015
25
- 611 -
M1
0116
182
00001000
00000110
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
398
-1137
-2388
6
-53
0
-8235
-7176
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-11530
-1000
0
7282
0
32695
915
4
2714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1212
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
89
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
1763
0
0
0
0
0
11560
12880
0
0
0
32767
12
2340
25

OTHER SERIES
G.6
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
HRV2 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR M SERIES

MOTORS
December, 2002
The HRV2 control parameters for the M series motors are given in the
table below.
90B0 series
NOTE
The parameters cannot be used with Series 9096.
- 612 -
Motor model
Motor specification
Motor ID No.
Symbol
FS15i
FS16i,etc.
1808
2003
1809
2004
1883
2005
1884
2006
1951
2007
1952
2008
1953
2009
1954
2010
1955
2011
1956
2012
1707
2013
1708
2014
1750
2210
1751
2211
2713
2300
2714
2301
PK1
1852
2040
PK2
1853
2041
PK3
1854
2042
PK1V
1855
2043
PK2V
1856
2044
PK3V
1857
2045
PK4V
1858
2046
POA1
1859
2047
BLCMP
1860
2048
DPFMX
1861
2049
POK1
1862
2050
POK2
1863
2051
RESERV
1864
2052
PPMAX
1865
2053
PDDP
1866
2054
PHYST
1867
2055
EMFCMP
1868
2056
PVPA
1869
2057
PALPH
1870
2058
PPBAS
1871
2059
TQLIM
1872
2060
EMFLMT
1873
2061
POVC1
1877
2062
POVC2
1878
2063
TGALMLV
1892
2064
POVCLMT
1893
2065
PK2VAUX
1894
2066
FILTER
1895
2067
FALPH
1961
2068
VFFLT
1962
2069
ERBLM
1963
2070
PBLCT
1964
2071
SFCCML
1965
2072
PSPTL
1966
2073
AALPH
1967
2074
OSCTPL
1970
2077
PDPCH
1971
2078
PDPCL
1972
2079
DPFEX
1973
2080
DPFZW
1974
2081
BLENDL
1975
2082
MOFCTL
1976
2083
RTCURR
1979
2086
TDPLD
1980
2087
MCNFB
1981
2088
BLBSL
1982
2089
ROBSTL
1983
2090
ACCSPL
1984
2091
ADFF1
1985
2092
VMPK3V
1986
2093
BLCMP2
1987
2094
AHDRTL
1988
2095
RADUSL
1989
2096
SMCNT
1990
2097
DEPVPL
1991
2098
ONEPSL
1992
2099
INPA1
1993
2100
INPA2
1994
2101
DBLIM
1995
2102
ABVOF
1996
2103
ABTSH
1997
2104
TRQCST
1998
2105
LP24PA
1999
2106
VLGOVR
1700
2107
RESERV
1701
2108
BELLTC
1702
2109
MGSTCM
1703
2110
DETQLM
1704
2111
AMRDML
1705
2112
NFILT
1706
2113
NINTCT
1735
2127
MFWKCE
1736
2128
MFWKBL
1752
2129
LP2GP
1753
2130
LP4GP
1754
2131
LP6GP
1755
2132
PHDLY1
1756
2133
PHDLY2
1757
2134
DGCSMM
1782
2159
TRQCUP
1783
2160
OVCSTP
1784
2161
POVC21
1785
2162
POVC22
1786
2163
POVCLMT2
1787
2164
MAXCRT
1788
2165

OTHER SERIES
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
M0.2
0111
260
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
123
-510
-1069
4
-36
0
-8235
-10638
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32725
533
4
3163
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1929
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
1
7710
0
0
379
0
0
0
0
0
7700
12825
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
M0.3
0112
261
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
210
-970
-1146
4
-33
0
-8235
-11550
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
0
0
0
0
7282
0
32725
533
4
3163
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1929
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
14
0
0
0
0
1
7700
0
0
852
3000
3880
0
0
0
7695
12840
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
M0.4
0114
280
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000010
00000000
00000000
100
-430
-2463
7
-61
0
-8235
-6249
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
5826
0
32640
1603
4
4759
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1605
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
22
0
0
0
0
30
10290
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32766
22
4104
25
M0.5
0115
281
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
138
-673
-1205
7
-59
0
-8235
-6462
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
0
0
0
7282
0
32674
1178
4
3497
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1376
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
25
10290
0
0
504
0
0
0
0
0
7690
12820
0
0
0
32767
16
3015
25
- 613 -
M1
0116
282
00001000
00000011
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00001010
00000000
00000000
312
-1360
-1203
6
-53
0
-8235
-7176
0
0
956
510
0
21
1894
319
-12850
-15420
-1000
0
7282
0
32695
915
4
2714
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1212
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
89
0
0
0
0
1556
10290
0
0
881
1500
5135
0
0
0
15400
12840
0
0
0
32767
12
2340
25
H. DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND

HIGH-PRECISION ADJUSTMENT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND

(1) Overview
Appendix H explains in detail the adjustment procedure described in
Section 3.3, "ADJUSTING PARAMETERS FOR HIGH-SPEED
AND HIGH-PRECISION MACHINING".
Appendix H, "DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH-PRECISION
ADJUSTMENT", consists of the following sections:
(1) Overview ..................................................................................614
(2) Feed-forward coefficient adjustment
(using an arc of R10/F4000).....................................................615
(3) Velocity feed-forward coefficient adjustment
(example using a square figure with 1/4 arcs) ..........................618
(4) Adjustment of the parameters for arc radius based feedrate
clamping ...................................................................................622
(5) Adjustment of an allowable feedrate difference of the feedrate
difference based corner deceleration function ..........................624
(6) Frequency characteristic measurement method ........................626
(7) Adjustment of backlash acceleration ........................................627
- 614 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
H.DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND

(2) Feed-forward coefficient adjustment (using an arc of R10/F4000)

[Purpose of adjustment]
In a conventional position control loop where feed-forward
control is not exercised, a velocity command is output based on
(positional deviation) (position loop gain). This means that the
machine moves only when there is a difference between the
specification of a command and the machine position. When the
position gain is 30 [1/s], for example, a feedrate of 10 m/min
generates a positional deviation of 5.56 mm. In linear feed, this
positional deviation does not cause a figure error. For an arc or
corner, however, this positional deviation causes a large figure
error.
A function for eliminating such a positional deviation is
feed-forward. Feed-forward converts the position command from
the CNC to a velocity command for velocity command
compensation. Feed-forward can reduce a positional deviation (to
almost 0, theoretically). Accordingly, feed-forward can reduce
arc and corner figure errors. However, the servo response is
improved, so that a shock can occur. To prevent a shock from
occurring, acc./dec. before interpolation must be used at the same
time.
[Guideline for adjustment value setting]
Theoretically, a feed-forward coefficient of 100% leads to a
positional deviation of 0, and eliminates figure errors. Actually,
however, there is a delay in velocity loop response. So, a value
slightly less than 100% produces a specified figure. Usually, a
value between 95% to 99% (settings of 9500 to 9900) is
optimum. As the default, use 9800.
First, adjust the feed-forward coefficient while viewing an arc
figure. (Set a velocity feed-forward coefficient of 50% before
starting adjustment.)
[Actual adjustment]
Create a program as indicated below for circular movement by
R10/F4000, and measure the path with SERVO GUIDE or SD.
G08P1 and G08P0 in the program are G codes for starting and
ending the advanced preview control mode in Series 16i and so
on, respectively. For a mode to be used, select the corresponding
G codes from Table H (a).
G91;
G08P1;
G17G02I-10.F4000.;
I-10.;
I-10.;
G08P0;
G04X3.;
M99;
- 615 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Table H (a) Codes for starting and ending each mode

Start
End
FS16i, 18i, 21i + Advanced preview control
G08P1
G08P0
FS16i + High-precision contour control
FS16i + AI high-precision contour control
G05P10000
G05P0
FS16i + AI nano high-precision contour control
FS15i + Fine HPCC
FS30i + AI contour control I
FS30i + AI contour control II
FS16i + AI contour control
G05.1Q1
G05.1Q0
FS16i + AI nano-contour control
FS15i + Fine HPCC
FS21i + AI advanced preview control
In Fig. H (a), the feed-forward coefficient is insufficient, resulting in a

radius reduction of about 5 m. In addition, the velocity loop gain is
low, so that swells and quadrant protrusions are observed. By
adjusting the feed-forward coefficient as shown in Fig. H (b), the arc
radius reduction can be reduced to nearly 0.
Swell
Quadrant
protrusion
Specified
arc
Fig. H (a) Feed-forward adjustment

Velocity loop gain: 100%
Advanced preview feed-forward coefficient: 95%
FAD time constant: 24 ms (linear type)
Fig. H (b) Feed-forward adjustment

In the figures above, a low velocity loop gain is used for measurement.
By using an increased velocity loop gain, swells and quadrant
protrusions can be reduced (Fig. H (c)). Increase the velocity loop
gain to 70% to 80% of the limit. Adjust the feed-forward coefficient
finely, and apply quadrant protrusion compensation (backlash
acc./dec.) to reduce the quadrant protrusions and improve the
roundness (Fig. H (d)).
- 616 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
Fig. H (c) Effect of velocity loop gain


Fig. H (d) Effect of velocity loop gain

- 617 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(3) Velocity feed-forward coefficient adjustment (example using a square

figure with 1/4 arcs)
Feed-forward coefficient adjustment can reduce positional
deviation and figure errors. If the response of the velocity loop
for executing a velocity command is low, velocity control cannot
be exercised as specified where the specified acceleration varies
to a large extent, thus causing a figure error. The response of the
velocity loop can be improved by increasing the velocity loop
gain and by adjusting the velocity feed-forward coefficient.
Velocity feed-forward multiplies a specified rate of variation
(acceleration) by an appropriate coefficient for torque command
compensation. In the servo velocity loop (PI control), a
compensation torque occurs only when a difference (velocity
deviation) between a specified velocity and actual velocity
actually occurs. On the other hand, velocity feed-forward
performs torque command compensation according to an
acceleration value specified beforehand. So, a figure error that
occurs due to a velocity loop delay can be reduced.
The formula below is applicable. In actual adjustment, however,
make an adjustment starting with a velocity feed-forward
coefficient of 100.
(Velocity feed-forward coefficient) =
100 (Motor rotor inertia + load inertia) / Motor rotor inertia
[Actual adjustment]
Make a velocity feed-forward coefficient adjustment by using a
square figure with four 1/4 arcs of a 5-mm radius. In this
adjustment, disable the velocity clamp function based on an arc
radius. (Disable the function, or in the example below, ensure
that a velocity equal to or greater than F4000 can be specified.)
Start, End
5 mm
5 mm
G91;
G08P1;
G01X10.F4000;
G02X5.Y-5.R5.;
G01Y-20.;
G02X-5.Y-5.R5.;
G01X-20.;
G02X-5.Y5.R5.;
G01Y20.;
G02X5.Y5.R5.;
G01X10.;
G08P0;
G04X3.;
M99;
Fig. H (e) Programmed figure
- 618 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

When the actual path is measured in a mode for displaying a reference

path, the actual path and reference path are plotted at the same time as
shown below:
Actual path
Specified path
Fig. H (f) Specified path and actual path
When advanced preview feed-forward is disabled, a figure error of

hundreds m occurs as shown in Fig. H (f), and therefore can be
viewed even in the XY mode. However, if advanced preview
feed-forward is enabled for figure error reduction, it is difficult to
evaluate a figure error correctly unless the error is enlarged.
In such a case, use the figure comparison mode (contour mode) for
enlarging errors only for display (Ctrl O).
In addition, set an error display magnification with F3 (scale change).
For Fig. H (g), a display magnification of 100 is set.
Protrusion and cut due to

a delay on the Y-axis
Protrusion and cut due to a
delay on the X-axis
The figure display is 5 mm wide.
The error is 50 m in size.
Fig. H (g) Velocity feed-forward adjustment

Velocity feed-forward: 0%
Fig. H (h) Velocity feed-forward adjustment

Velocity feed-forward: X100%
- 619 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
In Fig. H (g), the velocity feed-forward coefficient is not specified, so

that the movement along each axis delays where acceleration changes
to a large extent. As the result, a protrusion occurs at the joint of a
straight line with an arc, and a cut occurs at the joint of an arc with a
straight line. In Fig. H (h), a velocity feed-forward coefficient is set
for the X-axis only. The response of the X-axis has improved, so that
a figure improvement can be seen in the areas where acceleration
changes to a large extent along the X-axis.
In Fig. H (i), excessively large velocity feed-forward coefficients are
specified, so that the protrusions shown in Fig. H (g) have changed to
cuts, and the cuts have changed to protrusions. This means that
optimum velocity feed-forward coefficients exist and they are less
than the values of Fig. H (i). Fig. H (j) shows the result of adjustment
to the optimum values. Fig. H (k) enlarges the errors only for display.
Fig. H (i) Velocity feed-forward adjustment

Velocity feed-forward: X200%, Y200%
Fig. H (j) Velocity feed-forward adjustment

- 620 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX

When the enlarged range is viewed, it is seen that the machine is

vibrating in the arc areas. This vibration is caused by a low velocity
loop gain. To reduce this vibration, two methods are available. One
method increases the velocity loop gain. (This method cannot be used
when the velocity loop gain has already been increased to the
oscillation limit.) The other method decreases the feedrate in the arc
areas with the arc radius based feedrate clamp function as described in
Item H (4).
Machine vibration
caused by insufficient
velocity control
response is observed.
The figure display is 5 mm wide.

Fig. H (k) Velocity feed-forward adjustment
Swells in the arc areas can be reduced by increasing the velocity loop
gain (Fig. H (l)). However, figure errors that occur at the joints of
straight lines and arcs cannot be fully eliminated. Swells can be
additionally reduced by fine adjustment of the velocity feed-forward
coefficient or by using the arc radius based feedrate clamp function
described in Item H (6).
Figure errors in
this area cannot
be fully eliminated
by increasing the
velocity loop gain.
Swells can be
reduced by
increasing the
velocity loop gain.
Fig. H (l) Velocity feed-forward adjustment

- 621 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(4) Adjustment of the parameters for arc radius based feedrate clamping
As mentioned above, velocity feed-forward coefficient
adjustment can improve a velocity loop response delay, thus
reducing figure errors in areas where specified acceleration
changes to a large extent. However, velocity feed-forward
coefficient adjustment alone cannot fully eliminate figure errors.
Moreover, if the rigidity of a machine itself is low, the machine
may vibrate due to a change in acceleration.
To reduce variation in specified acceleration in areas where
acceleration changes to a large extent, the specified feedrate in
the tangent direction is reduced. In part machining (advanced
preview control), the arc radius based feedrate clamp function
performs this feedrate reduction. By adjusting the parameter of
this function, an acceleration value in the normal direction
allowable with a machine can be found. As detailed below, such
an acceleration value can be used as a guideline for setting the
parameter for feedrate reduction by acceleration in high-precision
contour control (small successive blocks).
Feedrate F
Radius R
Acceleration
in the normal
direction
In the above figure, let R be the radius of the arc, and F be the
feedrate. Then, the acceleration in the normal direction is F2/R.
The arc radius based feedrate clamp function specifies R and F as
its parameters to ensure that the acceleration in the normal
direction at a specified arc does not exceed the specified value.
For example, suppose that when R = 5 mm and F = 4000 mm/min are
specified as the parameters of the arc radius based feedrate clamp
function, the acceleration in the normal direction at the arc is:
F2/R = (4000/60)2/5 = 889 mm/sec2
When using the high-precision contour control function, set about the
same value as this acceleration as the parameter for feedrate reduction
function based on acceleration in small blocks. In the example above,
if a cutting feedrate of F4000 (mm/min) is set, the time required to
reach this feedrate is calculated as follows:
4000/60/8891000 = 75 msec
- 622 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

When the feedrate at an arc is reduced using the arc radius based
feedrate clamp function, figure precision improves. However, a longer
machining time is required as a side effect. Fig. H (m) shows a tangent
feedrate and processing time when the arc radius based feedrate clamp
function is not used with the adjustment program used in (5) and later.
Fig. H (m) indicates that the tangent feedrate remains to be F4000. On
the other hand, when feedrate reduction to F3000 at R5 mm is
specified with the arc radius based feedrate clamp function, the
tangent feedrate is reduced to F3000 at corners as shown in Fig. H (n),
but the machining time has increased by 200 msec.
A cceleration of
acceleration/
deceleration before
interpolation
Tangent
feedrate
T angent
feedrate
Feedrate reduction to
F3000
1900 m sec
X-axis
position
2100 m sec
Fig. H (m) When the arc radius based feedrate clamp

function is not used
Fig. H (n) When the arc radius based feedrate clamp

function is used

Empirically, the values below are adequate. For the parameter
numbers, refer to the parameter manual of each CNC.
Standard: F3060 for R5 (527 mm/sec2)
Speed priority I: F5150 for R5 (1473 mm/sec2)
Speed priority II: F7275 for R5 (2940 mm/sec2)
[Actual adjustment]
Fig. H (o) shows the results of setting R5 mm and F3000 with the
arc radius based feedrate clamp function for Fig. H (k). Fig. H
(o) indicates that the figure errors at the entries and exits of the
arc areas have been reduced.
The figure display is 5 m m wide.

The figure errors

at the entries and
exits of each arc
area have been
reduced.
Fig. H (o) Arc radius based feedrate clamping
- 623 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(5) Adjustment of an allowable feedrate difference of the feedrate difference

based corner deceleration function
In the program shown in Fig. H (p), the feedrate along each axis
changes to a great extent at each block joint. With a
high-precision high-speed system, the CNC reads programmed
figures beforehand. If the feedrate along each axis changes at a
block joint, such a system can decrease the feedrate by a
parameter-specified allowable feedrate difference to reduce a
shock and figure error at the block joint. Acc./dec. is performed
based on the time constant for acc./dec. before interpolation. A
more reduced corner feedrate makes a figure error improvement
to a greater extent, but requires a longer machining time. Set a
reduced corner feedrate to a highest possible value as long as an
allowable figure error is obtained.
[Guideline for setting]
For the parameter number, refer to the parameter manual of each
CNC.
Standard: F400 for R5
Speed priority I: F500 for R5
Speed priority II: F1000 for R5
[Actual adjustment procedure]
Execute the following program, and measure the actual path.
Start and end point
Corner 4
Corner 1
Corner 2
G91;
G08P1;
G01X10.F4000;
G01Y-20.;
G01X-20.;
G01Y20.;
G01X10.;
G08P0;
G04X3.;
M99;
Corner 3
Fig. H (p) Programmed figure
The XY mode (Ctrl-X) is used for drawing. To observe an overshoot

along an axis to be stopped, the figure is enlarged in the direction of
the axis to be stopped. Corner 1 and corner 3 in Fig. H (p) are
enlarged in the X-axis direction, and corner 2 and corner 4 are
enlarged in the Y-axis direction. In the examples below, corner 1 is
displayed using 0.01 mm/div in the X-axis direction and 0.1 mm/div
in the Y-axis direction.
In Fig. H (q) where a reduced corner feedrate of F1000 is set, an
overshoot of 10 m or more has occurred. In Fig. H (r), however, the
overshoot is reduced to about 3 m.
- 624 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

If an overshoot cannot be removed by setting a reduced corner

feedrate close to 0, the acceleration of acc./dec. before interpolation
may be too large. In such a case, set a longer time for acc./dec. before
interpolation. (In this case, a longer machining time results.)
Fig. H (s) shows the feedrate along the X-axis and Y-axis (corner 1)
when the corner deceleration function is used.
O vershoot
0.01 m m
Fig. H (q) Reduced corner feedrate F1000
Fig. H (r) Reduced corner feedrate F300
Feedrate along the X-axis

with the time constant for fine
acceleration/deceleration or
acceleration/deceleration
after interpolation
Reduced corner feedrate
at the acceleration of
acceleration/deceleration
before interpolation
Feedrate along the Y-axis
Specified feedrate
Fig. H (s) Time and feedrate relationship for reduced corner feedrate F1000
- 625 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(6) Frequency characteristic measurement method

To measure the frequency characteristic, follow this procedure.
NOTE
1 The method of frequency characteristics
measurement using SERVO GUIDE is described
below. For the method using the servo check
board, see Appendix I.5.
2 For frequency characteristics measurement using
SERVO GUIDE, CNC parameter setting is
basically not required.
1
On the graph window menu, select [Tool(T)] [Frequency

Response] [Measure...] to display the "Frequency
measurement" dialog box.
Select an axis on which you want to measure frequency

characteristics, and click the [Start] button. The axis is
automatically vibrated, and frequency characteristics (board line
chart) are displayed.
Click the [Detail] button. It becomes possible to specify options.

Make option settings as required.
To re-draw, select [Draw Bode diagram] from [Frequency

Response] on the [Tool(T)] menu.
- 626 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

(7) Adjustment of backlash acceleration

NOTE
The examples given below show the adjustment of
backlash acceleration in the Series 30i and 16i.
Even with other CNCs, the adjustment procedure is
the same. When using the Series 15i, however,
replace parameter Nos. according to the table
given below.
(a) Backlash acceleration function
A simple figure as shown below is formed by the compensation value
of backlash acceleration. The acceleration compensation value is
added to the velocity command to help inversion of the velocity
integral gain when the motor is reversed. This effect can reduce the
path error in the reverse operation.
(Standard backlash acceleration)
Backlash acceleration
No.2048
No.2071
Velocity command
Basically, the above two parameters are considered. Parameter No.

2071 is the backlash acceleration time, and its recommended value is
20. Normally, this value need not be adjusted. Parameter No. 2048 is
the backlash acceleration amount. In the initial adjustment stage, set
100 in this parameter. Adjust this value while observing the arc figure.
(b) Setting initial parameters for backlash acceleration

Before starting backlash acceleration adjustment, set the following
initial parameters:
[Basic parameters for backlash acceleration]
Parameter No.
15i
30i,16i,etc.
1851
1808#5
1884#0
1953#7
2611#7
1957#6
1860
1851
2003 #5
2006 #0
2009 #7
2223 #7
2015 #6
2048
1975
2082
1964
2071
Recommended value
Description
1 or greater
1
0/1
1
1
0
100
5 (1m detection)
50 (0.1m detection)
20
Enables backlash acceleration function
0: Semi-closed loop, 1: Full-closed loop
Stop of backlash acceleration
Enables backlash acceleration during cutting only.
Disables the two-stage backlash acceleration function.
- 627 -
Backlash acceleration stop distance (in detection unit)

Backlash acceleration time

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
These parameters can be set in the parameter window of SERVO

GUIDE.
(c) Adjusting backlash acceleration

The following figure shows an arc figure before servo adjustment.
Quadrant protrusions of about 4 m appear on the X- and Y-axes.
The figure below shows the result of a backlash acceleration

adjustment made according to the parameter settings in item (b). By
setting recommended values for backlash acceleration, quadrant
protrusions can be suppressed.
- 628 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX

(c)-1 Determining the end of adjustment

First, it is necessary to understand when the backlash acceleration
adjustment is ended. The figure below shows the result of an
adjustment made by setting parameter No. 2048 to 200. An undercut
occurs at the reverse points. Undercuts damage the surface of the
machined workpiece, so they must be avoided. Therefore, it is
necessary to end the adjustment of parameter No. 2048 just when no
undercut occurs.
By enlarging the positional deviation at a reverse point, the generation

of an undercut can be determined easily. Pressing z widens the figure
while pressing Z shrinks the width. Pressing u decreases one grid size
while pressing d increases the grid size.
When z and u are pressed, a figure as shown below is obtained:
Undercut
Undercut
- 629 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(c)-2 Effect of gain adjustment

According to the description in item (c)-3 - (1), the final value of
parameter No. 2048 must be determined to be 100. However, small
protrusions are still left at the reverse points. This is because the gain
adjustment is insufficient in this example. The power to suppress the
position gain and velocity loop gain protrusions is strong and stable.
Therefore, it is necessary to make gain adjustments thoroughly before
the backlash acceleration adjustment.
The figure shown below is the result of the gain adjustment, where
backlash acceleration is not used. Even when backlash acceleration is
not used, protrusions are almost eliminated. Therefore, the importance
of gain adjustment can be understood.
(Adjustment items)
Application of high-speed HRV current control
Velocity loop gain: 600% (200% in the above example)
Position gain: 100/s (30/s in the above example)
- 630 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX

After a thorough gain adjustment, backlash acceleration can be

adjusted easily. The figure shown below is the result obtained after the
initial parameters of backlash acceleration listed in item (c)-3 - (2) are
set. Thanks to the effect of the gain adjustment and a little backlash
acceleration, protrusions are completely eliminated.
As indicated by this figure, the most important item to eliminate

quadrant protrusions is gain adjustment. If gain adjustment is made
successfully, backlash acceleration can be adjusted easily. Therefore,
backlash acceleration does not play the leading role for suppressing
quadrant protrusions.
- 631 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(c)-3 Override function

The two figures shown below indicate the difference by feedrate. In
this example, the same acceleration amount (parameter No. 2048 is set
to 100) is used, but the results are completely reversed. This example
shows that a low feedrate requires a small backlash acceleration
amount and that a high feedrate requires a large acceleration amount.
This means that the backlash acceleration amount must be changed
according to the feedrate.
An actually optimum acceleration amount is almost proportional to the
acceleration. Therefore, an override function is required to change the
acceleration amount according to the acceleration.
F500mm/min
F5000mm/min
For F500 mm/min, 100 set in parameter

No. 2048 is too large.
For F5000 mm/min, 100 set in parameter No.

2048 is too small.
* In this chapter, PG is assumed to be 50, and VG is assumed to be 400%.
The override function has two parameters. Parameter No. 2114

specifies an override coefficient, and parameter No. 2338 specifies a
limit. These parameters may be adjusted easily if steps (1) through (3)
explained below are followed.
[Parameters for the override function]
Parameter No.
15i
30i,16i,etc.
1860
1725
2751
2048
2114
2338
Standard value
100
0
0
Description
Backlash acceleration override coefficient
acklash acceleration limit

No.2338
No.2048
No.2114
Acceleration
- 632 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX

(1) Determining parameter No. 2048

To determine parameter No. 2048, an adjustment must be made
at low feedrate. This example assumes a feedrate of F500
mm/min and a radius of 10 mm. Adjust an optimum value at a
low feedrate, and set it in parameter No. 2048. The figure below
shows the result of setting 30 in parameter No. 2048. Here, this
value is set in parameter No. 2048.

Parameter No. 2114 must be set after the adjustment of parameter
No. 2048. About a half of the maximum cutting feedrate is used
to determine the value to be set in parameter No. 2114. In this
example, F2500 mm/min is used. By increasing the value in
parameter No. 2114, determine an optimum value that does not
cause undercuts. Increasing the value in parameter No. 2114
increases the actual acceleration amount.
The following figure shows the result of the adjustment of
parameter No. 2114. Quadrant protrusions can be suppressed
satisfactory.
- 633 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

Finally, set parameter No.2338. With an override coefficient
determined using a middle feedrate, a large acceleration amount
is output when the feedrate is set to a high feedrate. For this
reason, the acceleration amount must be limited for high feedrate.
In this example, F5000 mm/min is used.
The following shows the result of the adjustment of parameter

No. 2338 at high speed. Quadrant protrusions are suppressed
well.
- 634 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07

(d) Acceleration amount for each direction

There may be difference in size between the right and left quadrant
protrusions or between the top and bottom quadrant protrusions. In
such a case, an acceleration amount must be set separately.
If parameter No. 2094 is not 0, parameter No. 2094 is used for the left
and bottom reverse points. Parameter No. 2340 is used as the override
coefficient for parameter No. 2094, and parameter No. 2341 is used as
the limit for parameter No. 2094.
[Parameters of acceleration amount for each direction]
Parameter No.
15i
30i,16i,etc.
Standard value
Description
1860
1725
2751
2048
2114
2338
50
0
0

Backlash acceleration override coefficient
Backlash acceleration limit
1987
2753
2754
2094
2340
2341
0
0
0
Backlash acceleration amount (- to +)

Backlash acceleration override coefficient (- to +)
Backlash acceleration limit (- to +)
No.2048
No.2114
No.2338
No.2094
No.2340
No.2341
- 635 -

APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(e) Disabling backlash acceleration after stop

The optimum acceleration amount after a long stop may slightly be
different from that at the time of adjustment using an arc. This
phenomenon is due to the difference in friction, backlash, and
machine torsion in the stopped state. The figure given below shows
the bad effect of backlash acceleration, where a 3-m overshoot is
generated at the time of 10-m step movement. As a solution to this
problem, the following servo software can disable backlash
acceleration after a stop:
[Parameters for the function for disabling backlash acceleration after a
stop]
Parameter No.
15i
30i,16i,etc.
1883#7
2696#7
1966
1964
1965
Standard value
2005#7
2283#7
2073
2071
2072
1
1
5
0
0
Description
Function for disabling backlash acceleration after a stop
Judgment parameter for stop state (ITP)
Static friction compensation function enable time
Static friction compensation value
(*) This function uses the parameters for the static friction
compensation function.
When this function is disabled
When this function is enabled
Overshoot present
Overshoot not present
10m
10m
- 636 -
B-65270EN/07
APPENDIX
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
SERVO CHECK BOARD OPERATING

PROCEDURE
Appendix
I,
"SERVO
CHECK
BOARD
PROCEDURE", consists of the following sections:
OPERATING
I.1 METHOD OF USING THE SERVO CHECK BOARD..........638

I.2 ADJUSTING UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE
DETECTION WITH THE CHECK BOARD ..........................651
I.3 ADJUSTING LINEAR MOTOR AMR OFFSET WITH THE
CHECK BOARD (INCREMENTAL TYPE)...........................652
I.4 ADJUSTING SMOOTHING COMPENSATION FOR A
LINEAR MOTOR WITH THE CHECK BOARD...................655
I.5 MEASURING FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS WITH
THE CHECK BOARD .............................................................661
- 637 -
I. SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
I.1
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
METHOD OF USING THE SERVO CHECK BOARD
(1) Overview
The servo check board enables digital control values used in a digital
servo section to be observed from the outside. The digital control
values can be observed in either analog or digital form. Analog
outputs can be observed directly with an oscilloscope, and digital
outputs can be observed with a personal computer.
(2) Servo check board configuration

The following table lists the signals that can be observed with the
servo check board, and the number of supported axes.
Name
A
B
C
Table I.1 (a) Servo check board specification

Number of Number of
output
Specification
Output interface supported
channels
axes
A06B-6057-H630 Analog and digital
A06B-6057-H620 Digital only
A06B-6057-H602 Analog only
8
4
2
4 (optional)
4 (optional) (*)
8 (fixed)
(*)
Servo check board A (one-piece analog/digital type) is

upward-compatible, that is, can be replaced, with digital check
board B and analog check board C.
The method for connecting the servo check board with a CNC varies
with the type of the CNC.
The method may also vary with the name of a connectable terminal.
The following table lists the ordering information for adapters and
cables required to connect the check board.
Table I.1 (b) Adapters and cables required to connect the servo check
board to each CNC
Required adapters and
Ordering
CNC
cables
information
Series 16i, 18i, 20i, 21i,
Dedicated i-B adapter board A02B-0281-K822
+ dedicated i-B cable
0i-B
A06B-6050-K872
Straight cable
Series 15i, Power Mate i
A02B-0236-K822
Adapter board
+ dedicated i series cable
A06B-6050-K872
Straight cable
NOTE
With Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 0i -C, or 0i Mate-C, the
servo check board cannot be connected.
- 638 -
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(3) Servo check board connection

CAUTION
When connecting the servo check board to an NC,
keep the NC power supply switched off. When the
servo check board is directly connected not via an
adapter board, the circuitry of both of the CNC and
check board can be damaged.
(a) Connection between check board A (one-piece analog/digital
type) and each CNC
CNI4
CNI1
CNI3
5VIN
5VEX
GND
LSI ERROR
AXIS DATA
AXIS DATA
CNB1
AXIS DATA
CNA2
AXIS DATA
RECV
CH2
CNB2
RECV
CH1
TM1
CNS1
CNI2
RECV
CH3
PC ACCESS
RECV
CH4
ANALOG
ERROR
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
CNA1
GND CH1CH2CH3 CH4 GND
ANALOG OUTPUT
Fig. I.1 (a) Connector layout on servo check board A (A06B-6057-H630)
Series 16i, 18i, 20i, 21i, 0i-B

*
A dedicated i-B cable is used to connect the CA69 connector of
the CNC with the adapter.
Dedicated i-B adapter board + dedicated i-B cable
A02B-0281-K822
CNC
Dedicated i-B
cable
Straight cable
A06B-6050-K872
DC-DC
CA69
DC-DC
CNI3
TESTA First to
fourth axes
CNI4
TESTB Fifth to
eighth axes
Servo check board
A06B-6057-H630
Second CPU
Loader control
CA69
CA69
- 639 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
Series 15i, Power Mate i

*
A dedicated cable is used to connect the CA54 connector of the
CNC with the adapter.
Adapter board + dedicated i series cable
A02B-0236-K822
CNC
Straight cable
A06B-6050-K872
Dedicated i series
cable
CNI3
TESTA
First to
fourth axes
TESTB
Fifth to
eighth axes
CA54
CNI4
Servo check board

A06B-6057-H630
Second CPU
Loader control
CA54
CA54
(b) Connection between servo check board B (interface board

supporting automatic adjustment) and each CNC
CNB1
CNB2
CNB3
CNB4
Outputs for PIO-48W PC-Card
CNS1
Output to Analog Spindle
CN13
Input from JA8A
CN12
CNA1
A16B-2300-0170
1001
1:High
1000
1001
CN11
Data Type Setting

Axis4 Axis3 Axis2 Axis1
1000
0:Low
Fig. I.1 (b) Connector layout on servo check board B (A06B-6057-H620)
The connection method for servo check board C is the same as

for servo check board A
A straight cable is used to connect the dedicated adapter board
with the check board, and TESTA or TESTB of the dedicated
adapter board is connected to CBI3 on the check board. In this
case, the data of axes 1 to 4 and the data of axes 5 to 8 cannot be
observed at the same time.
- 640 -
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(c) Connection between servo check board C (analog check board)

and each CNC
GNDTSALTSAM CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH8 GND
NOTE
Install a jumper
pin on the 5 MHz
side at S1 (clock)
on the check
board.
Rotary switch SW
CN1
CN2
2.5 MHz
55MHz
S1
RS1
Do not use check

pins TSAL and
TSAM.
A16B-1600-0320
Fig. I.1 (c) Connector layout on servo check board C (A06B-6057-H602)
The connection method for servo check board B is the same as

for servo check board A
A reverse-insertion protection cable is used to connect the
dedicated adapter board with the check board, and one of TEST0
through TEST3 of the dedicated adapter board is connected to
the connector CN2 on the check board.
(4) Selecting signals for observation

(a) Servo check board A (one-piece analog/digital type)
On servo check board A, a pair of two 7-segment LED digits is
used to select the axis and data type for signals to be observed.
Set the AXIS digit with the axis number (1 to 8) set in parameter
No. 1023.
Also set the DATA digit with the type of data to be observed (the
table below).
Data is not output for an axis unless the RECV LED lights for
that axis.
DATA
Data type
0
1
2
4
5
6
7
Velocity command (VCMD)

Torque command (TCMD) or estimated load torque
Speed (SPEED)
Position (POS)
Automatic adjustment data
Automatic adjustment data 2
Servo-spindle synchronization error (updated every 8 ms)
AXIS DATA
RECV
DATA7 is output only when the CNC is the Power Mate i.
- 641 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(b) Servo check board B (digital type)

Set the DIP switches as explained below.
A06B-6057-H620
Set DIP switches 1 and

0 according to the
directions printed on
the printed-circuit
board.
CNB1
CNB2
CNB3
Data Type Setting
0:
Axis1
1000
Low
ON
ON
Data for the third and fourth

axis is selected.
SW101
1001
SW301
Axis2
1000
Axis3
High
1:
1001
Axis4
CN11
CN12
CN13
CNA1
DIP switch
Example of setting with the DIP

switches on your side as shown at
the right.
0
CNS1
Input from JA8A
A16B-2300-0170
CNB4
Data for the first and second

axis is selected.
The terms "L axis" and "M axis" refer to an axis assigned an odd
number specified in parameter No. 1023 and an axis assigned an
even number that follows directly that odd number, respectively.
Data type
L axis
M axis
Data type
Velocity command
O
1
(VCMD)
OOOOOO O 0
Torque command/
O
OO 1
estimated load O O O O O
0
O
O O 1
Speed (SPEED)
O OOO O
0
Position
(POS)
L axis
M axis
O 1
OOO
OO
0
O
O
O
OO 1
Adjustment
O
O
O
0
OO
OO
O 1
Adjustment 2
OO
O
0
(c) Servo check board C (analog type)

Output data is permanently assigned to each check pin as listed
below.
The rotary switch on the printed-circuit board is kept at 0 for
usual use.
*
The terms "L axis" and "M axis" refer to an axis assigned an odd
number specified in parameter No. 1023 and an axis assigned an
even number that follows directly that odd number, respectively.
CH1
CH2
CH3
Check pin
CH4
CH5
L axis M axis
SPEED SPEED
Rotary switch
0
1
CH6
L axis
VCMD
L axis
TCMD
M axis
VCMD
M axis
TCMD
L axis
POS
M axis
POS
L axis M axis
adjust- adjustment 2 ment 2
- 642 -
CH7
CH8
L axis M axis
adjust- adjustment
ment
-
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(5) VCMD signal

When the feed-forward function is not used, the VCMD signal
conveys a velocity command.
With this signal, it is possible to measure very slight vibration in the
motor and its motion irregularity.
When the feed-forward function is used, the VCMD signal represents
a positional deviation rather than a velocity command. So the signal
can be used to measure vibration in the motor and irregularity in the
feed distance of the tool driven by the motor.
The signal conversion type for the VCMD signal can be switched
using parameters.
This switching is used, if the signal waveform is hard to observe
because of the VCMD signal being reciprocating within 5 V.
#7
#6
No. 1956 (FS15i)
#5
#4
#3
VCM2
VCM1
#2
#1
#0
No. 2012 (FS16i)
VCM2
Parameters for rotary motor

VCM1
Specified rotation speed/5 V
0
0
1
1
0.9155 min-1
14 min-1
234 min-1
3750 min-1
0
1
0
1
Parameters for linear motor
(Incremental type : P=signal pitch[m])

(Absolute type : P= resolution [m] 512)
VCM2
VCM1
Specified velocity/5 V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0.00375 P m/min
0.006 P m/min
0.96 P m/min
15.36 P m/min
Using an oscilloscope to see the movement of the entire signal in DC

mode, then its magnified image in AC mode enables you to check
very slight vibration in the motor and its motion irregularity.
Enlarged
DC mode
AC mode
Fig. I.1 (d) Waveform of the VCMD signal
- 643 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
The following table lists the number of positional deviation pulses for
a VCMD voltage of 5 V.
Table I.1 (c) Number of positional deviation pulses for a VCMD voltage of
5 V for semi-closed loop
Number of positional deviation pulses for a VCMD
VCM2 VCM1
voltage of 5 V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
15,258 FFG/Kp
244,133 FFG/Kp
3,906,133 FFG/Kp
62,498,133 FFG/Kp
Kp: Position gain (s-1)

FFG: Flexible feed gear (numerator/denominator)
Table I.1 (d) Number of positional deviation pulses for a VCMD voltage of
5 V for full-closed loop
VCM2 VCM1
voltage of 5 V
0
Kp:
0.0153 (number of positional feedback occurrences per

motor revolution)/Kp
62.5 (number of positional feedback occurrences per motor
revolution)/Kp
Position gain (s-1)
Table I (e) Number of positional deviation pulses for a VCMD voltage of 5

V when a linear motor is in use
VCM2 VCM1
voltage of 5 V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
32,000FFG/Kp
512,000FFG/Kp
8,192,000FFG/Kp
131,072,000FFG/Kp
Kp: Position gain (s-1)

FFG: Flexible feed gear (numerator/denominator)
(Example)
Assume the following conditions:
Position gain = 30 (s-1), semi-closed loop, detection unit of 1
m/pulse, flexible feed gear = 1/100,
VCM2 = 0, VCM1 = 1 (VCMD waveform signal calculation
parameters)
If a waveform with E = 0.3 V and I/f = 20 ms is observed:
Number of positional deviation pulses for a VCMD voltage of 5
V = 244133/100/30 = 81 pulses
Table vibration = 81 0.3/5 = 4.88 m
Vibration frequency = 50 Hz
- 644 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
(6) TCMD signal

The TCMD signal conveys a torque command for the motor.
When a motor is running at high speed, its actual currents (IR and IS)
may differ from the rating because of back electromotive force.
The output voltage of the signal becomes 4.44 V at maximum current.
A higher signal voltage may be observed in a motor in which the
actual current limit function is enabled, however.
Table I.1 (f) TCMD waveform conversion
Applicable servo motor
Maximum current
Ap/V
4Ap
0.9
iS0.2/5000, iS0.3/5000
2.3
iS2/5000HV, iS2/6000HV, iS4/5000HV,

iS2/4000HV, iS4/4000HV, iS8/3000HV
4.5
iS2/5000, iS2/6000, iS4/5000, iF1/5000, iF2/5000, iF4/4000HV, iF8/3000HV,

C4/3000i, C8/2000i, C12/2000i, iS0.4/5000, iS0.5/5000, iS0.5/6000, iS1/5000,
iS1/6000, iS2/4000, iS4/4000, iS8/3000, iS12/2000, iS22/1500, iS12/3000HV,
iS22/2000HV, LiS300A1/4, LiS1500B1/4(400V), DiS22/600, DiS22/600(400V)
10Ap
20Ap
iF4/4000, iF8/3000, iS8/4000HV, iS8/6000HV, iS12/4000HV,

iF12/3000HV, iF22/3000HV, C22/2000i, iS2/4000(40A-driven),
iS4/4000(40A-driven), iS8/3000(40A-driven), iS12/2000(40A-driven),
iS22/1500(40A-driven), iS12/3000, iS22/2000, LiS600A1/4, LiS900A1/4,
LiS1500B1/4, LiS3000B2/2 , LiS4500B2/2HV, DiS85/400, DiS85/400(400V), DiS85/1000
18
iS8/4000, iS8/6000, iS12/4000, iF12/3000,

iF22/3000, iS22/4000HV, iS30/4000HV, iS40/4000HV, C30/1500i, LiS3000B2/4,
LiS4500B2/2, LiS6000B2/2, LiS6000B2/2HV, LiS7500B2/2HV, LiS3300C1/2,
LiS11000C2/2HV, DiS110/300, DiS110/300(400V), DiS260/300, DiS260/300(400V),
DiS370/300, DiS370/300(400V), DiS110/1000
36
iS22/4000, iS30/4000, iS40/4000, iF30/3000, iF40/3000, iF40/3000 FAN,

LiS6000B2/4, LiS7500B2/2, LiS9000B2/2, LiS9000C2/2, LiS11000C2/2, LiS10000C3/2,
DiS260/600, DiS1200/250, DiS1500/200, DiS2100/150, DiS3000/150, DiS260/1000
41
iS50/3000HV, iS50/3000HV FAN, iS100/2500HV, iS100/2500HV FAN,

iS200/2500HV, iS200/2500HV FAN, LiS7500B2/2(400V), LiS9000B2/2(400V),
LiS9000C2/2(400V), LiS11000C2/2(400V), LiS15000C2/3HV, LiS10000C3/2(400V),
DiS260/600(400V), DiS1200/250(400V), DiS1500/200(400V), DiS2100/150(400V),
DiS3000/150(400V)
360Ap
82
iS50/3000, iS50/3000FAN, iS100/2500, iS200/2500, iS300/2000, iS500/2000,

iS300/2000HV, iS500/2000HV, iS1000/2000HV, LiS7500B2/4, LiS9000B2/4,
LiS15000C2/2, LiS15000C2/3, LiS17000C3/2
1440Ap
328 iS2000/2000HV
40Ap
80Ap
160Ap
180Ap
Effective current (RMS) = TCMD signal output (Ap) 0.71
- 645 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(7) SPEED signal

The SPEED signal conveys the rotation speed of the motor.
Signal conversion 3750 min-1/5 V
Linear motor
(Incremental : P= signal pitch[m])

(Absolute : P= resolution [m] 512)
Signal conversion 15.36 P (m/min)/5 V
When the SPEED signal is latched at 5 V, check whether the

following parameter is set with a value.
No. 1726 (FS15i)
Must be kept at 0.
No. 2115 (FS16i)
Setting this parameter with a value other than 0 disables the

SPEED signal output.
(8) Changing the check board output magnification for the TCMD and SPEED
signals
Conventionally, the measured waveforms of the TCMD signal (torque
command) and SPEED signal (actual feedrate) were folded at 5 V in
some cases and difficult to read if the torque command value is large
or the actual feedrate exceeds 3750 min-1, because the ranges of these
signals were fixed when output to the check board. An improvement
was made so that the output ranges of measured waveforms can be
changed according to parameter settings.
Series 90B0/N(14) and subsequent editions
#7
#6
#5
No. 2613 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
TSA05
#1
#0
TCMD05
No. 2225 (FS16i)
TCMD05(#1)
TSA05(#2)
The voltage of the TCMD signal output to the check board is:
0 : Unchanged (default)
1 : Halved
*
The actual output voltage is affected by the following function
bit (TCMD4X).
The voltage of the SPEED signal output to the check board is:
0 : Unchanged (3750 min-1/5 V) (default)
1 : Halved (7500 min-1/5 V)
Conventionally, there has been the following function bit (TCMD4X)
for multiplying the output voltage weight of TCMD by 4. This bit can
be used along with the newly added function bit (TCMD05).
- 646 -
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
No. 1743 (FS15i)
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TCMD4X
No. 2203 (FS16i)
TCMD4X(#5)
The voltage of the TCMD signal output to the check board is:
0 : Unchanged (default)
1 : Multiplied by 4
Using these function bits changes the output ranges of the TCMD and
SPEED signals as listed in Table I (g) and Table I (h).
- TCMD signal output range
Table I.1 (g) TCMD signal conversion (improved)
TCMD4X TCMD05
TCMD value/4.4 V
Remark
0
0
1
1
Amplifier maximum current 2 (A)

Amplifier maximum current (A)
Conventional mode
Amplifier maximum current/2 (A)
Amplifier maximum current/4 (A)
4 mode
1
0
1
0
Example:
Relationships between the output voltage and TCMD value [A]
when an 80-A amplifier is used
TCMD4X TCMD05
0
0
1
1
TCMD value/4.4 V
1
0
1
0
160 [A]
80 [A]
40 [A]
20 [A]
- SPEED signal output range

TSA05
Table I.1 (h) SPEED signal conversion (improved)

Actual feedrate per 5 V Actual feedrate per 5 V
Remark
Rotary motor
Linear motor
3750 [min-1]
15.36 P [min-1]
7500 [min-1]
30.72 P [min-1]
Conventional
mode
Letter P in the linear motor column has a different meaning

depending on the type of the scale.
When the FANUC high-resolution serial conversion circuit is

used
(Incremental scale) P = signal pitch[m]
When a scale that matches the FANUC serial interface is used.

(Absolute scale) P = resolution [m] 512
- 647 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(9) Acquiring signals using a personal computer

Servo check boards A and B, listed in Table I (a), have a digital output
interface. Using the servo adjustment software (SD) enables them to
collect servo data such as position and speed through the interface into
a personal computer.
(a) Connection between a servo check board and a personal
computer (IBM PC/AT compatible)
Connect servo check board connector CNA1 to the printer port of
a personal computer. The printer port must support bidirectional
communication mode. (Measurement is impossible in ECP
mode.)
Windows does not support the servo adjustment software (SD).
Use it in full-screen mode or MS-DOS mode.
(b) Basic operating instructions
<1> Enter "SD INIT" at a DOS prompt. The software starts with
all its states initialized, and its main screen appears (if the
name of the software's executable file is "SD.EXE").
The main screen lets you measure and view data.
Entering "CTRL + letter" switches the drawing mode.
Select a drawing mode suitable for the data to be observed.
(Pressing the ? key displays a list of the available drawing
modes.)
Drawing mode examples:
CTRL + X: XY mode (XY display)
CTRL + T: XTYT mode (time axis display)
Parameter setting
System setting
F10
F5
F10
F9
F1:
F2:
F3:
F4:
Main screen
Measure data
Change the number of measurement points
Change the display range
Edit comments
F7: Save data

F8: Read data
F10: End
Fig. I.1 (e) Servo adjustment software basic configuration and key manipulation
- 648 -
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
<2> To change the type of data to be measured and the unit of

conversion for it, press the F9 key on the main screen to display
the system setting screen.
Use numeric keys 0 to
3 to specify a signal to
be observed on each
measurement channel
and a unit conversion
for it.
Fig. I.1 (f) System setting screen
Data output on CH1 to CH4 of the check board corresponds to

channels 0 to 3 on the SD software. To change the setting, press
numeric key 0 to 3. Select a data type (0: position, 1: velocity
command, 2: torque command, 3: rotation speed) from the display at
the bottom of the screen, then specify the unit of conversion for the
data.
Conversion values (except for position data) can be set up according
to descriptions in (5) to (8).
Table I.1 (i) Meaning of measurement data conversion values and example setting
Display at
Meaning of conversion
Example Input value
Type
the bottom
values
of the screen
POS
1 pulse = X?
Detection unit (in mm units)

-1
VCMD
5 V = X min-1?
What min corresponds to

VCMD of 5 V?
TCMD
X Ap. Amp.?
Maximum amplifier current (A)
SPEED
(number of
revolutions)
5 V = X min-1?
What min-1 corresponds to

SPEED of 5 V?
1 m
0.001
VCM2 = 1
VCM1 = 1
3750 (Note)
40 A
40
Constantly
3750 (rotary
motor)
NOTE
To observe the VCMD signal as the number of
positional deviation pulses, input conversion values
listed in Tables I (c) to (e).
To exit the system setting screen, press the F10 key.
- 649 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
<3> To specify measurement intervals, press the F5 key to display the

parameter setting screen.
Pressing numeric keys 1, 2, 5, and 0 can change the setting.
Usually select 1 ms.
Use numeric keys 1, 2, 5, and 0 to

specify a measurement interval.
The measurement interval should
usually be 1 ms.
Fig. I.1 (g) Parameter setting screen
To return to the main screen after parameter setting, press the

F10 key.
- 650 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.2
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
ADJUSTING UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE

DETECTION WITH THE CHECK BOARD
(1) Overview
For adjustment of the unexpected disturbance torque detection
function, an estimated disturbance value measurement is made. This
section describes the method of estimated disturbance value
measurement using the check board and the conversion of a check
board output voltage to a load current.
For the method of adjusting the unexpected disturbance torque
detection function, see Section 4.12.
(2) Output of an estimated disturbance value to the check and adjustment of

unexpected disturbance torque detection
By setting the parameter below, an estimated load torque value can be
output to a channel to which the TCMD signal is usually output.
#7
1957 (FS15i)
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TDOU
2015 (FS16i)
TDOU(#5)
Outputs an estimated disturbance value to the check board.

0: The TCMD output channel based on the standard specification is
used.
1: An estimated disturbance value is output to the TCMD output
channel.
Unexpected disturbance torque detection can be adjusted by setting
TDOU to 1 and observing an analog waveform obtained from the
check board.
The following expression is applicable to conversion of an estimated
disturbance value (analog voltage [V]) obtained from the check board
to an estimated disturbance value [Ap]:
Estimated disturbance value [Ap] =
Analog voltage from check board [V]

Maximum amplifier current [Ap]
4.4[V]
* Subsection 4.12.1 introduces the adjustment procedure applicable

when an estimated disturbance value [Ap] is obtained using
SERVO GUIDE. By using a value converted using the expression
above from an analog voltage value obtained from the check board,
the same adjustment as made in Subsection 4.12.1 can be made
with the analog check board.
- 651 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
I.3
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
ADJUSTING LINEAR MOTOR AMR OFFSET WITH THE

CHECK BOARD (INCREMENTAL TYPE)
(1) Overview
This section describes how the AMR offset of a linear motor using an
incremental type linear encoder can be adjusted using the check board.
For the method using SERVO GUIDE, see Subsection 4.14.1.

below.
Activating phase measurement

(1) Connect the servo check board to the CNC.
(2) Set the 7-segment LED on check board CH1 as follows:
Set the axis number of parameter No. 1023 in the AXIS digit.
Set 5 in the DATA digit.
(3) For activating phase measurement, set the parameter below.
1726 (FS15i)
Parameter for internal data measurement
2115 (FS16i)
Series 9096:
326 for an odd-numbered axis and 966 for an even-numbered axis
Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B5, or 90B6:
326 for an odd-numbered axis and 2374 for an even-numbered axis
Under this condition, the activating phase is output from CH1 on the
check board.
To use a digital check board to measure data with a personal computer,
set up "SD" (servo tuning software) as stated below. The displayed
value is in degree units ("360 degrees" is displayed as "360").
DOS prompt > SD INIT [Enter]
o
(Origin of position)
F9
(System setting)
0
(CH0)
2 [Enter]
(TCMD)
639.84375 [Enter]
(A)
F10
(Return to main menu.)
See Item (9) in Appendix I.1 for explanations about how to use
the SD software.
In addition, the analog voltage from the check board can be
observed using an oscilloscope. In output conversion, 2.5 V
corresponds to 360 degrees.
*
When a linear motor is used, a value from 0 to 360 can be

read each time a movement is made by the inter-pole
distance (between the N and S poles of a magnet).
- 652 -
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(4) Run the linear motor using a JOG operation for example, and
observe the behavior of the activating phase (AMR) before, at
the moment, and after phase Z is captured. (See Figs. I.3 (a) and
(b).)
The activating phase changes to 0 (or 360) degrees at the moment
phase Z is captured. Measure the value just before it changes,
and let this value be A.
360
360
45 (0.3 V) or lower (*)
315 (2.2 V) or higher (*)
A
A
Phase Z
Phase Z
Fig. I.3 (a) If the offset is set with a positive number

Fig. I.3 (b) If the offset is set with a negative number

(*) The figures above show examples where AMR60 = 0. When

AMR60 = 1, "45 (0.3 V) or lower" should read "60 (0.4 V) or
lower", and "315 (2.2 V) or higher" should read "60 (2.1 V) or
higher".
(5) Set the AMR offset parameter with A (or A - 360).
*
The parameter setting range is:
When the value of A does not lie within the setting range, the
installation position of the linear encoder needs to be readjusted.
The voltage range of A allowing parameter setting, when
measured by analog voltage, is as follows:
0 V to 0.3 V and 2.2 V to 2.5 V (when AMR60 = 0)
0 V to 0.4 V and 2.1 V to 2.5 V (when AMR60 = 1)
(6) Switch the power off and on again. Now parameter setting is
completed.
(7) Observe the activating phase (AMR) again according to step (2)
above, and check that the activating phase changes continuously
in the phase Z rising portion.
(8) Switch the power off and on again. This completes parameter
setting.
(9) After completing the adjustment, reset to 0 the parameter set in
step (3).
- 653 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
360
APPENDIX
45 (0.3 V) or lower (*)
B-65270EN/07
360
315 (2.2 V) or lower (*)
A
A
Phase Z
Phase Z
Fig. I.3 (c) If the offset is set with a positive number
(after AMR offset adjustment)
Fig. I.3 (d) If the offset is set with a negative number

(after AMR offset adjustment)
(*) The figures above show examples where AMR60 = 0. When

AMR60 = 1, "45 (0.3 V) or lower" should read "60 (0.4 V) or
lower", and "315 (2.2 V) or higher" should read "300 (2.1 V)
or higher".
- 654 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.4
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
ADJUSTING SMOOTHING COMPENSATION FOR A

LINEAR MOTOR WITH THE CHECK BOARD
(1) Overview
This section describes the method of adjusting the parameter for
smoothing compensation for a linear motor by using the check board
and the servo adjustment software SD.
For the smoothing compensation function and the method of
adjustment using SERVO GUIDE, see Subsection 4.14.3.

Follow the procedure described below to measure the activating phase
angle and torque command necessary to determine the correction
parameters.
The following procedure use terms "odd-numbered axis" and
"even-numbered axis" in relation to axis numbers specified in
parameter No. 1023 (common to the Series 15i and Series 16i and so
on).
<1> Series 90B0: Does not require step <1>. Go to step <2>.
Series 9096: To measure an odd-numbered axis, set a dummy bit
to 1 for the even-numbered axis paired with it.
If a linear motor is used in tandem control, however, do not set a
dummy bit for the paired axis.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
SERD
2009 (FS16i)
SERD (#0)
Specifies whether to enable the dummy serial feedback function.

0: To disable
1: To enable To be set
*
Do not forget to restore the previous setting after parameter
setting is completed.
<2> Set the check board. Note that the method of setting varies
according to the type of check board used.
<a> When using A06B-6057-H620 (digital check board), set the
DIP switches on the check board as follows:
- 655 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
To measure an odd-numbered axis:

A06B-6057-H620
CNB
CNB
CNB
A
0
CNS
Input from JA8A
DIP switch
Data Type Setting

Axis4 Axis3 Axis2 Axis1
A16B-2300-
CN11
CN12
A
0
CNB
CN13
Axis 1
A A A
3 2 1
CNA1
Axis 2
A A A
3 2 1
xxxx xxxx 0001 1010

1: High 0: Low
AXIS2:
(torque) AXIS1: 10 (phase)
To measure an even-numbered axis:

Axis 2
A A A
3 2 1
A
0
Axis 1
A A A
3 2 1
A
0
1
0
AXIS2:
(torque) AXIS1: 11 (phase)
 When using A06B-6057-H630 (one-piece analog/digital

type), set up the 7-segment LED digits on the check board
as shown below:
CH1
Phase
Letter X stands for an axis

number specified in parameter
No. 1023.
CH2
Torque
<3> To measure the activating phase angle, set the following

parameter.
1726 (FS15i)
Parameter for internal data measurement
2115 (FS16i)
Series 9096: 1328 (for both odd- and even-numbered axes)

Series 90B0, 90B1, 90B6, 90B5:
704 for odd-numbered axis and 2752 for
even-numbered axis
Steps <2> and <3> enable CH0 and CH1 of the SD software to be
used to measure the motor activating phase angle (CH0) and torque
command (CH1).
- 656 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
<4> Start the "SD" software, and make the following setting.
DOS prompt > SD INIT [Enter]
o
(Origin of position)
F9
(System setting)
0
(CH0)
2 [Enter]
(TCMD)
1.0 [Enter]
(1.0A)
1
(CH1)
2 [Enter]
(TCMD)
40 [Enter]
(Maximum current for servo amplifier to be used)
F10
(Return to main menu.)
(Ctrl)T
F2
9000 [Enter]
(XTYT mode selected)

(Data number)
(Number of data items to be measured)
This description uses the LiS3000B2/2 as an example. It differs

from other models only in the current rating of the servo
amplifier. For small linear motors, set the number of data items
to be measured to 4500.
<5> When determining the correction parameters, set the velocity

gain to a rather low value.
<6> For medium-size and large motors, make a reciprocating motion
for 200 mm or more at F1200 (mm/min).
For small linear motors, make a reciprocating motion for 100 mm
or more at F1200 (mm/min).
<7> Pressing the F1 key (to start measurement) at regular speed
displays the data shown below. (Check that the activating phase
angle-based sine waveform changes from negative to positive at
three points or more.)
CAUTION
Measurement direction varies with the setting of the direction-of-movement
parameter.
[If a direction-specific smoothing compensation is not used]
When the setting is 111: Measurement is performed during forward movement.
When the setting is -111: Measurement is performed during backward
movement.
[If a direction-specific smoothing compensation is used]
(When determining a compensation value for the positive direction)
When the setting is 111: Measurement is performed during forward movement.
When the setting is -111: Measurement is performed during backward
movement.
(When determining a compensation value for the negative direction)
When the setting is 111: Measurement is performed during backward movement.
When the setting is -111: Measurement is performed during forward movement.
Measurement in the wrong direction hinders correct calculation of the correction
parameter.
- 657 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
TCMD
<8> Pressing [CTRL]+[L] causes the correction parameter values to

be calculated as shown below. Enter the displayed parameter
values. Usually, use the correction parameter values displayed on
the top row.
The parameter values displayed on the middle and bottom rows
are used for special parameter setting.
Middle row: To be used when either quadruple smoothing
compensation or quadruple TCMD output is
selected.
Bottom row: To be used when both quadruple smoothing
compensation and quadruple TCMD output are
selected.
Parameter settings are displayed in a form of, for example:

-25425 ( 156: 175)
This format means that the correction gain (parameter high byte)
and correction phase (parameter low byte) are, respectively, 156
and 175.
Because 156 = 9Ch and 175 = AFh,
parameter setting = 9CAFh = -25425.
- 658 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
When specifying the smoothing compensation (negative

direction) parameters (Nos. 2782 to 2784 (Series 15i) or Nos.
2369 to 2371 (Series 16i and so on)), it is impossible to use the
parameter values stated on the previous pages without modifying
them. It is necessary to shift the phase by 128.
Example)
Assuming that the correction gain and correction phase
measured in the negative direction are, respectively, 10 and
100:
10 = 0Ah
100 + 128 = 228 = E4h
Therefore, the parameter value is:
0AE4h = 2788
*
If the sum of the phase data and 128 exceeds 255, perform the
following calculation:
Phase data = value that was read + 128 - 256
The December 1999 version and later of the SD software can
display correction parameters for the negative direction. When
using these versions, use the parameter values displayed on the
right section without modifying them.
Compensation for
the positive direction
Compensation for the

negative direction
Example of measurement
(a) Measured waveform where parameter value calculation is
possible
- 659 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(b) Measured waveform where parameter value calculation is

impossible (No. 1)
Two activating phase angle-based sine waves cannot be acquired
because of insufficient measurement time.
(c) Measured waveform where parameter value calculation is

impossible (No. 2)
Two activating phase angle-based sine waves cannot be acquired
because of an inappropriate measurement start position.
- 660 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.5
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
MEASURING FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS WITH

THE CHECK BOARD
(1) Overview
Frequency characteristics can be measured with the servo check board
and the disturbance input function.
For the method of measuring frequency characteristics with SERVO
GUIDE, see (6) in Appendix H.
(2) Disturbance input function

The disturbance input function is a function that lets you apply
vibration to axes by entering sinusoidal disturbance wave as a torque
command. With this function, you can get the frequency
characteristics of the velocity loop of the system (including machine
sections).
Sweeping sinusoidal
disturbance input (within
servo software)
Open-loop torque command

Disturbance torque input
+
-
PI control
unit
Feed axis
+
+
Filter
Velocity feedback

(Series 20i-B)
(3) Parameter setting method

Set the parameters below to use the disturbance input function.
NOTE
In the text below, the terms L axis and M axis are
used. Their meanings are:
L axis: Axis with an odd number set in No. 1023
M axis: Axis with an even number set in No. 1023
- 661 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
#7
2683 (FS15i)
DSTIN
#6
#5
B-65270EN/07
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
DSTTAN DSTWAV
2270 (FS30i, 16i)
DSTIN(#7)
DSTTAN(#6)
DSTWAV(#5)
DISTURBANCE INPUT
0 : Stop
1 : Start (a change of 0 1 triggers disturbance input.)
A disturbance input type is specified as follows:
0 : Input for only one axis
1 : Input for both L and M axes (for synchronous and tandem axes,
setting is to be made only for the L axis.)
The input waveform of disturbance input is:
0: Sine wave. (Usually, select the sine wave.) .
1: Square wave.
2739 (FS15i)
2326 (FS30i, 16i)
[Default value]
[Valid data range]
0
0 to 7282 (to be set in Tcmd units; a value of 7282 corresponds to an
amplifier maximum current.)
Usually, specify 500 to apply vibration to the machine so that it will
sound lightly.
2740 (FS15i)
Disturbance input function start frequency (Hz)
2327 (FS30i, 16i)
[Valid data range]

[Recommended value]
1 to 2000
10
2741 (FS15i)
2328 (FS30i, 16i)
[Default value]
[Valid data range]
200
1 to 2000 (Unit : Hz)
2742 (FS15i)
2329 (FS30i, 16i)
[Default value]
[Valid data range]
3
SWEPT SINE MODE 1 to 32767
Continuous sine mode Less than 0
Usually, specify 0 or greater to make the machine vibrate in swept
sine mode.
(4) Cautions
Turn off the functions that work only when the machine is at a
halt, such as the variable proportional gain function in the stop
state and the overshoot compensation function.
When measuring cutting characteristics, pay attention to which
function type, cutting or rapid traverse, is in use.
Decrease the position gain to about 1000.
- 662 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
I.SERVO CHECK BOARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE
(5) How to use

The default disturbance input setting is the swept sine mode.
When the rising edge of the disturbance input bit is detected,
application of vibration is started. Vibration is automatically stopped
when sine sweeping from the start frequency to the end frequency is
completed. A reset or an emergency stop makes the machine stop
operating. After the emergency stop is released, turning the function
bit off and on again restarts disturbance input.
Example of setting
No2326 = 500 gain = 500
No2327 = 0
start frequency = 10 Hz
No2328 = 0
end frequency = 200 Hz
No2329 = 0
repetition = 3 times
(6) Setting for outputting input/output data to the check board

Make the following settings so that the disturbance input frequency
and current command can be observed on the check board.
1726 (FS15i)
Shift amount
2115 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
1774 (FS15i)
Disturbance input frequency
2151 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
2629 for the L axis and 2757 for the M axis

2108 for the L axis and 2236 for the M axis (for the Series 90B3 and
90B7)
1775 (FS15i)
Shift amount
2152 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
1776 (FS15i)
Current command
2153 (FS30i, 16i)
[Setting value]
268 for the L axis and 396 for the M axis

2372 for the L axis and 2500 for the M axis (for the Series 90B3 and
90B7)
- 663 -

OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(7) Servo tuning software SD setting

On the F9 screen of the servo tuning software SD, specify data
conversion for each channel. Select 2:Tcmd. Specify 7282 for the
current command channel and 1820 for the disturbance input
frequency channel. For channel data settings on the check board,
the disturbance input frequency and the current command are set,
respectively, to 5 (for a DIP switch, 12) and 6 (for a DIP switch,
13).
Entering a trigger at the same time as the start of disturbance
input collects the data shown below.
Gain
characteristic
Input sine wave
frequency
Resonance
point
Current command
amplitude
Frequency
The envelope of the current command amplitude indicates the gain

characteristic of the velocity loop.
- 664 -
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
J.USING THE SERVO CHECK

INTERFACE UNIT
USING THE SERVO CHECK INTERFACE

UNIT
(1) Overview
With CNCs of the FS30i Series, SERVO GUIDE is basically used for
servo adjustment and the servo check board connectable to
conventional CNCs is not supported. Instead, a servo check interface
unit is available. The servo check interface unit is connected to the
FSSB (FANUC serial servo bus) and can be used, for example, to
measure a VCMD waveform, which has been measurable with the
conventional servo check board, by using an external measuring
instrument directly.

(3) Hardware
Additional
Basic
CP11L/M
JV13L
JV11L
JF103L
JF101L
JV14L
JV12L
JF104L
JF102L
JA4M
JA4L
On the servo check interface unit, two connectors, one for analog
signal output and the other for detector data input, are set with one
CNC axis.
JV1xL : Connector for analog signal output
JF10xL : Connector for detector data input
- 665 -
J. USING THE SERVO CHECK

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(4) Parameter setting

CNC
Axis control card
COP10A-1
1st FSSB line

2nd FSSB line
COP10A-2
Additional axis board
3rd FSSB line
COP10A-3
1st I/F unit
2nd I/F unit
ATR=64
ATR= -56
3rd I/F unit
4th I/F unit
ATR=80
ATR= -40
1st I/F unit
2nd I/F unit
ATR=64
ATR= -56
Fig. J.1 Servo check interface unit connection diagram

#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
PM2SCB PM1SCB
2278 (FS30i)
PM1SCB(#2)
PM2SCB(#3)

0: Not used.
1: Used.
The second or fourth servo check interface unit is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.
NOTE
1 When these parameters are set, the power must
be turned off before operation is continued.
2 When two servo check interface units are used
with one axis on the CNC, neither a pair of the first
and third units nor a pair of the second and fourth
units may be set. One unit must be selected from
the first and third units, and the other unit must be
selected from the second and fourth units.
- 666 -

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
With the parameter below, set the type of data to be output to the
servo check interface unit.
-
2315 (FS30i )
When using one servo check interface unit with one axis on the
CNC Set a 2-digit number (decimal).
Setting
Tens digit
Ones digit
Axis
number(*1)
Data
number(*2)
When using two servo check interface units with one axis on the
CNC Set a 4-digit number (decimal).
Setting for data 2
Setting
Setting for data 1
Thousands
digit
Hundreds
digits
Tens digit
Ones digit
Axis
number(*1)
Data
number(*2)
Axis
number(*1)
Data
number(*2)
Data 1: Output from the first or third servo check interface unit
Data 2: Output from the second or fourth servo check interface
unit
(*1) Axis number
Axis number
1
2
3
4
No. 1023 for axis to be measured

Series 90E0
Series 90D0
4n+1
4n+2
4n+3
4n+4
2n+1
2n+2
(n=0, 1, 2, ...)
(*2) Data number
Data number
0
1
2
4
5
6
- 667 -
Description of measurement data

Actual speed (SPEED)
Position (POSF)
Data 1 for adjustment

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(5) Examples of setting

[Connection example 1]
Configuration where the X-axis is a semi-closed axis and the Y-axis

and Z-axis are full-closed axes
Velocity command data is output from the X-axis.
Position data is output from the Y-axis.
No data is output from the Z-axis.
CNC
AMP
X/Y/Z
No.
Servo Check
I/F Unit
JV11L
JV12L
JF102L
JF103L
Signal
1023X,Y,Z
1815X,Y,Z#1
1902
1905X,Y,Z#7
1905X,Y,Z#6
1936X,Y,Z
1937X,Y,Z
14340 to 14357
14358 to 14375
14408 to 14425
14376 to 14383
14384 to 14391
14392 to 14399
14400 to 14407
14444 to 14451
14452 to 14459
2278#3
2278#2
2315
- 668 -
OPTx
FMD
PM2
PM1
ATR
ATR
ATR
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
PM2SCB
PM1SCB
X-axis analog output

Y-axis analog output
Y-axis separate detector input
Z-axis separate detector input
Value
X: 1, Y: 2, Z: 3
X: 0, Y: 1, Z: 1
1
X: 0, Y: 0, Z: 0
X: 1, Y: 1, Z: 1
X: 0, Y: 1, Z: 2
X: 0, Y: 0, Z: 0
0,1,2,64 The others are 96.
All -96
All -96
0,1,2,32,32,32,32,32
All 32
All 32
All 32
All 32
All 32
X: 0, Y: 0, Z: 0
X: 1, Y: 1, Z: 0
X: 10, Y: 24, Z: 0

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
[Connection example 2]
Configuration where the X-axis is a semi-closed axis and the Y-axis

and Z-axis are full-closed axes
Velocity data is output from the X-axis.
Torque command data is output from the Y-axis.
No data is output from the Z-axis.
CNC
AMP
X/Y/Z
Servo Check
I/F Unit
JV11L
JV12L
Separate I/F
Unit
No.
Signal
1023X,Y,Z
1815X,Y,Z#1
1902
1905X,Y,Z#7
1905X,Y,Z#6
1936X,Y,Z
1937X,Y,Z
14340 to 14357
14358 to 14375
14408 to 14425
14376 to 14383
14384 to 14391
14392 to 14399
14400 to 14407
14444 to 14451
14452 to 14459
2278#3
2278#2
2315
- 669 -
OPTx
FMD
PM2
PM1
ATR
ATR
ATR
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
ATRC
PM2SCB
PM1SCB
X-axis analog output

Y-axis analog output
Y-axis separate detector input

Z-axis separate detector input
Value
X: 1, Y: 2, Z: 3
X: 0, Y: 1, Z: 1
1
X: 0, Y: 1, Z: 1
X: 1, Y: 1, Z: 0
X: 0, Y: 1, Z: 0
X: 0, Y: 0, Z: 1
0,1,2,64,-56 The others are -96.
All -96
All -96
0,1,32,32,32,32,32,32
1,2,32,32,32,32,32,32
All 32
All 32
All 32
All 32
X: 0, Y: 0, Z: 0
X: 1, Y: 1, Z: 0
X: 12, Y: 21, Z: 0

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
(6) Changing the output signal units and so forth

To the servo check interface unit, a voltage within 10 V is output.
The table below indicates the default output unit of each data item.
Data
number
Description of data
Data output unit

(Default)
0
1
2

Actual speed (SPEED)
0.9155min-1/5V
Max. amplifier current min-1/4V
3750min-1/5V
4
5
6
Position (POSF)
3276.7[detection unit]/1V
-
With the parameters below, the output units and so forth of a velocity
command, torque command, and actual speed can be changed as with
conventional check board output.
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TDOUT
2015 (FS30i)
TDOUT(#5)
Instead of a torque command, a disturbance torque is:

0: Not output.
1: Output.
#7
#6
#5
#4
VCM2
VCM1
#3
#2
#1
#0
2012 (FS30i)
When a rotary motor is used

VCM2
VCM1
Specified speed/5V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0.9155min-1
14min-1
234min-1
3750min-1
When a linear motor is used (Incremental: P=Signal pitch [m])

(Absolute: P=Resolution [m] 512)
VCM2
VCM1
Specified speed/5V
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0.00375 P m/min
0.06 P m/min
0.96 P m/min
15.36 P m/min
Observe the entire movement in the DC mode with an oscilloscope

then extend the range in the AC mode to check for fine fluctuations
and positional variations.
- 670 -

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
TSA05
TCMD05
#0
2225 (FS30i)
TSA05(#2)
TCMD05(#1)
The TCMD signal check board output voltage is:

0: Ordinary (default).
1: Halved.
*
The actual output voltage is affected by the function bit
(TCMD4X) indicated below.
The SPEED signal check board output voltage is:
0: Ordinary (3750min-1/5V) (default).
1: Halved (7500min-1/5V).
The function bit (TCMD4X) indicated below increases the TCMD
output voltage weight by a factor of 10 when compared with the
conventional value. This function bit can be used together with the bit
above (TCMD05).
#7
#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
TCMD4X
2203 (FS30i)
TCMD4X(#5)
The TCMD signal check board output voltage is:

0: Ordinary (default).
1: Increased by a factor of 4.
By using these function bits, the output ranges of the TCMD signal
and SPEED signal can be changed as indicated below.
TCMD signal output range
TCMD4X
TCMD05
TCMD value/4.4V
Remarks
0
0
1
1
0
1
Max. amplifier current 2 (A)

Max. amplifier current (A)
Max. amplifier current/2 (A)
Conventional mode
Max. amplifier current/4 (A)
4 compared with
conventional mode
Example:
Relationship between the output voltage and TCMD value [A]
when an 80-A amplifier is used
TCMD4X
TCMD05
TCMD value/4.4V
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
160 [A]
80 [A]
40 [A]
20 [A]
- 671 -

INTERFACE UNIT
APPENDIX
B-65270EN/07
SPEED signal output range

TSA05
Actual speed/5V
Rotary motor
Actual speed/5V
Linear motor
0
1
3750 [min-1]
7500 [min-1]
15.36P [m/min]
30.72P [m/min]
Remarks
Conventional mode
When a linear motor is used, the meaning of P depends on the

type of scale.
When a high resolution serial output circuit manufactured by

FANUC is used
(Incremental scale)
P=Signal pitch [m]
When a scale supporting the FANUC serial interface is used

(Absolute scale)
P=Resolution [m] 512
- 672 -
INDEX
B-65270EN/07
INDEX
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND
< >
NOTE ............................................................................. s-1
iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT... 78
DETAILS OF HIGH-SPEED AND HIGH-PRECISION
<A>
ADJUSTMENT.............................................................614
ABBREVIATIONS OF THE NC MODELS COVERED
DETAILS OF PARAMETERS .....................................473
BY THIS MANUAL.........................................................5
DETAILS OF THE SERVO PARAMETERS FOR
Acceleration Feedback Function ................................... 158
Series 30i, 31i, 32i, 15i, 16i, 18i, 21i, 0i, 20i,
Acceleration Monitor Function ....................................... 86
Power Mate i (SERIES 90D0, 90E0, 90B0, 90B1, 90B6,
ACTIONS FOR ALARMS ............................................. 87
90B5, AND 9096) .........................................................474
Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms ....... 61
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software
Actual Current Peak Hold Display .................................. 85
when a Linear Motor and a Synchronous Built-in Servo
ADJUSTING LINEAR MOTOR AMR OFFSET WITH
Motor are Used..............................................................337
THE CHECK BOARD (INCREMENTAL TYPE)....... 652
Detection of an Overheat Alarm by Servo Software
ADJUSTING PARAMETERS FOR HIGH-SPEED
when a Synchronous Built-in Servo Motor are Used ....382
AND HIGH-PRECISION MACHINING ....................... 96
Diagnosis Information List..............................................82
ADJUSTING SMOOTHING COMPENSATION FOR
Disturbance Elimination Filter Function
A LINEAR MOTOR WITH THE CHECK BOARD.... 655
(Low-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ...........176
ADJUSTING UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE
Dual Position Feedback Function (Optional Function) .189
TORQUE DETECTION WITH THE CHECK
<F>
BOARD......................................................................... 651
Feed-forward Function ..................................................202
Adjustment .................................................................... 446
Feed-forward Timing Adjustment Function..................213
Advanced Preview Feed-forward Function................... 206
Fine Acceleration/Deceleration (FAD) Function ..........263
ANALOG SERVO INTERFACE SETTING
Full-closed Feedback Sharing Function ........................445
PROCEDURE ............................................................... 537
Function based on the DI signal for switching

the distance to lift ..........................................................287
Backlash Acceleration Function.................................... 216
FUNCTION FOR OBTAINING CURRENT OFFSETS
Before Servo Parameter Initialization ...............................9
AT EMERGENCY STOP .............................................311
Block Diagrams............................................................. 454
FUNCTION-SPECIFIC SERVO PARAMETERS .......553
BRAKE CONTROL FUNCTION ................................ 276
<H>
<C>
High-Speed HRV Current Control ................................149
Cautions for Controlling One Axis with Two Motors... 450
HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT CONTROL ...............138
CONTOUR ERROR SUPPRESSION FUNCTION ..... 202
High-speed Positioning Adjustment Procedure.............119
Current Loop 1/2 PI Control Function .......................... 166
HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING FUNCTION ................257
Cutting/Rapid Feed-forward Switching Function ......... 211
How to Use the Dummy Feedback Functions for
CUTTING/RAPID SWITCHING FUNCTION ............ 150
a Multiaxis Servo Amplifiers when an Axis is not in
Cutting/Rapid Unexpected Disturbance Torque
Use ................................................................................275
Detection Switching Function ....................................... 307
HRV1 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR FOR

SERIES, SERIES, AND CONVENTIONAL LINEAR
<D>
MOTORS ......................................................................603
Damping Compensation Function................................. 439
HRV2 CONTROL PARAMETERS FOR M SERIES
Data Measurement and Diagnosis with a PWM
MOTORS ......................................................................612
Distribution Module (PDM).......................................... 394
i-1
INDEX
B-65270EN/07

PARAMETERS FOR HRV2 CONTROL.....................516
INITIALIZING SERVO PARAMETERS ........................9
PARAMETERS FOR Power Mate i .............................549
INTERACTIVE FORCE COMPENSATION
PARAMETERS FOR Series 15i ...................................545
FUNCTION .................................................................. 398
PARAMETERS FOR Series 16i, 18i, 21i, AND 0i ......547

PARAMETERS FOR Series 30i, 31i, AND 32i ...........551
<L>
PARAMETERS FOR SERVO HRV2 CONTROL .......602
Lifting function against gravity at emergency stop ....... 283
PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED AND
Lifting Function Against Gravity at Emergency Stop... 283
HIGH PRECISION OPERATIONS..............................563
LINEAR MOTOR PARAMETER SETTING .............. 312
PARAMETERS SET WITH VALUES IN
Low-speed Integral Function ........................................ 261
DETECTION UNITS....................................................544
<M>
Position Gain Switching Function.................................257
MACHINE RESONANCE ELIMINATION
Preload Function ...........................................................436
FUNCTION .................................................................. 168
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of Linear
Machine Speed Feedback Function............................... 196
Motors ...........................................................................312
Machining Point Control............................................... 199
Procedure for Setting the Initial Parameters of
MEASURING FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS
Synchronous Built-in Servo Motors..............................346
WITH THE CHECK BOARD ...................................... 661
<Q>
Method of setting a distance to lift in m ..................... 290
QUICK STOP FUNCTION ..........................................280
METHOD OF USING THE SERVO CHECK
Quick Stop Function at OVL and OVC Alarm .............294
BOARD......................................................................... 638
Quick Stop Function for Hardware Disconnection of
MODEL-SPECIFIC INFORMATION.......................... 564
Separate Detector ..........................................................291
Motor Feedback Sharing Function ................................ 444
Quick Stop Function for Separate Serial Detector
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS...... 598
Alarms...........................................................................293
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF SERIES MOTORS ...... 600
Quick Stop Type 1 at Emergency Stop .........................280
MOTOR ID NUMBERS OF CONVENTIONAL
Quick Stop Type 2 at Emergency Stop .........................282
LINEAR MOTORS....................................................... 601

Motor Models and System Configurations.................... 388
<R>
Rapid Traverse Positioning Adjustment Procedure.......122
<N>
RELATED MANUALS ....................................................6
N Pulses Suppression Function ..................................... 164
Resonance Elimination Filter Function
Notes on Using the Control Axis Detach Function ......... 77
(High-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter)...........171
<O>
Resonance Elimination Filter L
Observer Function......................................................... 183
(Low-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ...........180
Overall Use of the Quick Stop Functions...................... 295
RISC Feed-forward Function ........................................209
Overshoot ...................................................................... 132
<S>
OVERSHOOT COMPENSATION FUNCTION.......... 251
Selecting a Resonance Elimination Function ................168
OVERVIEW .....................................................................1
Serial Feedback Dummy Functions...............................272

SERIAL FEEDBACK DUMMY FUNCTIONS ...........272
Parameter Initialization Flow .......................................... 10
Series 15i-MB ...............................................................564
PARAMETER LIST ..................................................... 505
Series 16i/18i/21i/0i/0i Mate-MB, 0i/0i Mate-MC/
PARAMETERS FOR AND OTHER SERIES .......... 597
20i-FB ...........................................................................567
PARAMETERS FOR HRV1 CONTROL..................... 506
Series 30i/31i/32i-A, 31i-A5 .........................................577
Servo Alarm 2-axis Simultaneous Monitor Function ....442
(FOR Series 0i-A) ......................................................... 531
i-2
INDEX
B-65270EN/07
<T>
SERVO CHECK BOARD OPERATING

PROCEDURE ............................................................... 637
TANDEM DISTURBANCE ELIMINATION
SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS ................................... 133
CONTROL (POSITION TANDEM) (Optional
SERVO FUNCTIONS .................................................. 593
Function) .......................................................................418
SERVO GUIDE ............................................................ 455
Tandem Speed Difference Alarm Function...................452
SERVO HRV CONTROL............................................. 134
Torque Command Filter (Middle-Frequency Resonance
Servo HRV Control Adjustment Procedure .................... 96
Elimination Filter) .........................................................169
Servo HRV2 Control..................................................... 137
TORQUE CONTROL FUNCTION ..............................415
TORQUE TANDEM CONTROL FUNCTION
(Optional Function) .......................................................430
Servo Parameter Initialization Procedure........................ 11
Torsion Preview Control Function ................................241
SERVO PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH-SPEED
Two-stage Backlash Acceleration Function ..................223
AND HIGH PRECISION OPERATIONS .................... 580

SERVO SOFTWARE AND SERVO CARDS
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Function....296
SUPPORTED BY EACH NC MODEL ............................2
UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE
Servo Tuning Screen ....................................................... 79
DETECTION FUNCTIONDISTURBANCE TORQUE
SERVO TUNING SCREEN AND DIAGNOSIS
DETECTION ................................................................296
INFORMATION............................................................. 79
Unexpected Disturbance Torque Detection Switching
SERVO TUNING TOOL SERVO GUIDE................... 455
Function Depending on Acc..........................................309
SETTING iS/iF/iS SERIES SERVO
USING THE SERVO CHECK INTERFACE UNIT ....665
PARAMETERS ................................................................8
<V>
SETTING PARAMETERS FOR LARGE SERVO

MOTORS ...................................................................... 388
Variable Proportional Gain Function in the Stop State .160
Setting Parameters in the PWM Distribution Module
Velocity Feedback Average Function ...........................441
Configuration ................................................................ 391
VELOCITY LIMIT VALUES IN SERVO
Setting Parameters in the Torque Tandem
SOFTWARE .................................................................587
Configuration ................................................................ 389
Velocity Loop High Cycle Management Function........156
Setting Parameters when an iCZ Sensor is Used .......... 46
Velocity loop integrator copy function .........................451
Setting Parameters When an Acceleration Sensor or
Vibration Damping Control Function............................187
Temperature Detection Circuit Is Used........................... 52
Vibration during Travel.................................................129
Setting Servo Parameters when a Separate Detector for
Vibration in the Stop State ............................................127
the Serial Interface is Used.............................................. 33
VIBRATION SUPPRESSION IN THE STOP STATE 156
Setting Servo Parameters when an Analog Input

Separate Detector Interface Unit is Used ........................ 44
Smoothing Compensation for Linear Motor ................. 341
Smoothing Compensation for Synchronous Built-in
Servo Motor .................................................................. 383
Static Friction Compensation Function ......................... 238
Stick Slip ....................................................................... 131
SYNCHRONOUS AXES AUTOMATIC
COMPENSATION........................................................ 426
SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR
PARAMETER SETTING ............................................. 346
i-3
Addition of the parameter tables for HVi

Addition of item for SERVO GUIDE
Addition of functions added after issue of Edition 01
Correction of errors
Mar., 2003
Sep., 2002
May, 2001
Date
03
02
01
Edition
Contents
Addition of the SERVO MOTOR is series

Addition of item for SERVO GUIDE(Ver 2.00)
Addition of the SERVO MOTOR is series

Applied to Series30i/31i/32i
Addition of HRV4 control
Total revision of chapter of Parameter Adjustment
Oct., 2003
04
05
May., 2005
Edition
06
07
Date
Feb., 2006
Feb., 2008
Contents
Model name change

Addition of the DiS series motor

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR i/i series, LINEAR MOTOR LiS series,

SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR DiS series PARAMETER MANUAL (B-65270EN)
Revision Record

伺服参数 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

伺服参数 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

伺服参数 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR @* series

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR #* series

No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.

General Safety Precautions

DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

SERVO SOFTWARE AND SERVO CARDS SUPPORTED BY EACH NC

SETTING iS/iF/iS SERIES SERVO PARAMETERS....................... 8

INITIALIZING SERVO PARAMETERS.......................................................... 9

Before Servo Parameter Initialization ......................................................................9

Parameter Initialization Flow .................................................................................10

Servo Parameter Initialization Procedure ...............................................................11

Setting Servo Parameters when an Analog Input Separate Detector Interface

Setting Parameters when an iCZ Sensor is Used .................................................46

Setting Parameters When an Acceleration Sensor or Temperature Detection

Actions for Illegal Servo Parameter Setting Alarms ..............................................61

Notes on Using the Control Axis Detach Function ................................................77

iS/iF/iS SERIES PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT............................ 78

SERVO TUNING SCREEN AND DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .................. 79

Servo Tuning Screen ..............................................................................................79

Diagnosis Information List.....................................................................................82

Actual Current Peak Hold Display .........................................................................85

Acceleration Monitor Function ..............................................................................86

ACTIONS FOR ALARMS ............................................................................ 87

Servo HRV Control Adjustment Procedure ...........................................................96

High-speed Positioning Adjustment Procedure....................................................119

Rapid Traverse Positioning Adjustment Procedure..............................................122

Vibration in the Stop State ...................................................................................127

Vibration during Travel........................................................................................129

Stick Slip ..............................................................................................................131

SERVO FUNCTION DETAILS ............................................................ 133

SERVO HRV CONTROL ........................................................................... 134

Servo HRV2 Control ............................................................................................137

HIGH-SPEED HRV CURRENT CONTROL ............................................... 138

Servo HRV3 Control ............................................................................................138

Servo HRV4 Control ............................................................................................144

High-Speed HRV Current Control .......................................................................149

CUTTING/RAPID SWITCHING FUNCTION .............................................. 150

Velocity Loop High Cycle Management Function ..............................................156

Acceleration Feedback Function ..........................................................................158

Variable Proportional Gain Function in the Stop State ........................................160

N Pulses Suppression Function ............................................................................164

Current Loop 1/2 PI Control Function .................................................................166

MACHINE RESONANCE ELIMINATION FUNCTION ............................... 168

Selecting a Resonance Elimination Function .......................................................168

Torque Command Filter (Middle-Frequency Resonance Elimination Filter) ......169

Resonance Elimination Filter Function

Disturbance Elimination Filter Function

Resonance Elimination Filter L

Observer Function ................................................................................................183

Vibration Damping Control Function ..................................................................187

Dual Position Feedback Function (Optional Function)........................................189

Machine Speed Feedback Function......................................................................196

Machining Point Control ......................................................................................199

CONTOUR ERROR SUPPRESSION FUNCTION .................................... 202

Feed-forward Function .........................................................................................202

Advanced Preview Feed-forward Function..........................................................206

RISC Feed-forward Function ...............................................................................209

Cutting/Rapid Feed-forward Switching Function ................................................211